B
387312
리
​| UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN |
51. QUÆRIS-PENINSULAM.AMCNAM.
CIRCUMSPICE
fine
기
​마
​4.
10 18371
SCIENTIA
ARTES
VERITAS
LIBRARY
OF THE
US UNUM
Atrate US D2000
TCEBOR
F
ONLOADIAAAOUT
AAAANUINO ORCA ONE
:::
(
MANNA
7
)
..11
1
1
1
John Ball
SB
39
574
BUILDIG
USL ONLY
A
Τ R Ε Α Τ Ι S E
TISE
ON THE
CULTURE OF THE VINE,
EXHIBITING NEW AND ADVANTAGEOUS METHODS OF
PROPAGATING, CULTIVATING, AND TRAINING
THAT
PL
A
N
T,
SO AS TO RENDER IT ABUNDANTLY FRUITFUL.
TOGETHER WITH
NEW HINTS ON THE FORMATION
OF
VINE YARDS in ENGLAND.
By WILLIAM SPEECHLY,
GARDENER to the DUKE of PORTLAND.
YORK:
PRINTED FOR THE AUTHOR, BY G. PEACOCK;
AND SOLD BY G. NICOL, BOOKSELLER TO HIS MAJESTY, PALL-MALL;
J, DEBRETT AND J. STOCKDALE, PICCADILLY; AND
E. JEFFERY, NEAR CARLETON-PLACE, LONDON,
MDCCXC.
DEDICATION.
His GRACE the DUKE of PORTLAND,
&c. &c. &c.
1
-
MY LORD,
!
1
I
Have the greateſt ſatisfaction in the honour of
being permitted to give the Public this Treatiſe
on the Culture of the Vine under
your Grace's
pa-
tronage, as it affords me an opportunity of acknow-
ledging the very great aſſiſtance I have conſtantly
received from your Grace in the progreſs of this
work.
C
1
The various modes of cultivating the Vine, and
bringing its fruit to the higheſt degree of perfection
that this climate will admit of, has long been one of
the firſt objects of my attention; and I with gratitude
repeat my obligations to your Grace, for the ſupport
and encouragement you have given the endeavours
I have exerted in the purſuit of this ſtudy,
AS
vi.
D E DI C A TI O N.
As this work is the reſult of many years appli-
cation and actual experience, and contains, as I
believe, much new and original matter, I am willing
to flatter myſelf that it will prove neither uſeleſs nor
unacceptable to my readers.
The ſucceſs of my endeavours is the beſt plea for
my preſuming to ſubmit this performance to their
peruſal: And as I have had the good fortune to
receive your Grace's approbation in almoſt every
ſtage of this undertaking, I venture to communicate
it to the Public with a degree of confidence which
nothing but ſo diſtinguiſhed a ſanction could induce
me to entertain.
1
I have the honour to be,
My Lord,
Your Grace's
Moſt obedient,
And moſt dutiful ſervant,
WM. SPEECHL Y.
1
P R E F A
C E.
1
THE
HERE never was a period when the ſcience of gardening
was ſo univerſally and fo ardently cultivated as it is at
preſent; and of the extenſive field of Horticulture, no part
affords more agreeable amuſement, or yields more folid fatiſ-
faction and advantage, than that refined and elegant branch of
it, which concerns the forcing of fruits, natives of warmer
climes; and amongſt theſe, though the variety of them be
fo great, the Vine ſtands foremoſt and the moſt conſpicuous.
-
Of all the numerous forts of fruits indulgent nature pro-
duces for the uſe of man, that of the grape muſt be eſteemed
her nobleſt gift; for although various others not only afford
comforts, but many of them even contribute to the luxury of
the human race, yet none of them tend ſo eminently as does
this fruit, “ to glad the heart.”—Hail then, precious Vine!
let me modeſtly preſume to treat of thy culture, and to ſet
forth thy virtues, a theme worthy of the immortal gods! O,
may thy ſuperior excellences everlaſtingly inſpire man with
duty, and with unfeigned gratitude to the all-bounteous Giver.
In the moſt early ages the Vine became an object of atten-
tion and improvement; for we find it the firſt-cultivated plant
on
1
viii
R E F C E.
P
s
on record in holy writ, Gen. ix. 20. And if we duly confider
the vaſt importance of its fruit in every ſhape and view, it may
juſtly be eſteemed the beſt and moſt uſeful fruite tree in the
world. The ripe fruit ſerves to conſtitute a rich and whole-
ſome repaſt; and when dried, forms a moſt material and
lucrative article of commerce to the inhabitants of many
parts of the globe: But the moſt important and moſt tran-
ſcendant article, wine, may juſtly be eſteemed as one of our
choiceſt bleſſings, ſo the moſt valuable gift of nature.
From the ſituation of this iſland, and from the nature of the
Vine, it may ſeem doubtful whether wine can be made in this
country to any conſiderable national advantage : But ſtill we
find, by experience, that by artificial means, even the lateſt
kinds of grapes may be brought to almoſt as high a degree of
perfection as they are in their own native ſoils and climes.
The principal objects of expence required for this end are
fuel and glaſs; the former article is of ſmall conſideration in
counties where coals abound, but glaſs is become a truly ſerious
affair ; and indeed it were much to be wiſhed, that glaſs em-
ployed in gardens ſhould be exempt from duty; for pleaſe to
conſider, by the aid of this uſeful material in gardening, our
markets would be more plentifully ſupplied with many kinds
of fruit, and alſo with rare and wholeſome vegetables, at a
inuch earlier ſeaſon than in the natural way. they can poſſibly
be; and theſe, let me obſerve, are not to be conſidered as arti-
cles of luxury.
But
1
PRE
F C
E.
ix
But in regard to the variety of plants, generally cultivated
in ſtoves, &c. I may properly add, that, independantly of
profit, every denomination of Forcing-houſes is capable of
affording to a ſpeculative mind, a ſource of rational pleaſure
and real fatisfaction.
An attention to the progreſs of vegetable life adminiſters
to the mind ſomething more folid than mere amuſement.--
The budding, leafing, and flowering of plants, together with
the progreſs of the various fruits from their firſt infantile
appearance, to the final period of their perfection, all unfold
a ſcene of admiration and amazement, of gratitude and thank-
fulneſs. *
b
The
* « There is a particular pleafure to ſee things in their origin, and by what
66 degrees and ſucceſſive changes they riſe into that order and ſtate we fee
" them in afterwards, when compleated. I am ſure, if ever we would view
“ the paths of Divine Wiſdom, in the works and in the conduct of nature,
6 we muſt not only conſider how things are, but how they came to be fo.
“ It is pleaſant to look upon a tree in the ſummer, covered with its
green
“ leaves, decked with bloſſoms, or laden with fruit, and caſting a pleaſing
« ſhade under its ſpreading boughs ; but to conſider how this tree, with all
“ its furniture, ſprang from a little feed, how nature ſhaped it, and fed it
" in its infarcy and growth; added new parts, and ſtill advanced it by
" little and little, till it came to this greatneſs and perfection. This, me-
66 thinks, is another fort of pleaſure, more rational, leſs common, and which
« is properly the contemplation of Divine Wiſdom in the works of nature."
Dr. Burnet's Theory of the Earth, vol. i. book i. chap. v.
P R E F A C E.
The humble Hyffop on the wall, as well as the lofty Cedar,
ſhows plainly that an Almighty and an all-wiſe hand has
formed it. Nature's works are all complete, and the more
minutely we obſerve, inveſtigate, and conſider them, the more
we muſt admire the wiſdom, and adore the goodneſs of the
munificent and auguſt Creator.fo
Το
+ Dr. R. Watſon, in his Chemical Eſſays, vol. i. p. 86, has thus judiciouſly
obſerved the ſurpriſing and beautiful regularity of nature.
* There are a great many circumſtances relative to the manner in which dif-
“ ferent ſalts cryſtallize, which cannot be inſiſted on in this place; one
66 thing deſerves particularly to be remarked, that every falt in cryſtallizings
- invariably aſſumes its own peculiar form. You may diffolve common
$6 falt, or faltpetre, a thouſand times, and chryſtallize them as often by
Es evaporating or cooling the water in which they are diſſolved, yet will you
6s ſtill find the common ſalt will be conſtantly cryftallized in the form of a
66 cube, and the faltpetre in the form of a priſm; and if you examine with
66 microſcope fuch faline particles as are not viſible to the naked eye, you
66 will obſerve theſe particles to be of the ſame ſhape with the larger maſſes.
56 The definite figure appropriate to every particular ſpecies of falt, may
66 admit a little variety from the accidental admixture of other bodies, or
s from ſome ſingular circumſtances attending the evaporation and cryſtallia
66 zation of the ſolution; but theſe varieties are foreign to the nature of the
W falt, and are not greater than what attend almoſt every ſpecies of vegeta-
“ bles, and even of animals, from change of food and climate.
* Here a large field of inquiry opens to our view; and though it be better, as
“ Seneca has it, de re ipfa quærere quàm mirari; yet all our attempts to in-
** veſtigate the works of God are weak and ineffectual; we feel his inter-
** ference every where, but we cannot apprehend the nature of his agency
PRE FACE
E.
Xr
To come now to the enſuing work. The firſt object of con-
fideration is the Pine and Grape-ſtove; and it muſt be admit-
ted, that the original and principal object of an Hot-houſe
conſiſts in the culture of the Ananas or Pine-Apple; but ſtill,
if the Pinery be properly conſtructed, Vines may, at the ſame
time, be propagated therein to great advantage.
I know there are are many perſons who difſent from this
mode of practice, and they found their opinions on the follow-
ing objections :
c
FIRST, They ſuppoſe that Pine-ſtoves are improper for
Vines, becauſe the Pine being a tropical plant, it naturally
requires a greater degree of heat than the Vine can poſſibly
bear.
SECONDLY, Becauſe it is uſual to train the Vines along the
underſides of the rafters which ſupport the glaſs-frames, they
ſuppoſe that their leaves, by contributing to darken the ſtove,
muſt, conſequently, tend greatly to injure the crop of Pines.
b 2
THIRDLY,
/
any
a ray
where. A blade of graſs cannot ſpring up, a drop of rain cannot fall,
of light cannot be emitted from the ſun, nor a particle of falt be
“ united, with a never-failing ſymmetry, to its fellow, without him : Every
“ ſecondary cauſe we diſcover, is- but a new proof of the neceſſity we are
“ under of ultimately recurring to him, as the primary cauſe of every,
thing."
1
xii
E.
P R E
C
F
A
I
THIRDLY, They alledge, and this is but too prevalent an
opinion, that grapes produced in Pine-ſtoves are ſeldom ſo well
flavoured as grapes from a Vinery.
To the firſt of theſe objections I here reply, by aſſerting that
the Vine will bear the degree of heat proper for Pines, and
that this is proved by daily experience. There is a Vine now
(1789) growing in the Pinery at Welbeck, which has con-
ſtantly produced good crops of grapes for more than twenty
years paſt. Its roots are entirely within the houſe, and make
annual progreſs in the Pine-pits, among the leaves of trees,
which are uſed here inſtead of tan; and pleaſe to conſider, that
in this mode of proceeding, the ſituations of the Pine and Vine
are extremely different.
The Pine is ſituated in the lower part of the houſe, but
the ſhoots of the Vine are trained immediately under the
roof, and, conſequently, are greatly affected by the external
air, eſpecially when ſuch air is admitted into the houſe. Be-
ſides, let me add, that the Pines, being plunged in the tan-
bed, receive a conſtant warmth from thence, and their roots
are nouriſhed by its genial heat. But the whole ſyſtem of the
fibres in the roots of the Vines being in the open ground on
the outſide of the houſe, they are at all times expoſed to the
weather, which muſt neceſſarily have a wonderful effect upon
the whole plant at all ſeaſons of the
That
year.
لے
€
PRE FACE.
xili
That the ſecond objection is of force, where the Vines in a
Hot-houſe are under an injudicious management, muſt be
admitted; but when their ſhoots are trained with propriety,
and according to the method herein preſcribed, the Pines will
rather be benefited than injured, by the kindly ſhade the Vine
leaves will afford.
&
And as to the laſt objection, grapes, well perfected in Hot-
houſes, are generally very rich; but it muſt be confeſſed that
their ſkins are very often impregnated with a diſagreeable
flavour: But I ſhall venture to affirm, that the cauſe of this
defect moſt generally proceeds, either from the languiſhing
ſtate of the Vine, the effect of inſects, or elſe from fumiga-
tions, or ſome ſimilar practice, made uſe of to deſtroy the va-
rious inſects that infeft Hot-houſes; and, therefore, I inſiſt,
firſt, that a plentiful admiſſion of free air in ſummer is as ne-
ceſſary for the Pine as the Vine. See ſection on air, &c. p. 59,
Treatiſe on the Culture of the Pine, &c.
in my
And ſecondly, that when air is properly and plentifully ad-
mitted into the Hot-houſe, and every other part of the ma-
nagement is conducted with propriety, grapes produced in
Pine-ſtoves commonly prove well flavoured, and in a high
ſtate of perfection.
The advantages to be gained by the new methods of
propa-
gating the Vine by ſeed, and by engrafting, appear very con-
ſpicuous
1
—
r
more
xiv
E.
PR R E C
E FA
ſpicuous in Theory: And I have now the pleaſure of informing
my readers, that the event upon trial and practice has proved
quite flattering and equally ſatisfactory.
N
1
My beſt endeavours, moreover, have not been wanting in
obtaining new varieties of grapes from abroad: And I truſt
that many of the ſpecies here enumerated, will be conſidered
as a real and valuable acquiſition to this country.
1
5
}
1
It is poſſible that the mode of practice herein ſet forth may, .
in certain reſpects, be deemed by ſome as ſuperfluous. They
may alledge that good grapes may be gotten by methods leſs :
expenſive. But let me tell them, that in order to obtain grapes
in a ſupreme degree of perfection, in a country fo fituated as
ours is, one ought to employ every expedient that may ſeem
calculated to tend to advantage, and enſure ſucceſs.
1
1
And in reſpect of erecting buildings, either Vineries, or Pine
and Grape-ſtoves, whatever may be the deſign intended, I moſt
ſtrongly adviſe, that ſuch erections ſhould be well and ſubſtan-
tially executed,
3
***
I did not originally intend to give an account of Vineyards
in the following work, but conſidering that a treatiſe on the
culture of the Vine would appear deficient without it, I re-
ſolved to add the fourth book, expreſsly for the purpoſe of
illuſtrating that ſubject; and I am willing to hope, that on
$1
account
7
1
!
1
Ꮲ R E F A
CE.
account of the original hints there given, it will not be deemed
the leaſt uſeful and important part of this treatiſe.
1
The Duke of Portland, after all his other indulgences, was
pleaſed to give me free acceſs to his Grace's noble library at
this place, which has enabled me to add many important ob-
fervations in the notes, which cannot fail of being acceptable
to the reader. The names of the authors conſulted will appear
in the reſpective notes.
1
1
Here now, that I am drawing my preface to a concluſion, I
muſt intreat the reader to permit me to make my acknow-
ledgments, that I may not appear ungrateful to ſome of my
living friends.--My warmeſt thanks are due to my much-
eſteemed and truly-learned friend the Rev. Samuel Pegge, of
Whittington, Derbyſhire, for his excellent note on the large,
bunch of grapes produced at Welbeck in the year 1781, inſerted
in p. 41-alſo for his curious and important note in
and likewiſe for his further friendly affiſtance.
1
p. 186mment
,
1
I feel myſelf under ſingular obligations to my worthy and
learned friend the Rev. Mr. Michell, for his obliging commu-
nication of a new and eligible method of raiſing Vine-plants ;
and alſo for his important note on this ſubject, inſerted p. 53.
?
t
3
William Hanbury, Efq;. has my warmeſt thanks for having
obligingly favoured' me with an account of the ſurpriſing pro-
greſs
I
>
ti
$
)
xvi
P R E F A C E.
greſs of ſome Vines at Kelmarſh in Northamptonſhire, during
the courſe of laſt ſummer, as inſerted in p. 76.
The Rev. Mr. Philip Laurents has laid me under an obli-
gation, by favouring me with an elegant account of an exten-
ſive Vine now growing at St. Edmundſbury in Suffolk, p. 179.
4
My kindeſt acknowledgments are due to my much-eſteemed,
worthy, and truly ingenious friend Haman Rooke, Eſq; for
his elegant perſpective to the plate of the ſection of a hill for
the growth of Vines in England.
I am alſo particularly indebted to my much-honoured and
learned friend, the Rev. Dr. Kaye, Dean of Lincoln, for the
elegant drawing of an enormous Vine, now growing at North-
allerton in Yorkihire, taken ſome years ago, when that ſur-
priſing tree was in a flouriſhing ſtate, by the correct and inimi-
table hand of Mr. Grimm.
1
I wiſh to convey to Mr. Bafire my acknowledgment of the
accuracy and elegance of the engravings executed by him, and
which make an uſeful and ornamental part of this work.
Laſtly, my moſt grateful acknowledgments are due to my
very excellent, worthy, and truly-learned friend Dr. A. Hunter.
His obliging and aſſiduous attention to the work during the
time it was in the preſs, has greatly contributed towards ren-
dering it more worthy of the public approbation.
Welbeck, May 1, 1789,
SUBSCRIBE RS.
TH
A
Mr. William Butler, Gardener to the Earl of
Derby
HE Earl of Aberdeen
C
The Earl of Aylesford
The Hon. Mr. Juſtice Aſhhurſt
The Earl of Carliſle
Sir Gilbert Affleck, Bart.
The Earl of Clerinont
Richard Acklom, Efq;
The Earl of Coventry
George Aldrich, M. D.
The Viscount Courtenay
James Allgood, Eſq;
The Right Hon. Lord Craven
Wharton Amcotts, Efq;
The Right Hon. Lord John Cavendiſh
Henry Aſkew, Efq;
The Right Hon. Thomas Conolly
Mr. Wm. Aiton, Gardener to his Majeſty at
The Rev. Mr. Carver
Kew
;
Mr. John Abel, Gardener to the Earl of Carliſle William Colhoun, Efq;
Mr. John Adcock, Gardener to Sir John
The Rev. Mr. Coke
Dalling, Bart.
Iſaac Cookſon, Efq;
Thomas Copley, kiq;
B
Mr. Thomas Carral
Mr. William Cartwright, Gardener to John
The Counteſs Bathurſt
Muſters, Eig;
The Earl of Bective
Mr. John Cartwright, Gardener to the Earl of
The Right Hon. Lord Brownlow
Macclesfield
The Right Hon. Lord Edward Bentinck Mr. Robert Chapman, Gardener to Edwin
The Right Hon. Lord Wm. Bentinck.
Laſcelles, Eſq;
Sir Richard Bedingfield, Bart.
Mr. John Cook, Nurſeryman at Brompton
Sir Peter Burrell, Bart.
Mr. James Curtis, Gardener to the Earl of
Mrs. Bentinck
Doneraile
Edward Barwell, Eſq;
D
John Berney, Eſq; 2 copies
Jonas Bettilon, Eſq;
His Grace the Archbiſhop of Dublin, 2 copies
Joſeph Seymour Biſcoe, Efq;
The Most Hon, the Marquis of Downſhire
Alexander Boſwall, Efq; 2 copies
The Earl of Darlington
Dr. Burgh
The Earl of Doneraile
Joſiah Boydell, Eſq;
Henry Dalton, Eſq;
Mr. Thomas Barwick, Gardener to Stanhope John-Richard Dahwood, Eſq;
Harvey, Eſq;
Robert Douglas, Eſq;
Mr. Samuel Beſt, Gardener to His Royal High- Mr. Ballie Dodd, Gardener to Charles Dun.
nefs the Duke of Cumberland
combe, Ela;
Mr. John Blenkarn, Gardener to His Grace
the Duke of Newcaſile
E
Mr. James Blundell, Gardener to Matthew
Worgan, Efq;
The Earl of Enniſkillen
Mr: William Brown, Gardener to William The Right Hon. Lord Eardley
Lawrence, Efq;
;
Mr William Breton
;
Mr. Richard Burnett, Nurſeryman at Richmond,
near Dublin
F
Mr. Peter Burnett, Gardener to Sir Henry George The Earl Ferrers
Liddell, Bart.
The Earl Fitzwilliam, 2 copies
SUBSCRIBE RS.
.
1
The Right Hon. Charles- James Fox
J.
Sir Martio Browne Folkes, Bart,
The Earl of Jerſey
Sir Thomas Frankland, Bart,
Sir John Ingilby, Bart.
James Fenton, Efq;
Charles Jackſon, Efq;
Francis Ferrand Foljambe; Efq;
Jervoiſe Clerk fervoiſe, Eſq;
Thomas Fitzherbert, Eſq;
Mr. Wm. Jubb, Gardener at Ravenfield
Bacon Frank, Eſq;
Mr. William Jones, Gardener to the Viſcount
Mr. William Forſyth, Gardener to His Majeſty Clonmell
at Kenſington
Meff. Wm. Falla and Son, Nurſerymen at Heb-
K
burn-Quay, near Newcaſtle
Mr William Farnſworth, Gardener to Francis The Rev. Sir Rich. Kaye, Bart. Dean of Lincoln
Sitwell, Efq;
2 copies
Mr. James Ferguſon, Gardener to the Right Mr. John Kaye, Gardener to Sam. Smith, Efq;
Hon. Lord Loughbrough
Mr. John Kiniſton, Gardener to Joſhua Walkers.
Mr. James Forbes, Gardener to Joſhua Walker, Efq;
Eſq;
Meff. Kirke and Caldwell, Nurſerymen at Lir.
verpool
G
L.
The Right Hon. Lord Grey de Wilson
The Earl of Leiceſter
The Right Hon. Lord Grey, 2 copies.
The Right Hon. Lord Loughborough
The Hon. Booth Grey:
'The Right Hon. Lady Lucan
The Hon. John Grey
Sir William Lee, Bart.
Samuel Galton, Eſq;
Sir Henry George Liddell, Bart. 7 copies
Philip Gell, Eſq;
John Lee, Efq;
Richard Gorton, Eſq;
John La Touch, Efq; 2 copies
Mr. William Gould
Benjamin Langlois, Ëſq;
Robert Gregory, Efq;
Edward Loveden Loveden, Efq;
Thomas Grimſtone, Eſq;
John Lowes, Eſg;
Meſſ. Gordon and Co. Nurſery.and Seedſmen The Rev. John Lowry.
Mr. John Gordon, Gardener to Mrs. Allanſon Gibſon Lucas, Efq;
Mr. John Grimwood, Nurſeryman, Ranelaga- Mr. James Lee, Nurſeryman at Hammerſmith
Road, near Dublin
Mr. Thomas Logan, Gardener at Donington,
Mr. Thomas Galion, Gardener to James Milnes, Park
E1q
Mr. John Littlewood, Nurſeryman at. Handf*.
worth
M:
A
The Earl Harcourt
The Earl of Macclesfield
The Right Hon. Lord Hawke
The Right Hon. Lord Monfon
The Hon. Mr. Harcourt
The Right Hon. Frederick Montagu:
Sir Henry Hunloke, Bart,
Sir Henry Mainwaring, Bart, 2 copies ,
William Hanbury, Eſq; 2 copies.
William Mackdonald, Eſq;
Thomas Hattrells, Efq;
Henry Maire, Efq;
Joſhua Hardingham, Eſq;.
John Maſon, Eſq;
John Heaton, Eſq;
Robert Shore Milnes, Ergo
D. Hobfon, Efq;
John Milnes, Eſq;
Robert Hotchking, Efq;
James Milnes, Efq;
A. Huoter, M.D. F.RS:.
Pemberton Milnes, Efq;
Francis Hurt, Efq;
Mes, Morewood
Hutchinſon, M. D. Harrogate
John Multers, Efq;
Mr. John Haverfield, Gardener to his Majeſty The Rev. Charles Myttori
:
at Richmond
Mr. John Mackie, Nurſeryman at Norwich
Mr. Tho. Haverfield, Gardener to his Majeſty. Mr. David Mackie, Gardener to Col. Crowe
at Hampton Court
Meff. Malcolm; Nurſerymen, &c, at Stockwell
Francis Hutchinſon, Eſg;
Mr. John Maffee, Gardener to the Earl Camden:
Mr, Edward Hunter, Gardener to the Earl of Mr. Charles Minier, Seedſman:
Mansfield
Mr. W. Minier, Seedſman.
!
***
SUBSCRIBE R S.
+
!
1
Mr. James M.Phial, Gardener to the Right Charles Raſhleigh, Efq;
Hon. Lord Hawkeſbury
Andrew Ramſay, Efq;
Mr. Robert Miller, Gardener to the Earl of Humphrey Repton, Eſq;
Kinooul
Hayman Rooke; Eſq;,
Mr. William Murray, Gardener to the Earl of Cornelius Heathcoat Rodes, Eſq;
Exeter
James Round, Eſq;
Mr. William Molineaux, Gardener to Bryan Mr. John Revell," Gardener at Handſworth
Cooke, Eſg;
Woodhouſë
Mr. Robert Murlin, Gardener to the Right Hon. Mr. Bartholomew Richardſon, Gardener to
Lord Boringdon
Willian Wrightſon, Efq;
Mr. Wm. Murfin, Gardener to His Grace the Mr. George Robertſon, Gardener at Blithfield
Duke of Devonſhire at Chiſwick
Mr. Samuel Robinſon, Gardener at Loughbos.
rough
N.
S
His Grace the Duke of Newcaſtle, 2 copies
Richard Neave, Eſq;
The Earl of Stamford, 3 copies
Willian Needham, Efq;
The Earl Spencer
Mrs. Newton
The Viſcount Stormont
Hampden Nicholſon, Eſq; (Drogheda) 2 copies The Right Hon. Lord Scarſdale
Mr. William North, Nurſeryman, (Lambeth) The Hon. Keith Stewart
The Hon. Henry Sedly
Sir Richard Sutton, Bart.
Sir Chriſtopher Sykes, Bart.
The Earl of Orford
John Sibthorpe, M. D. Profeſſor of Botany,
John Oakes, M. D:
(Oxford)
Samuel Ofander, Gardener to Francis Ferrand John Sampfon, M. D. (Beverley)
Foljambe, Efg;
Robert Smith, Efq;
Samuel Smith, Eſq;
P
Joſhua Smith, Eſq;
Col. Sherriffe
His Grace the Duke of Portland, 20 copies Daniel Seron, Efq;
Her Grace. the Dutchefs of Portland, 4 copies Mrs. Sterling
The Right Hon. Lord Penrhyn
William Cunliff Shaw, Elo7
The Right Hon. I.ord Pomfret
Mr. Shergold
Sir Thomas Parkyns, Bart,
The Rev. Mr. Shilleto
Sir James Peachey, Bart.
Mr. William Sleater, (Dublin)
Robert Padley, Efq;
Anthony Surtees, Efq;
Francis Palk, Eſq;
The Philoſophical Society at Derby
Thomas Parke, Eſq;
Mr. Smith, Nurſeryman at Burton-upon-Trent:
Thomas Patteſon, Efq;
Mr. John Scott, Gardener to His Royal High-
Charles Anderſon Pelham, Eſq; 3 copies
neſs the Duke of York.
The Rev. Mr. Pegge
Mr. Thomas Stevenſon, Gardener to the Moft
Thomas Boothby Parkyns, Efq;
Hon, the Marquis of Saliſbury'.
Samuel Phipps, Efq;
Mr. Chriſtopher Stevenſon, Gardener to the
Meff. John and Groſvenor Perfed, Nurſerymen Earl Harcourt
at Pontefract, 2 copies
Mr. John Shields, Gardener to William Danby,
Mr, Michael Pennick
Efq;
Mr. John Pearſon, Nurſeryman at Chilwell
Mr. Thomas Phillips, Gardener to the Hon.
Mrs. Leigh
Mr. William Potts, Gardener to Nicholſon Cal. The Moſt Hon. the Marquis of Titchfield...
vert, Efg;
The Earl Talbot
Francis Tweddell, Efq;
R
John Tweddell, Efg;
John Keymes Tynte, Efq;
His Grace the Duke of Roxburgh
Mr. Robert Teeſdale, Seedſman
Sir Matthew White Ridley, Bart.
Mr. Richard Taylor, Gardener to the Viſcours ·
Robert Ramſden, Efq;
tefs. Irwin
5
1
T”
SUBSCR I B E R S
Mr. Thomas Taylor, Gardener to the Earl of
W
Harrington
Mr. John Taws, Gardener to Mrs. Buckle The Right Hon. Lord Walpole
Mr. William Teſſeyman, Bookſeller, York The Hon. Edward Ward
Mr. William Tomlinſon, Gardener to the Earl Jofeph Walker, Eſq:
of Mount Edgcumbe
Samuel Walker, Eſq;
Mr. Hans Thompſon, Gardener to the Right Joſhua Walker, Eſq;
Hon. Lord Rawdon
Jonathan Walker, fq;
Mr. William Thompſon, Gardener to John Ar- Thomas Walker, Eſq;
den, Efq;
William Weddell, Efq;
Mr. Ralph Travis, Gardener to His Grace the Nicholas Walton, Efq;
Duke of Devonſhire at Chatſworth
Edward Wilkinfon, Efq;
John Wilſon, Efq;
Matthew Worgan, Efq;
V
William Gregory Williams, Efq;
Mr. Wynne, (Henrietta-ſtreet, Dublin)
-Mr. S. Wade, Gardener to the Earl Bathurſt
Sir Gerrard William Vanneck, Bart.
Mr. Thomas Withinſhaw, Gardener to Sir Tho,
Sir Edward Vernon, Knight
Dundas Bart.
James Vere Efq;
Mr. Hugh Wilſon, Nurſeryman, Herſham
Mr. William Vernon, Gardener to Euſebius Mr. Ralph Wood, Gardener to the Right Hong
Horton, Eſq;
Welbore Ellis
I
Y
U
Mr. John Young, Gardener to Peter A. Drum-
mond, Eſg;
George Uppleby, Efq;
---
--
OF THE
1
!
CULTUR
E
OF THE
VINE, OR GRAPE TRE E.
BOOK
I.
T
HERE are ſeveral ſpecies of the Vine, but I ſhall only
take notice of the principal fort, (Vitis Vinifera)
which is ſo highly and juſtly eſteemed for its moſt
excellent and valuable fruita. Of this there are a numerous
А
variety,
3
.
a v IT IS V IN E.
GENERIC
CHARACTER.
CALYX. Perianthium five-toothed, ſmall.
COROLLA. Petals five, ſimple, ſmall, foon falling off.
STAMINA. Filaments five, awl-ſhaped, and ſomewhat ſpreading, falling off;
Antheræ fimple.
PISTILLUM. Germen egg-ſhaped ; Style none; Stigma blunt-headed.
PERICARPIUM. Berry roundiſh, large, of one cell.
SEMINA, Seeds five, boney, heart and fomewhat top-ſhaped ; contracted at the
edge, nearly two-celled.
í
ESS E N T I AL
CHARACTER.
Petals cohering at the baſe, withering. Berry five-ſeeded.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.
Vitis Vinifera. VINE wine-yielding.
V, Leaves lobed, finuous, naked.' Tendrils oppoſite to the leaves, bearing the fruit
and flowers in cluſters.
A native of the temperate climates in the four parts of the world.
The Vine, according to the Sexual Syſtem of Botany, belongs to the claſs and
order Pentandria Monogynia, the flowers having five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
1
1
1
1
2
OF THE CU L T U R E
variety, which are exceedingly different in many particulars,
but eſpecially in the ſhape, colour, and flavour of the grapes.
As new kinds of grapes are conſtantly raiſed from feed,
the Vine admits of an almoſt infinite variety, which are all ſup-
poſed to be the progeny of one mother ſpecies.
ima
I have, for a long ſeries of years, exerted my utmoſt endea-
vours in obtaining different varieties of grapes from various
parts of the globe; and I flatter myſelf, that many of the forts
will be deemed real acquiſitions to this country. I lhall not,
however, enumerate all the varieties that compoſe the liſt of
grapes now growing at Welbeck, (which conſiſts of above 100
forts) as ſome of them have not yet borne fruit, and many
others are eſteemed only on account of being proper for making
wine ; ſome of the forts, moreover, are ſo much alike, that no
diſtinct difference of ſpecies is eaſily to be diſcovered. The
following forts, however, appear to be diſtinct ſpecies ; and,
among them, 'are grapes of the firſt and beſt quality. IS!
I. WHITE MUSCAT OF ALEXANDRIA,
The berries of this ſpecies are large and oval ; and, when
perfectly ripe, are of a fine'amber colour. The ſkins are thick,
and the fleſh, or pulp, hard, and not very juicy, but of a high
muſky
$ils An Aſteriſm (*) marks the proper ſorts for a Hot-houſe.-A Dagger (+)
for a Vinery.--A Double Dagger (+) for a common Wall.
1
}
.
A
OF THE V IN E.
3
muſky flavour. The berries hang looſely, and compoſe long
well-formed bunches.
This
grape is in great eſtimation, and is, at, preſent, more
generally planted in Hot-houſes than any other fort. *
"
2. BLACK DAMASCUS.
The berries of this fpecies are large, round, and of a fine
black colour; the ſkin thin, and the fleſh delicate, rich, juicy,
and of an exquiſite flavour.
The ſame bunch commonly conſiſts of berries of different
ſizes; the ſmall berries are without ſtones, and the large ones
contain only one in each berry. This, although a late grape,
is a moſt excellent and very valuable fort. *
3. BLACK GRAPE FROM TRIPOLI.
This grape ſeems nearly allied to the former ſpecies ; but
the bunches are always compoſed of large berries of an equal
ſize, and with one ſtone in each. This circumſtance of the
berries being equal in ſize, renders the bunches of a more
agreeable appearance. The foliage in both is 'exceedingly
beautiful in the autumn, and very ſimilar. This may be
reckoned a truly valuable grape.
*
}
4. ALEPPO GRAPE.
This is a middle-ſized roundiſh grape, with a thin ſkin and
delicate juicy flesh, of an exquiſite vinous flavour. The colour
is commonly very various. I have ſeen on the ſame bunch
A 2
fome
4
1
OF THE CU L T U R E
1
ſome berries quite white, others entirely black, but the major
part are curiouſly ſtriped with black and white. Sometimes à
berry will be one half white and the other half black: But
what appears moſt remarkable is, that the colours do not in-
termix, but are divided by ſtraight lines, as if painted. The
leaves of this fort are in the autumn very curioully ſtriped,
with red, green, and yellow, ſomething ſimilar to the Aleppo
lettuce. * met
5. RED GRAPE FROM SYRACUSE. .
This is a very large grape, of a red colour, and of an oval
figure, ſomewhat irregularly formed. The berries hang rather
looſely on the bunches, which are pretty large. This noble
grape
is but little known in this country. *
1
6. LE COEUR GRAPE, OR MOROCCO GRAPE.
This ſpecies produces large berries, in figure ſomewhat heart-
ſhaped, and of a tawny grizzly colour. The bunches are often
compoſed of unequally-ſized berries, ſome of them being ex-
ceedingly large. Theſe never contain more than one ſtone a
piece, and the leffer-ſized berries are always without ſtones.
The foot-ſtalks of the berries are Niort, and ſingularly large,
differing from moſt other forts. This is a much-eſteemed
grape, and is very ſcarce. *
2
t
7. GOLDEN
1
OF THE V IN E.
5
i
7. GOLDEN GALICIAN.
The berries of this ſpecies are large, and of an oval figure ;
the fleſh hard, but of a tolerable flavour. Theſe, together
with the foot-ftalks, are of a light yellow colour.
*
8. BLACK MUSCADEL.
Of this ſpecies the berries are large, oval, and of a black
colour; the ſkin thin, with a delicate juicy fleſh.
The fame bunch contains berries of different ſizes, ſome of
them very large and long, but ſomewhat compreſſed and flat
at the ends. The leaves of this grape change in autumn to a
beautiful ſcarlet, *
9. RED MUSCADEL.
The berries of this fort are large, oval, and of a beautiful
red colour; the ſkin is thick and the fleſh hard, ſomething
like the raiſin grape. The bunches frequently arrive to fix or
ſeven pounds, and are moſt elegantly formed of berries of an
equal fize. This is one of the lateſt grapes.
The leaves
change in autumn to a beautiful red and
*
green.
10. 'WHITE GRAPE FROM ALCOBACA.
This has a large oval white berry, with a thin ſkin and
juicy fleſh. The bunches are large and long, without Thoulders.
This
}
OF THE CULTURE
This ſpecies, with many others, was ſent me from Portugal
by my much-eſteemed friend, Gerrard de Viſme, Eſq. *
II. WHITE FRONTINAC.
The berries of this ſpecies are round, of a moderate ſize,
and of a greeniſh yellow, and compoſe long unſhouldered
bunches. ** I
I 2. GRIZZLY FRONTINAC.
1
The berries of this grape are ſomewhat larger than the
former, are round, and their colour brown and red intermixed
with yellow. Both theſe forts of grapes poſſeſs a high, muſky,
perfumed flavour. **
13. BLACK, or PURPLE FRONTINAC.
The berries of this ſpecies are black, but when produced
under glaſs are generally of a dark purple colour, are mode-
rately large, round, and of a moſt excellent flavour. They
compoſe very long bunches. This has been hitherto generally
called the Red Frontinac, and is one of our very beſt grapes.
I had it from the Cape of Good Hope by the name of Black
Conſtantia. *ufo
14. BLUE, or VIOLET FRONTINAC.
This has a ſmall black berry, powdered with a fine blue or
violet bloom, and is of an exalted vinous flavour. The berries
upon the bunches, which are very ſmall. This is
commonly called the Black Frontinac, but the French name
it Muſcat Violet. +1
15. RED
grow cloſe
+
O F. THE V IN E.
7
ac
I 5. RED FRONTINAC.
1
The berries of this fruit are of a moderate ſize, round, and
of a fine red colour, and high flavour. The berries
grow
cloſe
upon the bunches, which are of a moderate fize. I muſt beg
leave to obſerve, that I have only ſeen two or three bunches of
this grape, produced here laſt ſummer, from a plant (which
came from France the preceding year) growing in a pot about
a foot diameter.
It is undoubtedly the true Red Frontinac, which has induced
me to change the names of the two foregoing ſpecies. **
1
16. WHITE SWEETWATER.
This is a very large round white grape. The berries
grow
cloſe on the bunch, which is of a moderate ſize, and are re-
plete with an agreeable juice. The ſkin and fleſh of this
grape
are more delicate than of any other fort. In ſome ſituations,
the berries on the ſides of the bunches, next the fun, are
clouded with ſpots of a ruffet colour, and they are then gene-
rally moſt admirable. This grape is propagated in the forcing-
houſes in Holland, in preference to any other fort. It is by
the Dutch called Parel druyf: ****
}
17. BLACK SWEET WATER.
1
A
The berries of this ſpecies are much ſmaller than the
former, are black, grow in ſmall ſhort cloſe bunches, and are
replete with a very ſweet juice. The ſkin being thin, and
very
I
1
1
)
N
}
!
:
8
OF THE CULTURE
CU
i
very ſubject to crack, it is an improper grape to be propagated
in a Hot-houſe. **
18. BLACK HAMBURGH.
The berries of this ſpecies are large, inclining to an oval
figure, and of a black colour. They hang looſely on the
bunch, and compoſe well-formed handſome bunches,
.
1
The ſkin is thick and the pulp hard; but, notwithſtand-
ing theſe defects, it is a very valuable grape, being a good-
flavoured fruit and a plentiful bearer. *nfo
19. RED HAMBURGH.
1
The berries of this ſort are of a dark red, with thin ſkins
and juicy delicate fleſh. The ſize and figure of both the berry
and bunch are nearly like the former. It is fometimes called
the Gibraltar Grape.**
1
20. WHITE HAMBURGH.
This has a large oval berry, with a thick ſkin and hard fleſh.
As this ſpecies is a very plentiful bearer, and forms large
bunches, it is much admired by ſome, but is not ſo valuable
as either of the two preceding kinds. It is ſometimes called
the Portugal Grape.*
1
:
21. MALVOISE.
The berries of this ſpecies are ſmall, rather inclining to
an oval figure, and of a brown colour. The ſkin is thin and
the
1
:
.
OF T H E V IN E.
9
the fleſh delicate, replete with a vinous juice. As the berries
are powdered with a blue bloom, it is ſometimes called the
Blue Tokay. *of
-
22. GENUINE TOKAY..
Y
This is a white grape.
The berries incline to an oval
figure, and grow rather cloſe on the bunch, which is of a mo-
derate ſize. The ſkin is thin and fleth delicate, abounding
with a very agreeable juice. This ſpecies is very diſtinguiſhable
by the foliage, the underſide of the leaf being covered with a
fine ſoft down, having the appearance of fattin. This ſpecies
was ſent to his Grace the Duke of Portland, from Hungary,
fome years ago. *ut
.-
23. LOMBARDY.
1
This has a large berry, inclining to an oval figure, of a
beautiful flame colour.
flame colour. The bunches are regularly formed
with ſhoulders, and frequently arrive to the weight of fix or
feven pounds. The leaves are much more divided than moſt
other forts, and the upper ſurface is of a deep green colour.
This is by ſome called the Rheniſh Grape, and by others the
Flame-coloured Tokay. **
24 SMYRNA GRAPE.
This has a large red-coloured berry of an oval figure, with
thin ſkin and delicate juicy fleſh. It forms long bunches with
[houlders looſely connected. The leaves in autumn die with
B
purple
1
1
1
!
5
1
/
OF THE CULTURE
1
purple edges. This is a good grape, though but little known
in this country.*to
!
25. BRICK GRAPE,
The berries of this ſpecies are ſmall, inclining to an oval
figure, and of a pale red or brick colour. They grow cloſe
on the bunch, which is very ſmall. This is a very grape,
but not much eſteemed. **
a very ſweet
26. BLACK SPANISH OR ALICANT.
The berries of this ſpecies incline to an oval ſhape, are mo.
derately large and black, and form exceeding long unſhoulder-
ed bunches. The ſkin is thick, and the feeds uncommonly
large. The fleſh is ſoft, juicy, and of an agreeable flavour.
The leaves in autumn are beautifully variegated with red,
green, and yellow. This is a pretty good fruit, and is fome-
times called the Lombardy Grape.*nfo
}
27. WHITE MUSCADINE, OR CHASSELAS.
This has a round white berry, is moderately large, with a
thin ſkin, and delicate juicy fleſh. The bunch is well formed,
and of a pretty good ſize. This ſpecies is generally propa-
gated againſt common walls; and as the fruit is conſtantly eaten
before it is well matured, it is rather in difeſteem: But ſtill,
when well perfected, it is an exceeding fine grape. The fame
obſervation might have been made on the White Sweetwater,
with equal propriety. ***
28. BLACK
.
OF THE VI N E.
1.
28. BLACK MUSCADINE.
The berries and bunches of this ſpecies are both ſomewhat
ſmaller than the preceding. This is a very prolific grape, and
makes a fine appearance, on account of the black berries being
powdered with a bluiſh bloom ; but the fleſh is not ſo deli-
cate and juicy as the former. I procured a plant of this grape
from Holland by the name of Frankendale.*uto
29. ROYAL MUSCADINE, OR D'arboyce.
This has a round white berry, of a moderate ſize, a thin
ſkin, and a juicy ſoft fleſh. The bunches are generally exceeding
large, ſometimes arriving to fix or ſeven pounds. This ſpecies
is very diſtinguiſhable by the wood and foliage, generally
growing remarkably groſs and ſtrong. **
r
30. MALMSEY MUSCADINE.
This ſeems nearly allied to the preceding, but the bunches
and berries are ſomewhat ſmaller, and the juice of a higher fla-
vour, being remarkably ſweet. However, as I have only ſeen
the fruit of this ſort from a plant growing in a pot, an allow-
ance for the ſize of the bunches ſhould be inade. *ufo
;
31. CLARET GRAPE.
:
The berries of this ſpecies are ſmall, black, and inclining to
an oval figure; they grow cloſe, and form ſmall bunches,
The juice is of a blood-red colour, of a harſh taſte, excepting
the
B 2
1
!
OF THE CU L T U R E
the grapes are perfectly matured, and then it may be confider-
ed rather as an agreeable delicate fruit. The leaves change
from green to a ruſſet-red early in ſummer, and die a deep
red in autumn.*
32. SYRIAN GRAPE.
+
1
The berries are white, large, and of an oval figure; the
ſkin is thick, and the fleſh firm and hard; the bunches well
formed, and enormouſly large. Now, though this is generally
conſidered as a coarſe fruit, it has properties that ought to in-
troduce it'into every large collection, and eſpecially the Hot-
houſe. It is very prolific, and the bunches commonly grow
very large, making a moſt noble appearance, and, when well
perfected, may be called a very eatable fruit; to which I may
add, that they may, without difficulty, be kept many weeks
longer than any other fort. I have often had them in good
perfection in the month of January, and ſometimes even in
February.*
w
33. MILLER'S BURGUNDY.
The berries are ſmall, rather inclining to an oval figure, are
black, and grow cloſe on the bunch, which is commonly ſhort
,
and ſmall. The ſkin and fleſh are delicate, poſſeſſing a ſweet
and pleaſant juice. The leaves are diſtinguiſhable from moſt
others by a hoary down, eſpecially when young, being then
almoſt white.fi
34. SMALL
!
1
I
i
1
OF THE V I N E.
13
34. SMALL BLACK CLUSTER.
The berries and bunches of this ſpecies are little different
from the former, but the leaves have leſs down, and are ſomeo
what ſmaller. This is a delicate ſweet fruit, and is ſometimes
called the Burgundy Grape. 4I.
!
6
1
35. LARGE BLACK CLUSTER.
The berries of this are larger, and grow more oval than the
two former ſpecies, are black, and not fo delicate, the juice
being of a harſh and rough taſte. The leaves in autumn, when
dying, are of a beautiful bright ſcarlet. This ſpecies was ſent
me from Liſbon, and I was affured it is the identical
which red Port wine is made.
grape of
i
1
36. WHITE MORILLON.
This has an oval white berry, of a moderate ſize, with thin
ſkin and delicate juicy fleſh. It grows cloſe on the bunches,
which are ſmall. The leaves are ſoft, being greatly covered
with down on the underſide, ſomething ſimilar to the genuine
Tokay grape, to which it appears nearly allied.
37. EARLY BLACK JULY GRAPE.
This has a ſmall black round berry; the bunches alſo are
ſmall, but it is a prolific bearer, and comes to the table at an
early ſeaſon, even without fire heat.fi
CAT'S
1
>
1
14
OF THE CU L T U RE
1
38. cat's GRAPE.
This has a ſmall oval berry, of a greeniſh white colour, with a
thin ſkin and ſoft juicy fleſh. The berries grow clofe, forming
ſmall bunches. The taſte of this fruit, before it is quite ma-
tured, is exceedingly diſagreeable; but, when perfectly ripe,
is very ſweet, and pleaſing to ſome palates. *ufo
b
2
39. BLACK RAISIN GRAPE,
The berries of this ſpecies are large, oval, and black, with
a thick ſkin and a hard firm fleih. It forms long handſome
bunches,*
40. WHITE
b « Raiſins are of two forts; thoſe which are called fun-raiſins are made thus :
When the grapes are almoſt ripe, the ſtalk is cut half through, ſo that the fap may
not penetrate farther, but yet the bunch of grapes may remain ſuſpended by the
ſtalk. The fun, by darting on them, candies them, and when they are dry they
are packed up in boxes.
1
« The ſecond fort is made after the following manner : When the Vines are
pruned, the tendrils are preſerved till the time of vintage; a great fire is made,
wherein thoſe tendrils are burnt, and in the lye, made of their aſhes, the newly-
gathered grapes are dipt,* after which they are expoſed to the fun to dry, which
renders them fit for uſe.”—Travels through Portugal and Spain, in 1772 and 1773,
by Richard Twiſs, Eſq; F. R. S. p. 334.
1
* Mr. Swinburne, in his travels through Spain, p. 208, informs us, that the
raiſins dried upon the coaſt of Valencia are dipped in a lye of wine and aſhes.
The
.
More
1
1
OF THE
THE V IN E.
15
40. WHITE RAISIN.
The properties of this grape are nearly ſimilar to the pre-
ceding, but the berries are white.*
1
41. DAMSON GRAPE.
L
The berries of this ſpecies are very large, oval, and of a
beautiful purple colour. They grow looſe on the bunch,
which
A
hast
The ſame ingenious author ſays, p. 167, “Immenſe are the hoards of all ſpecies
of dried fruits, ſuch as figs, raiſins, plumbs, &c. They have alſo the ſecret of pre-
ſerving grapes, found and juicy, froin one ſeaſon to another.”
It is much to be regretted that this Gentleman could not procure and import
the above moſt invaluable ſecret.
I have conſtantly kept grapes a long time by the following method : Before the
autumnal froſts have killed the Vine leaves, let the bunch with the ſhoot be care-
fully cut off the Vine. Then put the lower end of the ſhoot into a bottle filled
with water : Hang up the bottle with the ſhoot and bunch in a warm room. A
Green-houſe is a very proper place.
Only two or three joints of the ſhoot above the bunch ſhould be left, but a fuffi-
cient length below, to reach the bottom of a quart bottle, will be required.
The bottle ſhould be filled with freſh water every twelve or fourteen days; and
at the ſame time a thin ſhaving ſhould be cut off the bottom of the ſhoot, whereby
the pores will be made to imbibe the water with greater facility.
Grapes produced in Pine-ſtoves require to be cut at the pruning ſeaſon, viz.
in December.
By this method I have often kept grapes freſh and good till the middle of Fe-
bruary
16
OF THE CULTURE
which is large. The leaves of this grape are large, and more
thick and ſucculent than thoſe of any other fort, and have
ſomething of the appearance of green leather.
42. EARLY WHITE GRAPE FROM TENERIF.
The berries of this ſpecies are round, white, and of a mo-
derate ſize, with thin ſkins, and delicate juicy fleſh of an ex-
traordinary ſweetneſs. The berries and bunches much reſem-
ble the common Muſcadine, to which it appears to have a
near affinity. I
43. ST. PETER'S GRAPE..
)
This has a pretty large berry, nearly globular in figure, and
of a black colour; the ſkin is thin, and the fleſh
very
delicate
and juicy. This Vine produces large bunches, but as the berries
are very ſubject to crack, it is not generally planted in forcing-
houſes. The leaves are much more divided than thoſe of
moſt other forts.fo
44. BLACK GRAPE FROM PALESTINE,
This appears nearly ſimilar to the preceding. But I have
only ſeen two bunches of this grape, the product of a plant
growing the laſt ſummer in a pot, and engrafted laſt ſpring;
and though its ſituation was in the Hot-houfe, not a fingle
berry cracked in either of the bunches; it may probably,
therefore, be a diſtinct ſpecies.*uto
45. CIOTAT.
1
1
1
>
+
OF THE VINE.
17
45. WHITE PARSLEY-LEAVED GRAPE, OR CIOTAT.
This is a ſpecies of the parſley-leaved grape. The berries are
round, white, of a moderate ſize, with thin ſkins and delicate
juicy fleſh, which is very ſweet, but not of a vinous flavour.
The bunches are of a pretty good ſize, almoſt ſimilar to the
White Muſcadine. The leaves are finely divided, differing
other fort.--There is a ſpecies of the Parſley-leaved
Grape which produces red berries.to
from any
>
46. BLACK LISBON.
This has a large globular berry, black, thin-ſkin’d and juicy.
It has alſo large-ſhouldered bunches, which not a little reſem-
ble the Black Hamburgh. It is a pretty good grape, but
ſcarce in this country.*}
1
/
47. GREEK GRAPE.
The berries of this ſpecies are of a moderate ſize, rather in-
clining to an oval figure, of a bluiſh white colour, and
grow
cloſe, forming moderate-ſized handſome bunches. The leaves
grow on very ſhort foot-ſtalks, and bear a reſemblance to
thoſe of the Sweetwater. It is a delicate and juſtly-eſteemed
fruit. *uto
1
.
4
48. WHITE CORINTH GRAPE.
This has rather a ſmall white round berry, with a thin ſkin,
and very delicate juicy fleſh, of an agreeable flavour. The
bunches too are rather ſmall. The berries, when perfectly
ripe, are tranſparent, ſo that the ſeeds appear very diſtinctly.to
с
49. WHITE
5
$
1
18
OF THE CULTURE
N
49. WHITE MUSCAT, from Lunel.
The berries of this ſpecies are large and oval, and, when
perfectly ripe, are of a fine amber colour, ſometimes clouded
with brown or ruſſet, eſpecially on the ſide next the fun. The
ſkin is thin, and the fleſh delicate, replete with a vinous juice:
As this grape is a very plentiful bearer, and forms pretty large
bunches, it may juſtly be deemed a valuable fort, though at
preſent but little known in this country.*oft
50. CORNICHON.
1
This is a remarkable-formed grape. The berries are above
one inch and a half long, their breadth not half an inch.
.
They taper from the ſtalk, (but not in a regular manner) and
end in a blunt point, according to the French, ſomething like
a horn: But its figure is more like the long end of a ſmall
filh's bladder. The berries are white, with a thick ſkin and
a firm ſweet fleſh. *
I might add to the foregoing liſt, two or three ſeedling
grapes that have borne fruit; one of them is the produce of
the Black Frontinac, impregnated by the White Sweetwater,
and may be conſidered as
be conſidered as a valuable fort. The berries are
black, like its parent; but the bunches are compoſed of un-
equally-fized berries, like the Sweetwater, and ripen early in
the ſeaſon.
I have not attempted to place the various forts in the fore-
going liſt, according to the due order of their ripening, becauſe
the
I
OF THE VINE.
19
the late kinds are the fitteſt to be propagated in the Hot-
houſe, which in this work is to be conſidered as the firſt ob-
ject.
It might, by fome, perhaps be expected that I ſhould an-
nounce the flavour of every ſort of grape here mentioned and
deſcribed : But I am very reluctant as to that particular, as, per-
ſon's palates are ſo very various ; and I have frequently found
and obſerved, that many ſorts of grapes, which have by ſome
been highly commended, have, by others, been greatly dif-
approved.
I ſhall here beg to remark, that I have obſerved that the
leaves of white grapes, in general, when mature, conſtantly
change to a yellow colour, and are never in the leaſt tinged
either with purple, red, or ſcarlet. The leaves of the Claret
Grape change to a dark purple and ruſſet green early in the
ſeaſon. Thoſe of the Blue Frontinac and Black Muſcadine,
change late in the ſeaſon to a beautiful ſcarlet and yellow, in-
termixed.
The leaves of the Aleppo Grape are curiouſly ſtriped with
red, green, and yellow: The Muſcadel, Smyrna, Morocco,
Black Damaſcus, Grizzly Frontinac, and the Black Spaniſh or
Alicant, are alſo exceedingly beautiful.
The
C 2
}
2
1
1
20
OF THE CU L T U R E
1
☺
1
The leaves of the pale 'red and Grizzly Grapes are not al-
ways tinged with red; but whenever the leaſt'tinge of red;
purple, or ſcarlet appears on the leaves of the vine at the time
of their maturation, it is a certain criterion that the grapes
will be either of a grizzly, a red, or a black colour. By a
ſtrict attention to this remark, a perſon may be enabled to aſcer-
tain the colour of the grapes of Seedling Vines at the end of
the firſt
year.
1
Although the ſituation and climate of this country be too
unfavourable for bringing the beſt kinds of grapes to perfection
in a natural way, yet, by artificial means, we are enabled to
carry even the lateſt ripening forts to almoſt as high a degree
of perfection as in any part of the globe.
The moſt certain methods of obtaining grapes in perfection
in this country, are either to propagate the Vines in pine
ſtoves, or againſt flued walls covered with glaſs, commonly
called Vineries.
In ſome feaſons there are many kinds of early grapes brought
to a tolerable degree of maturity againſt common walls; but
even in a propitious ſeaſon, the beſt forts of
grapes
thus
pro-
duced are of little value; whereas even the lateſt ſorts, when
propagated in a pine ſtove or vinery, ſeldom fail of producing
crops of well-flavoured grapes.
The
1
1
.
"
V
}
3
1
Ο F Τ Η Ε VI Ν Ε.
21
The management and method of training Vines in the Hot-
houſe being very different from that of propagating them in a
vinery, it will be proper and expedient to treat the two modes
ſeparately.
;
ON
!
ON THE
1
Μ Α Ν Α G Ε Μ Ε Ν Τ
OF THE
Y I N E IN THE
H OT. H OU S E.
HOUSE.
N the firſt place, ſituation and ſoil are maturely to be confi-
dered. Every Hot-houſe ſhould either be built on a dry
ſoil, or where the ſituation is capable of being made fo; becauſe
it is abſolutely neceſſary that the pine pits ſhould be perfectly
dry : And theſe are generally to be ſunk about four feet below
the ſurface of the circumjacent ground, on the outſide of the
building. There ſhould be a drain in the front of the ſtove
to carry off the water that falls from the roof; and this drain
ſhould be as low as the foundation of the building, and clofe
adjoining to its front wall.
/
|
If the ground be wet or ſpringy, the ſoil either a barren
fand or cankered clay, it will be requiſite to uſe all neceſſary
expedients to prevent the roots of the Vine from entering into
them; and as they are to be planted immediately over the
drain adjoining the front of the Hot-houſe, it will be indiſ-
penfably neceſſary alſo to make the drain perfectly ſecure both
on the top and ſides.
Parallel
A
f
---
OF THE VINE.
}
23
Parallel to the drain adjoining the front of your Hot-houſe,
another drain ſhould be made at the diſtance of about 18 or 20
feet, and this ought to be ſunk fix or eight inches below the
level of the former drain; the bottom floor of the vinery will
then admit of an eaſy deſcent, ſo that the water may readily be
drawn off from the roots of your Vines.
When the ſoil comes under any of the above deſcriptions,
a bottom floor ſhould be made to prevent the Vine-roots from
penetrating it: This floor muſt be made of ſuch materials as,
chippings of ſtone, coarſe gravel, broken bricks, &c. and theſe
muſt be laid quite as low as the bottom of both the drains, and
to the thickneſs of eight or ten inches. They ſhould be well
beaten together and made ſmooth.
A
Over theſe materials, or foundation, there ſhould be put a
thin layer of fine loany ſoil; quite free from ſwarth or ſtones.
This ſhould be well watered, and worked over with a ſpade till
it is quite ſoft, ſo as to have the appearance of a fluid maſs ;
for then it will entirely fill up the chinks in the under-bed of
ftone, &c. and alſo form a covering, and unite with it ſo tho-
roughly, as to make and compoſe a firm bed, almoſt as impe-
netrable as a rock,
In
1
pen
!
c This method of tempering foil is in general practice with engineers and perſons
employed in making navigable canals or large pieces of water. It is by them
termed « puddling," and is deemed the beſt expedient hitherto found out to render
ground water-proof..
1
24
ON THE MANAGEMENT
!
}
In many places Hot-houſes are built where the ſoil is of lo
unfavourable a nature, that it would be next to impoſſible to
have Vines in perfection without the above contrivances and
precautions ; for when the ſoil is wet and ſpringy, as ſtated
above, is a ſtrong clay, or otherwiſe unkindly, the Vine-roots
by penetrating deeper than the ſun's influence, will imbibe
crude particles, which will not only tend to render the Vine
unfruitful, but alſo impregnate its ſmall produce of grapes with
a diſagreeable flavour : But when the above directions are
ſtrictly attended to, there will be a certain ſpace of fix or eight
yards in breadth, and the entire length of the ſtove, made
per-
fectly ſecure from all noxious and heterogeneous matter: There-
fore the next important object will be a confideration of a pro-
per
foil or compoſt.
1
1
}
As the Vines in the Hot-houſe at Welbeck have been re-
markably fruitful and vigorous, I ſhall beg leave to recommend
the ſame kind of compoſt-mould which I make uſe of there, viz.
one-fourth part of garden mould, (a ſtrong loam); one-fourth
of the ſwarth or turf from a paſture where the ſoil is a fandy
loam ; one-fourth of the ſweepings and ſcrapings of pavements
and hard roads ; one-eighth of rotten cow and ſtable-yard dung
mixed ; and one-eighth of vegetable mould from reduced and
decayed oak leaves. Theſe are the ſeveral and reſpective pro-
portions. The ſwarth ſhould be laid on an heap, till the graſs-
roots are in a ſtate of decay, and then turned over and broken
with a ſpade; let it then be put to the other materials, and the
whole
1
1
.
1
:
}
OF THE VINE.
25
whole worked together, till the ſeparate parts become well
and uniformly mixed and incorporated.
1
the rea-
If this buſineſs were to be done previous to the building of
your Hot-houſe, it would be the better-; but if time will not
allow of that, it would be adviſable to bring the above-pre-
fcribed materials directly to the ſpot, and there to mix and
mingle them well and ſufficiently together, by working them
over in the manner of trenching. I will not take up
der's time in the explanation of any kind of proceſs generally
known : In the preſent caſe, therefore, it may ſuffice to ſay,
that before the Vines are planted, it will be perfectly neceſſary
that all the ingredients above-mentioned ſhould be completely
combined, and ſo thoroughly mixed, as to conſtitute a maſs
perfectly uniform and homogeneous.
1
!
1
Let us now ſuppoſe the compoſt-mould to be ready upon
the ſpot. There let it be raiſed above the upper margin of the
drain adjoining the front wall of the ſtove, to the thickneſs
of two feet and ſix inches. The whole ſpace between the two
drains muſt alſo be raiſed to rather above that level. As the
preparing and finiſhing the ground in queſtion leads to an im-
portant object, and as it ſhould be covered with gravel, and
lie in an undiſturbed ſtate for ſome time after it is planted, I
am deſirous of being a little more explicit reſpecting the forma-
tion of your floor or bed.
D
I
-
**
1
1
.-
3
1
26
ON THE MANAGEMENT
!
/
:
I have already obſerved that the floor has a fall or deſcent
of ſix or eight inches, inclining to the South ; and here I would
recommend, that the ſurface of the ground upon it ſhould,
when finiſhed, be reverſed, that is, that the part at fome
diſtance from the Hot-houſe ſhould be raiſed five or fix inches
above the level of the ground immediately adjoining the ſtove..
The ground at each end ſhould alſo be brought to the ſame
height. In ſhort, the ſurface of the whole ſhould have an
eaſy fall of two or three inches to a certain point, where a
grate ſhould be fixed, to take off the water that falls from the
roof of the Hot-houſe. About the middle of the front wall
will be the moſt convenient place for this purpoſe, as the
ground at each end may be raiſed to have an eaſy fall into it.
The
grate muſt be laid in a groove cut two inches deep in a
fmooth ſtone; and a ſecond groove, one inch and a half deep muſt
be cut round the former. The intent of this latter groove is to
receive a board, which muſt be made to go in and fit very cloſe,
ſo as to afford an opportunity of floating the ground in front
occaſionally: But of this I thall have occaſion to ſpeak more
at large hereafter. The ſtone I here ſpeak of muſt be laid im-
mediately over the drain, adjoining the front wall of the ſtove,
and raiſed about two feet three inches above the top of the
ſaid drain. The ground, including a thin coat of gravel, of
about two inches thick, muſt be laid perfectly even with the
top of the ſtone, which is the central point for drawing off the
water from the ſurface of the whole
The
-
+
i
E
.
1
i
1
OF THE V I N E.
2
The ground ſhould be made complete ſome months before
it is capped with gravel, as it will ſettle very conſiderably;
and, during the time of ſettling, boards ſhould be laid over it
for perſons to walk upon, when they are to give air to the
Hot-houſe, &c. Since, otherwiſe, the ground would be
trodden down unequally by their going over it. Your ground
being now complete, by allowing proper time to ſettle, let the
whole of the ſurface be pointed over with a ſpade to the depth
of three or four inches; and at the ſame time add freſh com-
poſt to make up the deficiency of its ſettling. Then tread it
firm and rake it ſmooth, and lay the gravel about two inches
thick
upon every part, except the very places where the Vines
are to be planted. Tread alſo the gravel and rake it ſmooth;
after which a light roller ſhould be run over it, and thus the
whole buſineſs of the preparation will be finiſhed. However,
I ſhall juſt add, that if the gravel were made fine, and after
wards diveſted of the fandy particles, which may eaſily be done
by twice ſcreening or lifting, it would make the walk in the
front of the Hot-houſe both neater and better; for when
the gravel is of a fandy nature, it is not only inclinable to
grow ſoft in a wet ſeaſon, but the ſmall particles of it are alſo
liable to be blown upon the roof of the Hot-houſe in dry
windy weather.
1
į
mi
It
may ſeem unneceſſary to obſerve, that as the depth of the
mould adjoining the front wall of the ſtove is two feet fix
inches, and the depth at the South drain three feet fix inches,
the
D 2
..
1.
܀
28
ON THE MANAGE M E N T
the whole will run at the medium depth of one yard : And as
the breadth of the floor, eighteen feet, and the Vines ſtanding
at three feet ſix inches apart, the diſtance between the raf-
ters, each plant will occupy, at an average, a ſpace containing
ſeven ſuperficial yards, and, conſequently, as many cubic
yards of compoſt.
Having thus gone through with the preparation of the ground
where the ſoil and ſituation are both unfavourable, I Mall now
endeavour to give a few hints that may be uſeful, when either
of theſe articles are differently and better circumſtanced.
1
1
A garden, and conſequently the Hot-houſe, is ſometimes fo
happily ſituated in regard to foil, that it ſeems, by nature,
adapted to the growth of the Vine. The beſt ſoil, in my ap-
prehenſion,
+
& The following extract from Virgil, on this topic, will be deemed neither unap-
plicable nor diſagreeable to the candid reader :
The nature of their ſev’ral ſoils now ſee,
Their ſtrength, their colour, their fertility;
And firſt for heath, and barren hilly ground,
Where meagre clay and flinty ſtones abound';
Where the poor ſoil all ſuccour ſeems to want,
Yet this fuffices the Palladian plant.
Undoubted ſigns of ſuch a foil are found,
For here wild olive-ſhoots o'erſpread the grounds.
And heaps of berries ſtrew the fields around,
But
A
3
OF THE
T H E V I N E.
29
come
prehenſion, and indeed the ſoil, in which I have known the
Vine to proſper in the moſt fuperlative degree without artificial
aid, was a kind of rich fandy loam, intermixed with thin beds
of materials like jointed llate, or ſtone, ſo very ſoft in its na-
ture as almoſt to be capable of being crumbled between the
fingers. The roots of the Vine delight in theſe beds of loam.
!
I have been more particular in the above deſcription, on a
ſuppoſition that ſpots of ſuch kindly materials
may
ſometimes
be found; and whenever it ſo happens, I would, by all means,
recommend a plentiful uſe of ſuch ſoil in preference to any
other, and eſpecially for the part below; for even in the
former caſe of the unfriendly foil, the Vines would poſſibly
ſucceed ſtill better with a layer of this ſort between the com-
poſt-mould and bottom floor.
When
/
-
But where the ſoil, with fat'ning moiſture fill’d,
Is cloth'd with graſs, and fruitful to be tillid :
Such as in chearful vales we view from high
Which dripping rocks with rolling ſtreams fupply,
And feed with ouze; where riſing hillocks run
In length, and open to the Southern ſun;
Where fern ſucceeds, ungrateful to the plough,
That gentle ground to gen'rous grapes allow.
Strong ſtocks of Vines it will in time produce,
And overflow the vats with friendly juice;
Such as our prieſts in golden goblets pour
To gods, the givers of the chearful hour.
Dryden's Virg. Georg. ii.
1
}
} 表
​30
ON THE MANAGEMENT
1
1
When either' a Pine and Vine Stove, or a Vinery, are in
tended to be made, and the ſoil happens to be ſuch as has been
deſcribed, or ſimilar to it, and eſpecially if the bottom be a
dry bed of ſtrong gravel, a kind of ſlate ſtone, or rocky, an ar-
tificial floor in either caſe will be unneceſſary, ſince the pine
pits need not then be ſunk below the natural ſoil, as in the
common method, but raiſed above it. The ground on the out-
ſide of the building muſt afterwards be brought up to a conve-
nient level, and it will then form a kind of terras or baſtion.
By this means the roots of the Vine will be benefited in a
double reſpect, both by an additional foil, and by having the
natural one for its bottom or floor.
2
!
!
I do not in all caſes recommend the various proportions ex-
actly, for making the foregoing compoſt, but would adviſe,
nevertheleſs, that each be varied in a greater or leſs degree, ac-
cording to its quality. Nay, it ſometimes may be found ne-
ceſſary to ſubſtitute a ſoil ſtill different from either of the
foregoing. As when, for inſtance, a garden ſoil happens to
be rich, ſtrong, and inclinable to clay, and when a ſandy loam
cannot conveniently be had'; for in ſuch a caſe, common ſand,
or rather the reduced ſwarth or turf from a ſandy foil, although
poor in its inature, will not only correct, but greatly improve
it, by opening its pores, and rendering it light, and thereby
making the paſſage more eaſy for the progreſs of the roots of
the Vine. It appears a contradiction in terms, I confeſs, to ſay
that a good foil will admit of being improved by a mixture
with
---
}
!
;
!
"
(
OF T H E V I N E.
31.
with a bad one, but yet ſo it is, ſince although you may con-
ceive the primogenial foil to be fufficiently good and proper for
the purpoſe, it is, nevertheleſs, evinced by experience, that it
will admit of improvement, and will be much benefited by
having the various ſoils above-mentioned judiciouſly mixed
and well worked together.
As the vegetable mould from decayed leaves, which I juſt
mentioned above, cannot always be obtained, by reaſon that the
leaves require to lie two years before they become ſufficiently
putrid and reduced; it therefore may ſometimes be neceſſary
to ſubſtitute ſome other ingredient in lieu of this part of the
compoſt; wherefore it may not be inexpedient to point out
the
proper
ſuccedanea.
.
ܕ܇
Rotten wood reduced to a fine mould, ſuch as is often found
under faggot ſtacks; the ſcraping of the ground in old woods,
where the trees, grow. thick together; mould out of hollow
i
trees,
7
e. The fpontaneous fruitfulneſs of the ground was a thing peculiar to the primoge-
nial foil, (by which I mean the original mould at the creation and after the flood)
for that was ſo tempered as to be more luxuriant than it could ever be afterwards ;
and, therefore, as that rich and proper temperament was ſpent, fo by degrees it grew
leſs fertile. «The fruits of the earth were, at firſt, ſpontaneous, and the ground,
without being torn and tormented, fatisfied the wants or deſires of man. When
nature was freſh and full, all things flowed from her more eaſily and more pure,
like the firſt running of the grape, or of the honey-comb; but now ſhe muſt be
preſſed and ſqueezed, and her productions taſte more of the earth and bitterneſs."-
Burnet's Theory of the Earth, vol.i..page. 2.25.
1
1
1
1
..
32
Ο Ν Τ Η Ε Μ Α Ν Α G Ε Μ Ε Ν Τ
trees, and ſaw duſt, reduced to a fine mould, provided it be
not from wood of a reſinous kind, are, in part, of a ſimilar na-
ture with vegetable mould from decayed leaves, but are neither
ſo rich nor powerful, becauſe the vegetable mould receives a
power by its fermentation, as I have obſerved in the ſection on
the uſe of oak leaves.
It is very probable that there are various other kinds of ma-
nure, that
may
be introduced into a compoſt ſuitable for the
Vine, with as much effect as the former'; as blood, the offal of
animals, or ſhambles manure, horn ſhavings, old rags, hair,
Thavings of leather, and bone duft. This laſt is exceedingly
proper, as at the ſame time that it gives a lightneſs to the ſoil,
it contributes to its fertility. I may alſo add to the former,
the dung of deer and ſheep, as likewiſe human ordure. But
pleaſe to obſerve, that many, if not all, of the above recited
manures, will require time to meliorate, before they can be
introduced and incorporated with the other parts of the com-
poſt; wherefore being collected, and mixed with garden
mould, they may be thrown up in an heap, in any convenient
place of your garden. A winter's expoſure, with frequent
turning over during that period, eſpecially in froſty weather,
ſerves wonderfully to meliorate and haſten their diffolution.
The influence of a ſummer's ſun will not be leſs bene-
ficial, by exhaling their crude particles, and, by ſweeten-
ing the parts, preparing them the more immediately for ve-
getation.--Having recommended fo large a proportion of
the
i
1
...
Ο F. Τ Η Ε V Ι Ν Ε.
33
the dirt, or ſcrapings, of hard roads and pavements, to enter
into the vineal compoſt, it may not be improper to bring this
material again under conſideration.
.
-
The duſt, or dirt, from roads, confifts principally of the
following particulars : Firſt, the ſoil of the vicinity ; fecondly,
the dung and urine of horſes and other animals; and thirdly,
the materials of the road itſelf when pulverized. Various other
matter may be brought by winds, and by other 'means, but the
foregoing may be deemed the principal. The firſt of the above
articles is brought to roads by the wheels of carriages, and the
legs of horſes and other animals; the laſt is the worſt part of
the materials, as the duſt and ſcrapings from roads, made and
mended with ſoft ſtone that grinds faſt away, is much inferior
in its vegetating quality to that which is collected from hard
roads. On the whole, however, this ingredient of compoſt
from the roads is unqueſtionably in general of a fertile nature,
which may be attributed in part to the dung, urine, and other
rich materials of which it is compoſed; and, in part, to a kind
of magnetic power, impreſſed upon it by friction, and its per-
petual pulverization.
The
i
E
f«I think it would be evinced, as conſtant and undeniable, that, amongſt the
mechanical aids, (wherein ftercoration has no hand) that of pulverizing the earth by
contuſion, and breaking it with a plow or ſpade, is of admirable effect, to diſpoſe.it
for the reception of all the natural impregnations. For the earth, eſpecially if freſh,
has a certain magnetiſm in it, by which it attracts the ſalt, power, or virtue, (call
it
1
}
!
1.
v
;
I
---
34
ON THE MANAGEMENT
The nature of this road-earth ought to be duly conſidered
when uſed in the Vine-compoſt, and its proportion adjuſted
according to its quality. In a ſandy country it will naturally
abound with particles of land, and long and continued rains
will, of courſe, waſh away its beſt parts.
its beſt parts. High winds too, in
dry weather, will as certainly deprive it of its lighteſt and fineſt
parts, eſpecially when roads lie on eminences, or enjoy an open
expoſure. Thoſe materials, therefore, from roads, are generally
preferable, which are produced from an incloſed track in a low
ſituation : Pavements, however, and hard roads, produce the
beſt fulture of all. This compoſt is much better when col-
lected in a moderate dry ſtate, than when it is either very wet
or duſty. If ſcraped off the road in a wet and ſoft ſtate, when
it is become dry it will be hard and cloddy, and will require
time
1.
7
1
it either) which gives it life. Take of the moſt barren earth you can find, drained,
if you pleaſe, of all its nitrous falts and maſculine parts, reduce it to a fine powder,
(which may be done, even in large proportion, by a rude engine, letting fall a kind
of hammer, or beetle, at the motion of a wheel) let this pulverized earth, and for
the time inceſſantly agitated, be expoſed, for a ſummer and winter, to the viciffi-
tudes and changes of the ſeaſons, and influences of heaven. By this labour and
reſt from vegetation, you will find it will have obtained ſuch a generous and maſcu.
line pregnancy, within that period, as to make good your higheſt expectations; and
to this belongs Sir Hugh Platt's contrition or philoſophical grinding of earth, which
upon this expoſure alone, without manure of ſoil, after the like revolution of time,
will, as he affirms, be able to receive an exotic plant from the fartheſt Indies, and
cauſe all vegetables to proſper in the moſt exalted degree; and to bear their fruit as
kindly with us as they do in their natural climates.” For a further account of this
curious and important fubject, fee page 27 of the laſt edition of Evelyn's Terra,
with Notes by Dr. Hunter.
.
!
i
:
1
!
OF T H E V IN E.
35
time to bring it to a proper condition. When thus circum-
ſtanced, the beſt way of recovering it is, to give it frequent
turnings in hard froſty weather,
1
1
The duſt and ſcrapings of roads are not only proper for Vines,
but alſo agree with plants in general, and being mixed in an
equal proportion with vegetable mould from decayed leaves,
make an excellent compoſt for moſt kind of plants that grow
1
!
in pots.
E 2
After
8 In ſome kinds of moory or fenny foils, it formerly was found difficult to get
fets
of either the Willow or White Thorn to ſtrike root, though it was obſerved, that
the few plants of both, that chanced to take, generally grew remarkably luxuriant
afterwards, and were very durable.
1
It is probable, that ſuch ſoils greatly abound either with a fulphurous or an
unctuous quality, ſo as to overpower the plants when newly ſet.
The ſcrapings of roads, and the dirt of ſtreets, are found to be effe&tual in reme.
dying this complaint.
}
1
In ſome parts of the Iſle of Ely, and the adjacent low and moiſt country, it is
now become a general practice to carry the road-earth many miles for this purpoſe.
At the time of planting a few handfuls of this ſubſtance is put round each ſet; and
a quantity juſt fufficient to keep the natural foil from touching the bark of the plant,
is found to be quite adequate to the purpoſe. By this mode of practice, numbers
of willow trees are raiſed with the greateſt certainty, and fine white thorn hedge-
rows now form and furniſh the boundaries of thoſe incloſures, which, formerly,
were only ſeparated by ditches, to the great benefit, as well as ornament, of the
country.
+
1
1
My own eyes have been witneſſes of the above curious and important fact; and
I have a brother, who, at this day, occupies a farm in that country, and ſtill purſues
this mode of practice.
1
1
Yhte.
3
i
V
1
1
¢
36
ON THE MANAGEMENT
1
After having ſpecified various kinds of manures that are
known to be friendly to the Vine, it may not be improper to
mention ſome others that ſeem to be hurtful and inimical to
it". Soot, wood-aſhes, pigeon and hen's dung, would all, I
think, be too hot for the root of the Vine. Theſe, if you
pleaſe to conſider, are manures that come immediately into
action; and, therefore, are more properly calculated for top-
dreſſing, and to enliven the ſurface, than to be buried at the
roots in the ground below. Pond-mud and moor-earth
would probably, on the contrary, be too cold for that purpoſe;
and the latter, perhaps, be liable to canker the roots of the
Vine; and therefore, on that account, had better be omitted.
Theſe auxiliaries would, doubtleſs, be very proper for gardens,
planted on a fandy ſoil, and mixed, as we will ſuppoſe, with
the common ſoil of the quarters that produce crops vegeta-
bles for culinary uſe. Stable-yard dung would be too fpiri-
tuous, hot, and fiery, were it to be introduced into the com-
poſt, before its heat was thoroughly abated; and, I fear, it
would
7
of
/
1
/
h « And here the nature of the land ſhould be inaturely confidered, for we ſhould
endeavour, by all means, to detect, as far as we are able, the quality predominant,
both of the earth we ſhould improve, and the compoſt we apply, and not throw
them promiſcuouſly upon every thing, without conſidering of what temper and con-
ftitution they be, for grounds are as nice as our bodies, and as obnoxious to infir-
mities upon every defect and exceſs; and, therefore, it requires ſkill and no little
ſtudy to be able rightly to marſhal this materia medica (as I may call it) of com-
poſts; the virtue of which does, ſometimes, lie very hidden."
Evelyn's Terra, P. 54.
३
--
1
1
1
OF THE Y I N E.
37
would be liable, by its ſinking, to cauſe the border to ſettle
too much after the gravel was laid upon it.
I am fully perſuaded that the Vine is frequently injured by
the common cuſtom of putting improper dung into the bor-
ders, for dung ſhould not be permitted to approach the roots,
till it be perfectly reduced to a kind of black mould.
Lime will, it is ſaid, lend a friendly aid to the Vine; and,
indeed, it is poſſible that ſome kinds of lime may poſſeſs that
uſeful quality, for lime differs as much in its nature as land
does. Lime made of the peak ſtone is of a rich and mild
quality, and is uſed, with the greateſt ſucceſs, as a top-dreſſing
for graſs-lands, and its good effects are very laſting ; indeed,
it is aſſerted, that land will be benefited by a coat of this lime
for the ſpace of eighteen or twenty years. This ſpecies of lime
might, in all probability, be of great ſervice, if admitted into the
Vine-compoſt; but I am perſuaded that there is ſomething
too powerful, if not pernicious, in lime of a different quality ;
and that Vines are greatly injured by the common practice of
laying lime-rubbiſh for the bottom floor in the preparation of
the ground; this floor being intended to give a check to, but
not to injure the roots of the tree. On this account it would
be prudent to diſcard the uſe of it in this mode of application.
1
1
+
}
Having thus duly conſidered the various foils, manures, and
compoſt, and ſhewn which are the moſt falutary for the Vine,
and
1
i
38
ON THE MAN A G E M E N T
1
+
and which ought to be omitted; and having given ſuch di-
rections as; I am willing to hope, will be found ample and
ſufficient to enable a perſon to proceed with fair hopes of
ſucceſs, in moſt foils or ſituations : I ſhall now proceed to
lay down and deſcribe the moſt eligible method of raiſing Vine-
plants. And here I am extremely happy in having ſomething,
not leſs important than new, to communicate on this ſubject;
indeed I ſhould be extremely reluctant to offer any method,
different from the general mode of practice, merely on account
of its novelty ; but novelty, when attended by ſuperior ex-
cellence, is, certainly, a great recommendation.
The Vine admits of being propagated various ways: Firſt,
by feeds ; fecondly, by layers; and, thirdly, by cuttings.-
This tree can alſo readily be propagated by grafting and inocu.
lation.
>
--
3
+
The Vine may eaſily be propagated by ſeed ; for ſeed, care-
fully preſerved through the winter, riſes very freely, and eſpe-
cially from the ſeed of grapes brought to early maturity,
1
This, undoubtedly, is the only way to obtain new kinds
of grapes ; but, nevertheleſs, it is little practiſed, partly on
account of the diſtant proſpect and length of time, and partly
from the hazard of obtaining better kinds than the original
grapes from whence the ſeeds were taken. The proſpect,
however,
r
2
!
1
1
3
+
?
OF T H E VINE,
N
however, is not ſo diſtant as many perſons may imagine; for
a ſeedling Vine, judiciouſly managed, will produce fruit the
third or fourth year ; and as to the doubtfulneſs of obtaining
better ſorts of grapes than the original, it certainly will be
but too well founded, ſhould you make your experiment with
ſeed indiſcriminately ſaved; but when proper care and atten-
tion is had to the feed you ſow, the proſpect will wear a more
favourable aſpect, and the very beſt ſpecies may be hoped for,
and reaſonably expected.
5
1
1
When Vines are intended to be raiſed from ſeed in hopes of
procuring new kinds of grapes, that deſign ought ever to be
kept in view. In Hot-houſes, where various forts of Vines
are trained, it is an eaſy matter to bring the branches of two
different kinds together, and it may be beſt done at the time
of pruning. As ſoon as the Vines ſhew their fruit, the
young
branches of each ſhould be ſo brought together, that the
bunches of two different kinds, in the ſame ſtate of maturity,
may admit of being entwined; whereby the'two bunches be-
ing in flower at the ſame inſtant, and the parts of fructification
brought together, there will, undoubtedly, be a mutual im-
pregnation, from which it may reaſonably be expected, that
new and improved kinds of grapes will be produced.
1
Great regard, however, would be had in reſpect of the forts
intended to be brought together, and the advantages to be
gained by this junction ſhould be duly conſidered. They are
principally
1
}
t
.
->
2
1
1
t
40
ON THE MANAGEMENT
!
1
principally the following: Firſt, a ſuperiority in ſize, both in the
bunch and the berry; ſecondly, a ſuper-excellency in flavour,
and a delicacy in the ſkin and fleſh of the fruit. The form of
the bunch, and the length of the foot-ſtalk of the fruit, are alſo
valuable objects, and ought to be conſidered as advantages,
cloſe-growing grapes, which always have thort foot-ſtalks,
being ſubject to many misfortunes.
1
1
The advantages to be gained by this method of proceeding
being thus ſhewn and diſplayed, I ſhall beg leave to make a
few obſervations on the manner of reducing it into practice.
And the hints once given, it will be at the option of perſons of
taſte and genius to run the parallel agreeably to their own
fancies.
1
1
All the five forts of Frontinac grapes are proper to add an
excellency of flavour to other kinds; but there is a ſuperior
richneſs in the black, blue, and red Frontinacs, and they do
not partake ſo much of the ſtrong muſcat flavour as the white
and grizzly do. But it muſt be conſidered, that the blue Fron-
tinac grows cloſe upon the bunch, and, therefore, is only pro-
per to be coupled with the looſe-growing kinds that have long
foot-ſtalks. The white Muſcat of Alexandria produces large
looſe-growing bunches, and the berries being very large and
well flavoured, it muſt be a proper kind to be joined with
many other forts. There is a peculiar delicacy in the fleſh of
the white Sweetwater : It is alſo a remarkably thin-ſkinn'd
grape,
he
!
I
more
13
/
OF THE V I N E.
41
I
+
/
grape, with large berries; conſequently it is a proper kind to
couple with various forts that are ſmall and leſs delicate.
Were the red Frontinac and white Sweetwater wedded toge-
ther, their union would, probably, produce a very valuable
fort, as there would be a good chance of its being both large
and delicate, and well flavoured. The Syrian Vine is only ad-
mired for producing moſt aſtoniſhingly large bunches', and,
therefore, I would not adviſe the joining this coarſe ſort to any
F
other
!
i This is ſuppoſed to be the fort of grape alluded to Numbers xiii. 23. as it fome-
times produces bunches of eight or ten pounds weight and upwards. In the year
1781; a bunch was produced at Welbeck that weighed 19. pounds and an half. It
was preſented by liis Grace the Duke of Portland to the late Marquis of Rocking-
ham, and was conveyed to Wentworth-Houſe (a diſtance of more than 20 miles)
by four laboùrers, who carried it, ſuſpended on a ſtaff, in pairs, by turns. Its
greateſt diameter, when hanging in its natural poſition, was 19 inches and an half;
its circumference four feet and an half; and its length 21 inches three quarters.
The following curious and important note on this extraordinary bunch was
written at that time by my much-eſteemed and learned friend the Rev. Samuel
Pegge of Whittington, by whoſe permiſſion it is here inſerted:
3
« Our fruits, as well as our animals, are always found ſomewhere in a natural
« ftate, and ſo we read of wild grapes in Syria, Iſaiah v. 4. including Palef-
« tine, or the land of Canaan in Syria, as we are authoriſed to do.
“ The Vine, however, foon became an object of improvement and cultiva-
tion, ſince Noah, after the Flood, planted a Vineyard, Gen. ix. 20. and is from
"Ce thence ſuppoſed, by ſeveral learned men, to be the Bacchus' of the Greeks
" and Janus of the Latins; the name of this latter being derived from an
* oriental word, ſignifying wine.
(This
i
1
1
/
1.
!
t
!
1
42
ON THE MANAGEMENT
--
3
other except the following, as in all likelihood the offspring
wouldonly produce bunches much leſs ponderous. But the white
Muſcat of Alexandria having larger berries and longer foot-
ſtalks, there would be a probability of producing a kind be-
tween this and the Syrian Grape that would exceed the origi-
nal
--
6s This part of the world produced, anciently, both large grapes and large
“ bunches; for when the Twelve Spies were ſent by Moſes, then in the
“6 Deſert or Wilderneſs, to view and reconnoiter the Southern parts of
66 the land of Canaan, they came unto the brook of Eſhcol, and cut
66 down from thence a branch with one cluſter of grapes, and they bare
• it between two upon a ſtaff, Numb. xiii. 23. How large the branch,
66 cut with the cluſter, might be, is not known; and, perhaps, this mode
“ of carrying might be owing, not ſo much to the weight of the branch and
66 its cluſter, (ſince one man could very well carry both, though they ſhould
so weigh.40 or 50 lb.) as that the cluſter being to be exhibited and ſhewn
65 to the people on their return, it was neceſſary to preſerve the fruit fair,
56 whole, and unbruiſed : However, it is to be preſumed, that the cluſter
“ was fingularly large and fine, the tenor of the narration evidently imply-
“ing that.
66 But as to the largeneſs of the bunches in this quarter of the world, Strabo,
o who lived in the reign of Auguſtus, teſtifies, that the Vines in Margiana
" and other places were ſo big, that two men could ſcarcely compaſs them
66 with their arms, and that they produced bunches of grapes two cubits or
"a yard long, which is more than a foot longer than that vaſt bunch
pro-
“ duced by his Grace the Duke of Portland at Welbeck.
" We ſhould, probably, have heard more of the enormous cluſters of grapes
"" growing in theſe Eaſtern parts, if the country, ever ſince the ſeventh cen-
tury, when Abubeker over-ran it, had not been in the hands of the Sa-
1
(
1
1
66 sacens,
1
A
.)
!
sam
1
mang
+
me »
1
OF TH E V I N E.
тн
43
*
nal parents both in fize and flavour. Although the black Ham-
burgh is a thick-ſkinn'd grape, with coarſe fleſh, yet it has
many good properties : It is a fine vigorous-growing Vine,
that will ſtand forcing, and is a very plentiful bearer. The
bunches too are generally large, and furniſhed with well-fized
berries, of a tolerable flavour. Theſe again having long
foot-
ſtalks, do not want much thinning; and, therefore, are not
liable to decay, as is the caſe with moſt cloſe-growing kinds.
If this ſort were to be coupled either with the white Frontinac
F 2
01
}
( í
66
any
“racens, who, being Mohammedans, were not permitted the uſe of wine,
6 and, confequently, would entirely neglect the management and culture of
66 the Vine.
** But though the Mohammedans of Syria did not propagate the Vine, nor drank
wine but by ſtealth and treſpaſs, yet there were always ſome Chrifti,
“ ans mixed amongſt them, who took care to cultivate the tree for their own
Suſe, though they made not its juice an article of merchandize or of ex-
portation ; and their cluſters of grapes were often, no doubt, of the very
“ largeſt ſize and dimenſions. This may be inferred from what we find in
66 Huetius, that Crete, Chios, and other Iſlands in the Archipelago, afford
~ bunches of grapes of 10 pounds weight; ſometimes of 36, yea of 40
“ pounds;' far exceeding the Duke of Portland's bunch.
6 But ſtill it is a moſt extraordinary Phænomenon in this country, that a Vine,
66 though of the Syrian kind, ſhould, by care and judgment, and proper cul-
65 tivation, be made to produce a cluſter of 19 pounds and an half; and it
« redounds much to the honour both of his Grace and Mr. Speechly, whoſe
" admirable ſkill in his profefion is otherwiſe ſo well known to the public.”
i
!
Whittington, Oct. 10, 1781.
SAMUEL PEGGE.
}
:
1
!
1
1
ON THE MANAGEMENT
44
1
or Sweetwater, there is great reaſon to ſuppoſe that the offspring
would be an improved' kind.
ai
4
/
>
t
The following kinds alſo admit of a junction with great
propriety, viz. The black Damaſcus, and grizzly Frontinac-
the flame-coloured Tokay and red Frontinac-the white Muf-
cat of Alexandria and white Sweetwater--the black Frontinac
and white Muſcadine—the St. Peter's Grape and white Muſcat
of Alexandria.--It is probable that ſome of the foregoing ad-
vantages might be gained by an alliance between various other
kinds; but I ſhall forbear to recite any further examples,
enough having already been ſaid on this ſubject to ſtimulate
perſons of taſte and curioſity, to purſue an amuſement that,
one may venture to pronounce, will contribute both to their
advantage and pleaſure.
t
+
DU
;
ง
i
!
: It is evident that the preſent very extenſive variety of valuable
kinds of grapes have been obtained from ſeed, either ſown by
hand and raiſed with care, or from feed accidentally let fall by
birds, or by, other chances, whilſt the grapes continued in their
wild ſtate.
A
1
1
I ſhall go ſo far, on this occaſion, as to augurate, that the
beſt forts of grapes hitherto known, will, at ſome future day,
be eſteemed only as ſecondary or inferior kinds. Since we
know that the collection of goofberries have been improved by
ſeed, within the ſpace of a few years, to a moſt aſtoniſhing de-
green,
/
}
1
À
1
1
1
A
more
}
1
OF THE V I N E.
45
1
12
1
gree, ſurely, with the ſame care, attention, and public en-
couragement", as much may be done in the liſt of Vines,
This I can aver, that the method of raiſing ſeedling plants is
neither uncertain nor difficult, as ſeed from grapes, perfectly
ripe, will vegetate with the utmoſt facility and certainty. In
this place it will be neceſſary to obſerve, that the bunches en-
together ſhould be ſeparated as ſoon as the farina has
fallen, and the grapes begin to ſwell, as the important parts of
fructification have then performed the office for which nature
intended them, viz, the propagation and increaſe of the ſpecies.
1
I
The
grapes for ſeed ſhould be permitted to remain on the
plant till they are perfectly ripe, as the ſeed is not till then
quite matured, when it generally is of a very dark-brown co-
lour, As ſoon as the feed is taken from the pulp, or fleſh, of
the grape, it ſhould be laid on a ſheet of paper, or the like, in
fome
1
1
1
k In Lancaſhire, and ſome of the adjacent counties, public annual Meetings are
eſtabliſhed and held for the encouragement of increaſing the variety of gooſberries,
and premiums are annually given to perſons that produce the beſt new kinds.
The acquiſition of the many new and valuable kinds of this ſpecies of fruit, which
have lately been obtained from feed, may, in a great meaſure, be attributed to
this public incitement. The conſequence is evident, that a ſimilar eſtabliſhment
for the increaſing the varieties of grapes, would, undoubtedly, be crowned with
equal ſucceſs. If ſuch a plan as here propoſed. were eſtabliſhed in various parts of
the kingdom, and public notice given thereof, it would certainly excite the ad-
mirers of this elegant branch of gardening to exert themſelves on the occaſion.
Let but the project be begun and tried, and, I am perſuaded, that the ſucceſs it
would be crowned with, would foon make it a faſhionable recreation.
1
1
į
1
1
/
46
ON THE MAN AGEMENT
.
1
!
ſome airy, but ſhady place, to dry, and then carefully preſerved
till ſpring. If, however, the feed were to be immediately
ſown, and the pots kept in the Hot-houſe, and moderate wa-
terings given them during the winter, the plants would riſe
and come up in the ſpring : But the great diſadvantage attend-
ing this method is, that the plants would be liable to come
forward too early, and, of courſe, come weak. For although
the ſeed would lie dormant during the winter, notwithſtanding
the artificial warmth of the Hot-houſe, yet as ſoon as the days
began to increaſe, and the ſun to regain his force, the genial
warmth of his rays will ſoon, and, perhaps, too ſoon bring
It will, therefore, I think, be the moſt eligible to
ſow the ſeeds about the end of February, or the beginning of
March,
For this purpoſe, let ſmall pots be filled with very
light, rich, fandy mould; into each pot put eight or ten
ſeeds ; lay them at regular diſtances, and preſs them into the
mould
1
them up
1
--
.
2
1
1 The beginning of March ſeems to be the moſt proper ſeaſon for lowing the
ſeeds of plants in a Hot-houſe. In the ſpring, it is cuſtomary to raiſe a fucceffion
of crops of Kidney-beans in moſt Hot-houſes, which are generally fown at inger-
vals of 10 or 12 days, from the middle of December to the beginning of May.
I have conſtantly obſerved a very diſtinguiſhable difference in every crop, till the
beginning of March ; each crop coming better, and growing more robuft and via
gorous than the preceding one. But, after the vernal equinox, the caſe alters,
and the crops then come more weak, the plants growing tall, ſlender, and long-
jointed.
}
I take it for granted, that the health, ſtrength, vigour, and longevity of a plant,
(perhaps, too, the ſame may be ſaid of man) depends greatly on its good bėgin-
ning.
i.
1
mo
j
1
1
1
10
OF THE VI N E.
47
--
mould with your finger to the depth of half an inch; then fill
up the holes, and make the ſurface of the mould ſmooth and
|
even.
}
1
The pots ſhould be plunged either in the tan-bed in the
Hot-houſe, or in a temperate hot-bed, for a moderate warmth
will, at that ſeaſon of the year, foon cauſe the feed to vegetate.
As ſoon as the plants appear, they will require, from time to
time, gentle ſprinklings of water, but this muſt be given them
very ſparingly, eſpecially during the time of their having only
feed-leaves; once a week or ten days, if the weather be fine,
will be quite ſufficient during the time they remain in that
ftate; and ſhould the weather prove either gloomy or rainy at
that juncture, let the watering be entirely omitted:
When
--
1
ning. This remark may be deemed worthy the farmer's obſervation, as it will
thew the importance and neceſſity of fixing upon a proper ſeed-time.
Jeans
1
As the ſun's annual courſe is always the ſame, it neceſſarily follows, that the
ſeaſons of a Hot-houſe, where the air is confined, muſt be nearly ſo too. But in
the open air the caſe is very different, and we find, by experience, that there are
many weeks difference in vegetation, according to the lateneſs or forwardneſs of
the ſpring. Hence no fixed time can, with propriety, be aſcertained for ſowing
the ſpring corn and graſs feeds, but nature's ſigns will be the farmer's ſureſt guide.
The leafing of trees, the ſtate of the ground, and the weather, will, if well ob-
ſerved, afford the beſt directions to the farmer in this important buſineſs.
--
There are certain critical ſeaſons in the ſpring, when all nature ſeems combined
to promote vegetation ; when the very air is big with impregnation, and the earth
ſwells, as wiſhing for the deſcending ſhower.
1
2
1
CS
:
1
1
!
48
ON THE MAN A GE M E N T
When the plants have ſo far advanced as to have three or
four joints apiece, they muſt be carefully ſhaked out and
planted each in a ſeparate pot, filled with the ſame kind of
mould as was before recommended.
1
"The greateſt care will be required in the performance of the
above operation, as it will be beneficial to preſerve as much of
the roots as poſſible. When the plants again are placed in the
tan, or the hot-bed, a gentle ſprinkling of water ſhould be given
them; and from thenceforward they may be treated exactly
in the ſame manner as will be recommended hereafter for
plants raiſed from cuttings.
+
!
-
I
I ſhall go on, therefore, to obſerve, that it would not be
prudent to furniſh a wall, or any part of a Hot-houſe, with
ſeedling Vines in their untried ſtate, or before they have
produced fruit. For although the proſpect of obtaining good
kinds from feed faved in a Hot-houſe, be more promiſing
and certain than that of getting them from ſeed of
grapes in
vine countries, (becauſe there, when the Vines flower, the very
air is impregnated with the farina of the grapes of the vine-
yard, which are, generally, of ſorts only eſteemed for making
wine, but, in a Hot-houſe, the beſt-eating grapes are only
planted,) yet nany of the new kinds from ſeed will prove to be
worſe forts than the originals from which the feed was ſaved. A
fpecimen, therefore, of the fruit, ſhould be obtained from each
plant, be tried and taſted, before it is permitted to be planted
againſt
A
1
2
(
A
1
no
1
j
.
OF THE V IN E.
49
againſt the walls, or preferred into the Hot-houſe. Hence
you ſee it will be proper to keep the plants until they are three
or four years old, before you diſpoſe of them either on the
wall or in the Hot-houſe; and then, if they be managed as
will be hereafter directed, they will produce the fruit
and
approve, and with the greateſt certainty.
you like
Having diſpatched this new method of raiſing the Vine from
feed, I Thall next beg leave to ſuggeſt a few hints on the ſubject
of the cuſtomary method of propagating this plant, and Thall
afterwards endeavour to lay down a new and improved method
of raiſing vine plants by cuttings.
:
The general method of propagating the Vine is, either by
layers or cuttings. The Vine is a free-ſtriking plant, therefore
young plants may be obtained each way without much diffi-
culty.
:
:
When the Vine is intended to be propagated by a layer, a
ſhoot that will eaſily bend to the ground is generally choſen
for the purpoſe. After making the ground light and fine with
the ſpade, the ſhoot ſhould be faſtened by a ſmall hooked ſtick
at about fix inches below its ſurface. If a little light freſh
foil, with a mixture of pond mud, were well cloſed about the
bottom of the layer, it will facilitate its ſtriking.
G
The
1
)
50
ON THE MANAGEMENT
1
The ground ſhould be well cloſed to the layer ; the ſurface
ſhould be made ſmooth, and formed into a kind of baſon, after
which a little very rotten dung muſt be- laid therein in the
manner of mulching:
!
-
The layer will ſtrike freely, either with or without an
inciſion being made at the bottom; early ſpring, before
the riſing of the ſap, is the moſt eligible ſeaſon for the per-
formance of this buſineſs, becauſe the ſhoot would be liable to
bleed at the wounded part, as ſoon as the fap begins to riſe.
t
1
During ſummer, if the weather prove dry, frequent water-
ings ſhould be given, for it is abſolutely neceſſary to keep the
ground in a moiſt ſtate during that period. The new plant
will acquire ſufficient roots in the courſe of the ſummer, to
admit of its being taken off from the mother plant in the au-
tumn, and this ſhould be done as ſoon as the leaf has fallen.
Great care muſt be taken to preſerve the roots of the new plant
uninjured through the ſucceeding winter, therefore it will be
proper to keep the plant, during that ſeaſon, in a guarded
ſituation, where it may be well ſecured and protected from
froſt, as its future ſucceſs, in a great meaſure, depends on the
preſervation of its firſt fibres or roots.
i
Vines are ſometimes laid in pots with great advantage. The
moſt eligible method of performing the operation is,
ducting
.
1
OF THE VIN E.
5
ducting the ſhoot through the hole at the bottom of the
pot,
and by making an inciſion about fix înches below the ſurface.
1
1
When a layer is taken from a ſtrong fruitful branch, and
laid in a large pot, filled with proper compoſt, which muſt be
done with great care and caution, it will ſometimes come im-
mediately into bearing. Indeed, this is the principal advan-
tage that accrues from this mode of practice; for Vine plants,
raiſed by layers, are much inferior to plants raiſed by cuttings,
both in point of future vigor and durability.
1
Y
1
The uſual method of propagating the Vine by cuttings, has
been in more general practice than that of raiſing plants by
layers ; the cuttings are formed of the lower part of the ſhoot,
conſiſting of a few joints of the wood of the laſt year's growth,
together with the knot and a ſmall part of the two years
old
wood. It has been an obſervation of ancient date, that a vine
cutting, when formed complete, has the appearance of a little
mallet.
The proper length of the cutting is a point that has not hi-
therto been perfectly ſettled and determined.
!
3
Miller, whoſe directions have been pretty much followed,
allows it to be about fixteen inches; others have preſcribed
ſhorter dimenſions; but all agree that it ſhould conſiſt of ſeveral
joints at leaſt of the laſt year's wood.
A
1
1
G 2
1
52
Τ Η Ε Μ Α Ν Α. GE Μ Ε Ν Τ"
ON
A cutting of this ſort will ſtrike freely, either with or with-
out an artificial heat; a temperate hot-bed heat will, however,
not only facilitate its ſtriking with greater freedom and vigor,
but will alſo greatly accelerate the growth of the plant:
There ſeems to be a great ſuperfluity of wood in a cutting of
the above deſcription; for when it is deep planted, the lower
eyes in general decay; and, if planted fhallow, the part above
ground commonly dies down to the eye, even with or imme-
diately under the ſurface.
-
In this place it will not be improper to obſerve, that various
other plants, as well as the Vine, admit of being propagated
by layers and cuttings, and that it is allowed that cuttings are
generally preferable to layers, and that plants, raiſed from
ſmall cuttings, commonly make the beſt plants. The cauſe
ſeems obvious, viz. that it appears injurious to the new plant,
in proportion as it partakes too abundantly of its original or
the mother plant. Hence it is evident, that the leſs the mat-
ter that forms the rudiment of the new plant, the better. In-
deed this theory is evinced by practice, for it is well known,
that thoſe plants raiſed from ſeed, which have the ſmalleſt be-
ginning, always make better plants, and are greatly preferable
to thoſe of the ſame ſpecies, which are raiſed either by cuttings
or layers.
an
1
1
OF
Τ Η Ε ν Ι Ν Ε.
53
It
may be unneceſſary here to go through the common pro-
ceſs of raiſing Vine plants by cuttings of the foregoing deſcrip-
tion, as I propoſe to offer a more advantageous method of
pro-
pagating the Vine from only a ſingle eye, and about three
inches and an half of the laſt year's wood m: Plants raiſed by
this
1
5
-
m This mode of propagating the Vine from a ſingle eye firſt occurred to my
very worthy and learned friend the Rev. Mr. Michell, who has been ſo obliging
as to tranfmit to me the following curious and important account of the fucceſs
of this method :
SIR,
“I have received two letters from you fince I wrote laft; the former not re-
quiring any immediate anſwer, I poſtponed writing till I could give you
« a ſhort account of the ſucceſs of ſome Vines that were planted itings
“ in our way, the end of December, 1775, and beginning of January, 1776,
“ fo that they have had only one year's growth before this ſpring. One of
66 them, which came to us for the white Sweetwater, but of which I have.
6 fome doubts whether it may not turn out the white Muſcadine, has now no.
« leſs than fixteen bunches upon it, and I might ſay ſeventeen, if I would
« reckon every thing. The Vine comes out very ſtrong and vigorous, and
“ ſeems able to ripen them all. The uppermoſt bud has brought out four
6 bunches, the ſecond four bunches, and the third three bunches; and the
"loweſt bunch upon each of theſe is a full bunch ; nor do any of them
“ ſeem weaker than one might have expected upon a Vine of ſeveral years
"old. Another Vine, which is the Syrian, and was a cutting planted in
6 the bark the gth of January, 1776, has two bunches upon it, one only,
upon a branch ; the bigger of theſe has its ſtalk at about half an inch or an
inch from the branch, as thick as a moderate gooſe quill, ſo that it ſeems
66 to be providing for a large bunch; but it is not expanded far enough yet
5 to form an exact judgment of it, unleſs to a perſon who had ſeen more
{
66 of
>
54
ON THE MANAGEMENT
.
this method, as I have happily experienced, are greatly pre-..
ferable to thoſe raiſed by cuttings in the common way, as they
have
66
66 of it than I have; for I expect it will be a fortnight yet at leaſt before it
« bloſſoms. The method of planting cuttings in the tan, with a ſingle
eye to them, is our own. I have never ſeen nor heard of its being uſed
by any body elſe, except thoſe to whom my brother and ſelf have recom-
“ mended it: It may, however, not improbably have occurred to others
« who may have practiſed it, as well as ourſelves. What firſt ſuggeſted it
“ to us to try it, was, that we found cuttings, with two or three eyes to
« them, planted in the common way, which was the way we firſt raiſed them
" in pots of earth, and plunged into the tan, one eye being left above the
earth, were not only troubleſome from their great length, but that the
eye above ground either dried up entirely, or fhot weakly at beſt, and alſo
** often died away again afterwards, whilſt the buds that were covered with
66 earth got up and throve much better. This ſeemed to ſay, let the bud
“ intended to grow be covered. We alſo obferved, that few or no roots ſhot
« from any part but the fartheſt or loweſt extremity of the cutting, ſo that
66 all the intermediate parts ſeemed to be of little or no uſe, provided the roots
66 would ſhoot equally well from the extremity, when ſhortened to one eye
“ only; and to be ſatisfied that the joint, immediately below the eye,
is
" deſirous of throwing out roots for the uſe of that eye, one need only look
os at the roots which are thrown out in ſeveral parts of the Vines that are
growing vigorouſly, in a Hot-houſe, which, very manifeſtly, I think,
“ fhew that they belong to the eye, or branch proceeding from the eye,
im-
66 mediately next above them. All theſe together made us think, it very
likely that the method we now uſe would ſucceed, and we had already
got into the way of planting the cuttings in the tan firſt, rather than in
pots of earth from the beginning, finding, by experience, as well as learn-
ing from others, that moſt things would begin to ſtrike much more rea-
dily, as well as 'more certainly and kindly in that manner, than the other.
66
66 The
.
OF THE VIN E.
55
!
have more abundant roots, grow ſhorter jointed, are more pro-
lific, and will, if permitted, come into bearing the ſecond
year.
The
: 66
66
• The cumberſomeneſs of a cutting of fifteen or eighteen inches long, that
“ no pot almoſt will contain, was a thing one would wiſh to get rid of :
66 The experiment was eaſy to try, and no lofs if it did not fucceed; we
" therefore made the experiment, and in three or four years, that we have
« uſed the method, have found no reaſon to think that Vines can any way
"s be raiſed more eaſily or ſooner, or that the Vines raiſed this way are, in
any refpect, lefs vigorous or leſs perfect, either when younger, or as old
« as we have yet had time to ſee them, than thoſe raiſed in any other way;
nor do I think that old wood in the cuttings is either neceſſary or uſeful,
a Hot-houſe ſummer, upon plants (that by being planted in the bark,
begin to grow a month fooner than the other Hot-houſe Vines, or even
“ more, if you pleaſe) being fully fufficient abundantly to ripen their
“ wood, if not even almoſt to over ripen it. And that you might have the
" means of judging a little better of the merit of this method, I have given
you the account, in the beginning of this letter, of two Vines planted in
" that manner, which, however, I hope to have the pleaſure of thewing you
“ ſometime this year, with the fruit upon them, when you will have a
« better opportunity of ſatisfying yourſelf about it. As to your propoſal of
planting the cuttings ſingle in pots with fifted tan; I have no doubt but it
“ will do very well; but I doubt whether quite ſo well as in the bark with-
w out pots ; for beſides that I think the pots prevent the heat, &c. from
being quite ſo kindly, there may fo many more cuttings be planted in the
“ bark; and if they are four or five inches only aſunder, and are not ſuffered
« to grow there too long before they are potted, there is no difficulty in
ſhaking off the bark, 'fo as not to hurt the roots, and they come
ſufficiently near together in point of time, their having ſhot a little more
6 or leſs, not being very material ; for when they have once begun to ſhoot,
« and have got tolerable roots, they will then, as far as I have ſeen, grow very
as kindly in pots of earth, whether they are a little more or leſs advanced.
Thornhill, April 3, 1777.
Your's, &c.
.
/
56
Ο Ν Τ Η Ε Μ Α Ν Α ΌG Ε Μ Ε Ν Τ
The cauſes being thus aſſigned for the preference given to
plants raiſed by this method, and the advantages gained by
this mode of practice thus ſpecified, I ſhall now proceed to
give directions at large on this ſubject.
The firſt care ſhould be to make choice of
proper
and well-
ripened wood to form the cuttings, as it is abſurd to imagine
that good plants can ever be produced from wood imperfectly
ripened : Indeed the caſe here is exactly ſimilar, and may be
conſidered in the ſame light, as between plants raiſed from
well-perfected ſeed, and plants growing from feed not well
matured
-..
Some perſons are of opinion, that cuttings taken from the
lower part of the Vine are preferable to thoſe that
grow higher
and at a diſtance from the root. But for my part, I confeſs I
could never find any difference, ſo as to induce me to give the
preference to either, provided the wood was equally well ri-
pened. But it generally happens that the beſt wood is pro-
duced at the moſt diſtant parts from the root, and eſpecially in
Vines trained againſt rafters in the Hot-houſe, where there is
generally a very diſtinguiſhable difference between the
top
and
the lower parts of the plants, in reſpect to goodneſs.
The new ſhoots conſtantly appear firſt at the moſt diſtant
parts, and are generally more ſtrong and vigorous, in propor-
tion to their diſtance from the roots. I mention this particu-
lar,
:
OF THE VIN E.
57
1
lar, becauſe forward ſhoots from Vines, forced early, are the
moſt eligible for the intended purpoſe. Early and forward
ſhoots, having a longer ſummer than thoſe afterwards pro-
duced, will, of courſe, be better ripened and matured.
Vines againſt common walls, or in vineries, that are not
forced early, will ſometimes produce remarkably ſtrong wood,
and ſuch ſhoots, on account of their uncommon ſize, are, by
unſkilful perſons, frequently choſen for cuttings.
I
The extraordinary ſize of the ſhoot I conſider as one of the
leaſt requiſites neceſſary to form a good cutting. Indeed ex-
ceeding ſtrong ſhoots generally abound too much with pith to
claim a preference. I wiſh to obſerve too, that much depends
on the nature and form of the eye, or bud, as well as the wood,
and that better buds are generally produced from ſhoots of a
moderate fize, than from exceeding ſtrong ones.
1
!
1
:
.
:
The particulars neceſſary to form a good cutting are princi-
pally theſe: 1. The eye, or bud, ſhould be large, prominent,
and bold; 2. The ſhoots ſhould be moderately ſtrong, round,
and ſhort-jointed; 3. The texture of the wood ſhould be
cloſe, ſolid, and compact ; but the beſt criterion of its ma-
turity is, its folidity, and having very little pith".
H Η
At
1
.
1
sont
:
n. The young vigorous ſhoots of many trees, as well as the Vine, greatly abound
with pith. Among theſe the Elder ſeems to be the moſt remarkable, I have ob-
ſerved
.
-
$
/
i
:
58
ON THE MANAGEMENT
At the pruning ſeaſon, therefore, make choice of ſuch ſhoots
as come under the above deſcription, cut them to any conve-
nient length, and put them into pretty large pots filled with
light
>
7
ſerved a pith in young vigorous ſhoots of this plant that has meaſured above five-
eighths of an inch diameter s. and here it may be deemed worthy of obſervation to
remark, that the pith of ſuch ſhoots decreaſes in proportion as the wood becomes
more mature, and its place occupied and filled with new wood, which ſhows that:
wood grows internally as well as externally; a conſideration from hence will en-
able us to ſolve a certain phænomenon in foreſt trees. It is obſervable that the
under branches of the oak and other foreſt trees are conſtantly in a ſtate of decay,
and eſpecially in neglected woods of large trees where they ſtand near together. -
And the cuſtom has been in many places, though a very injudicious one, to cut
off thoſe dead branches even with the bole of the tree. But now ſuppoſe that a
dead branch of three, four, or more inches diameter happens to ſtand inclining to
a perpendicular direction, (which is frequently the caſe) and this be cut off in the
above manner, it generally proves extremely injurious, by cauſing a material de
fect: For the bark of the tree foon riſes round the baſe of the ſtump, and thereby
forms a kind of baſon to receive the falling rain ; and thus tħe remaining dead wood
(for the lower part of the branch inclofed in the tree dies alſo to a conſiderable
depth) is foon brought into a ſtate of decay, which, by being infectious, becomes
general, and often terminates in the almoſt entire deſtruction of the tree. Let us
How conceive a branch of the above deſcription left to nature, and obſerve the con-
ſequence. Her efforts; as in critical caſes of the human body, will ſometimes
perform what the moſt eminent ſkill and niceſt art cannot acconspliſh. The upper
part of the branch foon decays, and naturally falls off firſt; one may then really
conceive the remaining part to be as a peg. or wooden pin, lapen exactly, and fit-
ting and filling up the wounded part for the preſervation of the tree. Here it
ſhould be underſtood, for the upper part of this imaginary pin to extend beyond.
the
-
-
1
OF THE V IN E.
59
light ſandy earth. Let the bottom of each ſhoot be cut with
a ſharp knife, perfectly ſmooth, as they will then receive the
moiſture from the mould better than when the wound is rough.
H 2
They
--
---
the body of the tree, while its baſe below is grown over by the annual increaſe of
The bole.
Now the outſide of the extending part of the dead branch (or imaginary pin) be-
ing leſs mature than the heart or centre, by being expoſed to the weather, it will,
of courſe, decay firſt; and I have conſtantly obſerved it generally falls off in annual
ſcales. As theſe ſcales ſhell off, the increaſing new bark ſwells round the baſe of
the ſtump, and occupies the ſpace till it meets and unites in the centre.As the
new bark covers a confiderable part of the dead wood, (for, as has been obſerved,
the lower part of the branch, incloſed in the tree, dies alſo to a conſiderable depth,
for the decay will follow the grain of the wood.) The important ſubject to be
diſcuſſed is, whether it may not contribute either to the general decay in the bole
of the tree, or cauſe a material blemiſh in the wood, when it comes to be converted
:into uſe. Now the remaining part of the ſtump being protected from the weather,
and excluded from the air by the ſurrounding live wood, it may be confidered, in a
great meaſure, as fimilar to the pith of the tree, but with this difference, as having
more body, and being of a firmer texture, conſequently its decreaſe will not be fo
rapid; however, length of time will reduce it to a vegetable mould. This is evi-
dent, as theſe dead ſtumps are never found entire in the bodies of large, found, un-
fhaken trees, when converted into ufe. However, this vegetable mould being devoid
either of ſand or earthly particles, retains but little body in this ſtate; and being com-
preſſed by the internal growth (as admitted above) of the ſurrounding live wood, it
will, at the laſt, terminate in nothing more than a ſmall black knot. I muſt beg leave
to obſerve, that the dead branches of trees, of the reſinous kind, do not come un-
der the above deſcription, for the dead branches of trees, of this claſs, are preſerved
by a turpentine matter quite entire, and in their original magnitude. This is
evinced by the knots we conſtantly obſerve in deal timber. As the preſervation
of timber is an object of ſo much importance, I am willing to hope that it will
be deemed unneceſſary to apologize for this digreſſional note.
A
60
ON THE MANAGE M E N T
5
They ſhould not ſtand too deep in the pot, as the eye below
the ſurface of the mould might receive a material injury during
the courfe of the winter, and thereby be rendered unfit for the
intended purpoſe.
>
Ten or twelve cuttings may be put into each pot, but they
muſt not ſtand too near together, as in that caſe they would be
liable to grow mouldy.
:
When various kinds are intended to be propagated, each fort
ſhould be kept in a ſeparate pot, with a label affixed to denote
the ſpecies.
During the winter, keep the pots in a ſheltered ſituation, and
by all means let them be protected from the ſeverity of the ſea-
ſon. However, in fine mild weather, though it be in the win-
ter time, the cuttings will be benefited by being permitted to
ſtand awhile in the open air. This expoſure will ſwell, and
give a boldneſs to the bud, and alſo keep the wood freſh and
continue its vigor; but great care, nevertheleſs, muſt be taken
to carry the pots into ſhelter on the leaſt approach of froſt.
)
The principal care required during the winter ſeaſon is, to
keep the mould in a proper degree of moiſture, in order to
give the cuttings as much free air as poſſible; but at the ſame
time to protect them from froſt. The putting the cuttings in
$
j
potser
í
Home
!
!
'
i
.
OF THE VIN E.
61
pots, and this management of them, is only intended to keep
them as freſh as poſſible till the planting ſeaſon.
1
}
1
As the cuttings require a hot-bed, and the beginning of
March being the proper ſeaſon for planting them, dung ſhould
be previouſly provided for the purpoſe. I will not take up
the
reader's time in going through the common proceſs in the
preparation of the dung, and the making of the hot-bed, theſe
operations being generally underſtood by almoſt every Gardener;
let it therefore ſuffice to ſay, that the bed ſhould be, in all re-
ſpects, adjuſted as if intended for melons, and proportioned in
its dimenſions to the quantity of plants deſigned to be raiſed.
1
!
In about three weeks after the bed has been made, and its
furious fermentation has ſubſided, take off the frame, and let
the bed be well trodden and made ſmooth ; and in ſuch man-
ner that the ſurface may have an eaſy declivity to the South.
Then replace the frame, and cover the bed about ſix inches
deep with very fine light ſandy earth, in which the pots are to
be plunged. Tan would anſwer this purpoſe, but I prefer a.
a light ſandy foil, becauſe (a conſtant ſteam naturally riſing
from the hot-bed) the ſteam that proceeds from ſoil is more
agreeable and wholeſome to the cuttings, than the ſtench that
evaporates from tan.
)
Watch-ſticks ſhould be thruſt down into different parts of
the bed to aſcertain its heat; and then, as ſoon as the heat be-
comes
>
1
62
T HE MANAGEMENT
ON THE
comes moderate, fill a number of the ſmalleſt fized pots,
(viz. 4 inches diameter, and 37. deep, inſide meaſure) in
proportion to the number of plants you wiſh to raiſe, with very
fine light fandy mould. Plunge the pots quite up to their
brims into the mould in the frame, and then ſhut down the
glaffe's till the mould in the pots becomes warm, which done,
prepare and plant the cuttings in the following manner.
Now as I have already ſhewn the properties which conſtitute
a good cutting, I ſhall here deſcribe the manual operation re-
quired in the formation of it.
Let the upper part of the ſhoot be cut floaping with a ſharp
knife, about a quarter of an inch above the eye; and at about
three inches below the eye, cut off the wood horizontally.
Great care, however, ſhould be taken to leave the wood ſmooth
at the bottom; the upper part too ſhould be taken off with a
clean ſtroke As each joint affords one good cutting, a few
Moot's of about one foot long will afford
1
you great choice.
/
The cutting being ready, make a hole with the finger, or
by thruſting a ſmall dibble down between the mould and the
ſide of the pot, into which let the cutting be carefully inſerted,
and ſo placed, that the eye may admit of being covered about
a quarter of an inch deep, with the fine rich mould above de-
fcribed.
TC
}
.
1
A
Ć
+
1
N
1
O F T H E VIN E.
63
It is very obſervable that a cutting ſtrikes with greater free-
dom againſt the ſide of the pot than in the middle of it, for the
pot, being porous, imbibes the moiſture, and thereby prevents
the cutting from being overcharged with it, which is not the
caſe, when a cutting is planted in the middle of the pot.
1
!
1
---
I always plant the cutting on the North ſide of the pot, put-
ting a label to denote the ſpecies on the oppoſite fide ; and
whenever the plant is ſhifted into a larger ſized pot, or re-
moved to a différent ſituation, I conſtantly obſerve the ſame
rule.Thus the plant being raiſed from a ſingle eye, it riſes as
it were from ſeed, and the foregoing rule being obſerved, it
will always ſtand with the ſame fide towards the ſun; and by
being planted on that ſide of the pot which ſtands to the
North, it will admit of being kept in the ſame poſition when
planted out for good; whereas it ſhould be conſidered, that
were it to be planted on the oppoſite ſide, (viz. that which
ſtands next the South) the plant muſt either be reverſed in its
poſition when planted out for good, or there would remain
the entire breadth of the ball of earth in the pot between the
wall and the ſtem of the plant.--Plants in general, hut parti-
cularly thoſe kept in Hot-houſes, or that are intended to be
planted againſt walls, are benefited more by a ſtrict obſervance
of this method, than is commonly imagined. The thoots,
leaves, and even the bloom-buds of plants, all form themſelves
in the moſt advantageous poſition to receive as much of the
fun's influence as poſſible.
The
ī
.
1
1
1
-
--
.
@
64
ON THE MANAGEMENT
1
The ſun is the primary cauſe, the very life and ſoul of vege-
tation; and by a certain kind of natural magnetiſm, plants,
a
in general, have almoſt as great a propenſity to tend to that
glorious luminary, as all the various bodies ſurrounding the
earth have, by their gravity, a tendency to its centre.
1
In the ſpring, after a dark ſeaſon, when the ſun chances to
break forth in a ſerene evening, it is pleaſing to obſerve ſmall
feedling plants, of all kinds, bending with their little faces to-
wards the ſun, as if ſtraining and defirous to partake, as much
as poſſible, of his divine influence.
1
1
1
1
1
1
From hence it is not difficult to conceive the reaſon why,
on this ſide of the equator, our plants in general, I ſpeak of thoſe
in the open air, ſhould have a certain inclination to the South,
and even ſo as to render their forms (particularly trees) crooked.
But it muſt be conſidered, that in the ſummer, when vegeta-
tion is in its full career, the ſun's rays fall daily almoſt on every
ſide of plants. Beſides the above cauſe, plants growing in the
open air are alſo greatly agitated by the wind, which, by its
variableneſs, conſtantly moves them to and from
every
and it is from theſe two cauſes in conjunction, that plants
grow erect and branch out, as we ſee they do almoſt equally
on every ſide.
fide;
>
1
Lo
1
1
But now plants in the Hot-houſe have a far greater propenſity
to incline to the South, than plants growing in an expoſure,
becauſe
1
..
(
1
!
1
OF THE V IN E.
65
becauſe they are not only ſheltered from the wind, but are alſo
deprived of light from the North, by the conſtruction of the
building.
N
As ſoon as the cuttings are planted, give them a very gentle
watering, and then put on the glaſies. A gentle moderate bot-
tom heat is all that is required, and therefore great attention
ſhould be had reſpecting the heat of the bed. . A briſk lively
heat, that might agree with many other plants, would be too
powerful for the Vine.
For the firſt ten or fifteen days after
planting, a great deal of air ſhould be admitted, in the day-
time eſpecially, if the weather be clear'; and even, ſhould the
weather prove mild, a little will be required at night alſo: It
will be prudent, however, to cover the glaſſes with mats for
fear of froſt. Should the glaſſes be kept too cloſe, the buds
will riſe with too much rapidity, that is, before any roots are
formed. I have ſeen thoots one inch high in the courſe of a
few days ; but ſhoots of ſuch a quick progreſs are very liable to
be deſtroyed by a ſtrong ſun ; and, therefore, in clear weather,
it will be adviſable to fhade the plants in the middle of the
day; and at theſe times a leſs. quantity of air ſhould be ad-
mitted.
b
+
ز
1
1
}
Give the plants a gentle ſprinkling of water every four or
five days in fine weather ; but ſhould it prove dark and moiſt,
once in eight or ten days will be ſufficient. Obſerve always to
water in an evening, juſt when the ſun is going oif the plants,
I
and
1
+
1
66
ON THE MANAGE M E N T
1
and let the glaſſes be ſhut down cloſe in the nights after water-
ing: This will cauſe a moiſture to be raiſed in the bed, which
the plants will imbibe to their great benefit.
As the plants increaſe in ſize, conſtant waterings ſhould be
given, and a greater quantity of air admitted in proportion to
their progreſs : By the time they get to be fix or eight inches
high, they will require to be ſhifted into pots of a larger ſize.
Great care, however, ſhould be taken in the performance of
this operation, neither to injure the top nor roots of the planti.
1
The plant ſhould be turned out of the pot with the roots and
ball entire, and the pot Mould be ſufficiently large to admit
of a proper quantity of freſh earth on this ſhifting. I generally
put the plants into pots of ſeven inches diameter, by fix deep,
(inſide meaſure.) If the heat of the bed begins to abate, it
ſhould be renewed with a little freſh ſtable-yard dung, and the
frames ſhould be raiſed to a proper height, in proportion to the
progreſs of the plants.
In replacing the plants in the bed, regard ſhould be had to
ſetting them in the ſame poſition they were in before, for the
reaſon already given.
Small ſticks ſhould be provided to ſupport the ſhoots when
they are grown to the length of ten or twelve inches. Pinch
off the wires. or tendrils, and alſo the lateral ſhoots, as faftas
they
OF THE V I N E.
67
they are produced. Keep the pots clean from weeds, and give
the plants frequent and gentle waterings; but this muſt be ad-
juſted according to the ſtate of the atmoſphere, ſince, in moiſt
weather, the humidity of the air, in a great meaſure, anſwers
the purpoſe of watering. Give plenty of air at all times, but
eſpecially in a fine day, when, if there be not much wind, the
glaſſes ſhould be entirely taken off. If the glaſſes be kept too
cloſe, the want of a ſufficiency of free air will cauſe the plants
to grow tall and long-jointed: And it is for the ſame reaſon,
that the plants ought not to make too rapid a progreſs in the
fore
part
of the ſummer, it being far more deſirable that they
should grow robuſt and ſtrong, which they are more likely to
do with a gentle bottom heat, and when a ſufficient quantity
of free air is admitted.
1
If the weather ſhould prove favourable at the end of May
or beginning of June, the plants will require as much free
air as poffible; and, therefore, the covering ſhould be en-
tirely omitted, except when there may be an appearance of
froſt at night; and even then, the glaſſes ſhould not be ſhut
down cloſe.
Should any of the plants appear weak and unpromiſing at
this ſeaſon, viz. about the middle of June, I generally cut
them down to the lowermoſt eye; and then they will, by the
aſſiſtance of a hot-bed, ſtrike freely and rapidly, and produce
ſtrong, ſtraight, and vigorous ſhoots ; and, by proper caré and
L2
attention,
68
ON THE MANAGEMENT
.
attention, the wood may be brought to a tolerable degree of
perfection even after this ſeaſon,
;
In places where a Hot-houſe, or Vine-wall and border, have
been previouſly provided, and are in readineſs for the plants,
it would be adviſable to plant the Vines out for good, about
the end of June, or beginning of July, as they will make a
good progreſs after this ſeaſon in the fame year.
But in new
works, it is almoſt impoſſible to get the building and border
ready to receive the plants the firſt ſummer, as the border will
require a competent time to be worked over, to meliorate, and
to ſettle, therefore my directions will, principally, relate to
ſuch plants as are kept in pots through the firſt winter. I the
more ſtrongly recommend this mode of practice on another ac-
count, which is, that as ſo much depends on the preſervation
of the firſt roots, the plants can be better preſerved in pots,
which may be ſet in a green-houſe, &c. in the winter, than
when planted in the open ground, where they will be expoſed
to the ſeverity of the weather,
"
In the months of July and Auguſt the young plants will
require very little artificial heat. I have ſometimes placed them
againſt a common wall during thoſe months, and have found
the plants ſucceed very well. They will, however, by the af-
ſiſtance of a bottom heat, grow faſter; and by being kept in a
Hot-houſe, they will make ſtill a greater progreſs. I have
ſometimes had plants which have made, Thoots upwards of
twenty
1
.
1
o
A
OF T H E VI N E.
69
1
$
/
twenty feet long in the firſt ſummer. But when plants are in-
tended to be kept in pots through the winter, a moderate-ſized
plant is preferable; becauſe in large plants, (and ſuch as are
kept many years in pots) their roots will be too much bound
together and matted. A plant, with a ſhoot of about five or
fix feet in length, moderately ſtrong, and perfectly well ripen-
ed, is quite ſufficient.
I generally ſtop the plants (by pinching off their tops) at
that length; for, if intended for a vinery, they will require to
be cut down within a few inches of the ground; and, if for
taking through the front wall, and training in ſuch Hot-houſe
as is here recommended, about three feet is a ſufficient length.
But when plants are wanted for any purpoſe where a longer
ſtem is required, they muſt be trained accordingly. In all
caſes, however, it ſhould be remembered, that four or five
eyes
at the top of the Thoot generally break out into laterals, and
thereby render that part of the wood uſeleſs, ſo that a propor-
tionable allowance ſhould be made in conſideration of this de
fect.
The pots ſhould be conſtantly kept clean from weeds, and,
during the hot months, very frequent waterings ſhould be gi-
ven to the plants. In very hot dry weather they will require
a little water twice a day.--I conſtantly cover the ſurface of
the mould in the pots with a little rotten cow's dung. This
mulſhing
1
1
+
more
1
70
ON THE MANAGE M E N T
mullhing prevents the mould in the pots from drying too faſt,
and alſo contributes to invigorate the plants.
{
When Vine-plants have been trained up either againſt a
common wall, reed-hedge, &c. (where they will ſucceed very
well during the hot months, eſpecially in a ſheltered ſituation,
and particularly with the aſſiſtance of a bottom heat) it will be
proper to bring them into a Hot-houſe about the beginning of
September; becauſe, if permitted to ſtand in the open air,
they generally loſe their leaves on the firſt autumnal froſt; and
after this the wood cannot attain to a proper degree of matu-
ration; whereas, in the Hot-houſe, they will conſtantly re-
tain their leaves till the beginning of December; and, when
this is the caſe, the wood will generally be in the higheſt de-
gree of perfection.
1
1
About the middle of December the plants ſhould be pruned
down to the proper lengths required; if intended to take
through the front wall of an Hot-houſe, three feet and a half
is a ſufficient length ; but if intended to plant in a vinery, they
ſhould be cut down to eight or nine inches.
1
,
Towards the latter end of December, it will be neceffary to
remove the plants into a green-houſe, glaſs-cafe frame, &c.
in which cool ſituation they muſt remain till the middle or to-
wards the latter end of February; when, if the ſeaſon proves
tolerably favourable, they ſhould be planted out for good.
During
A
1
OF THE VI N E.
an
During the time the plants ſtand in this cool ſituation, they
ſhould be watered very ſparingly; a little water given every
ten or twelve days, juſt to keep the mould in the pots mo-
derately moiſt, will be quite ſufficient. Give plenty of air in
mild weather, and eſpecially towards the latter part of the
time ; for if the plants are kept too cloſe and warm, they
will be liable to ſhoot too early, in which caſe they ſhould be
planted directly, that is, as ſoon as the eyes appear in motion,
for the plants would be greatly injured by being retarded in
their progreſs after this period.
1
I will now ſuppoſe the Hot-houſe to have been built the
preceding ſummer, and the border previoully prepared, ac-
cording to the foregoing directions ; in which caſe, if the wea-
ther will permit, the Vines ſhould be planted about the latter
end of February, or beginning of March, in the front of the
Hot-houſe, in the following manner. As the eyes of the
Vine-plants are liable to be injured by being taken through the
holes of the front wall, ſome method thould be adopted by
way of prevention. I generally put a little moſs round the
upper part of the ſtem of the plant, and over this wrap two
or three thick folds of paper, which I tie round with the
ſtrands of baſs matting.
Oppoſite to each rafter, and cloſe to the front walt, make
holes of about two feet diameter, and one foot deep; let the
mould taken out of the holes be made fine; and if a little fine
compost.
---
72
ON THE MANAGEMENT
1
compoſt mould, of a very rich quality, be added thereto, it
will facilitate the growth of the plant. Turn the Vine-plant
very carefully out of the pot, and put the upper part of the
ſtem through one of the holes of the front wall. If the ſhoot
will juſt reach the bottom of the rafter, when planted, it will
be ſufficient. But as the mould put into the hole, and the
border itſelf too, may yet ſettle a little, an allowance of two or
three inches ſhould be made for the ſettling of the plant alſo.
1
Obſerve to ſet the plant with its proper fide to the ſun;
then, while one perſon holds the ball in the exact place in
which it is deſigned to ſtand, let another put mould carefully
under and round every ſide thereof. In cloſing the mould to
the ball, care ſhould be taken to preſerve the roots of the
plant. The extreme points of the fibres being exceedingly
brittle, are very ſubject to be injured unleſs great care be
taken in the performance of this operation. Raiſe the mould
about one inch above the top of the ball, and form the ſurface
into a kind of ſemicircular bafon, in which it will be expedient
to lay a thin mullhing of rotten dung, and to give a gentle
watering to ſettle the whole. Then take off the moſs, paper,
&c. and let the top of the ſhoot be carefully faſtened to the
rafter. Thus the buſineſs is compleated,
}
A
1
To direct' the very identical kinds of Vines to be planted,
may, perhaps, be deemed an act of officiouſneſs, fince every
one, who is at the expence of an Hot-houſe, has an un-
doubted
1
:OF THE Ý IN E.
73
doubted right to conſult his own palate ; and more eſpecially,
as I have, in a former part of this work, pointed out the kinds
moſt proper for training in a pine-ſtove : I ſhall, however, juſt
beg leave to obſerve, that the more vigorous-growing kinds
ought not to ſtand next each other; and that, if the different
ſpecies of black, white, blue, grizzly, red, and amber were ju-
diciouſly mixed, they would have a much better effect in re-
gard to beauty and appearance, than when two or more of the
fame colour are planted together.
The Vines, in general, will begin to ſhoot immediately after
they are brought into the Hot-houſe: Only one ſhoot ſhould
be permitted to remain on each plant; but for fear of an acci-
dent; (for young ſhoots eaſily break off from the old wood) it
will be adviſable to let two remain, till they are grown to a
ſufficient length to be faſtened to the rafters. When one ſhoot
is ſecure, the other may be taken off, but not cloſe to the old
wood, as it would occaſion it to bleed, and thereby greatly in-
jure the Vine.
K
From
1
• Mr. Carter, in his “ Journey from Gibraltar to Malaga,” gives the following
fuperb account :-“This hill is ſo full of verdure, that the village, as well as the roads
about it, are, in a literal ſenſe, covered, ſhaded, and crowned with all manner of
fruit-trees of a prodigious fize; to whoſe topmoſt branches the luxuriant Vine
mounts vigorouſly and hangs in over-grown cluſters, numberleſs bunches of red,
black, and green grapes, which frequently intermixed with the golden-apple, the
Pomgranate, and the Orange, expoſe a moſt enchanting picture to the charmed
eye." p. 7.
74
ON THE MANAGEMENT
.
:
From the time the Vines begin to grow, they will require
conſtant watering, eſpecially in dry weather, and more parti-
cularly in the beginning of the ſeaſon before the roots penetrate
deep into the border.
Let a ſhoot be trained up to each rafter ; when the rafter is
of a competent depth, and bevelled off nearly to an angular
point on the under-ſide, the thoot ſhould be faſtened thereto;
but when the rafters are not of a ſufficient depth to keep the
leaves of the Vine from touching the glaſs, the beſt expedient
is, to fix iron pins, of about nine inches in length, at proper
diſtances under each rafter. There ſhould be a ſmall hole, or
eye, at the bottom of theſe pins, through which a ſmall iron
rod, or ſtrong wire, ſhould be fixed, for the ſupport of the
branch. The pins and wires thould be painted as ſoon as the
work is finiſhed, as the moiſture, which ariſes in the Hot-
houſe, would inſtantly cauſe them to ruſt and decay.
T
A
It is not unuſual for Vine-plants, raiſed in the manner here
directed, to ſhew fruit at one year old. I have often had
plants that have born many bunches at that age, and have
fometimes permitted three or four of them to remain on the
plant, and they have been brought to a tolerable degree of per-
and that too, even when the plant has grown in a pot
not more than one foot diameter. But when Vines are planted
with an intent to furniſh the roof of an Hot-houſe, they ſhould
fection;
.
not
>
1
OF THE VIN E.
75
not be allowed to produce fruit the firſt ſeaſon, as it would
tend to debilitate the plant, and prevent its progreſs in growth:
However, when a perſon is deſirous of proving the kinds, one
bunch, with the berries well thinned, may be ſuffered to re-
main, without much injury to the plant.
1
During the ſummer, if the Vines meet with no impediment
or diſaſter, they will make a good progreſs. Obſerve, however,
to water their roots conſtantly; and, as their ſhoots make ad-
vances, keep them regularly faſtened to the rafters : Diveſt
them alſo of their wires, and alſo of their laterals whenever
they appear : But, above all, guard well againſt inſects, parti-
cularly the Acarus, or red Spider: The rapid, though inſen-
fible depredations fometimes committed by theſe minute in-
truders, are really aſtoniſhing : But I ſhall have occaſion to
ſpeak more fully on this head in another place.
The Vines may be permitted to run two thirds of the length
of the rafters, or, in general, about twenty or twenty-five feet,
before they are ſtopped: And thoſe, that grow remarkably
ſtrong, may be ſuffered to run the whole length of the raf-
ters, or about thirty feet.
1
-
}
When the Vines were planted in the large Hot-houſe at
Welbeck, in 1779, I permitted, by way of curioſity, a re-
markably vigorous-growing plant, of the white Muſcat of
Alexandria, to make a random progreſs after it had got to the
top
K 2
1
I
!
1
76
THE MANAGEMENT
ON THE
{
top .
of the rafter. It was trained ſideways along the top of the
ſtove. It continued to grow till late in the month of Novem-
ber, when, on taking the meaſurement of the ſhoot, I found it
forty-ſix feet ſeven inches in length. In December it was
pruned
p The following account of the ſurpriſing progreſs of fome Vines, laſt ſummer,
at Kelmarſh in Northamptonſhire, addreſſed to me by William Hanbury, Eſq; will,
I truſt, prove highly acceptable to my readers :
« Agreeably to your requeſt, I herewith tranſmit you an account of the pro-
« greſs of the Vines I had from you in November, 1786. The ſurpriſing
« fhoots they have made in one ſeaſon, have aſtoniſhed every one wlio has
66 ſeen them.
«s. You ſent them in balls of earth. The plants were ſmall, the ſhoots not
“ thicker than a gooſe quill, and raiſed, as you ſaid, from ſingle eyes the
« preceding ſpring. They were immediately put into pots about ten inches
« diameter. Their future management was nearly as follows:
« The pots were put into the Hot-houſe, and the plants were cut down to the
" lowermoft eye in each. The foil a freſh fandy loam, mixed with about
“ one third of rotten ſtable-yard dung.
« The Vines were conſtantly kept in a moiſt ſtate; and, from November to
“ March, were watered with rain-water only; but from March to June,
« we often watered them with ſoap ſuds.
« During the time the Vines were in the Hot-houſe, they were kept perfectly
« clean, and free from inſects : Only one ſhoot was permitted to grow from
« each plant.
66. The laſt Week in June the Vines were taken carefully out of the pots, and
planted in a border on the South ſide of the Hot-houſe, with their balls en-
“ tire. The ſhoots were conveyed through holes in the front wall, and train-
ss cd upwards againſt the rafters which ſupport the roof of the Hot-houſe:
« I
-
1
--
OF THE
TH E V I N E.
77
$
1
pruned down to twenty-two feet, (or about thirty-five eyes)
and the next ſummer produced two or three bunches at almoſt
every eye. I did not, however, permit more than ten bunches
to remain, which, in general, were brought to a great degree
of perfection, but not any way ſuperior to thoſe produced on
ſtrong plants, that had been ſtopped the preceding ſummer at
twenty or twenty-five feet.
After the Vine-ſhoots are ſtopped, (which is done by pinch-
ing off their tops) they will, in general, puſh out laterals at
three
“I ſhould have obſerved, that the border is compoſed of the ſame materials as
" has been deſcribed for the pots, its depth five feet, and its breadth fourteen
« feet : Alſo, that the Vine-thoots were, in length, at the time when
planted, from ten to fourteen feet.
« During ſummer, the border was kept in a moiſt ſtate, by watering it ſome-
"times with rain water, and ſometimes with foap ſuds,
Many of the Vines ihowed fruit; but, according to your directions, they were
« diveſted of all the bunches except one, which was permitted to remain on
« a Vine, which you called the white Muſcat of Alexandria. This bunch
was cut on the 26th of November laſt, and weighed three Founds, wanting
" only two ouices, The berries were, in general, very large, and of an ex-
(6 cellent flavour.
“ The Vines are, at this time, remarkably ſtrong ; and, in conſideration of their
« diferent characters and qualities, I may fay have grown with an almoſt
« equal degree of vigour.
& I have meaſured the length and girth of each Vine-ſhoot, (there being thirteen
« in number) and find them, in length, from thirty-one to forty-eight feet,
« and in girth, from one inch and a half to two inches.
rom
I am, &c.
Kelmarſ, Dec. 14, 1787.
}
78
-
ON THE MANAGEMENT
A
three or four eyes on the upper part of the ſhoot. Theſe la-
terals ſhould not be entirely taken off, as it would cauſe more
eyes lower upon the ſhoot to puſh alſo. It would, therefore,
be prudent to permit the firſt laterals to grow twelve or four-
teen inches, and then to pinch off their tops. Theſe laterals,
in their turn, will puſh out ſecondary laterals, which ſhould
be pinched off at the ſecond or third joint: Thus the fap may
be diverted till the end of the ſeaſon.
In November, and the beginning of December, the leaves
of the Vines change from green to beautiful variegated colours,
and ſoon after fall off.
The time when the leaves of the Vine begin to fall, is the
beſt ſeaſon for pruning. In the Hot-houſe, this will generally
be in the month of December. In the firſt ſeaſon of pruning,
ſuppoſing the Vines to have grown with an exactly equal degree
of vigour, it will be proper to prune the ſhoots at every other
rafter down to three, four, or five eyes, and the other to about
twenty-one or twenty-two feet. Here I wiſh to be underſtood,
that the above mode of pruning is only to be uſed when Vines
have grown remarkably ſtrong the preceding ſummer; for when
Vines have grown only moderately ſtrong, the ſhoots ſhould be
pruned down to about half the above length, viz. eleven feet.
The intent of this alternate difference in pruning is, that the
former-ſhould make fine wood for the ſucceeding ſeaſon, and
that the latter ſhould produce a crop of fruit, (after which, theſe
fruita
.
3
OF T H E V IN E.
79
fruit-bearing ſhoots muſt all be cut down nearly to the bottom
of the rafters); but when any of the Vine-plants appear weak,
and have not made ſhoots more than eight, ten, or twelve
feet long, it will be proper to prune every ſuch ſhoot down to
two, three, or four eyes, without having regard to the aforeſaid
direction of furniſhing every other rafter with a fruit-bearing
Thoot.
In pruning, obſerve to take off the ſhoots with a clean
floaping ſtroke, about half an inch above the eye. Make
choice of a bold eye to terminate the end of the ſhoot. After
pruning, let the Vine-ſhoots be completely faſtened to the
rafters, &c, and thus ends the buſineſs for the firſt ſeaſon after
planting.
+
Vines growing in pine-ſtoves conſtantly begin to ſhoot early
in the month of January; at that ſeaſon they generally make
weak ſhoots, and ſhew ſmall bunches; and this proceeds from
the houſe being kept warm at that ſeaſon, on account of the
early crops of cucumbers, kidney-beans, &c, which are raiſed
in moſt Hot-houſes. But when a Hot-houſe is kept to a pro-
per degree of heat required for pines, during the winter months,
the Vines will feldom begin to puſh till about the middle of
February. It is uſual to ſee Vines in pine-ſtoves puſh only at
two or three eyes at the extremity of the ſhoots. Theſe two
or three new ſhoots taking the lead, the reſt of the eyes below
will remain in a dormant ſtate, and cauſe a long ſpace of naked
wood.
4
ON THE MANAGEMENT
1
4
wood. In order to make the eyes puſh more generally, it will
be proper, as ſoon as the fap appears in motion, to keep the
houſe, for a ſhort time, a few degrees warmer than uſual, viz.
in the morning the Thermometer ſhould be five or ſix degrees
above temperate, and in the day-time the houſe Tould be
kept as warm as the weather will permit: It will alſo be ne-
ceſſary to guard that part of the ſtem of each Vine, which is on
the outſide of the houſe, againſt the approach of froſt, as one
ſevere night would greatly injure, if not totally deſtroy, the
hopes of the
стор.
As ſoon as the ſap riſes, its motion is exceedingly rapid ;
and, if part of the ſtem be expoſed to the external air, a ſevere
froſt would entirely ſtop its circulation. The young ſhoots
and leaves inſtantly contract, and, during the froſt, appear in
.
a thrivelled ſtate ; to prevent which, let the part expoſed be well
guarded by wrapping it round with moſs, faſtened by ſtrands
of baſs matting, to a competent thickneſs. This covering
Thould be permitted to remain till the ſpring froſts are entirely
over ; and, when this covering is taken off, let the ſtem of the
plant be made clean by well waſhing.
When Vines break out freely, they will puſh at almoſt every
eye, from the top to the bottom of the ihoots, nearly at the
ſame time, and the ſhoots in general will thew two or three
bunches each. It will be proper, however, to diveſt the Vines
of their ſupernumerary ſhoots, as ſoon as can be done with
pro-
priety,
}
>
an
1
OF THE Y IN E.
81
priety, as it will greatly contribute to invigorate the remain-
ing foots.
It is very eaſy to diſtinguiſh which will make the moſt
pro-
miling ſhoots, even as ſoon as the eyes begin to break; and by
the time the ſhoots get to be three or four inches long, the
bunches are very diſtinguiſhable. In ſome kinds, the rudiment
of the bunches ſtand ſo prominent as to be very viſible, even
at the breaking of the eye.
1
The leaves of the young ſhoots generally ſtand ſingle at the
firſt, ſecond, and third, and, in ſome kinds, at the fourth and
fifth joints, and afterwards form in pairs, either with bunches
or tendrils. And what is very remarkable, and differs from the
ordinary courſe of nature in other ſorts of fruit, is, that the
bunch is produced from the ſide of the ſhoot oppoſite to the
leaf, and comes out from the naked part thereof, being neither
connected with the leaf, nor the eye, nor the rudiment of
either. The bunches appear at the third, fourth, fifth, and
fixth joints; from the ſixth forward, the leaves form in pairs
with the tendrils. When Vines have been very vigorous, and
exceedingly prolific, I have ſometimes ſeen bunches at the
ſeventh, eighth, and once at the ninth joint;, but an inſtance
of this laſt is very rare.
1
1
When Vines ſhew bunches plentifully, it often induces the
perſon intruſted with their management to leave too abun-
L
dant
1
82
ON THE MANAGEMENT
!
dant à crop; but this temptation ſhould be withſtood, as a
few bunches, in an high ſtate of perfection, are preferable to
numbers in a leſs : Beſides, the future ſucceſs of the Vines de-
pends much on a judicious management in this particular :
Therefore, in caſe the ſhoots, which are pruned to about
twenty-two feet, ſhould ſhew two or three bunches at almoſt
every eye, which they will frequently do, not more than nine
or ten of the young ſhoots ſhould be permitted to ſtand, viz.
the leading or top ſhoot, and four or five on each ſide; and
the ſhoots that remain ſhould be diveſted of all but one bunch
on each, which ſhould be the bunch which is the beſt
propor-
tioned and moſt regularly formed. The ſhoots ſhould be left
at regular diſtances, that is, about four or five feet apart on each
fide : Obferve alſo, to leave one ſhoot as near the bottom as it
can be got. Theſe ſhoots ſhould be trained regularly on each ſide
of the rafter, and the top of each ſhoot ſhould be pinched off as
ſoon as they are grown to a ſufficient length, and begin to in-
terfere with the adjoining ſhoots above; or, in general, let the
íhoots be ſtopped at the ſecond or third joint above the bunch.
)
1
Great attention will be required during the time the Vines
are in flower. Should the weather
Should the weather prove hot and dry, and ac-
companied with briſk winds at that critical period, the berries
of many kinds of grapes (particularly the blue Frontinac, white
Sweetwater, and black Damaſcus) will be liable to fall off at the
time of their ſetting, and the berries that remain will, in ge-
neral, be very ſmall, and without ſtones. This proceeds from
the
---
1
Ο Ρ Τ Η Ε Υ Ι Ν Ε.
83
1
permit,
1
the calyx adhering to, and drying upon, the germen or rudi-
ment of the berry, and thereby preventing its impregnation.
Therefore, in order to have the crop ſet permanent, it will be
proper at this period to water the roots of the Vines plentia
fully, to keep the houſe as cloſe as the weather will
and to water the walks and fues in the Hot-houſe conſtantly,
and eſpecially late in the evening, when the glaſſes ſhould be
immediately cloſed. The heat of the Hot-houſe will exhale
the moiſture, and raiſe a kind of artificial dew, which, by
falling upon the calyx, will cauſe it to expand and fall off. By
this means, the important parts of fructification are ſet at li-
berty to perform the offices for which nature intended them,
viz: the increaſe and propagation of their ſpecies. After a kind.
impregnation, the berries always ſwell very faſt.-
Want
1
It is not unuſual to ſee bunches of the white Sweetwater,
and of ſome other kinds of grapes, greatly abound with ſmall
berries, (which always are without ſtones) which proceeds from
the above recited cauſe, and may be prevented by an affiduous
attention to the foregoing rules.
Although grapes, ſet beſt in a cloſe moiſt air, yet the Hot-
houſe ſhould not be violently hot during the time of their
ſetting.
When the weather is ferene, and all circumſtances concur
agreeably, tranſparent drops of dew will be obſervable in a
morning on the angular points of the Vine leaves. -
Thuis
L 2..
•
1
-
1
1
}
1
84
ON THE MANAGEMENT
1
1
"This is the moſt favourable indication which can happen
at the critical ſeaſon of the Vine's flowering; for I have con-
ftantly obſerved the grapes to ſet well, and the growth of the
berries to have been extremely rapid, when the Vines have been
in this ſtate.
A
/
1
Pull off the ſuperfluous ſhoots which may break out in va-
rious parts of the old wood during the ſummer, and diveſt the
young ſhoots of all their laterals likewiſe, whenever they ap-
pear. This may be done without reſerve, or having the leaſt
regard to the preſervation of the wood; becauſe every Vine
ſhoot that was left more than twenty feet long at the laſt year's
pruning, with intent to produce a crop of fruit, muſt be cut
down nearly to the bottom at the next winter's pruning.
}
--
But all the reſt of the Vines, that were cut down at the laſt
year's pruning, I will ſuppoſe one at every other rafter, muſt
be trained with one ſhoot each, exactly the ſame in every re-
fpect as in the preceding ſeaſon.
1
When grapes are at the laſt (welling", and till they are
nearly on the point of being ripe, the Vines will require a
plentiful ſupply of water, and eſpecially if the ſeaſon ſhould
prove hot and dry. Few plants perſpire fo abundantly as the
Vine,
i
1
rent.
The laſt ſwelling of grapes commences at the time they begin to be tranſpa-
At this period, the red, black, &c. grapes begin to change from green to
red, black, &c. reſpectively.
1
1
OF Τ Η Ε ν Ι Ν Ε.
85
A
mates.
Vine, and more particularly when it is under glaffes. The
ſituation of Vines, trained in pine-ſtoves, may be conſidered
exactly in a ſimilar ſtate with Vines growing in very hot cli-
Near the tropics, for inſtance, we are told that at the
Madeiras they do not attempt to plant vineyards, even where
both foil and ſituation are the moſt deſirable, without a com-
mand of water', the Vines there requiring a conſtant ſupply
of
1
1
74
'" The great produce of Madeira is the wine, from which it has required fame
and ſupport. Where the ſoil, expoſure, and ſupply of water will admit of it, the
Vine is cultivated. The incloſures of the vineyards conſiſt of walls, and hedges of
prickly pear, pomegranates, myrtles, brambles, and wild roſes. Walks of about
five or fix feet wide interſect each vineyard, and are included by ſtone walls two feet
high. Along theſe walks, which are arched over with laths about ſeven feet'high,
- they erect wooden pillars at regular diſtances, to ſupport a lattice-work of bamboos,
(a ſort of cane) which ſlopes down from both ſides of the walk, till it is only a foot
and a half or two feet high, in which elevation it extends over the whole vineyard.
The Vines are, in this manner, ſupported from the ground; and the people have
room to root out the weeds which ſpring up between them. In the ſeaſon of the
vintage they creep under this lattice-work, cut off the grapes, and put them into
baſkets : Some bunches of theſe grapes I ſaw, which weighed ſix pounds and up-
wards. This method of keeping the ground clean and moiſ, and ripening the
grapes in the ſhade, contributes to give the Madeira wines that excellent flavour and
body for which they are remarkable.
an
1
66. The water is conducted by wears and channels into the vineyards, where each:
proprietor has the uſe of it for a certain time; ſome being allowed to keep a con-
Itant ſupply of it, fome to uſe it thrice, others twice, and others only once a week.
As the heat of the climate renders this ſupply of water to the vineyards abſolutely
neceſſary, it is not without great expence that a new vineyard can be planted; for
the maintenance of which, the owners muſt purchaſe water at a high price.”
Forſter's account of Cook’s voyage, vol. i. page 23.
А
1
$
1
(
7
86
ON THE MANAGEMENT
of thať element, and eſpecially at the time they are loaded
with fruit.
If
1
A frequent ſupply of water is not only profitable to the Vine, but alſo equally be-
neficial to other kinds of fruit-trees growing in warm climates, as is evinced by the
following extract from Sir William Hamilton's elegant account of the late earth-
quakes in Italy, communicated to the Royal Society in the year 1783:
“From this place * to Reggio the road on each ſide is covered with villas and
orange groves. I ſaw not one houſe levelled to the ground ; but perceived that all
had been damaged and were abandoned ; and that the inhabitants were univerſally
retired to barracks in theſe beautiful groves of orange, mulberry, and fig-trees, of
which there are many in the environs of Reggio. One that I viſited, and which is
reckoned the richeſt in all this part of. Magna Grecia, is about a mile and a half from
the town of Reggio ;. and, what is remarkable, belongs to a Gentleman whoſe
name is Agamemnon. The beauty of the Argrume (the general name of all kind
of
orange, lemon, cedrate, and bergamot trees) is not to be deſcribed; the foil
being fandy, the expoſition warm, and command of water, a clear rivulet being intro-
duced at pleaſure in little channels to the foot of each tree, is the reaſon of the
wonderful luxuriancy of theſe trees.' To which I ſhall only add, that every body
knows the vaſt uſe of canals in the cultivation of fruit-trees, in the land of Egypt,
at this day. “Don Agameinnon aſſured me it was a bad year when he did not ga-
ther from his garden (which is of no great extent) 170,000 lemons, 200,000
oranges, (which I found as excellent as thoſe of Malta) and bergamots enough to
produce 200 quarts of the eſſence from their rinds. There is another fingularity
in theſe gardens, as I was aſſured, every fig-tree affords two crops of fruit annu-
ally; the firſt in June, the ſecond in Auguſt.
" Silk and eſſence of bergamot, oranges, and lemons, are the great articles of
trade at Reggio. I am aſſured that no leſs than 100,000 quarts of this eſſence is
annually
* Torre del Pezzola,
N
1
I
1
OF THE V IN E.
87
If the foregoing directions have been ſtrictly attended to, the
bunches of grapes will, in general, be large and fair, with well-
ſwelled and high-flavoured berries.
After
annually exported. The fruit, after the rind is taken off, is given to the cows
and oxen; and the inhabitants of this town aſſure me, that the beef, at that ſeaſon,
has a ſtrong and diſagreeable flavour of bergamot.”
I ſhall beg leave to make two obſervations on the foregoing accounts:
Firſt, I preſume that water is not admitted either into the orchards or vineyards
during the winter, as a wet ſoil would prove highly injurious to thoſe kinds of
fruit-trees at that ſeaſon. It is, on this account, I have directed drains for the
purpoſe of taking off the ſuperfluous water at the bottom of the Vine-border.
1
And ſecondly, as too much water at the time of the ripening of the fruit would
debaſe its flavour, I conclude, that if Sir William Hamilton and Mr. Forſter had
made inquiry, they would have been informed by the reſpective inhabitants, that
the waterings are leſs frequent at the time of gathering the fruit and the ſeaſon of
the vintage, than at an earlier period.
1
Since the foregoing notes were written, I have met with the following curious
account, which thews the neceſſity and great importance of a plentiful ſupply of
water in vineyards, &c. in warm climates.
--
5 Water is the great agent, the primum mobile of all productions in this
country ; every thing languiſhes, and ſoon is parched up, without an ample ſup-
ply of it; abundance of rain ſecures both a plentiful harveſt and a copious vintage.
66 Whenever a ſpring breaks out, the King's people ſeize upon it, and allot to each
landholder a proper hour for letting the water upon his grounds. It is of ſo much
conſequence, that the value of a guinea has been paid for an hour extraor-
dinary,"
Swinburne's Travels through Spain, page 113.
As
1
:
!
ment
!
}
88
ON THE MANAGEMENT
1
1
After the fruit is cut, the Vines will require no other ma-
nagement till the pruning ſeaſon, but taking off their laterals,
in the manner already pointed out for the preceding year '.
At
A
/
s As it frequently becomes neceffary to convey ripe grapes to a remote diſtance,
and as this delicate fruit is very liable to receive injury by improper methods of
packing, I hope the following information on this ſubject may be of uſe to many
of my readers.
1
When grapes are intended to be conveyed by water, they may ſafely be packed
in boxes with fand. Firſt, put a quantity of ſand ſufficient to cover the bottom of
the box about one inch; upon this lay your bunches in a courſe, or layer, almoſt
cloſe together, only take care that none of the berries touch the ſides of the box..
Upon this layer of bunches pour in dry fand, till the grapes are covered about half
an inch ; then lay in more grapes and ſand alternately, till the box is filled.
Grapes thus packed will travel ſafe, and by being almoſt excluded from the air,
will keep freſh and good a long time. Grapes are conſtantly thus brought into
this country from Portugal, and they often arrive in pretty good perfection. But
now conſidering the expence from weight in this mode of packing, it would be ex-
travagant to uſe it when this fruit requires to be ſent a confiderable diſtance by
land carriage.
Grapes will alſo travel with ſafety, by being packed in a box with any ſmall
bright feed. Clover ſeed is very proper for this purpoſe; but the expence attende
ing this mode of conveyance is alſo very conſiderable, both on aecount of the great
value of the feed, and alſo in reſpect of its weight. I would therefore recommend
the packing grapes in oat-chaff, as the moſt eligible in all reſpects.
1
1
Grapes have ſometimes. been packed in tow, wool, cotton, and paper ſhavings ;
but I find, by experience, that oat-chaff is greatly preferable. Oat-chaff is not
only exceedingly light in its nature, but is alſo poſſeſſed of a kind of elaſtic force.
Pleaſe to obferve, that when oat-chaff is uſed, it ought not to have any diſagree-
able ſmell'; it ſhould alſo be cleanſed of all impure matter; and the grapes ſhould
be
i
1
1
1
}
.
1
✓
OF THE V I N E.
89
1
a full
At the next winter's pruning, all the Vines that produced
crop
of fruit ſhould be cut down nearly to the bottom,
that is, to the lowermoſt ſummer ſhoot, which ſhoot alſo
ſhould be cut down to the firſt or ſecond eye.
But all thoſe Vines, that were cut down nearly to the bottom
the preceding ſeaſon, and which will, in general, have made
M
very
.
be perfectly dry at the time of packing, and the bunches well examined, that if
there be any berries either decayed, cracked, or bruiſed, they may be clipped off
the bunch. Then carefully tie each bunch in a bag made of filver or gauze-paper,
its ſize being proportioned to that of the bunch.
In packing proceed thus: Firſt put a good quantity of chaff into the box, then
carefullyour grapes in a kind of courſe, or layer ; a ſmall quantity of chaff
Ahould be lightly preſſed between each bunch, as alſo between the bunches and
the ſides of the box.--Then add more chaff, -preſs it lightly, and lay in a ſecond
courſe, or layer, of bunches : Grapes, however, packed in this manner, ought
· not to be more than two courſes deep, becauſe the bottom bunches would be liable
to be injured by the weight above.
1
1
I muſt obſerve, that the courſe of chaff between the layers of the bunches, and
likewiſe at the top and the bottom, ought, when it is well preſſed down, to oc-
cupy a ſpace of about two or three inches.
I have for many years thus fent grapes from Welbeck to London, (a diſtance
of about 150 miles) and when the boxes have been put either in the inſide, or upon
the body of the coach, the grapes have generally gone without injury, and even
preſerved their bloom: Nor do they require dipping in water, which is a neceſſary
operation when grapes are ſent in ſand. However, I muſt ſay, that when boxes
go in the coach boot, (where the motion is more violent) the fruit will commonly
ſpoil; for which reaſon, I have boxes made exactly to ſuit the ſeats of the ſtage
coaches.
A
3
į
į
.go
ON THE MANAGEMENT
very ſtrong wood, muſt be left to the length of twenty-one or
twenty-two feet each, with intent to produce a full crop
of
fruit the following ſeaſon.
1
The management of the Vines the next ſummer, will, in
many inſtances, be nearly the ſame as in the preceding one.
Only let it be conſidered, that as the Vines have increaſed in
ſtrength and fize, they will, conſequently, be enabled to pro-
duce and ſupport a larger burden of fruit.
The crop ſhould, at all times, be proportioned to the fize
and vigour of the tree, and that in every ſtage ; but eſpecially
while the Vines are young, it will be adviſable to uſe great .
moderation as to the number of bunches which are to be
allowed to go on to maturity.
1
The ſhoots now may be laid rather cloſer together than in
the preceding ſeaſon, and two bunches may be permitted to
remain upon ſuch ſhoots as are ſtrong and vigorous; and eſpe..
cially, of thoſe kinds that do not produce large bunches. It
will be proper, however, that the berries of the bunches, in
general, ſhould be well thinned. This work is beſt
per-
formed at the time when the berries are about the ſize of ſmall
ſhot. Great addreſs is required in the performance of this
operations
1
!
.
* In order to thin grapes with propriety, a proper pair of ſciſſors ſhould be pro-
vided. The blades ſhould be made with exceeding ſharp points, and not more than
one inch and a half long : The Thanks about four inches long and quite ſtraight :
The
eyes ſufficiently large to contain a man's thumb and two fingers.
OF THE V IN E.
91
operation ; and particularly when the bunches are extremely
large. The firſt thing to be done is, to extend both the main
ſhoulders, as alſo the leſs projecting parts of the bunch, which
parts ſhould be ſuſpended by ſmall ſtrings, and faſtened to the
rafters, or glaſs-caſe frames above. Every projecting part of
the bunch ſhould be raiſed to an horizontal poſition; and,
when the berries are fully ſwelled, they will retain that poſi-
tion even after the ſtrings are cut.
/
1
In thinning of the berries, great care ſhould be taken to
leave all the moſt projecting ones on every ſide of the bunch;
ſince by this means the dimenſions of the bunch will not be
diminiſhed.
In thoſe kinds of grapes that produce very cloſe-growing
bunches, it will be neceſſary to clip out more than two thirds
of the berries; but in ſome kinds, one half; and, in the looſe-
growing kinds, with long foot-ſtalks, the taking out one third
is generally ſufficient.
i
By this mode of thinning, the remaining berries will, in ge-
neral, ſwell well, and grow to a very great ſize, and will not
be ſubject to rot, as is generally the caſe with grapes in a Hot-
houſe, when the berries are permitted to grow cloſe, and to
become wedged together.
i
.
In training the ſhoots of the Vines, I have hitherto taken
notice only of furniſhing the rafters, or roof, of the Hot-houſe;
but
M 2
/
!
92
Ο Ν Τ Η Ε Μ Α Ν Α" G Ε Μ Ε Ν Τ
,
but there is yet another important object that demands our
confideration, which is, a further advantage that may be gain-
ed. by furniſhing the back wall. In ſuch Hot-houſe, as the
ſubjoined plan repreſents, there is a ſpace of nine feet clear
above the flue in the back wall; the length of the ſaid wall being
(nearly) one hundred feet, there is, of courſe, a ſpace contain-
ing almoſt nine hundred ſquare feet, and certainly there is no
part of a Hot-houſe that can be rendered uſeful, which ſhould
remain unoccupied. A ſpace, therefore, fo conſiderable as
the above, undoubtedly merits our attention.
Now, in order to furniſh the back wall, let every fourth or
fifth Vine-plant be trained in one ſhoot quite to the top of
the rafter; then direct the ſhoot ſideway ten or twelve feet
along the top of the back wall: At the winter's pruning,
bring down that part of the ſhoot perpendicularly, which, in
the preceding ſeaſon, was trained fideway, and cut it off at one
foot above the top of the flue. The next ſpring, encourage
only two ſhoots from the two extreme or lowermoft eyes of
each ſhoot fo braught down, and train them in an horizontal
direction one foot above the top of the flue. Theſe ſhoots
upwards during the ſummer ; and in ſuch caſe they may eaſily
be brought to the deſired poſition at the next winter's pruning,
When the pruning is finiſhed, and the ſhoots brought down
and faſtened in their proper poſition, they will form againſt
the back wall the following figure 1, viz, the figure of the
letter T reverſed.
In
1
S

Pl. I. p. 92
A PLAN of an approved PINE and GRAPE STOVE.
Ground Plan
Section
n
n
m
0
0
l
h
9
h.
TATTI
@
I
9
6
d
w
Elevation of the Front Mall
q
70
20
30
40
50 Feet
Publisha Tan! 1°2790, by Wm Speechly, as the Act directs .
W. Speechly del
EXPLANATION to Plate I. p. 92.
"
a a Pits for fruiting Pine-plants.
b b Pits for ſucceſſion, or young Pine-plants.
66 Front wall.
d Fire-place partly in the front wall, which is worked only in very cold weather.
eee Flue.
f Ciſtern which receives the water that falls on the roof of the Hot-houſe.
&&&&&&& Walks in the ſtove.
bh Small porches which cloſe with double doors at the entrance of the ſtove.
i i Fire-places in the middle of the back wall, which communicate with the
flues k k
11 Fire-places at the ends of the back wall, which communicate with the flue's
m. m.-N. B. The flues m m make one return, as repreſented in the ſection:
nnn Cloſe fire-houſes.
00 Open ſheds.
Pipe that convcys the watcr lo thc ciſtern..
9 Level of the border in front of the ſtove.
r Foundation of the front wall.
.
j
1
1
s Apertures, or holes through which vines are conveyed.
† Stone in front, with a groove to receive the water that falls from the roof.
u v w Top, middle, and lower lights.
1
1
F THE V IN E.
9:30*
1
In the next ſeaſon, the horizontal ſhoots will produce new
wood from almoſt every eye, provided all the ſhoots be pinched
off from every other part of theſe plants as ſoon as they appear.
Lay in the young wood at proper diſtances, that is, the ſhoots
from one to two feet apart, according to the kind of Vine to
be trained, whether it produces ſmall or large leaves : But of
this I ſhall have occaſion to treat more particularly hereafter:
The ſhoots muſt all be trained in a perpendicular direction;
and provided they are ſtrong and vigorous, may be permitted
to grow to the length of five or ſix feet before they are ſtop-
ped; but theſe ſhoots muſt all be cut down to two or three
eyes at the next winter's pruning:
Only one ſhoot ſhould be permitted to riſe from each fpur
the following ſeaſon; and although they will, in general, be
ſufficiently ſtrong, and produce two or three bunches apiece,
yet only one bunch ſhould be ſuffered to remain upon each
fhoot : The remaining bunches will then be large and fine,
and the wood alſo will be greatly benefited by this mode of
practice.
1
Theſe ſhoots muſt be pruned next winter very differently
from the preceding. One ſhoot muſt be left four feet, that
next it only a few inches long, and ſo on alternately, through-
out the whole length of the wall. Thé reaſon for this alter-
nate difference in pruning, and for the continuation of the fu.
ture
3
94
ON THE MAN A GE MENT
ture management of the Vines growing againſt the back wall,
will be given, when I come to treat of Vines trained in the
Vinery, the method of practice in both ſituations being nearly
fimilar.
---
I ſhall now return to the confideration of the management
of thoſe Vines which are intended to be trained againſt the
rafters, or roof, of the houſe.
Theſe Vines will require a management, in future ſeaſons,
nearly ſimilar to that already deſcribed ; and although it will
not be adviſable to prune every other Vine-plant down ſo near
to the bottom of the rafters, .as has been directed for the two
preceding ſeaſons, yet it will be frequently found neceſſary to
cut an old ſhoot down nearly to the bottom, that is, down to
the lowermoſt ſummer ſhoot, as near to the bottom of the
rafter as can be. And the ſide-fhoots of the Vines on the re-
maining rafters Nould not be permitted to ramble over the
adjoining lights; but at the end of every ſeaſon it will be
proper to cut ſuch ſhoots down to the ſecond or third eye next
the old wood, provided the bottom eyes are bold and ſtrong.
This muſt be done not only in order to ſtrengthen the Vines,
but alſo to prevent the roof of the houſe from being too much
crouded with old wood.
1
1
And here it is neceffary to obſerve, that, while the Vines are
young, one rafter will afford fufficient room for a Vine-plant ;
but
1
3
1
&
OF THE VIN E.
95
but when the Vines are become older, they will require a larger
fpace; and more eſpecially, Vines of the ſtrong growing kinds,
which produce large leaves and large bunches : It will be pro-
per, therefore, to train Thoots ſideways on the wall plate, from
the ſtem of the plant, immediately at its entrance into the
houſe: Theſe ſhoots ſhould be carried up the adjoining rafters,
and the plants, growing againſt ſuch rafters, muſt be taken en-
tirely away ; except it ſhould happen that the plant growing
againſt ſuch rafter is trained forward to furniſh the back wall.
--
In the large Hot-houſe at Welbeck, Vines are trained in the
manner here deſcribed. Some of the plants occupy two, three,
and four rafters each. A large Vine of the Syrian grape fur-
niſhes five rafters, and each branch being engrafted with a dif-
ferent ſort, the plant, of courſe, produces as many varieties.
។
When a Vine-plant occupies two or more rafters, it will be
right to prune occaſionally, and particularly while the Vine is
young, one or more of ſuch Vine-ſhoots down nearly to the
bottom of the rafter. This will not only contribute to
ſtrengthen the plant, but will alſo afford means to furniſh the
rafters with a ſucceſſion of young wood.
When Vine-ſhoots are conducted to different rafters, in the
manner above deſcribed, every ſhoot may be conſidered as a
feparate plant; and, whether grafted or otherwiſe, muſt be
trained up the rafter in one ſhoot;, and from that time it will
require a fimilar management to that already laid down.
+
Having
:
!
.
.
96
ON THE MANAGE MENT
Y у
Having given full Inſtructions for the preparation of the foil,
and deſcribed the various methods of propagating the Vine,
together with rules for its - future management in the Hot-
houſe, I ſhall, in the next place, endeavour to give proper di-
irections for the erection of a Vinery; and afterwards thall ſub-
join a few hints and obſervations reſpecting the culture and
management of the Vine, when planted in different depart-
1
1
ments.
4
1
ON
1
r
I
2

Section of a Flued Wall
Plate II page 97.
Elevation,
b
D
Ground Plan
.
Section
z
20
30
40
50
60 Feet
Wochly de
Publishd January 2 17.90, by-WSpeechly, as the Act directs.
Bafore all.
EXPLANATION and OBSERVATIONS to Plate II. p. 97.
a Fire-houſe.
bb Fire-places, which communicate with the Aues cc
66 Firſt flues.
1
?
dd Second flues.
éė Third flues.
|
ff Fourth flues.
* One fire ought not to be allowed to work' more than about thirty feet in
length, becauſe by the time it has made four returns, (viz. 120 feet) its heat is
generally nearly ſpent. As the heat decreaſes proportionable to the diſtance from
the fire-place, the diminiſhing of the dimenſions of the flues is obvious. On this
account, forbe Perſons who give defigns for building of Hot-walls, recommend
a brick on edge inſtead of a brick in breadth, for the front of the two uppermoſt
flues. When this expedient is intended, it will be proper to have narrow bricks,
of the thickneſs of common bricks, made on purpoſe to ſuit the work.-But when
the wall is intended to be drawn with ſtucco, this laſt precaution will be unne-
ceſſary.
mor
1
1
ON THE
V I
N
E
R
Y,
Β ο ο Κ.
II.
!
TH
HERE are various methods of conſtructing Vineries.
Every large and commodious building, appropriated
ſolely to the purpoſe of producing grapes, is generally termed
a Vinery, while thoſe erections, of leſs dimenſions, are called
Grape or Vine-frames.
I ſhall firſt treat of the moſt uſeful form.
Flued walls of about twelve or fourteen feet high, in a di-
rection from Eaſt to Weſt, with a roof and glaſs lights cover-
ing a border of about ten feet wide on the South ſide of the
wall, compoſe a proper receptacle for the production of
grapes, or a Vinery.
}
/
.
It is uſual to have upright glaſſes, of about two and a half or
three feet high in front, to ſupport the roof; and this is very
proper when Vines are intended to be forced at an early ſeaſon,
becauſe it admits the ſun and light to the border, which is ge-
nerally occupied with various kinds of low-growing vegetables;
but where grapes are not wanted at an early ſeaſon, a confi-
N
derable
'n
98
ON THE VIN ER Y.
:
derable expence may be ſaved, as, in that caſe, a low wall in
front will anſwer equally as well. The ſhade of this wall
would be very injurious to the border, if the Vines were to be
forced early in the ſpring; but the meridian altitude of the
ſun, in the beginning of ſummer, renders it no way prejudi-
cial at that feaſon.
;
Suppoſing a flued wall, twelve feet high, the breadth of the
border ten feet, and the height of the upright glaſs frame, or
wall, in front, three feet, the roof will then form an angle of
about forty-three degrees. Experience ſhews this to be a pro-
per pitch for Vines forced after the vernal equinox. I mention
this circumſtance, becauſe ſome perſons, who give deſigns for
buildings of this kind, lay ſo great a ſtreſs on this point, as to
pronounce a Vinery, or Peach-houſe, incapable of anſwering
the intended purpoſe, ſhould the pitch of the roof happen only
to vary a degree or two from their favourite angle. Indeed, if
we ſuppoſe the ſun's meridian altitude always the ſame, ſuch an
objection would reſt on a ſolid foundation ; but we know that it
not only varies daily, but many degrees in a ſhort ſpace of time";
ſo that if the pitch of the roof depended on ſo nice a point,
what
2 At London, latitude 51. 30. N. in the ſummer ſolſtice, (June 22) the meri-
dian altitude, or ſun's place above the Horizon at noon-day, is 631 degrees.
But at the winter's folftice; (December 22) it is only 16 Degrees above the
Horizon.
:
*
ON THE VINER Y.
99
what might be deemed right in the early part of the ſpring,
would certainly be wrong later in the ſummer.
-
In Holland, it is cuſtomary to begin to force Vines in No-
vember, in order to have ripe grapes early in the ſpring. In
theſe frames, uſed for winter forcing, it is found neceſſary,
that the glaſs frames ſhould be in an almoſt perpendicular di-
rection, The Dutch have alſo a method of forcing Vines
planted in the open ground, the ſhoots of which are trained
in an horizontal poſition, about eighteen inches from the
ground. Over the Vines, which are forced in the ſummer,
they put frames nearly as fiat as thoſe commonly made uſe of
for melons.
!
Hence it follows, that the conſtruction of the different
frames, or buildings, for the purpoſe of producing grapes,
ſhould not only vary according to the quantity required, heirationen
alſo according to the ſeaſon in which that fruit is intended to
be produced.--The roof ſhould be ſteep for early forcing, and
flatter for the ſummer.
:
As I have given a plan and explanation of a Vinery, which
has conſtantly ſucceeded in producing good crops of grapes
for more than twenty years, it may ſeem unneceſſary to ſay
more upon this head; for the ſatisfaction, however, of thoſe
who wiſh to proceed on a leſs extenſive and more economical
ſcale, I ſhall ſuggeſt a few more hints upon this ſubject in
another place.
N 2
The
.
+
I0O
ON T H E V I N ER Y.
+
The conſtruction of the building being determined, the next
objects which demand our conſideration are, the compoſt pro-
per for the border, and the method of raiſing Vine-plants to
furniſh the wall.
:
But then, as I have, in the former part of this work, ex-
plained myſelf fully on both theſe heads, a repetition of them
here would be altogether needleſs and ſuperfluous.
We will then ſuppoſe both the wall and border to be com-
plete, and plants wherewith to furniſh them ready.
Vine-plants raiſed in pots will ſometimes make a good pro-
greſs the firſt ſummer, when planted out for good about the
month of June : But it is hardly poſſible to get the border in
proper order for planting the ſame ſummer that the wall is
built, becauſe the ingredients of which it is compoſed require
much time, and a winter's froſt is of great uſe in cauſing them
to incorporate, meliorate, and ſettle.
The fame care will,
therefore, be required in preſerving the plants through the
winter, as has already been recommended for thoſe intend-
ed for the Hot-houſe. . And ſo at the pruning ſeaſon, the
Vine-plants intended for the walls ſhould have been previouſly
pruned down to nine or ten inches, as has been already di-
rected.
-
1
1
The beginning of March is a fit feaſon for planting the
Vines But the choice of proper kinds, which has been
already
!
ON TH E VIN E R Y.
IOI
already treated of, and the diſtance at which they ſhould be
planted, ought previouſly to be aſcertained.
2
It ſhould ſeem, that ſufficient attention had not hitherto
been given to the latter of theſe heads of confideration, becauſe
we find it is the common practice to plant all the different
forts at the ſame diſtances. Whereas the different degrees of
vigour, and manner of growing of the different ſorts, require
larger or leſs ſpace to be allowed, in proportion to the natural
character and qualities of the plant.
1.
It happens but too often, that the ſpace allowed to Vines is
too ſcanty and inſufficient, as we ſeldom ſee the diſtance be-
tween plant and plant greater than three or four feet. Now it
is certain that a wall will ſoon get furniſhed by this cloſe me-
thod of planting, and that tolerable
crops
of
grapes may alſo
be produced in a few years : But if Vine-plants be permitted
to remain many years ſo cloſe together, they will be cramped
in their growth for want of room, and thereby rendered leſs
productive.
1
Suppoſe a wall twelve feet high, and the Vines planted even
five feet apart, there will then, upon an average, be only fixty
ſquare feet for each plant; and yet we know that it is poflible
for a Vine to occupy more than twenty times that ſpace.
ز
I Thould recommend a ſpace of from fix to twelve feet be-
tween plant and plant, according to the forts of Vines intended
to
IO2
ON THE VI N E RY.
to be planted, that is, about ſix feet for the weak and delicate-
growing kinds, and twelve feet for thoſe that grow robuſt and
ſtrong. If theſe various forts were judiciouſly mixed at the
planting, about nine feet may be allowed upon an average.
very dif-
The Vines thus planted, are intended, in due time, entirely
to cover the wall ; but as it is very deſirable to obtain a crop of
grapes, as ſoon as poſſible, it will be eligible and expedient to
plant other Vines between for immediate bearing. But now as
theſe of the intermediate plantation muſt be trained
ferently from the former, I ſhall, for diſtinction fake, call them
temporary plants, and the others principals. One temporary
plant ſhould be placed in the middle of every ſpace between
the principals. Plants that have been two or three years in
pots, and that will come into immediate bearing, are moſt
proper for this purpoſe. They muſt all be planted with the
ſame care as has already been recommended for Vines in the
Hot-houſe, and arranged cloſe to a trellis fixed in the wall,
and to which their ſhoots are to be trained.
2
In planting the principals, it will be proper to ſet the plants
ſo, that the two uppermoſt eyes in each may ſtand fair for the
ſhoot's going to the right and left: The neceſſity of this cau-
tion will be clearly explained, when I come to treat on the
method of training.
Hitherto I have only taken notice of planting the flued wall,
but it will be neceſſary to obſerve, that a few plants may be ſet
againſt
ON THE VIN E RY.
103
againſt the front wall alſo, in order to their being trained up
the rafters. Theſe may either be planted within or on the
outſide of the Vinery, as the front wall ſhould ſtand upon arches,
to afford the roots of all the Vines an opportunity of extending
their fibres to a border on the outſide. If planted on the out-
fide, the Vine-ſhoots muſt be taken through ſmall holes made
for that purpoſe under each rafter. Great care, however,
ſhould be had reſpecting the future management of theſe, to
prevent their injuring the Vines of the flued wall; but of this
I ſhall have occaſion to ſpeak more fully elſewhere.
1
As ſoon as the Vines are planted, the border ſhould be prick-
ed over about three or four inches deep, and made ſmooth:
Then the glaſſes ſhould be put on, as it is of conſequence that
the Vines fhould ſhoot off with vigour. Gentle fires ſhould be
made in an evening, plenty of air given in the day-time, and
eſpecially when the weather is fine and clear.
.
The Vines will immediately begin to grow : The principals
muſt be diveſted of all the ſhoots but the two uppermoff,
which are to be trained fideway to the right and left: Theſe
foots, however, are not to be brought down to an horizontal
poſition till the next winter's pruning.
:
As the temporary plants are intended to occupy the upper
part of the wall, while the principals are furniſhing it below,
let the ſhoots of thoſe be trained upwards for that purpoſe.
The
104
ON THE VINER Y.
The Vines planted in front muſt be trained with one ſhoot
only from each plant, exactly the ſame as has been directed
for the Vines in the Hot-houſe.
If
any of the Vines ſhew fruit, the bunches ſhould be pinch-
ed off as ſoon as they appear.
From the time the plants begin to grow, they will require
a little water once or twice a week, according to the ſtate of
the weather.
As the ſhoots advance, they ſhould be regularly faſtened to
the trellis and rafters : They ſhould alſo be diveſted of their
tendrils and laterals whenever they appear. It will be neceſſary
to hoe and rake the border, in order to clear it from weeds and
other noxious matter, every eight or ten days. For to keep
the ſurface clean and conſtantly ſtirred, is of infinite advantage
to the Vines, both on account of the ſun's reflection, and as
contributing to the greater purity of the air. If the border
be permitted to grow foul, covered with weeds, moſs, and the
like, a moiſt and hurtful vapor will be generated, which will
greatly retard the growth of the Vines.
.
1
There will be no neceſſity to continue the fires longer than
the middle of April, unleſs the weather ſhould be uncommonly
ſevere. And in the month of May plenty of air ſhould be
given
1
1
--
ON THE VINER Y.
105
ވެ
given in the day-time; a little at night alſo, except there ſhould
be an appearance of froſt.
1
In the beginning of June, ſuppoſing the ſpring froſts over,
and the weather favourable, the glaſſes may be entirely taken
off.
While the glaſſes are off, the border ſhould be kept clean
and the Vines conſtantly watered, if the weather prove hot
and dry. And moreover, as the ſhoots advance, they ſhould
be kept regularly faſtened to the trellis.
mer.
If the foregoing direction's be duly obſerved, the Vines may
be reaſonably expected to make a good progreſs the firſt ſum-
But as it is of great conſequence to have the wood per-
fectly well ripened, and as it is very liable to be injured by
early autumnal froſts, it will be adviſable to put on the glaſſes
in the beginning of September : Should the weather prove
mild and fine, this, however, may be deferred till the latter
end of that month.
:
When the glaſſes are put on, let plenty of air be admitted
both day and night, till the end of October; except the weather
proves very ſevere, a little froſt at night will not injure the
plants. It is a material point that the leaves ſhould be kept
upon the Vines as late in the year as poflible; for as long as
the leaves are retained, the wood continues to receive benefit.
0
As
>
1
A
1
A
106
Ο Ν Τ Η Ε Υ Ι Ν Ε R Υ.
3
As ſoon as the leaves are fallen, it is a proper time to prune
the Vines; but as the method of training Vines, which I am
now going to enter upon, is quite new to the public, and be-
cauſe it pleaſes more, and makes a greater impreſſion upon the
mind, to ſee things repreſented than to read a deſcription of them
in words, I have given a plan exhibiting the principals in fix
different ſtages. The temporary plants not requiring any par-
ticular mode of training, are purpoſely omitted in this ſketch.
1
The ſhoots of the principals muſt all be cut down to two,
three, or four eyes, making choice of the beſt and boldeſt
eye
to terminate the ſhoot. The ſhoots ſhould be brought down
as 'near to an horizontal poſition, as can be without ſtraining,
and then tied to the trellis.
It is eaſy to conceive, that every principal will then form a
figure reſembling the letter T. See plate iii. fig. 1.
If the temporary plants ſhould be large, and been trained in
pots before planting, which I have already obſerved, they will,
in general, have made good wood. The ſhoots of theſe may
be pruned down to from fix to fifteen inches each, according
to the ſtrength of the ſhoot, i. e, a weak ſhoot to fix inches,
if moderately ſtrong to nine or ten inches, and if very vigorous
to fourteen or fifteen inches. When pruned, the ſhoots Mould
be faſtened to the trellis in regular order.
The
ma
-

Plate III. page 106
Fig. 1.
Fig. 2
Fig. 3
Fig. 4.
L
Fig: 5.
ODLU
Fig. 6.
20
30
40
50
60 Feet.
W. I peechly Del.
Bastris
Sir different Hages of lines trained against a
ll.
Puristeil January 1"1790.
by W" Speechl as the Act directs.
.
ON THE VI N ER Y.
107
The plants againſt the rafters muſt all, without exception,
be pruned down to the very bottom of each, that is, each ſhoot
muſt be cut ſo low, as only juſt to admit of length ſufficient
for its being faſtened to the bottom of the rafter.
. .
It will be prudent to let the glaſſes remain on, a few days
after pruning, and eſpecially if the weather ſhould be either
ſevere or rainy. After the glaſſes are taken off, it will be ne-
ceſſary to lay a little mulſhing round the bottom of each plant,
to prevent the froſt from injuring the roots : It is neceſſary alſo
to obſerve, that dung newly made, or too much decayed, is not
ſo proper for this purpoſe, as dung that is in a dead ſtate and
rather ſtrawy. Dung from the outſide of hot-beds made in
the ſpring, is, in general, very ſuitable for multhing. This
ſhould be laid to the diſtance of two feet every way from the
Item of the plant, and to the thickneſs of three or four inches.
A little very rotten dung may be thinly ſpread all over the
border. This completes the buſineſs of the firſt ſeaſon.
1
-
As the Vines will require the ſame management the ſucceed-
ing year, a repetition of theſe directions will be unneceſſary.
--
The principals muſt again be trained with two ſhoots only
from each plant, and the Vines at the rafters with one ſhoot
each, the ſame as in the preceding ſeaſon. The temporary
plants will probably ſhew much fruit, but all the bunches
hould be pinched off as ſoon as they appear, becauſe the Vines
02
would
1
ON THE VIN E RY.
108
-
/
1
!
would require a different management, in order to ripen the
grapes, which would hardly be worth the additional expence
of fuel, &c. Beſides, the Vines will not make near fo great a
progreſs, if the fruit ſhould be permitted to remain.
7
1
?
If no unforeſeen accident happens, the Vines will, in ge-
neral, make extraordinary ſtrong wood the ſecond ſeaſon, and
the ſhoots may, in general, be ſuffered to grow almoſt to the
top of the wall before they are ſtopped.
72
com
The ſecond year's pruning muſt be performed very different-
ly from that of the preceding one; the ſhoots of the principals
muſt all be brought down to an horizontal poſition, and pruned
in ſuch a manner as to leave a ſpace of twelve or fourteen
inches between plant and plant. See plate iii. fig. 2.
1
&
As the temporary plants are intended only to produce fruit
for a certain period, namely, till the principals get fufficiently
large to occupy the whole of the wall, theỳ muſt be pruned
for fruit accordingly. A ſtrong ſhoot may be pruned to from
fifteen to twenty eyes for bearing ; between every two bearers,
a ſhoot ſhould be pruned down to two, three, or four
order to keep up a ſucceſſion of bottom-wood, till the princi-
pals furniſh a full ſupply all along the bottom of the wall.
1
eyes, in
l
If all the Vines at the rafters have grown equally ſtrong, it
will be proper to prune every other plant down to three or
four
}
!
1
1
Ο Ν Τ Η Ε Υ Ι Ν Ε R Υ.
109
1
1
four
eyes,
and the reſt to from twenty to twenty-five eyes each,
the latter operation being intended to produce fruit, and the
former to make bearing wood againſt another
another year.
!
4
By the end of the ſecond year after planting, the Vines will
have extended their roots to almoſt every part of the border :
And as at this tender age the roots are very liable to receive
injury by ſevere froſts, I would adviſe the borders to be covered
the thickneſs of three or four inches, with long dead ſtrawy
dung. Dung taken from the outſides of old hot-beds is ex-
ceedingly proper for this purpoſe. There is a kind of ſpirit
in dung which produces warmth, and thereby prevents the
froſt from penetrating the ground, eſpecially if the dung be
laid to a conſiderable thickneſs.
This method of covering the border ſhould be practiſed every
winter, while the Vines are young; but then the dung ſhould
conſtantly be removed from the border as ſoon as the winter
froſts are over: A little of the very rotten dung may be permit-
ted to remain, as this, with the addition of a little rotten cow-
dung, ſhould be worked into the border every ſpring": Great
?
care,
1
b. As it is very important to know what kind of manure is the moſt proper for
Vines, and alſo the moſt eligible ſeaſon of applying it, I truſt the following extract
will prove highly acceptable and ſatisfactory to my readers :
« My landlord told me, that he had an intimate acquaintance, a Vigneroni, at
5 Verzenay, who was reckoned one of the moſt attentive and careful ma-
nagers
66.nagers
LIO
ON THE V I N E R Y.
care, however, ſhould be taken not to injure the roots of the
Vines; and, therefore, the border ſhould not be worked
deeper than two or three inches. This work is beſt perform-
ed with a three-pronged fork.
Although
nagers in all the country, and, if I pleaſed, he would give me a letter to
“him, requeſting him to give me all the information I deſired.
* This I readily accepted, and accordingly, when I aroſe in the morning, he
“ had it ready for me. I proceeded to Verzenay, where I inquired for the
* Vigneron the landlord at Chalons had wrote to. I was preſently ſhewn
“his vineyard, with his houſe by the ſide of it. He read the letter, and re-
66 ceived me with a certain air of hoſpitable pleaſure.
of We walked directly into his vineyard, which was dunging, in trenchies dug
“ for that purpoſe. This introduced a converſation on that point, in which
" he explained the modes and principles of dunging vineyards.
1
66
66 The ſeaſon for dunging moſt approved here, is directly after the vintage, and
6 to be finiſhed before the winter ſets in. It is all carried in on the heads of
women and children in baſkets. It is of conſequence to have a dry ſeaſon
« for the work of dunging, otherwiſe it is very badly performed. The
women empty their baſkets in trenches dug for that purpoſe, which are
“ doing at the ſame time, and others ſpread it in the trenches and cover it
6 with mould immediately.. Theſe trenches vary; ſometimes they are made
along the centre of the intervals, at others they are dug between the plants,
66 The ſort of dung they prefer moſt is cow-dung, that is, the cleanings of
" the cow-houſes, which are well littered with ſtraw or ſtubble for that
pur-
poſe : Horſe-dung is alſo uſed, but only on ſtiff ſoils. The cleanings of
« ſheep-peils, littered, is much valued, and they think the litter of as much
66 conſequence as the dung. The peaſants, vine-dreſſers, inhabitants of vil-
lages, and, in ſhort, every body that keeps a ſingle ców, takes care of the
manure, forming it regularly into a heap for ſale, and it is bought by the
« proprietors
2
1
:
ON T H E VIN E R Y.
III
Although many good grapes may be obtained the third ſum-
mer, and eſpecially from the temporary plants, yet it will be
prudent to have a regard to future wood, rather than to the
crop.
.
as proprietors of the vineyards at ſo much a baſket. They reckon that from
“five to eight hundred baſkets are neceſſary for an acre of Vines. I ſaw the
baſkets, and reckon them to hold about half a buſhel, fo that eight hundred
« baſkets are four hundred buſhels, which I take to be about twelve or thir-
«.teen common farmers cart-loads; and this manuring is repeated every
four
(6 or five
years.
** The price per baſket varies according to the ſort of dung and litter, but it
generally comes to five cr ſix ſhillings an hundred, delivered in the vine-
yards ; but if very good, to ſeven or eight, and ſometimes more has been
.
“ given.
« Making dung is ſo much attended to throughout all the wine country, that
“every means are uſed to increaſe the quantity.
--
« All cattle are kept in houſes as much as poſſible, and littered ſtraw is uſed
" for this ; alſo ſtubble, which is pulled up by hand: Rubbiſh wood froin.
“ foreſt land, leaves of trees ſwept up, and fern from waſte tracts ; every thing
" is applied to litter with the moſt unremitted attention. Much cattle are
" kept, eſpecially cows. Theſe are fed by every means that can be taken.
« Every weed that is picked up in the vineyards, every blade of graſs that
6 ariſes, is ſaved with as much care as the grapes, and given to the cows.*
Dung is, however, ſometimes laid on in March, but it is not reckoned fo
proper for that work as Autumn. The quantity is the ſame at either ſea-
65 fon.
* The whole of this paragraph merits particular attention, and is truly worthy:
the farmer's unremitted imitation.
112
ON THE VIN ER Y.-
/
!
It is an injudicious practice to endeavour to get an early crop
from young Vines, as in that caſe it will be required to
make fires early in the ſpring, which would prove very pre-
judicial to the Vines, by forcing them out at a ſeaſon when
much air cannot be given, for want of which the ſhoots would
grow weak and long-jointed.
V
3
The latter end of February, or beginning of March, is quite
foon enough to begin to force. Moderate fires ſhould be made
for two or three days befores the glaſſes are put on, as this will.
dry the wall, and prevent a ſtrong ſteam from ariſing in the
houſe. The border ſhould be raked ſmooth; and if a little
fine fand be thinly ſprinkled thereon, it will contribute to the
ſun's reflection, to the wholeſomeneſs of the air, and give a
neatneſs to the houſe.
Plenty
A
.
GR
1
6 fon. Over dunging they reckon prejudicial to Vines, cauſing them to run
“ too much to wood, giving the wine a heavineſs, and making it apt to grow
« mothery. But this depends on the ſoil ; for ſome lands are ſo deficient in
« natural fertility, that, unleſs they are dunged more than commonly, they
+66 will not yield a crop: They lay a thouſand baſkets on ſuch, and ſometimes
6E
even ſo far as twelve hundred.
.60
-56 I objected that this general fpirit of dunging vineyards muſt rob all the com-
6
mon huſbandry in the country; that, replied he, is of no conſequence, for,
$6 corn will not pay for durig where there are vineyards to demand it. Upon
my doubting this, he ſeemed to lay it down as a maxim that could not be
controverted. "
5
Marſhall's Travels, vol. iv, p. 78.
!
?
ON THE VINERY,
I13
Plenty of air ſhould be given whenever the weather will per-
mit, and eſpecially for the firſt ten or twelve days. This, with
moderate fires, will cauſe the buds to break turgid, bold, and
of a good colour. When a Vinery is kept warm and cloſe at
this critical ſeaſon, the buds generally break pointed, weak, and
of a yellowiſh hue.
Vines that have been expoſed to the weather, generally break
at almoſt every eye when forced at this ſeaſon. The caſe is
different with thoſe that are kept conſtantly covered, as has
been obſerved in treating upon Vines in a Hot-houſe.
Many of the ſuperfluous ſhoots ſhould be rubbed off as ſoon
as they appear, as this will contribute to invigorate the remain-
ing ſhoots.
And as ſoon as the bunches appear, it will be
proper to go over the Vines, and carefully diveſt them of all
but the neceſſary ſhoots.
The ſhoots ſhould not be left on the principals nearer to-
gether than twelve, fifteen, or eighteen inches; a matter to be
determined by the kinds, that is, whether they produce ſmall
or large leaves.
!
Much care and judgment is alſo required in the choice and
diſpoſition of theſe firſt-riſing branches, as the beauty and re-
gularity of the Vines depend entirely on a judicious diſpoſition in
training their branches at firſt. The ſhoots from the principals
P
muft
1
..
t*
1
1
114
ON THE VIN E RY.
!
..
!
muſt all be trained in a perpendicular direction; and even ſupo
pofing them very ſtrong and vigorous, not more than one bunch
ſhould be permitted to remain upon each. Theſe ſhoots may
run five or fix feet before they are ſtopped.
...
(
The temporary plants will, in general, ſhoot very ſtrong,
and thew much fruit. Either three or five ſhoots may be left
upon thoſe branches that were pruned to fifteen or twenty eyes,
that is, a leading ſhoot from the top, and one or two on each
ſide. The latter ſhould be ſtopped at the ſecond, third, or fourth
joints above the uppermoſt bunch, but the leading ſhoot ſhould
be ſuffered to run nearly to the top of the houſe. Only one
ſhoot ſhould be left upon thoſe that are pruned down to three
or four eyes, and this ſhoot muſt be ſtopped at the third or
fourth joint above the bunch.
.
The ſhoots at the rafters, that were pruned to twenty or
twenty-five eyes each, will probably puſh at all of them ; but
not more than five or ſeven ſhoots ſhould be permitted to re-
main, even on the ſtrongeſt, viz, a leading thoot, and two or
three on each ſide. Obſerve, one ſhoot upon each ſhould be
left as near to the bottom as can be, as the whole plant will
require to be pruned down to this mhoot the next winter.
}
Only one ſhoot ſhould be left upon thoſe Vines that were
pruned down to three or four eyes, (I ſuppoſe at every other
rafter)
:
1
/
}
ON THE V INER Y.
115
rafter) and this muſt be trained up the rafter as in the
preo
ceding year.
posts
1
In ſpring, the weather is frequently very variable; and,
therefore, it will be neceſſary that the gardener ſhould pay
ſtrict attention to every part of the management of the Vinery
himſelf; and particularly to the fires, admiſſion of air, and
watering of the border. If theſe be left to the care of la-
bourers, the ſucceſs will be very precarious, ſince it is from an
attentive, proper, and judicious apportionment of heat, air, and
moiſture, that we muſt look for ſucceſs.
.
Particular attention will be required when the Vines are in
Hower, as a ſmall neglect, at that critical ſeaſon, would be
P2
attended
c At the time of the Vines flowering in a Vinery, &c. the air is impregnated
with elluvia of a very agreeable ſcent. This circumſtance is noted in a paſſage in
the Canticles ii. 13. very remarkable and expreſſive. The words are, “The Vines
with the tender grape give a good ſmell.'
As even a very few bunches in flower are capable of affording a ſenſible and
very
pleaſing odour, it ſeems ſomewhat extraordinary that Sir Thomas Brown ſhould
have thought differently in his comment on the above text.
« That the flowers of the Vine fould be emphatically noted to give a pleaſant
-6 ſmell, ſeems hard unto our Northern noſtrils, which diſcover not ſuch odours,
6 and ſmell them not in full vineyards; whereas in hot regions, and more ſpread
and digeſted fiowers, a ſweet favour may be allowed denotable from ſeveral human
< expreſſions, and the practice of the ancients, in putting the dried flowers of the
* Vines into new winė, to give it a pure and floſculous race or ſpirit, which wine
< was therefore called 'OuvévPivov, allowing unto every Cadus two pounds of dried
* flowers."
Sir Thomas Brown's Miſcellaneous Tracts, page 25.
1
116
ON TH E VIN ER Y.
attended with the moſt fatal conſequence. If the weather
ſhould become hot and dry, the flowers of many kinds of grapes
are liable to fall off: A cold dark ſeaſon alſo will ſometimes
produce the ſame bad effect. I may add too, that an extreme
degree of fire-heat will prove equally prejudicial.
The air in the houſe hould not, at any time, during the
flowering ſeaſon, exceed eighty-four or eighty-five degrees of
Fahrenheit’s Thermometer ; and, in a dark cold ſeaſon, ſhould.
be kept up to fixty-four or fixty-five degrees.
}
The ſurface of the border ſhould be kept in a moiſt ſtate,
by being conſtantly ſprinkled with water, for grapes ſet beſt in
a cloſe ſultry moiſt heat.
.
1
As ſoon as the grapes are grown to the ſize of ſmall ſhot; the
bunches of the cloſe-growing kinds ſhould be thinned in the
manner already deſcribed.
.
Pinch off the tendrils and laterals whenever they appear ;
diveſt the Vines of all ſuperfluous ſhoots that may be produced
during the ſummer, that ſo they may have nothing unneceſſary
to ſupport. Keep the ſhoots, as they advance, regularly faſten-
ed to the trellis and rafters, and never ſuffer them to
grow
rude and diſorderly manner. Vines managed in a maſterly.
manner ſhould always be kept in a neat ſtate, and therefore
will require almoſt daily attendance,
IE
in a
---
:
ON THE VIN ER Y.
117
If at any time, during the months of June, July, and Au-
guſt, the weather prove very hot and ſultry, hardly too much air
can be given to theVines. I have ſometimes taken the glaſles en-
tirely off the Vines during a violent hot ſeaſon, and have always
found the grapes to ſwell exceedingly during ſuch a conſtitu-
tion of the air. Beſides, the Vines will be greatly benefited by
this mode of treatment, and eſpecially when there are copious
dews and refreſhing 'howers. It will be proper, however, to
put on the glaſſes at the time of the ripening of the fruit, as
there is no depending on the flavour of the grapes when ex-
poſed to the weather.
It is highly proper to keep the border in a moiſt ſtate during
the time of the ſwelling of the fruit; but when the grapes
change, and become nearly ripe, water ſhould be given very
ſparingly; ſince, if the border were at that time kept too wet,
it would debaſe the flavour of the grapes,
i
As ſoon as the grapes are all cut, take off the glaſs frames,
and give the border a very plentiful watering, which may be.
repeated two or three times in the ſpace of eight or ten days,
in caſe of dry weather.--- From this time till the pruning ſeaſon,
the Vines will require a management ſimilar to that of the
ceding ſeaſon.
pre-
܀
3
In pruning the principals this third ſeaſon, only one general
rule is to be obſerved, which is, to prune all the ſhoots -
produced
1
t
1
2
--
.
:
V
ON THE
THE VI NE RY
produced from the horizontals down to three or four eyes
cach. See plate iii. fig. 3.
.
The ſhoots of the temporary“ plants muſt be pruned accord-
ing to their ſtrength and vigour ; obſerving, however, to prune
the lower ſhoots of each plant down to three or four eyes, in
order to furniſh a ſucceſſion of bottom-wood. But the ſtrong
leading ſhoots may, nevertheleſs, be left to a pretty good length,
viz. from eight or ten to fixteen or eighteen eyes, according to
their ſtrength; by this means the upper part of the wall will
foon become completely furniſhed.
1
Thoſe Vines at the rafters, that have born a crop, muſt all
be pruned down to the lowermoſt ſummer ſhoot on each, which
fhoot ſhould be ſhortened to four or five eyes; and the Vines
between the bearers (i. e. at every other rafter) ſhould be cut
down to twenty.or twenty-five eyes, or, in general, to about
two-thirds of the length of the rafters.
1
In the following, and all ſucceeding ſeaſons, the Vines will
require a management fimilar to that of the preceding one;
therefore a repetition will be unneceffary.
As the Vines advance in age, they will certainly be enabled
to produce every year, for a certain period, a larger crop of
fruit : It is to be obſerved, however, that this muſt always be
proportioned to the ſtrength and vigour of the Vines.
Ву
t
; :
2
.
Ο Ν Τ Η Ε VI Ν Ε R Υ.
IID
1
1
By this mode of treating Vines, a large crop of fruit may
be obtained every ſeaſon. The Vinery at Welbeck has pro-
duced conſtant and large crops of grapes for the laſt twenty
years, and the Vines at this time are exceedingly healthy and
vigorous. The ſtrength and vigour of Vines may be retained
even for ages, where the forcing is carried on in a mild and
moderate degree, juſt to affiſt nature and our ſeaſons, ſo as to
endeavour to bring the temperature of a Vinery as near as may
be to the climate in which Vines ſucceed beſt in the natural
way. Gentle and moderate forcing will always be found to
anſwer this end beſt, and at the ſame time be attended with
1
the leaſt expence.
The principal thing now to be conſidered is, the method of
pruning and training the Vines, and particularly the principals,
till the wall gets fully covered in every part.
1
Training and pruning of the principals, the next or fourth
ſeaſon, muſt be the ſame as directed for Vines at the back wall
in the Hot-houſe. See page 92, viz. only one ſhoot trained
from each ſpur, which ihoots muſt be pruned to a long one and
a ſhort one alternately, as is there directed. See plate.iii. fig. 4.
1
}
i
From every long ſhoot, i, e. thoſe pruned to about four feet,
five ſhoots ſhould be trained the next or fucceeding ſeaſon,
viz. two ſhoots on each ſide, and one leading ſhoot at top.
At
.
120
ON THE VIN E RY
At the next or fifth winter's pruning, obſerve to cut the four
fide Thoots down to two or three eyes each, and the top ſhoot
to fix or ſeven eyes, or, in general, to about one and a half feet.
See plate iii. fig. 5.
The ſhoots between the uprights muſt conſtantly be pruned
down to two or three eyes each, in order to keep up a compe-
tent fucceflion of the bottom-wood.
In the following or fixth ſeaſon, the training and pruning
muſt be nearly the ſame as in the preceding, with this only
difference, that the uprights having advanced one and a half
feet, every upright will admit of two ſide ſhoots more than in
the former year, viz. three on each ſide. See plate iii. fig. 6.
f
When the Vines are arrived at this ſtage, the wall will, in
the next ſummer, be completely covered by the principals
only; and, therefore, the temporary plants fhould, by de-
grees.,
be previouſly cut away to make room for them.
.
1
.
Here I with not to be underſtood, as affirming that the prin-
cipais will always arrive at this ſtate, (viz. the ſixth ſtage) at
the ſixth ſeaſon after planting.--Vines are liable to impedi-
ments and obſtructions from various cauſes ; and fo long as
they make weak ſhoots in the ſummer, they muſt invariably
be cut ſhort down to two or three cyes at the next winter's
pruning,
I
--
1
.
(..
11
1
1
1
1
ON THE VIN ER Y.
Τ
I2L
1
pruning, without having regard to any of the ſtages, as has
been ſet forth,
1
The future management of Vines, thus completely and re-
gularly trained, will not be very difficult
.
:
1
It is natural for Vines to produce Moots plentifully from
the old wood; therefore when any of the ſide Thoots of the
uprights, or the bottom ſhoots between them, by their annual
progreſs, riſe too much from the old wood, they ſhould be cut
out at the next winter's pruning; and it will be further ne-
ceffary: to make a reſerve of ſome new ſhoots to ſupply their
places.
1
$
1
Alſo, when leading thoots of the uprights advance beyond
due bounds, it will be expedient to cut all ſuch ſhoots entirely
away, down to the next fide ſhoots below, which ſhoots ſhould
be trained upwards to form new leaders.
!
(
By this method of practice, a Vine-wall may be conſtantly
kept in a regular and elegant form, without ever varying much
above or below the true and proper ſtandard.
1
/
In regard to the future management of the Vines at the raf- .
ters, it ſhould be obſerved, that though it will not be abfo-
lutely neceſſary to adhere invariably to the rule laid down of
annually cutting every other Vine down to the bottom of the
Q 2
rafters,
1
.
1
122
ON THE VINER Y.
1
/
rafters, yet it will be proper to keep theſe Vines from extend-
ing too far over the glaſs frames, and thereby ſhading the
houſe, which would tend to injure the Vines againſt the back
wall. The method, therefore, of conſtantly cutting down
fome of them, and the training of one ſhoot from each, as has
been already directed, will, of all others, be found to be the
moſt eligible and ſucceſsful practice.
It only remains for me to mention the early crops of choice
fruits and Vegetables, which may be obtained from the Vine-
border. It is uſual, in works of this fort, for Gentlemen to
promife much to themſelves, by planting the border with
ſtandards, half ſtandards, and dwarf-trees of various kinds of
choice fruits, ſuch as peaches, cherries, &c. together with
crops of ſtrawberries, peaſe, lettuce, &c. in abundance under
them.
!
I confeſs the idea of this luxuriant profufion affords the mind
a ſatisfaction truly pleaſing. But thoſe, who purſue ſuch
modes of practice, would do well to fortify their minds againſt
future diſappointments,
1
It ſhould be conſidered, that the ſucceſs of the Vines trained
againſt the flued wall, is the firſt and principal object. A few
good grapes may be goi from the Vines at the rafters, and
without doing any material injury, provided the Vines are ju-,
diciouly managed; but if the Vines at the rafters are permitted
1
to
.
7.
l'
J
1
/
í
ON THE VINERY.
Τ
123
1-
1
.
6
3
to extend themſelves too far over the glaſs-frames, or if the
border ſhould be cloſe planted with tall-growing fruit-trees,
the Vines at the wall will, by this means, be deprived both of
ſun and light, and will be thereby foon reduced to an unde-
firable ſtate of imperfection : Beſides, by ſuch imprudencies,
the border too will ſoon be impoveriſhed, fo that diſappoint-
ments will attend every future proſpect.
1
1
It is certain, that the leſs the border is cropped with ve-
getables, &c. the better ; and yet a few articles
may
be
pro-
cured in the ſpring, without much damage to the Vines. And
in this cafe I would recommend, that the border ſhould be fur-
niſhed with plants growing in pots, ſuch as ſtrawberries, roſem
trees, carnations, and various other forts of choice flowers;
nay, I ſhould not much object to peach, fig-trees, &c. trained
in pots. But even theſe ſhould not be introduced in too great
quantities, which would give the houſe an appearance of be-
ing crowded.
To conclude this ſhort buſineſs, by allowing a
proper ſpace to every plant, and by a ſtrict obſervance of the
foregoing rules, every thing will thrive ; and the general re-
ſult will be both ſatisfactory and advantageous.
i
-
Q_2
FURTHER
1
1
>
}
|
1
१ }
4
!
1
/
--
1
1
>
1
1
1
1
1
F U R T H ER OBSERV A TI ON S.
ON THE
C. U L
T U RE
1
S
OF THE
A
€
VINE, ON VINERIES, VINE-FRAMES, &c.
A
1
IT
T has been already obſerved, that there are various modes of
conſtructing buildings for the purpoſe of improving the
culture of Vines.
o
។
2
1
1
Vineries, or Grape-houſes, are ſometimes built on commo«.
dious plans, of which the moſt elegant certainly are thoſe
which have an entire glaſs-framed roof, with one ſide deſcend-
ing to the Eaſt, the other to the Weſt: The South end muſt
conſequently be glazed. . As buildings of this conſtruction
are ſpacious, and will admit air to be given on every ſide, they
are equally proper for forcing many kinds of fruits, as peaches,
cherries, figs, &c. In ſuch houſes, however, the Vines ſhould
be trained to the rafters only, and the other fruits, as ſtandards,
dwarfs, &c. permitted to occupy the ſpace. below. But as
theſe buildings admit the meridian fun only at the end of the
houſe, they are very improper for producing grapes at an early
feaſon.
Another
A
1
A
2
1
>
1
..
1
CULTURE OF THE VINE, &c.
125,
}
#
Another kind of Grape-houſe is conſtructed on a plan ſimilar:
to that of a ſingle-pitted Pine-ſtove. In this, the flued wall
ſhould be about fourteen feet high; the roof ſhould be flant-
ing, and ſhould cover an extent of about fixteen feet; and a
fluè ſhould alſo run from the Eaſtern to the Weſtern extremity,
near the front wall of the houſe. Theſe buildings are not
only well calculated for grapes, but alſo for early crops of me-
lons, ſtrawberries, &c.
}
i
1
!
As glaſs is the principal article of expence in erecting proper
buildings for forcing, glaſs-frames ſhould be adapted, as much
as poſſible, to anſwer different ends and purpoſes.
4
1
1
1
es
Where there are peach-houſes, the glaſs-frames may be made
uſeful in a double capacity, by having a building for Vines
conſtructed of the ſame dimenſions as thoſe of the peach-houſe.
For as peaches do not require to be covered with glaſs later
than the middle of ſummer, a crop of grapes may be got by
means of the ſame glaſſes after that ſeaſon..
1
!
Melon-frames may alſo be applied to a double purpoſes.
good crops of grapes may be obtained from Vines trained againſt
dwarf walls, that is, walls about ſix feet high. Here a ſmall
flanting roof ſhould be made of proper dimenfions for the inelon-
frame glaffes. In both the laſt-mentioned caſes, a ſmall de-
gree of fire heat would be of singular advantage, and might be
applied either by a flued wall, the flue running through the
houſes
5
/
A
1
1
7
9.rey
1
!
1
1
al
"
1
}
I 26 FURTHER OBSERVATIONS ON THE
houſe, or by caſt-iron pipes, which are frequently uſed with
ſucceſs for this purpoſe.
I have already mentioned, that in Holland it is cuſtomary to
begin forcing Vines as early as in the month of November.
The frames made uſe of for this winter-forcing are generally
about twenty-five or thirty feet long, about five feet wide at
bottom, and at the top about three feet. The height generally
about ten feet, (the height of the Vine-wall to which the frame
is affixed) ſo that the glaſs-frames ſtand nearly in a perpendi-
cular direction. The fire-place is at one end, the flue runs
along the bottom to the oppoſite end, and generally returns to
a chimney built in the middle of the frame.
1
)
The Vines are brought from the wall, and nailed all along
the front, cloſe to the glaſs-frames, and are ſecurely covered at
nights: By this diſpoſition of the branches, it is eaſy to con-
ceive that there must be difficulty in moving along on the
inſide.
i
I have ſeen grapes in theſe frames -in pretty good perfection
in the month of April, and was informed that they are fre-
quently ripe in the beginning of March. The bunches, how-
ever, are not very plentiful in theſe early crops. The black
and white Sweetwater are the kinds preferred for this early
forcing.
As
1
he
Care
+
---
n
1
--
CULTURE OF THE VINE, &c.
127
As this kind of forcing in a manner ſpoils the Vines, it is
neceſſary to have the Vine-walls at leaſt five times the length
of the frame, in order to furniſh a ſucceſſion of well-perfected
wood.
>
}
After the crop is over, the Vines, in the courſe of the enſu-
ing winter, muſt be cut down nearly to the bottom, and they
require a term of four or five years to recover themſelves for
another early crop:
:
1
part, clear.
!
The frame deſcribed would certainly admit of improvement,
and flued walls would alſo be of further advantage, by co-
operating with the flue on the inſide of the frame. But ſtill,
this mode of forcing is by no means to be recommended in this
country. On the continent, the ſky is, for the moſt
There is almoſt daily ſunſhine, and the weather is regular and
ſettled during the winter ſeaſon. There nothing is required
but attention to guard againſt the ſeverity of the froſts; but in
a climate 'fo ſubject to variation as ours, the ſame method of
forcing can never be approved, becauſe no means have yet
been
diſcovered, to counteract the ſad effects of the frequent cloudy
dull days which we experience, and in which a ſtrong fire-
heat, ſuch as would neceffarily deſtroy all our future hopes,
muſt be applied. In ſhort, vegetation cannot be carried on to
any good purpoſe without the aid of the ſun's heat; and,
therefore, though in forcing, it be eaſy to guard againſt the
ſeverity of the nights, yet there is no ſecurity againſt long-cor
tinued
X;
con-
1
1
1
.
1
!
128 FURTHER OBSERVATIONS ON THE
tinued dull days, but by a ſtrong fire-heat, which, at ſuch a
ſeaſon, would undo all.
:
1
1
}
1
The method of forcing Vines planted in the open ground,
as has already been hinted, will, in this country, be far more
adviſable than the foregoing practice, and is more particularly
ſuitable to thoſe perſons who are not poſſeſſed of any of the
larger buildings above deſcribed.
1
1
For this purpoſe the Vines ſhould be planted about three
feet apart, and trained in an horizontal poſition about eighteen
inches or two feet from the ground. Large melon-frames may
in this caſe be uſed to produce a late
crop
of
the melon ſeaſon is over.
grapes, after
1
6
The bottom of the frame ſhould be covered over with flate or
tiles, to prevent the damp of the ground from riſing, and to
reflect the ſun's rays, to the great furtherance of the grapes.
1
1
A lining of hot horſe-dung, kept conſtantly round the out-
lide of the frame, will alſo tend greatly to accelerate the ri-
pening of the fruit.
1
i
The early kinds of grapes are the moſt proper for this me-
thod of forcing
In countries where coal abounds, the Vines are ſometimes
forced by flued walls without any covering, but I have ſeldom
feen
1
1
/
1
1
&
i
i
1
1
CULTURE OF THE VINE, 8c.
I 29
ſeen good crops of grapes perfected this way; the berries on
the bunches do not ripen equally: From the conſtant heat and
reflection of the wall, the berries on the ſide of the bunch
next it will be ripe long before thoſe in front, which will render
the bunch unſightly, and hardly fit for the table at any ſeaſon.
Beſides, both wall and border being at all times expoſed to the
weather, the fruit will become inſipid in a long wet ſeaſon. It
is further to be obſerved, that the berries of many forts of
grapes are very ſubject to crack in wet weather, after which
they generally either ſoon decay, or become a prey to waſps
and flies.
'
1
In ſome ſeaſons there are many kinds of grapes which will
ripen well againſt common walls, and particularly in the
Southern counties of this kingdom. But Vines againſt walls, ,
without any covering, are liable to ſeveral misfortunes. The
reflection of the wall conſtantly brings out the young ſhoots at
an early period in the ſpring: They are frequently injured,
and ſometimes totally deſtroyed, by ſharp froſty nights, not
unuſual in the beginning of May, and which ſometimes hap-
pen even at the latter end of that month.
A cold ſummer retards the ripening of grapes expoſed to the
weather, and a wet autumn renders them infiped and of little
value.
V
In order to ſave expence, oiled paper is ſometimes uſed in-
ſtead of glaſs ; but Vines do not ſucceed well under ſuch a
R
covering,
1
130 FURTHER OBSERVATIONS ON THE, &c.
covering, nor are the grapes ſo high flavoured as when under
glaſs. By the faintneſs of the beams of light which ſuch a
covering affords, the Vines will grow weak and long-jointed,
and eſpecially in a dull moiſt ſeaſon, when much air cannot be
admitted.
When oiled paper covers are uſed, they ſhould not be applied
till the Vines begin to puſh in the natural way, and even then
ſhould be uſed at firſt only to defend the Vines from the cold
of the nights, for it will be neceſſary they ſhould have free air
in the day-time, to prevent their drawing weak.
1
The great damage done by oiled paper covers is, from the
too cloſe covering at the beginning of the ſeaſon; but when
the Vines come into flower, they are not ſo liable to receive
hurt by cloſe covering, becauſe the wood cannot draw weak
after the leaves are grown to their natural fize. The ripening
of the grapes may be greatly accelerated by covering after this
period, and inore eſpecially with the aſſiſtance of a little fire-
heat, which may be applied as has been already directed, p.125.
at
-
+
FURTHER
1
3
{
1
A
FURTHER OBSERVATIONS
1
QN
P R U
N IN G.
THE
HE ſucceſs of Vines depends ſo much on judicious
pruning, that one can hardly be too explicit in giving
directions upon this head.
}
Vines trained in the regular manner already directed, are much
eaſier kept in proper order, than thoſe trained in the uſual way.
But notwithſtanding the full directions before given, I am in-
clined to drop ſome further hints on the ſubject, which I fatter
myſelf will be found of 'uſe.
1
A common error in pruning Vines, and indeed with moſt
kinds of fruit-trees when trained againſt walls, is the leaving too
much wood. It is no uncommon thing to ſee the leaves on
Vine-walls ſo much crouded, as almoſt totally to exclude the
fun: Vines trained up to the rafters in Hot-houſes, &c. are fre-
quently in the ſame predicament. But when Vines are in
health and vigour, the bearing wood, which is, in general,
the ſhoots of the former year's produce, ſhould not be crouded.
The ſhoots require a ſpace from ten, or twelve, inches, to two
feet
:
!
R 2
parent
1
132
FURTHER OBSERVATIONS
feet and a half. This, however, depends in a great meaſure
on the kind of Vine, that is, whether it produces large or
ſmall leaves. Now, in order to form a better judgment in this
matter, I ſhall here
I ſhall here ſubjoin a liſt of the dimenſions of the
leaves of various kinds, as taken at different periods, from
Vines growing in Welbeck garden.
LIST of VINES, ſhewing the Size of the Leaves, and the
Length of the Foot-Stalks of various Species, taken at WELBECK.
co
I 2
1
II
cum
mate
II
ulla
II
B
i
1
1
II
Diameter of the Leaf. Length of the Foot-ſtalk.
Inches.
Inches.
1. White Muſcat of Alexandria
81
2. Red Grape from Syracuſe
6
3. Le Caur Grape, or Morocco Grape
92
51
4. Aleppo Grape
12
6
5. Black Damaſcus
5
6. Black Grape from Tripoli
5
7. Golden Galician
101
5
8. Black Muſcadel
II
6
9. Red Muſcadel
10
6
10. White Grape from Alcobaca
52
11. White Frontinac
II
7
12. Grizzly Frontinac
13. Black Frontinac
14. Blue Frontinac
4
15. Red Frontinac
6
16. White Sweetwater
9
4
27. Black Sweetwater
8
37
18. Black Hamburgh
13
7
6
19. Red Hamburgh
20. White Hamburgh
12
62
21. Malvoiſe
IIII|II|||||||||||
como
61
II
cm
V
1
12
6
61
.
i
het
1
IO
1
1
1
1
6
1
i
mente
.
CO
1
1
1
1
II
1
8
8
1
ON PRUNIN G.
133
1
**
1
(
man
II.
S
RUMAS
1
10
1
no
=
II
ala
12
U1111
62
1
1
dhe
i
8
1
3
11
a
1
1
U
Diameter of the Leaf. Length of the Foot-ſtalk.
Inches.
Inches.
21. Malvoiſe
9
5
22. Genuine Tokay
6
23. Lombardy
11
7
24. Smyrna Grape
-6-
25. Brick Grape
6
4
26. Black Spaniſh, or Alicant
IO
5
27. White Muſcadine, or Chaſſelas
5
28. Black Muſcadine -
9
5
29. Royal Muſcadine, or D'arboyce
121
7
30. Malmſey Muſcadine
31. Claret Grape
6
47
32. Syrian Grape
17
6
33. Miller's Burgundy
52
34. Small Black Cluſter
5
3
35. Large Black Cluſter
6
4
36. White Morillon
9
5
37. Early Black July Grape
6
4
38. Cat's Grape
52
3
39. Black Raiſin Grape
6
40. White Raiſin Grape
6
41. Damſon Grape
5
42. Early White Grape from Tenerif
9
55
43. St. Peter's Grape
7
44. Black Grape from Paleſtine
6
45. White Parſley-leaved Grape, or Ciotat 7를
​4
46. Black Liſbon
11
6
47. Greek Grape
61
3
48. White Corinth Grape
5
4
49. White Muſcat (from Lùnel)
8
50. Cornichon
9
51. Orleans
8
4
52. Tranſparent.
1.1
1
"P
-
I
E
1
1
1
1
2
&
IO
II
11
-
M
IO
3
IO
IO
De
mon
II Till
1
!
1
12
5
1
,
FURTHER OBSERVATIONS
134
1
1
1
.
3
1
ΙΟ
1
CO
1
i
in in in the in
1
1
IO
1
ge
12
1
Diameter of the Leaf Length of the Foot-ſtalko.
Inches.
Incbese
52. Tranſparent
8
4
53. Pearl Muſcadine
54. Amber Muſcadine
101
55. Sheep's Tail (from Portugal)
IO
56. Humorous (ditto)
57. Deagalues (ditto)
5
58. Cracking Grape (ditto)
9
42
59. Small Yellow Grape (ditto)
7
4
60. White Conſtantia (from the Cape)
7
61. Small White Grape (from Naples) -
6
5
62. Black Switzerland
6
63. Maiden Grape
7
7
32
64. King's brown Grape
8
42
65. Paffe Mufque
7
66. Jefferies Muſcat
6.
67. Champaign
10
5
68. Large Purple Grape (from Portugal)
6
69. Peruvian Eye (ditto)
6
70. De do de Dama, or Ladies' finger (ditto)
55
N. B. The above dimenſions were taken,, upon an average, from leaves of each
fpecies at a medium ſize.
LITTLULIIIIIIIlli
ND
II
Barth
1
1
12
a.
1
12
1
1
II
1
a
12
II
In pruning, the uſual method is, to allow the ſhoots a cer-
tain ſpace, indiſcriminately, to every kind of Vine; but ſurely
nothing can be more erroneous.
In regard to diſtance, it will be eafy to obſerve the foregoing
rules; but the confideration of the required length of the
Thoots is a matter of more difficult determination.
When
1
+
!
1
ON PRUNIN G.,
135
When Vines are in a weak ſtate, they will always require to
be ſhort pruned, that is, the ſhoots in general ſhould be pruned
to two, three, or four eyes each.
And when Vines are only moderately vigorous, the foots
thould be left about a ſpan long. This, however, muſt be
underſtood only of ſpreading Vines, that cover a good extent of
walling, for Vines, trained in one ſhoot up the rafters, in a
Hot-houſe, require a different treatment.
When Vines are in extreme vigour, they always produce the
belt
grapes
from ſhoots that are left a great length.
!
The height of a Vinery will ſeldom admit of ſhoots, be they
ever ſo ſtrong, being left longer than fix or ſeven feet; but
when vigorous Vines are trained in one ſhoot
UP
the rafters,
in a Hot-houſe, they may conſtantly be pruned to the length
of eighteen, twenty, or twenty-two feet.--A perfon unac-
cuſtomed to this practice would, from hence, be inclined to
deem this mode abſurd, and would naturally conclude, that the
Vines muſt be rendered weak by it. It is not, however, from
the length of the ſhoot, but from ſuffering by the next year's
crop,
that ſuch danger is to be apprehended.
1
The extreme parts of theſe long and vigorous ſhoots always
produce both bunches and berries of a remarkable ſize. The.
uncommon large bunches, that have been produced in Welbeck
gardens,
1
1
/
/
136 FURT HER OBSERVATIONS
7
gardens, have conſtantly come from the uppermoſt eye of ſhoots
of the above deſcription.
--
1
I have already obſerved, that the ſpurs, produced from prin-
cipal ſhoots, ſhould invariably be pruned down to two, three,
or four eyes, as occaſion may require. And that when theſe
extend too far from the principal ſhoots, which they will do
in time by their annual progreſs, it will be proper to cut them
entirely away: But previous to this, it will always be necef-
ſary to make a reſerve of freſh ſhoots to ſupply their places.
w
When ſtrong old wood, that is, thoots of four or five years
growth, are to be cut away from any part of a Vine, the ope-
ration ſhould be performed with a ſharp knife, and the ſhoot
ſhould be cut off cloſe to the bottom, that, when the part
ſkins over, it may become ſmooth, and not left to grow ragged,
as is but too generally practiſed.
By the common methods of pruning Vines, the bole and large
branches generally grow rough, ragged, and unſightly; and
when Vines have long been under an injudicious management
of this fort, it is hardly poſſible to reclaim them. But by due
care, and diſcreet management afterwards, it will not be diffi-
cult to keep the bole and large branches of Vines ſmooth, and
of an agreeable appearance.--I conſtantly peel off as much of
the bark as can be gotten without injuring the Vines, and then
waſh the branches with ſtrong ſoap ſuds; to be applied with a
ſoft
-
van
1
comercial
--
ON P R U N IN G.
137
1
(oft bruſh, ſuch as is uſed for common painting : The time of
winter pruning is the moſt eligible ſeaſon to perform this
operation, as then the Vines will not be in danger of bleeding.
The ſoap ſuds are not only uſeful for giving the Vines a ſmooth
and gloffy appearance, but are alſo efficacious in deſtroying ſe-
veral ſpecies of inſects that lodge upon them during the winter.
)
1
When Vines, through neglect or miſmanagement, are re-
duced and become weak, nothing better than a few ſmall
bunches can be expected from them. The beſt method to re-
cover them, when in ſuch a ſituation, is, by cutting them
down, at the winter pruning, to the lowermoſt laſt year's
ſhoot upon each Vine. The next ſummer's ſhoots ſhould be
diveſted of all the bunches as ſoon as they appear, and the
Thoots ſhould be allowed fufficient ſpace, viz. from twelve or
fourteen inches to two feet and a half, according to the kind
of Vine, that is, whether it produces ſmall or large leaves.
When the ſhoots are properly diſpoſed, the leaves of one ſhoot
ſhould not be ſuffered to interfere with thoſe of the next ad-
joining ſhoot. Thus, by affording a free admiſſion of ſun and
air, the new wood will be greatly benefited.
Vines are often permitted to run into a rude and diſorderly
ftate during their progreſs in the ſummer. And it is alſo too
prevalent a practice to fix upon certain periods for pruning, or
dreſſing them as it is termed. But Vines, properly managed,
require attendance almoſt daily, and particularly in the begin-
S
ning
f
1
138
FURTHER OBSERVATIONS
:
ning of ſummer. All the ſupernumerary ſhoots ſhould be rub- -
bed off as ſoon as they begin to ſhoot in the ſpring, and thoſe
only ſhould be retained, which will be required either for
fruit or ſucceſſion of wood.
The Vines will be greatly benefited by being thus, diſ-
burthened of all their unneceſſary ſhoots, which only tend to
embarraſs them in the regular diſpoſition of the new wood.
1
In the ſummer pruning of Vines, the uſe of the knife
ſhould be avoided as much as poſſible ; it is far more eligible
to pinch off the ſhoots with the finger and the thumb. The
acidity of the juices, which abound in the young ſhoots of
Vines, cauſe an immediate tarniſh to enſue and appear on the
blade of the knife; and this, if not poiſonous, proves very
in-
jurious by incorporating with the juices in the wounded part
C.
As all the different kinds of Vines are not diſtinguiſhable
by the wood at the time of the winter pruning, a perſon, un-
acquainted with the kinds, might eaſily be led into an error,
reſpecting the proper ſpace which ought to be allowed for the
ſhoots. If the wood ſhould appear crouded, when the leaves
are
N
+ The ancients were well aware of this circumſtance. Virgil, in giving direc-
tions for ſummer pruning of Vines, expreſsly ſays,
“ Nor exerciſe thy rage on new-born life,
« But let thy hand ſupply the pruning knife;
“And crop luxuriant ftragglers.”
1
>
{
Se
--
ON
P R U NI N G.
139
are full
grown, it will be proper to let it remain in that ſtate
during the ſeaſon of the Vine’s bleeding. But the ſuperfluous
wood may ſafely be taken from any part, at the time of the
Vine's flowering, as they do not bleed at that ſeaſon.
!
an
I have already obſerved, that the beſt ſeaſon for pruning
Vines is at the time of the leaves falling ; becauſe when the
pruning is deferred till the ſpring, the Vines are liable to bleed
on the riſing of the ſap, and eſpecially at large inciſions, where
ſtrong wood has been cut away; but when Vines are pruned
in the autumn, there will be time during the winter for the
wounded parts to heal, and for the pores to cloſe, before the
riſing of the fap in the ſpring. As Vines are ſometimes greatly
injured by their bleeding, it may not be deemed improper here
to ſay a few words on that ſubject.
*
Vines, pruned even in the winter months, will fometimes
bleed a little, on the riſing of the ſap in the ſpring; but if a
Vine
gets wounded at that ſeaſon, it will, like the birch, bleed
copiouſly from the wounded part. “ It is aſtoniſhing," ſays
Mr. Evelyn, " that ſome trees ſhould, in a few hours, weep
more than they will weigh.'
The diſcharge from the wounded part is, in a great meaſure,
regulated by the ſtate of the atmoſphere'.
It
S 2
d« In order that we may have a diſtinct view of the motion of the fap, it will
s be neceſſary to reflect, that the root, ſtem, branches, and leaves are con-
Itructed
I
1
.
140
FURTHER OBSERVATIONS
It is eaſy to ſtop a gentle ouzing from an old wound of a
Vine, by applying ſoft clay, putty, or warm wax to the
wounded part
part: I have, however, ſometimes found, that foot,
!
or
1
waar
" ſtructed in the ſame manner. Sallows, willows, Vines, and moſt ſhrubs
« will grow in an inverted ſtate, with their tops downward in the earth.
« Dr. Bradley deſcribes the manner of inverting a young cherry-tree, the
« roots of which will put forth leaves, and the branches become roots. Hence
« it is obvious, that the nutritive matter may be conveyed as well by the leaves
66 as the roots, their vaſcular ſtructure being the
very
fame.
3
“ During the heat of a ſummer's day, all plants perſpire freely from the pores of
6 their leaves and bark. At that time the juices are highly rarefied; and the
66 diameters of the Tracheæ, or air-veſſels, are enlarged ſo as to preſs upon.
" and ſtraiten the veſſels that carry the fap. In conſequence of which, their
"juices, not being able to eſcape by the roots, are preſſed upward, where
« there is the leaſt reſiſtance, and perſpire off the excrementitious parts by. the:
“ leaves and top-branches in the form of vapour. When the folar heat de-
s clines, the Tracheæ are contracted. The fap-veſſels are enlarged, and the:
« fap finks down in the manner of the ſpirits in a thermometer. In conſen
quence of this change, the capillary veſſels of the leaves and top-branches
" become empty. Being ſurrounded with the humid vapours of the evening,
they fill themſelves from the known laws of attraction, and ſend down the
new-acquired juices to be mixed with thoſe that are more elaborated.
« As ſoon as the ſun has altered the temperature of the air, the Tracheæ be-
"come again diſtended, and the fap-veffels are ftraitened. The fame caufe
« always produces the ſame effect ; and this alternate aſcent and deſcent,
through the ſame ſyſtem of veſſels, continues as long as the plant furvives.
« The irregular motion of the item and branches is another cauſe that contri-
“ butes to the aſcent of the fap. Every time that theſe parts are acted upon
by the air, they are made to aſſume a variety of angles, whereby the fap-
6 yeffels
$C
1
/
)
.
Ο Ν
PRU NIN G.
141
or charcoal duſt ground very fine, and mixed with ſoft ſoap to
the conſiſtence of paſte, has proved more efficacious.
It
& veſſels are ſuddenly ſtraitened. The contained juices conſequently receive.
« reiterated impulſes, ſimilar to what happens to the blood of animals from
« the contraction of the heart. This obſervation may aſſiſt us in inveſtigating
« the vegetable economy, ſo far as it regards the management of fruit-trees,
Hand, probably, may be extended throughout the whole fyſtem of gardening,
« planting, and farming.
1
:
* It may be objected, that trees fixed to the wall dog notwithſtanding, carry
« their fap to the extreme branches ;. but it ſhould be conſidered, that the
« warmth of their ſituation, aſſiſted by the horizontal direction of their
" branches, is fully fufficient to propel the fap, without the undulatory motion
ft that I have mentioned.
/
1
« I beg leave to obſerve, that theſe obſervations are only intended to convey
a general idea of the motion of the ſap. It varies according to the tempera-
s. ture of the weather. The air is ſeldom one moment alike. The fap muſtg.
« therefore, ſometimes move quick and ſometimes ſlow. It may riſe and
" fall many times in a day. Sudden heats puſh it upward, ſudden colds make:
“it fall. Thus the juices are blended, and the ſecretions forwarded.
€ The manner that the nutritive juices of the earth and atmoſphere are conveyed
“ into the ſap-veſſels, remains to be deſcribed. And this makes a neceſſary
part of our preſent argument, as it may aſſiſt us in finding out and ex-
6 plaining the diſeaſes of plants from the variations of the weather.
&
1
& The outer bark, which covers every external part of a vegetable, as well be-
“ low as above the ſurface, is full of perſpiratory, or abſorbent holes. The
« veſels of this bark, being endowed with the power inherent in capillary
tubes, draw up the moiſture that is applied to their ſurface. From them :
< it is committed to the veſſels of the inner bark. After receiving fome de-
gree
-
>
I 42
FURTHER OBSERVATIONS
!
-
It is exceedingly difficult, however, to ſtop the bleeding
of a recent wound, and eſpecially when the diſcharge is very
rapid; as in ſuch a caſe, I have ſometimes found all the above
inethods
.
66
gree of melioration, the fap is delivered to the blea. From the blea it paſſes,
“ by anaſtomoſing canals, to the vaſcular ſeries. From thence to the wood,
« or fleſh, where it receives its laſt concoction.
7
“ The nutritive particles, being ſeparated by the mechaniſm of theſe numerous
“ canals, are applied towards the fructification and increaſe of the plant, while
" the watery and excrementitious parts are carried expeditiouſly to the leaves,
« where they are perſpired off in the form of vapour. It is evident, however,
« that, as water contains but few particles that are fit for nouriſhment, it was
neceſſary that plants ſhould have the power of imbibing a large portion of
" that fluid. For which reaſon, the ſun-flower, conſidered bulk for bulk,
6 takes in ſeventeen times more nouriſhment than a man, and, conſequently,
perſpires more.
/
60
+
3
CC
!!
During the continuance of dry North-Eaſt winds, the leaves of corn are ob-
« ferved to grow yellow, and the early-ſet fruit frequently falls off. This is
owing to the want of moiſture in the atmoſphere to fill the veſſels of the
“ leaves and top-branches, whereby the fruit is deprived of nouriſhment, Un-
« der ſuch circumſtances, it is probable that wall-fruit may be preſerved by
« prudently watering the leaves and top-branches during the heat of the day.
“ It is, however, a ſingular happineſs, that the air is at no time perfectly free
« from moiſture. Bring a bottle of cold water into the warmeſt room, and
« its ſurface will immediately be covered with a thick dew. An air abſolutely
“ dry, would, in a few days, annihilate the vegetable creation.
« The air is juſtly ſaid to contain the life of vegetables as well as animals. It
« is a compreſſible and elaſtic fluid, ſurrounding the face of the globe, and
reaching to a conſiderable height above it. Vegetables do not grow in
carbono
vacuo,
2
ON PRU N I N G.
143
1
1
methods to prove ineffectual : Nor will the application of
either pitch, bees wax, or ſealing wax, (at the ſame time ſearing
the wounded part with a hot iron) anſwer the intended
poſe.
When
pur-
1
1
an
vacuo, and animals die when deprived of air. It has two ſtates, being
« either elaſtic or fixed. Dr. Hales obſerves, that, in its elaſtic and active
ftate, it conduces to the invigorating the juices of vegetables ; and, in its
« fixed and inert ſtate, gives union, weight, and firmneſs to all natural
“ bodies. By his experiments we are informed, that fixed air conſtitutes
near one third part of the ſolid contents of the heart of oak. It is found to
“ bear the ſame proportion in peaſe, beans, and other vegetable ſubſtances.
« Heat and fermentation render it elaſtic. It is again capable of being ab-
6 forbed and fixed. Was the whole air of the univerſe brought at once into
elaſtic and repulfive ſtate, every thing would ſuffer a ſudden diſſolution.
.“ Was it entirely fixed, then all things would be reduced to an inert lump.
« Almighty providence has provided againſt theſe extremes, and in the moſt
" wonderful manner preſerves the balance. Air is to be found in every por-
« tion of earth; and as it always contains a ſolution of the volatile parts of
6 animal and vegetable fubftances, we ſhould be careful to keep our ſtiff ſoils
as open as poflible to its influence. It paſſes, both in its active and fixed
« ftate, into the abſorbent veſſels of the root, and mixing with the juices of
< the plant, circulates through every part. Dr. Hales, in his Statical Experi-
“ments upon the Vine, diſcovered it aſcending with the fap in the bleeding
6 ſeaſon.
** Having demonſtrated, that the motion of the ſap depends upon the influence
€ of the air, and the power of abſorption common to all capillary tubes; it na.
“ turally follows that it cannot remain one moment at reit. The gradations
<< from heat to cold and vice verſa, are infinite, and ſometimes deſultory. So
muſt the motion of the fap. From the combinations of the nutritive
“ particles,
144
FURTHER OBSERVATIONS
When a Vine bleeds rapidly, the moſt effectual expedient I
have hitherto been able to deviſe to ſtop its progreſs is, Firſt,
to peel off, or diveſt that part of the branch adjoining the
wound, of all the outſide bark; then with a ſpunge to dry up
the moiſture, and immediately to wrap round the wounded
part a piece of an ox's bladder, ſpread over with tar, or pitch,
made
-
particles, a number of different fluids are prepared in the ſame plant. Matter
« is the ſame in all; but the modification of it makes things ſweet or ſour,
6 acrid or mild.
1
+
66 The univerſal juice of a plant is a limpid ſubacid liquor, which flows plenti-
6 fully from a wound made in a tree when the fap is riſing. The Birch and
" the Vine yield it in great abundance. This liquor, as it moves through
" the innumerable ſmall veſſels, becomes more and more concocted, and is
6 the general maſs from which all the juices are derived. It may be called
**s the blood of the plant. By a certain modification it produces high-flavoured
66 oils, gums, honey, wax, turpentine, and even the conſtituent parts of
as the plant itſelf. How this tranſmutation is performed, remains, and
" perhaps ever will remain, unknown.
66 I hope it will not be objected to me, that in this eſſay I have been too
“ minute. In the hiſtory of nature we cannot be too particular. Every
part
of it demands our moft ſerious attention, and every part of it repays
6 us for the labour we beſtow. The wings of the butterfly are painted by
46 the fame Almighty hand that made the fun. The meaneſt vegetable,
66 and the moſt finiſhed animal, are equally the care of providence. We
66 conſtantly view the wiſdom of God in his works; and yet, as the wiſe
“man obſerves, “hardly do we gueſs aright at the things that are upon the
66.earth, and with labour do we find the things that are before us.'
3
Georgical Elays, by A. Hunter, M. D. page 79.
1
content
ON
P R U N I N G.
145
made warm in the manner of a plaſter. The whole muſt be
ſecurely tied with a ſtrong thread, well rubbed with bees
wax.
1
The bandage and bladder ſhould be permitted to remain
upon the branch for the ſpace of three weeks, or a month,
after the operation is performed.
1
semana
GENERAL
1
i
GENERAL OBSERVATIONS
1
--
ON
--
W A T E R I N G
THE
V I N E.
1
A
LTHOUGH it is neceſſary that the ſituation of the
Vine ſhould be perfectly dry, and more eſpecially in a
cold climate where the winters are frequently very ſevere, yet
Vines require a plentiful ſupply of water during ſummer, par-
ticularly in a hot dry ſeaſon, and at the time of the ſwelling
of the grapes.
In hot countries, the Vine is ſaid to grow the moſt luxuri-
ant in a ſituation which is near the water º; but it is generally
allowed,
1
• The Patriarchs and Prophets frequently repreſent, in Scripture, the flouriſh-
ing ſtate of a nation, a tribe, or family, under the emblem of a Vine growing near
water.
A
“ It was planted in a good ſoil by great waters, that it might bring forth
branches, and that it might bear fruit, that it might be a goodly Vine.”. Ezekiel xvii. 8.
“ Thy mother is like a Vine in thy blood, planted by the waters : She was fruit-
ful and full of branches, by reaſon of many waters." Ezekiel xix. 10.
“ Joſeph is a fruitful bough, even a fruitful bough by a well; whoſe branches
run over the wall.” Gen. xlix, 22. The Vine indeed is not expreſsly named here,
but
A
í
$
WATERING THE VINE.
147
1
allowed, that the flavour of the grapes, from Vines in ſuch a
ſituation, is much inferior to that of grapes growing in a dry
foil.
I have already obſerved, in my directions for the
prepara-
tion of the Vine-border, the abſolute neceſſity of having drains
at the bottom, to take off the ſuperfluous water : By this means
the border may be kept in a dry ſtate during winter; and, in
ſummer, water may be given as the ſeaſon and other circum-
ſtances may require.
In ſpring, gentle and frequent waterings, in dry weather,
generally anſwers better than giving them in greater quantities.
1
When the Vines are in flower, even the frequent ſprinkling
of the flues and walks in a Hot-houſe, and the border, &c.
in a Vinery, will greatly benefit the Vines. A good heat,
however, ſhould be kept up at the ſame time, as I have con-
ſtantly experienced that grapes fet beſt in a vaporous heat of
between ſeventy and ſeventy-five degrees.
In a Hot-houſe, if the walks, &c. are ſprinkled when there
is a ſtrong ſun, the exhaled moiſture will inſtantly form a kind
T 2
of
but this tree, nevertheleſs, appears to be principally intended, on account of its
very ſpreading nature, as appears from the two texts in Ezekiel, and particularly
as it is remarkable for over-toping the walls it is planted againſt. See the beauti-
ful Allegory in Pfalm lxxx. of the over-proſperous condition of the Iſraelites ;
66 Thou haſt brought a Vine out of Egypt.”
148
GENERAL OBSERVATIONS ON
Y
of artificial dew, which is exceedingly nouriſhing to the grapes
in their infant ſtate.
-
1
When ſtrong fires are kept, if the flues are frequently
ſprinkled with water, the heat of them will cauſe a ſteam to
ariſe, which will alſo have a good effect.
$
When the grapes are grown to the ſize of ſmall peaſe, the
Vines will require a conſtant ſupply of water, till they are full
grown. If the border be kept in a moderate moiſt ſtate during
the above period, the Vines will grow luxuriant, and the
grapes will ſwell to a large fize'. But when the grapes are
nearly
1
f I have frequently had berries of various kinds of grapes, that have weighed
between eight and nine pennyweight each.
I ſhall here beg leave to remark, that the berries of all the different forts are not
equally ponderous in proportion to their dimenſions. Thoſe kinds, which have
thick ſkins, and have fleſh of a hard and firm texture, are more weighty than the
thin-ſkinned grapes, with delicate and juicy fleſh. From hence we may reaſonably
infer, that the latter are moſt eaſy of digeſtion, and conſequently much more
wholeſome.
.
.
A round thin-ſkinned berry, which weighs between feven and eight penny-
weight, will generally girth about four inches; and one of the ſame weight, of
an oval form, about three and a half inches.
Although grapes of the above deſcription may be deemed exceeding large in
this country, yet we are informed that they grow to a much larger fize in
ſome parts abroad. It is even ſaid, that they are ſometimes as large as pigeons
1
eggs.
Two
$
:
1
1
WATERING THE VINE.
149
nearly ripe, the waterings ſhould be leſs frequent, as too much
water at that ſeaſon would tend to debaſe their flavour.
When
Two illuſtrious Travellers *, who have publiſhed their obſervations on the pre-
ſent ſtate of Aſia Minor, in their journey from Epheſus give a curious deſcription
of a proſpect they enjoyed, of a ſucceſlive courſe of hills and mountains extending
from thence, and of a beautiful valley at the bottom of them, through which the
river Cay/ter flowed and emptied itſelf into the ſea. "Among theſe, the lofty Tmolus
riſes eminent above the reſt; but is more diſtinguiſhed for the excellence of its
wines. At the bottom of the extremeſt mountain near the ſea, -feveral magnificent
ruins ſtill remain to be ſeen of Sardis, the metropolis of Lydia.”
>9
1
" This delightful country is now but thinly inhabited by a few poor Turks,
and ſome wandering Arabs, and few wines are now made there, but by fome
Greek Monks, and chiefly for their own uſe. Some of theſe, though made with
little art and culture, are light, generous, and very agreeable.” But theſe Gen-
tlemen give a different account of a town called Sidonijah, which was famous for
the goodneſs of its wines and the quantities made there. “ This town is four hours
journey diſtant from Damaſcus, in the extremity of a fertile extended plain, the See
of a Biſhop, and entirely inhabited by Greek chriſtians.”
“ Some of the grapes here are of a remarkable ſize, as large as a pigeon's egg, and
of a very exquiſite taſte! Great quantities of them are ſent to Europe, and known
by the name of Damaſk raiſins. The wines are not made from this kind of
grapes,
which are chiefly cultivated in their gardens, but from the Vines of the adjacent
mountains, of which Hermon and· Lebanon are neareſt.” Theſe Gentlemen fay,
(vol. ii. page 260) that the wine which they drank there was, indeed, incomparable.
* The beſt is made by the Monks, who have there a celebrated convent. It was of
a red colour, very generous, grateful, and fo light as not to affect the head,
though taken freely."
1
* Ægidius Van Egmont, Envoy from the States to the King of Naples, and John
Heyman, Profeffor of the Oriental languages in the Univerſity of Leyden.
150
GENERAL OBSERVATIONS ON
--
When the crop is gathered, the border ſhould be frequently
watered till the leaves of the Vines begin to change from green
to red and yellow reſpectively. But from that time, and during
the winter, the border ſhould be kept in a dry ſtate.
I have not at any time found it neceſſary to water the leaves
of Vines growing in the pine-ſtove, as is by ſome recommended,
except ſuch as have been infeſted with inſects, ,
But during a
mild rain, I have frequently let down the upper lights of the
Hot-houſe, that the Vines at the back wall might reap the
benefit of the ſhower.
:
There is yet another mode of watering the Vine-border,
which is worthy of obſervation.
During winter, I have frequently watered the Vine-border
with a thick black liquor, the drainage of dunghils"; and though
this
& The drainage of dunghils is the very ſtrength and power of the dung; for
water, conſtantly filtering through ſtable-yard dung, certainly robs it of the mu-
cilage and faline particles, with which it greatly abounds when newly made ; and
eſpecially ſuch dung as has lain a conſiderable time in the ſtable, and imbibed a
large portion of the urine of the horſes. The ſaline particles, contained in new-
made dung, are increaſed by its fermentation, therefore the firſt extract obtained
from the dung, after it has undergone its fermentation, may be juſtly conſidered
as the cream or eflence of the manure.
N
}
3
In moſt farm-yards this valuable liquor is generally permitted to run to waſte,
which is much to be regretted, and may, in reality, be deemed a public loſs.
The
WATERING THE VINE.
151
this practice was intended ſolely to enrich the ſoil, yet it is not
improbable but this powerful liquor, by being impregnated
with faline particles, may communicate a warmth to the roots
of the Vine during the winter, and thereby prove ſerviceable
in
The farmer would find his labours well rewarded, by conveying this rich liquor
to the moſt convenient part of his farm, which might eaſily be done by the help of
a water-cart, ſuch as is uſed to convey water to lay the duſt in the ſtreets and roads,
about cities and great towns.
1
.
1
Manure is an article of ſuch vaſt importance in huſbandry, that the farmer ought
to pay the greateſt attention poflible to the enlargement of his ſtock of dung. It is
to be wiſhed that it would become a practice to ſtow the farm, fold, and ſtable-
yards, with leaves of trees, rotten tan, noxious weeds, faw-duft, moory earth,
and ſuch like materials. Theſe ſhould be introduced before the dunghil is formed,
and ſhould be laid to a conſiderable thickneſs in the loweſt part of the yard, as they
would there receive and imbibe the riches that drain from the dung above.
If this method of proceeding were introduced, many farmers would have an op-
portunity of collecting materials, whereby they might increaſe their ſtock of dung
to more than twice its uſual quantity.
Although foils of different qualities admit of improvement by various modes
of practice, yet without the aid of manure, the farmer would find his utmoſt
exertions of but little value. And though ſome have endeavoured to prove
that the earth, when duly pulverized by the action of the plough, does not
require manure, * yet experience tells us, that it is the very life and ſoul of huf-
bandry; and when judiciouſly applied on almoſt every kind of ſoil, its effect will
ſeldom diſappoint the expectation of the farmer.
* Mr. Tull, in his new huſbandry, tells us, that where the ground is properly ma-
naged, manure is an uſeleſs article. But his opinion is now generally and juſtly ex-
ploded.
1
152
GENERAL OBSERVATIONS ON
A
in that reſpect alſo. However that may be, from the uncom-
mon vigour of the Vines at this place, I have been led into a
belief of the utility of this practice. But let me at the ſame
time obſerve, that I have always applied this powerful manure
(if I may ſo call it) with great caution. I have found the be-
ginning of winter the moſt proper time for uſing this kind of
manure; and then I only venture to give two or three plen-
tiful waterings, fearing that if this were to be applied either in
the ſpring or the ſummer, or even in too great quantities, it
might tend, from its great power, to cauſe the leaves of the
Vine to change from a green to a yellow hue. I offer this,
however, only as a probable ſpeculation, for I don't certainly
know that it would produce that effect, though uſed in ſum-
mer. It ſeems, however, moſt reaſonable to ſuppoſe, that it
ſhould be applied when the roots of the Vine are in a ſtate of
inaction, as then a winter's rain and froſt may, probably, con-
tribute to qualify it, and to incorporate it with the ſoil.
A
A
ON
1
t
4
)
1
ON
ง
GR AF
ΤΙ
N.
G.
1
1
}
BOOK
III.
{
RAFTING of Vines is a practice little known in this
country, though the advantages reſulting from it are
many and important.
G
1
}
I ſhall firſt endeavour to ſtate ſome of the moſt important
advantages of grafting Vines, and then lay down the neceſſary
directions for performing the manual operations.
1
1
1
Firſt, when a wall is planted with inferior kinds of Vines,
the uſual method of ſtubbing them up, and ſupplying their
places with better forts, is attended with much expence and
loſs of time; as in that caſe it will be neceſſary to renew the
border with freſh compoſt mould, and ſeveral years
muſt elapſe
before the wall can be completely furniſhed with new Vines ;
but by grafting, the nature of the Vines may be changed
without expence or loſs of time, for I conſtantly have good
grapes from the ſame year's graft; and in a Hot-houſe, the
grafts, if permitted, will frequently ſhoot thirty or forty feet
the firſt ſummer.,
I
!
1
1
Secondly, in ſmall Vineries, or Vine-frames, where it would
be inconvenient at leaſt, if not impoſſible, in the common
way, to have any conſiderable variety of forts, they may be
U
procured
$
154
ON GRAFTIN G.
1
1
procured by grafting different kinds upon one and the ſame
plant. A Syrian Vine, now (1789) growing in the Hot-houſe
at Welbeck, produces fixteen different forts of grapes.
But what I deem the moſt important advantage is, the im-
proving the various kinds of grapes, and particularly the ſmall
kinds, which generally make weak wood. This may be done,
as I have conſtantly experienced, by grafting the weak and
delicate-growing Vines upon the ſtocks of thoſe that have more
robuſt and vigorous ſtamina“.
A
1
The Syrian Vine is, of all others, the moſt proper to be
uſed for ſtocks to graft upon, and plants raiſed from ſeed of
this fort, are greatly preferable to plants raiſed either from
layers or cuttings. If the feed chance to degenerate to a kind
of wildneſs, the plants will ſtill be the better for ſtocks, be-
cauſe they will, on that account, riſe with greater vigour'.
It
a The advantages to be gained by engrafting, have appeared conſpicuous in
many inſtances, particularly in the ſmall blue Frontinac, engrafted on the Syrian
Vine at Welbeck, which has conſtantly produced well-fized handſome bunches,
with berries almoſt as large as thoſe of the black Hamburgh.
b The trees, which of themſelves advance in air,
Are barren kinds, but ſtrongly built and fair :
Becauſe the vigour of the native earth
Maintains the plant, and makes a manly birth.
Yet theſe, receiving grafts of other kind,
Or thence tranſplanted, change their favage mind :
'Their wildneſs loſe, and quitting nature's part,
Obey the rules and diſcipline of art.
VIRG.
-
1
1
i
1
!
1
mm
ON G R AF TIN G.
155
It may, perhaps, be imagined, that ſtocks of the above de-
ſcription would tend to debaſe the flavour of the grapes grafted
upon them ; but experience teaches us, that the ſtock does
not impart any ſuch quality to the fruit; for it is well known
that the Golden Pippin, when grafted upon a crab-ſtock, pro-
duces the higheſt-flavoured fruit.
It has been aſſerted, that great advantages might, or would
reſult, from grafting the Vine upon the cherry-ſtock º.
Now
U 2
c« If a Vine be grafted on a common cherry, or any other of the kind, the
“ grapes which it produces will be ſo remarkably forward, as to be ripe in
" the ſeaſon of cherries. But it is very difficult to graft a Vine well on a
cherry-ſtock, ſo as to make it thrive and flouriſh. The following method
« has, however, been generally ſucceſsful.
OC
« FIRST, bore a hole with an auger in the trunk of the cherry-tree ; in this
« hole inſert the ſcion of the Vine, and let it grow there till it has filled the
“hole of the auger, and is cloſely joined to the cherry-tree. Then cut off
u the Vine-branch from the Vine, after which it will draw all its nouriſh-
« ment from the cherry-tree, whoſe fap will haſten the formation and maturity
e of the grapes, which will be ripe near two months ſooner than ordinary *
}
I have, from experience, great reaſon to believe, that the Vine and cherry will
not be made to unite and incorporate, even by inarching, which is the moſt certain
of all the ways of grafting ; and much leſs by the method as ſet forth above. For
the cutting the ſcion and ſtock fmooth, and fitting them together with exactneſs,
are the firſt principles in grafting; whereas boring with an auger will naturally
bruiſe and tear the bark, and muſt therefore deſtroy theſe intentions.
&
« The
1
* A Treatiſe on Grafting and Inoculation, (anonymous) Saliſbury, 8vo, 1780,
and fold by Fielding.
-
156
ON GRAF TIN G.
)
Now though I dare not hazard the recommendation of a
method founded on ſuch chimerical principles, I ſhall be far
from prejudicing my readers againſt any experiments of the
fort; I do not affert that this proceſs cannot ſucceed, but this
I beg leave to ſuggeſt, that it would be right for thoſe, who
chooſe to make the trial, not to entertain too fanguine expec-
tations of its ſucceſs. In a purſuit of this kind, the operator
would do well, previouſly to conſider the affinity that ought to
fubfiſt between the ſtock and the ſcion, as plants will not
unite and harmonize from their fimilar external appearances.
It is neceſſary that the ſtock and the ſcion ſhould be both
of the fame family, or lineage, according to the ſexual ſyſtem
of botany, in order to form a ſubſtantial and laſting union.
Having
1
}
1
« The Certoſa [Carthufians *] ſtands in a fine air and pleaſant ſituation, in the
« midſt of vineyards. They have ſeveral courts with cloyſters, one as large
« as the great court of Trinity College, Cambridge. Each Father has to his
cell a pretty garden, ſome of which are very curious, having many exotick
« plants, &c.
* One of them had fiſh in his ciſtern, which ate lettuce out of his hands. This
66 Father had tried ſome experiments in grafting; as of a Vine on a fig-tree,
Jaſmine on an orange, which had taken and grew-t. All of them have
« fome employment for their vacant hours $."
1
* At Bologna.
+ This account may ſerve to paſs among monaſtic legends, but it is too abſurd to gain
credit with the profeſional gardener.
$ Obſervations made in travelling through France and Italy, &c. by Edward
Wright, Eſq; vol. ii. page 435.
-
1
A
!
/
}
-
Le
ON GRAF TIN G.
157
Having pointed out ſome of the principal advantages ac-
cruing from engrafting of the Vine, I ſhall now explain the
method of performing the manual operation.
At the pruning ſeaſon, make choice of cuttings for grafts,
or ſcions, from the beſt bearing branches of the forts of Vines
intended to be propagated. In general, the bottom part of the
laſt year's ſhoot is to be preferred; but in well-ripened vi-
gorous wood, any part of the ſhoot will anſwer, provided it be
not too long-jointed. The cuttings ſhould be preſerved in
pots till the grafting ſeaſon, in the manner already deſcribed,
page 58.
I
The proper ſeaſon to graft Vines depends upon their ſituation.
Vines in a Pine-ſtove ſhould be grafted in the beginning of
January, but the middle of March is a proper ſeaſon to graft
Vines growing in the open air. In general, Vines ſhould be
grafted about three weeks before they begin to break into bud.
Upon ſmall ſtocks, not more than one inch in diameter,
cleft-grafting will be found the moſt proper ; but upon larger
ſtocks, whip-grafting is to be preferred.
In both methods, much care ſhould be taken in fitting the
ſtock and fcion together, and the operation ſhould be per-
formed with great exactneſs.
When
}
/
}
158
GR A F T I N G.
ON
When the ſtock and ſcion are well fitted, the graft ſhould
be faſtened with the ſtrands of baſs-matting, and ſhould then
be covered with clay in the uſual way.
{
Vines do not harmonize with ſo much freedom as commoner
fruit; for though the ſcion will ſometimes begin to puſh in a
few weeks, yet it will frequently remain in a dormant ſtate
for two or three months ; and during this period it will be
neceſſary to ſtrip the ſtock of all the ſhoots it may produce
as ſoon as they appear ; and, in order to preſerve the ſcion in a
vegetative ſtate, it will be abſolutely neceſſary to keep the clay
moderately moiſt, which may eaſily be effected by wrapping
it round with moiſtened moſs, and keeping the moſs conſtantly
ſprinkled with water.
When the ſcion has made ſhoots five or ſix inches long, the
clay and bandage ſhould be carefully taken off; and the clay
may be removed, without injuring the graft, when it is in a
moiſt ſtate.
1
Vines will frequently prove ſucceſsful by both the above-
mentioned methods, but ſtill the moſt eligible way of all ſeems
to me to be that of grafting by approach : Indeed I have ſel-
dom known any plants miſcarry, that have been grafted this
way. Now in this caſe it is neceſſary to have the plant, in-
tended to be propagated, growing in a pot. Strong plants,
that have been two or three years in pots, are to be preferred ;
but
A
1
ON GRAFTIN G.
(
159
but plants from the nurſery may be potted, and grafted in the
fame ſeaſon, if brought into a Hot-houſe or Vinery; for the
great warmth of either will generally cauſe plants, brought out
of the open air, to puſh with vigour, and to form new roots,
which will ſupport the plant, and greatly facilitate its forming
an union with the ſtock.
I have conſtantly had fine grapes, and the grafts have made
good wood, the firſt ſeaſon, by every method of grafting, but
particularly by the laſt. In which it is obvious that the graft
has a double ſupport, viz. from the ſtock, as well as from the
plant in the pot.
>
1
' ...
C
In this method it will be neceſſary to let the clay and band-
age remain two or three months after the graft has formed an
union ; for if taken off at an earlier period, the grafted part of
the plant will be very liable to ſpring from the ſtock.
47
1
.
The
pot ſhould be plentifully ſupplied with water till the
month of Auguſt, when the graft ſhould be ſeparated from the
plant in the pot. Two or three inches of wood below the
bottom of the graft may be left, but ſhould be taken clean
off at the next winter's pruning.
---
i
ร
ON
1
1
4
[
1
>
1
OWA
ON THE DIFFERENT
1
S P E CI E S
OF
I N S ECTS
THAT INFEST THE
V
I
N
E;
3
With proper Methods of DESTROYING OG PREVENTING them.
}
I
AL
LTHOUGH the Vine is not very liable to be infeſted
with inſects when growing in the open air in this
country", yet few plants ſuffer more from their ravages than
Vines under glaſs, eſpecially thoſe growing in Pine-ſtoves.
The
d I believe the vineyards abroad are not generally fubject to be infeſted with in-
ſects : We are informed, however, that there have been inſtances where the Vines
have been ſo greatly injured, as to cauſe a conſiderable decreaſe in the produce of
the vintage. This I preſume only happens in dry ſummers, and in the countries
that lie near the tropics.
66 The iſle of Pico has its name from the peak or high mountain upon it. This
" iſland is not only the largeſt, but alſo the moſt populous of the Azores,
“ containing 30,000 inhabitants. It has no corn fields, being every where
6 covered with vineyards, which have a moſt enchanting appearance on the
eafy ſlope at the foot of the mountain. The ſeaſon of vintage is the ſeaſon
ss of mirth and feſtivity, when a fourth, or even a third part of the inhabi-
66 tants
amite
1
THAT INFEST THE VINE.
161
2
The conſtant warmth kept in Hot-houſes during winter,
ſerves to preſerve the ſucceſſion of various deſtructive inſects
from one ſeaſon to another..I ſhall here mention the ſeveral
forts with which the Vine is liable to be infeſted, and then
preſcribe the proper methods for deſtroying or preventing
them.
1. The Acarus, commonly called the Red Spider. This
fpecies is, doubtleſs, the moſt pernicious ;, and as firedieat
greatly
X
“ tants of Fyal, remove to Pico with their families, down to their finalleſt
“ domeſtic animals. It is affirmed that a quantity of grapes, which would
yield three thouſand pipes of wine, are eaten at that time, every perſon
indulging his tafte with this delicious fruit, though no people are more
os ſober and frugal at their meals than the Portugueze. Formerly the vintage
66 produced annually 30,000, and ſometimes in fortunate years 37,000
65 pipes of wine ; but a kind of diſeaſe attacked the Vines ſome years ago,
to which cauſed the leaves to drop off at the time when the grapes require
66 to be theltered from the ſun: I ſuſpect this to be cauſed by ſome ſpecies
66 of infect.”
Forſter's Vojage, vol. 2, page 597.
" In Spain, the ſeaſon of making wine is looked upon as a time of great
feſtivity, and celebrated with rejoicings that border on licentiouſneſs.
“ While the vintage continues, all diſtinction and reſpect is forgot: The
"s owner of the vineyard puts aſide his auſterity with his cloak, and cries
« out to his ſervants, “ Let us be merry, my companions, wiſdom is filed
66 out of the window.” A cuſtom that has been preſerved in this country
ever ſince the Romans ſet footing in it.”
66
Carter's Journey from Gibraltar to Malaga, vol. ii. page 397.
1
162
DIFFERENT SPECIES OF INSECTS
greatly encourages its increaſe, it generally abounds in moſt
Hot-houſes.
The Acari frequently attack the leaves of the Vine early in
the ſummer, and as their increaſe in dry weather is amazingly
quick and great, they will, without ſome method of controul,
foon greatly endamage, and, in time, totally deſtroy the foliage.
They generally reſide and breed on the under-ſide of the
leaves, and the infeſted leaves are very diſtinguiſhable as ſoon
as they are attacked by them, for the infect wounds the fine
capillary veſſels with its proboſcis, and this cauſes the upper
ſurface of the leaf to appear full of very ſmall dots, or ſpots of
light colour. When the Acari are very numerous, they
work a fine web over the whole under-ſide of the leaf, as alſo
round the edges thereof; and it is curious enough to obſerve,
that they commonly carry this web in a ſtreight line, from one
angular point of the leaf to another, on which boundary line,
in a warm day, they paſs and repaſs in very great numbers.
The Acari, however, do not confine themſelves to the leaves
only, but attack the bunches of grapes alſo, eſpecially at the
time when they are almoſt ripe; and as they extract the juices
from them, the grapes foon become ſoft, flabby," and ill-fla-
voured.
2
2. The Thrips. This ſpecies abounds in moſt Hot-houſes,
and is hurtful to moſt plants kept in them. It is often injurious
to
1
THAT INFEST THE VINE.
163
to Vines growing there; and, as I have obſerved, more parti-
cularly fo to the forts that produce white berries.
This ſpecies, however, is not confined to the Hot-houſe
only, but is commonly found upon plants growing in the open
air, as alſo upon flowers: Theſe inſects are often very nu-
merous upon the flowers of pinks and carnations.
The Thrips ſometimes attack the young ſhoots of Vines
growing in the open air, eſpecially thoſe of weak Vines, or
Vines newly planted.
1
1
If young ſhoots chance to receive any injury by late ſpring
froſt, the tender part of the leaf will immediately curl up,
and change to a dark-brown colour ; and in this ſtate the
Thrips generally attack them with great greedineſs, eſpecially
the white Sweetwater and white Muſcadine kinds. Theſe
forts are generally planted againſt common walls.
The Thrips, however, are ſeldom injurious to Vines
grow-
ing in the open air, except in the ſpring; and to thoſe in the
Hot-houſe they are moſt hurtful when the grapes are nearly
ripe. They attack the bunches as well as the leaves, and com-
monly prey upon the extremities of the berries, but more par-
ticularly at the end next the foot-ſtalk. In white grapes, the
part of the berry injured changes to a dark colour, the foot-
ſtalk turns black, and the berry withers.
;
X 20
3. The
|
;
/
1
+
164
DIFFERENT SPECIES OF INSECTS
ст
1
3: The Aphis. The Aphides are, I believe, the moſt nu-
merous of all the infect tribe. This ſpecies infeſts the brawny
oak, as well as the minuteſt weed. What are called honey-
dews in the ſummer, are occaſioned by this ſpecies of inſect.
The young Thoots of Vines are ſometimes infeſted with the
Aphides ; but as Vines generally grow exceedingly rapid, theſe
infects do not often greatly injure them.
4. There are two or three kinds of Cocci that ſometimes
infeſt the Vine, viz. The Coccus Heſperidum, and the Coccus
Adonidum. But as ſuch inſtances rarely occur, and theſe in-
ſects are not very prejudicial to the Vine, I ſhall paſs over them
with only obſerving, that, the latter of theſe are ſometimes
miſtaken for the crimſon-tinged Pine-bug.
Theſe often
abound, both in Hot-houſes and Conſervatories, and breed
upon many kinds of plants kept in them, ſuch as the coffee-
tree, the oleander, &c.
}
+
Having mentioned the ſeveral ſpecies of inſects with which
the Vine is liable to be infeſted, I ſhall now lay down the
proper methods for deſtroying them.
1
All the foregoing ſpecies of inſects, the Acarus excepted,
may be deſtroyed by a ſtrong fumigation of tobacco.
The method of fumigating Hot-houſes, &c. 'either by the
bellows or by the ſmoaking-pot, being now generally under-
ſtood,
:
THAT INFÈST THE VINE.
165
1
3
ſtood, it is unneceſſary to ſay much upon this head; I ſhall
therefore only beg leave to ſubjoin the following obſervations:
Iſt. It would be improper to fumigate either Vinery or Pine-
stove, where there are Vines late in the ſpring, or in the ſum-
mer, becauſe the ſmoak. would injure the grapes, by giving
them a diſagreeable flavour.
2dly. When either a Hot-houſe or Vinery is infeſted with
any
of the above-mentioned inſects, or when they may have
been very numerous the preceding ſeaſon, it will be neceſſary
to deſtroy them effectually, before the Vines come into flower;
and this may be done by fumigating two or three different
times, at the diſtance of three or four days between each
operation.
Pine-ſtoves are much more liable to be infeſted with theſe in-
ſects, than either Grape-houſes or Vineries, becauſe in the latter
it is uſual to take off the glaſs-frames during the winter, by
which means the inſects generally periſh: But the warmth of
pine-ſtoves ſerves to protect the inſects through the winter, as
I have already obſerved.
In Pine-ſtoves, the Thrips are often greatly encouraged by
many kinds of vegetables kept there, and particularly by
kidney-
7
166
DIFFERENT SPECIES OF INSECTS
kidney-beans. The increaſe of the infect upon this plant in
the ſpring is ſo exceedingly rapid, that it is not unuſual to ſee
whole crops of this plant entirely deſtroyed by them: In
order, therefore, to prevent the increaſe of theſe inſects, it
will be expedient, after the ſtove has been fumigated, firſt to
remove all ſuch plants as encourage them; then to ſow a freſh
crop of kidney-beans in pots immediately, and theſe ſhould
be placed all over the flues, &c. ſo that in caſe any inſects
ſhould have eſcaped the fumigation, the young bean plants
may attract them; and as ſoon as theſe plants appear to be in-
feíted, take them away, and low a freſh crop for the ſame
purpoſe.
1
i
Of all the infect tribe the Acari are the moſt pernicious, and
particularly fo to Vines growing in Pine-ſtoves : Indeed they
often prove fatal to them.
Before I had diſcovered an effectual method of deſtroying
them, it uſed to grieve me much to ſee the Vines often in a
languiſhing ſtate from theſe inſects; and as I ſtill frequently
ſee Vines growing in Pine-ſtoves in the ſame predicament, I
flatter myſelf that what I have now to offer upon this head
will not be deemed the moſt unacceptable, or leaſt uſeful, part
of this work. For I can aſſure my readers, that I have, by
many years experience, found the following method efficacious
and ſatisfactory in every reſpect :
TO
5
}
,
13
THAT INFEST THE VINE,
167
To one pound of flowers of ſulphur put two ounces of com-
mon ſcotch ſnuff; (very good tobacco duſt will anſwer equally
well.) Let theſe be well mixed together ; then take a ſmall
bruſh, ſuch as is uſed for common painting, dip it lightly in
the fulphur, then lay one hand on the upper ſurface of the
leaf, and with the other draw the bruſh very gently backwards
and forwards all over the under-ſide: By this means a little
fulphur will be left on the leaf. The Acarus being ſoft and
delicate in its nature, is hereby deſtroyed with the moſt gentle
touch: The bruſh alſo moſt readily wipes off their web as
well as their globular tranſparent eggs, which are by a fine
membrane faſtened to the leaves; and thus we are ſecured
from the danger of a ſucceeding brood.
:
This proceſs may to ſome have the appearance of a tedious
operation ; and indeed, when Vines are injudiciouſly train-
ed, it certainly muſt be attended with great trouble; but it is
very eaſily performed upon Vines trained in the regular method
here ſet forth ;-and a ſingle operation is generally ſufficient for
a whole ſeaſon.
1
I have commonly given a general dreſſing to the Vines in the
Pine-ſtove at Welbeck, as ſoon as I have obſerved the Acari
make their appearance upon any part of them; and I have
feldom found it needful to repeat the operation during the
ſummer.
.
I
hoc
.
168
DIFFERENT SPECIES OF INSECTS, &c.
$
I ſhall juſt beg to obſerve, that ſulphur alone is ſufficient for
the above purpoſe; but the ſmall quantity of ſnuff recom-
mended to be uſed along with it, renders the mixture equally
powerful and fatal to the Thrips alſo, and therefore the more
adviſable.
1
ON
7
)
1
1
ON THE
AGE AND STATURE OF THE VINE;
1
AND OF THE
DURABILITY OF VITIGINOUS, WOOD.
T
HERE is no part of the Hiſtory of the Vine fo aſtoniſh-
ing as that of its age and ſtature: Of all the various
kinds of fruit-bearing trees that endure the climate of this
iſland, the Vine is the moſt unlikely to exceed in either of
theſe particulars. Without the aſſiſtance of man, and the aid
and ſupport of ſome other tree, the Vine certainly would be of
a very humble growth'; for indeed the idea one forms of a
Y
Vine-
e C
!
1
Grapes are not only ſpontaneous in Carolina, but in all the Northern parts
« of America, from the latitude of 25 to 45; the woods are ſo abundantly re-
« pleniſhed with them, that in ſome places, for many miles together, they cover
« the ground, and are an impediment to travellers, by entangling their horſes
« feet with their trailing branches ; and lofty trees are over-top'd and wholly
« obſcured by their embraces. From which indications one would conclude,
« that theſe countries were as much adapted for the culture of the Vine as
Spain and Italy, which lie in the fame latitude. Yet by the efforts that have
« been hitherto made in Virginia and Garolina, it is apparent that they are
not bleſſed with that clemency of climate, or aptitude for making wine, as
the
1
5
$
!
1970
ON THE AGE AND
1
Vine-tree, in its rude and natural ſtate, is extremely ſimilar
to that of a large bramble-buſh'; yet, by care and proper
cultivation,
A
" the parallel parts of Europe, where the ſeaſons are more equal, and the
ſpring not ſubject, as in Carolina, to the viciffitudes of weather, and alter-
“ nate changes of warmth and cold, which, by turns, both checks and agitates
« the riſing ſap; by which the tender foots are often, cut off. Add to this
« the ill effects they are liable to by too much wet, which frequently happen-
“ing at the time of ripening, occaſions the rotting and burſting of the fruit.
Though the natural cauſes of theſe impediments may not preſently be ac-
« counted for, yet it is to be hoped that time and an affiduous application will
“ obviate theſe inclement obſtructions, of fo beneficial a manufacture as the
« making of wine may prove."
1
Cateſby's Natural Hiſtory of Carolina, vol. i. page 22.
f
Although the Vine makes but a mean and deſpicable appearance in its rude and
natural ſtate, yet ſcarcely any plant ſurpaffes it in elegance and beauty when trained
by art.
Vines judiciouſly propagated againſt a wall have a moſt pleaſing appearance ; and
if trained, as often is practiſed on the roof of a Hot-houſe, &c. and the different
kinds of grapes (with their various-coloured berries) are intermixed with propriety,
there is a wonderful richneſs and beauty at the time when the fruit is near ripe.
But the method of training Vines, in the manner of feftoons, as practifed in ſome
parts of Spain and Italy, affords a ſcene ſuperb almoſt beyond the powers of deſcrip-
tion.
.
“I walked leiſurely the beſt part from Molin de Reys to this town *, with a
proſpect ſufficiently fine all around me, to put any body in mind of the
Elyſian fields. It conſiſted of an endleſs continuation of Vines, ſupported
--
co by
-
* Barcelona.
1
STATURE OF THE VINE.
171
cultivation, we find it ſometimes arrive to a large bulk, and,
in point of longevity, to vie even with the venerable oak.
Many kinds of fruit-trees, and even ſome that riſe to a com-
petent ſize, much reſembling timber,
reſembling timber, are, nevertheleſs,
Y 2
exceedingly
...66
7
“ by mulberry-trees regularly planted, the Vine-branches fo diſpoſed as to
<form rich feftoons from one tree to the other. I have ſeen ſuch feſtooned
Vineyards in ſome parts of Italy, eſpecially in the dutchies of Mantua and
« Modena, with this only difference from the Catalonian faſhion, that initead
" of mulberry-trees, the Modeneſe and Mantuan Vines are ſupported by
(C
Celms.
« Think how rich the Catalonian foil muſt be, that affords nouriſhment not
« only to thoſe Vines and mulberr:y-trees, but alſo to the wheat that is ſown
“ under their fhade *! Nay, there are vineyards in this country in which,
« after the corn-crop, they get another of ſome other grain. What a delight-
“ful object to the eyes of the honeſt huſbandman, to ſee ſo much fertility
"come thus forth to reward his well-ſpent labours !
Baretti's Travels, vol. iv. page 73.
'It is much to be regretted that Mr. Baretti did not inveſtigate and deſcribe the
foil which is ſaid to be thus prolific. The feſtoon vineyards in Lombardy are
not
* Mr. Swinburne, in his Travels through Spain, ſays, " Their vintages are com-
“ monly very plentiful. This autumn, 1775, there was ſuch a ſuperabundance of
grapes in the valley of Talarn, in the neighbourhood of Pallas, that whole vineyards
66 were left untouched, for want of veſſels to make or hold the wine in. Notice was
“ paſted upon the church doors, that any one was at liberty to take
quan-
" tity he pleaſed, on paying a ſmall acknowledgment to the proprietors. The beſt red
o wine of Catalonia is made at Mataw, north of Barcelona, and the beſt white at
56 Sitges, between that city and Tarragona.” Page 65.
away what
1972
ON THE AGE AND
1
exceedingly ſhort-lived'; ſo that though ſome few of the mul-
berry-trees planted in the reign of King James the Firſt, may
be yet in a fruit-bearing ſtate, and alſo ſome of the fig-trees
at Lambeth palace, thought coeval with Archbiſhop Laud,
.
yet
i
not leſs elegant than the above, although the Vines are there trained ſomewhat
differently. A Celebrated Author has thus deſcribed them :
1
CC
« The country of Lombardy is perfectly flat, a rich foil, fine paſtures and corn-
« fields, abundance of Vines, and white mulberry-trees for the filk-worms,
« the Vines running up their branches. This country is the fineſt we faw in
Italy, unleſs you'll except the Campagna Felice about Naples.
« We obſerved few timber-trees, only Elms and Poplars, which ſupport the
“ Vine-branches, as I obſerved before, of the, mulberry-trees. The roads are
very broad and even, and moſt pleaſant travelling in the ſummer ; but ſome
« of them deep enough in the winter : The hedges by the road fide are many
« of them cut, and managed with a great deal of exactneſs. The Vines run
« up the bodies of the trees, and intermix themſelves with their branches
“(altas inaritant populos); and the extremities are drawn out from tree to tree,
6 and hang in feftoons between them along the road hedges. From thoſe
hedges there go rows of trees along the grounds, at about forty or fifty yards
« diſtance from each other ; the Vines all running up their bodies. And here,
“ beſides the feſtoons hanging from tree to tree, the Vine-branches are ex-
66 tended right and left, and faſtened to a row of ſtakes on each ſide, which
run parallel to the trees : And theſe ſtakes are as fo many pillars, ſupport-
ing a fort of pent-houſe, or oblique roof, which is formed by the Vine-
“ branches on each ſide of the trees. Thus are the grounds diſpoſed and
planted on both ſides the road, and the trees with the Vines managed in this
« fort of natural architecture, generally ſpeaking, all over Lombardy,"
1
Wright's Travels, vol. i. page 31.
1
l
/
1
STATURE OF THE VINE.
173
yet theſe are no impeachment of the truth of the obſervation,
ſince it is no uncommon thing for men to fee trees running
into apparent decay, which their own hands have raiſed and
planted : It conſequently is a circumſtance moſt remarkable,
relative to the Vine, that it is of ſuch a laſting duration as to
ſurvive many ages.
Mr. Miller, in his Gardener's Dictionary, tells us that the
vineyards in ſome parts of Italy will hold good above 300
years, accounting thoſe of 100 years as young Vines.
Aſtoniſhing as the above account, reſpecting the age of the
Vine, may appear at firſt fight, the wonder will, in a great
meaſure, ceaſe, when we compare it with the following paſſage
taken from Mr. Evelyn's Silva, in which that of its bulk will
not ſeem leſs ſurprizing.
1
/
“ The particulars were too long to recount of the old Pla-
tanus, ſet by Agamemnon, mentioned by Theophraſtus, the
“ Herculean Oaks, the Laurel near Hippocrene, the Vatican
« Ilex, and the Vine which was grown to that bulk and woodi-
« neſs, as to make a ſtatue of Jupiter, and columns in Juno's
“ temple : At preſent it is found that the great doors of the
“ cathedral at Ravenna, are made of ſuch Vine-tree planks,
“ ſome of which are twelve feet long and fifteen inches broad,
«s the whole foil of that country producing Vines of a prodi-
gious growth,
66 Such
1
mela
1
1
A
3
174
ON THE AGE AND
$
-
.
“ Such another in Margiana is ſpoken of by Strabo, that
66 was twelve feet in circumference. Pliny mentions one of
fix hundred years old in his time; and at Ecoan, the late
“Duke of Montmorancy's houſe, is a table of a very large di-
menſion, made of the like plant; and that which renders it
" the more ſtrange is, that a tree growing in ſuch a wreathed
s and twiſted manner, rather like a rope than timber, and
needing the ſupport of others, ſhould arrive to ſuch a bulk
6 and firm conſiſtence; but ſo it is, and Olearius affirms, that
6 he found many Vines, near the Caſpian ſea, whoſe trunks
*s were as big about as a man.”
1
..-
:
i
Pliny, ſpeaking of the Vine, ſays, The ancients very
juſtly reckoned Vines among trees, on account of their
mag-
6 nitude. We ſee now an image of Jupiter at Populonium*
*, made
is out of one it, and incorrupted after ſo many ages.
Alſo a
“ Patera I; at Maſilia ş. At Metapontum ||, the Temple of
Juno, was ſupported by vineal columns. And even now,
“ as reported, the roof of the Temple of Diana at Epheſus is
• aſcended by ladders, made of one Cyprian Vine, for in Cy-
prus they grow up to an extraordinary ſize. No wood is of
a more laſting nature." Lib. xiv, chap. 1.
The Naturaliſt obſerves afterwards, and very ſenſibly, that
the above particulars are to be underſtood of Vines in their rude
and
* A city of Italy.-A ſingle Stock only.--I Sawn acroſs, we muſt fuppoſez
and not longitudinally.- Marſeilles,---- || Metapontum is in Calabria.
n
!
STATURE OF THE VINE,
175
and uncultivated ſtate, ſince by pruning and dreſſing, the vigour
of the ſtock is diſtributed and transfuſed into the branches.
I have been informed that there are, upon the Barbary coaſt,
Vines now growing of ſurpriſing dimenſions, ſome of them ha-
ving trunks eight or nine feet in circumference. If the
If the age of
theſe could be aſcertained, it would, no doubt, be found equally
aſtoniſhing. We are not informed whether it be any particu-
lar kind of Vine that grows to this amazing ſize, or whether
the ſize ought not to be attributed to the genius of the ſoil
and air of that country.
We cannot poſſibly expect ſuch ſurpriſing inſtances of anti-
quity in this country, on account of the unfavourableneſs of
our climate from the Northern ſituation of the iſland.
Indeed we learn from hiſtory that grapes, as well as moſt
other ſorts of fruit, were brought, by flow degrees, into the
Weſtern parts of Europe, and principally from Aſia and
Egypt.
The
& « In the more remote ages of antiquity, the world was unequally divided. The
“ Eaſt was in the immemorial poſeſſion of arts and luxury, whilſt the Weſt
was inhabited by rude and warlike barbarians, who either diſdained agri-
“culture, or to whom it was totally unknown. Under the protection of an
“eſtabliſhed government, the productions of happier climates, and the induſtry
of more civilized nations were gradually introduced into the Weſtern
66 countries
.
176
ON THE AGE AND
!
The Vine, however, when planted in a ſoil it delights in,
will grow to an amazing
to an amazing ſize and expanſion, even in this
country. I ſhall beg leave here to produce two or three inſtances
of Vines covering a ſurpriſing area of walling.
At
2
« countries of Europe, and the natives were encouraged, by an open and
pro-
« fitable commerce, to multiply the former, as well as improve the latter. It
" would be almoſt impoſſible to enumerate all the articles, either of the animal
or the vegetable reign, which were ſucceſſively imported into Europe from
“ Aſia and Egypt*; but it will not be unworthy of the dignity, and much
« leſs of the utility of an hiſtorical work, ſlightly to touch on a few of the
« principal heads.
clit. Almoſt all the flowers, the herbs, and the fruits, that grow in our European
“ gardens, are of foreign extraction, which, in many caſes, is betrayed, even
by their names: The apple was a native of Italy, and when the Romans
64 had taſted the richer flavour of the apricot, the peach, the pomegranate,
« the citron, and the orange, they contented themſelves with applying to all
« theſe new fruits the common denomination of apple, diſcriminating them
6 from each other by the additional epithet of their country.
66 2d. In the time of Homer, the Vine grew wild in the iſland of Sicily, and, pro-
« bably, in the adjacent continent; but it was not improved by ſkill, nor did it
« afford a liquor grateful to the taſte of the favage inhabitants t. A thouſand
years
afterwards, Italy could boaſt, that of the fourſcore moſt generous
« and celebrated wines, more than two-thirds were produced from her own
« foil I. The bleſſing was ſoon communicated to the Narbonneſe province
V
16 of
* It is not improbable that the Greeks and Phænicians introduced fome new arts and
productions into the neighbourhood of Marſeilles and Gades.
+ See Homer Odyſ. Lib. xiv. ver. 358.
I Plin. Hift. Natur. Lib. xiv.
1
A
7

Plate IV. page 177
JAUNIE
DE DE
DAS
IDEAS
GINE
BURE
All I
JUI
1095
FSC Gremm feel
Baxire se
I remarkable lino growing at Northallerton.
Publish'd January 2: 2790.
by Wm Spuchly, as the Act directs.
f
1
STATURE OF THE VINE.
177
At Northallerton, in Yorkſhire, there is a Vine now (1789)
growing, that once covered a ſpace containing 137 ſquare yards;
and it is judged, that if it had been permitted, when in its
greateſt vigour, to extend itſelf, it might have covered three
Z
01
“ of Gaul; but fo intenſe was the cold to the North of the Cevennes, that,
66 in the time of Strabo, it was thought impoſſible to ripen the grapes in thoſe
parts of Gaul *. This difficulty, however, was gradually vanquiſhed ; and
- there is ſome reaſon to believe, that the vineyards of Burgundy are as old
,66 as the age of the Antonines to
65
"
166 3d. The Olive, in the Weſtern world, was the companion as well as the
ſymbol of peace. Two centuries after the foundation of Rome, both
Italy and Africa were ſtrangers to that uſeful plant; it was naturalized in
s6 thoſe countries, and at length carried into the heart of Spain and Gaul.
66 The timid errors of the ancients, that it required a certain degree of
.66 heat, and could only flouriſh in the neighbourhood of the ſea, were.in-
ſenſibly exploded by induſtry and experience i.
+
EC
-
66 4th. The cultivation of flax was tranſported from Egypt to Gaul, and en
“ riched the whole country, however it might impoveriſh the particular
66"lands on which it was ſown s.
" 5th. The
1
* Strab. Geograph. lib. iv. p. 223. The intenſe cold of a Gallic winter was
almoſt proverbial among the ancients.
- t In the beginning of the fourth century, the orator Eumenius ( Panegyric. veter. viii.
6th edit. Delphin.) ſpeaks of the Vines in the territory of Autun, which were decayed
through age, and the firſt plantation of which was totally unknown. The Pagus
Arobrignus is ſuppoſed, by M. Danville, to be the diſtrict of Beaune, celebrated even
at preſent for one of the firſt growths of Burgundy.
| Plin. Hift. Natur, lib. xv. Plin. Hift. Natur. lib. xix.
3
i
A
4
+
}
178
ON THE AGE AND
1
7
or four times that area. The circumference of the trunk or
ſtem, a little above the ſurface of the ground, is three feet
eleven inches. It is fuppoſed to have been planted 150 years
ago; but from its great age, and from an injudicious manage-
ment, it is now, and has long been, in a very declining ſtate.
!
1
1
There are many other Vines growing at Northallerton,
which are remarkable for their ſize and vigour.
1
/
The ſoil is light and rich, of a dark colour, and inclining to
ſand.
At Valentine, near Ilford in Eſſex, the Seat of the late Sir
Charles Raymond, Bart. there is a Vine now growing, whoſe
branches extend and furniſh the entire Roof of a Pine-ſtove,
which is feventy feet long by eighteen feet broad. And moreover,
ſome of the branches are trained downwards, and alſo cover great
part of the back wall of the ſaid building.--The Vine, which
is the Black Hamburgh, was planted in the year 1758, and
grows
1
1
{
5th. The uſe of artificial graſſes became familiar to the farmers both of Italy
66 and the provinces, particularly the Lucerne, which derived its name and
“ origin from Media. The aſſured fupply of wholeſome and plentiful
“ food for cattle during winter, multiplied the number of the flocks and
" herds, which, in their turn, contributed to the fertility of the ſoil.”
The Hiſtory of the Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire, by Edward
Gibbon, Eſq; vol. 1. chap. ii. page 52.
1
1
1
| See the Agreeable Eſays on Agriculture, by Mr. Harte, in which he has colleEted
all that the ancients and moderns have ſaid of Lucerne.
1
STATURE OF THE VINE.
.
179
1
grows entirely in the inſide of the ſtove. The girth of the
main ſtem, at two feet from the ground, is about thirteen
inches.
}
The Gardener informed me, that for ſome years paſt he,
upon an average, has made about one hundred pounds per ann.
of the produce of this tree. But at the time I ſaw it in the
year 1788, (and juſt before the grapes were ripe) the crop was
fo very moderate, that had the whole been ſold at the high
price of five ſhillings per lb. it could not poſſibly have made
a ſum equal to half that amount. The bunches, however, in
general, were fingularly fine, and compoſed of large and well-
fwelled berries.
1
1
This extenſive Vine was exceedingly robuſt, and under a very
judicious management. The worthy Gardener that planted
it has, from that time, had it entirely under his own care.
My eſteemed and learned friend, the Rev. Mr. Philip Law-
rents, Head Maſter of the ſchool at Bury in Suffolk, has fa-
voured me with the following elegant and ſurprizing account
of a Vine now growing there :
January 6, 1786.
“ If credit may be given to our Gardeners, the nature of our
Bury ſoil is particularly favourable to the goofberry, the pear,
" and the Vine. By all theſe, but eſpecially by the produce of
the
Z 2
1
#
.
1
180
Ο Ν Τ Η Ε Α G Ε Α Ν D
}
" the Vine, my neighbour Gervaſe Coe is getting money very
so faſt.
One Vine, which he calls the Black Cluſter, covers
forty-four yards in length, of a wall ten feet high. Some of
“ the branches have been ſuffered to run over the wall, and
“ cover about twelve yards more in length on the other ſide.
sit This extenſive plant is about five or fix and thirty years old.
6 But this is no datum by which we muſt calculate the pro-
portion of its annual growth, for, during near half the time
" of its exiſtence, it was, by its proximity to places unfit to
“ receive its branches, confined within very narrow limits, and
" to judge from its progreſs within theſe laſt ſeven or eight
years, it might, if it had been permitted, have covered three
" or four times the area of wall which it does at preſent..
“ That part of the wall, againſt which this Vine was firſt
“ trained, has a South aſpect. But three-fourths of the walling
" which it now covers face the Eaſt, and the twelve yards over
66 the wall the Weſt.
“ As no wine is ever made of the whole produce of it, and
• indeed none, except in very backward autumns, the owner
“ cannot gueſs at the quantity of juice which it might yield.
6. The cluſters or bunches hang very thick, and each weighs
“ from half a pound to a pound.
es
“ The public papers having lately taken notice of the pro-
“ lific excellence of foreign Vines, numbering ſometimes forty
« cluſters
I
>
2
STATURE OF THE VINE.
18.1
1
so cluſters on one ſhoot, I was tempted to examine my neigh-
“ bour's Vine, and upon ſome vigorous ſhoots which had been
« left with nine or ten eyes or gems, to fill up vacant places, I
“ reckoned above forty cluſters. This will ſerve to give you
“ ſome idea of this wonderful tree. At the height of one foot
“ and a half from the ground, the trunk is only eight inches
« in circumference: Below that pitch are ſome irregular pro-
“ tuberances, which it would be unfair to ground any calcu-
“ lations upon; however, not to keep back any thing which
" tends to information, the circumferences, where thefe protu-
“ berances are the fulleſt, I have meaſured, and find to be
" thirteen inches. From this ſwollen part iſſue ſome trifling
“ ſhoots, and belonging to it are ſmall ſtumps of other ſhoots,
“ formerly cut down, which ſeem to have occafioned the irre-
gularity here mentioned. Still lower, and within an inch or
“ two of the ground, the ſtem girts but between nine or ten
«s. inches; finally, cloſe to the ground are three or four diva-
ricating branches of a very moderate ſize, which furniſh the
" wall with ſomewhat more than a fourth of its foliage ; ſo that
by the trunk girting eight inches, is meant the main trunk. -
1
6-6
/
1
66. The Vine has been pruned fome weeks : The number of
eyes left upon this year's ſhoots is various in proportion not
only to the vigour of the ſhoot, but of the ſpace alſo to be
“ filled up.-In moſt places, from three to five eyes is the
“ general ſtandard ; but there are many ſhoots with from
eight to ten eyes left upon them; and at the extremities of
}
66. the
182
ON THE AGE AND, &c.
1
66
a
" the Vine, as much of the wood as was perfectly ripe has
“ been left.-In this part you have ſhoots with eighteen, ſome
“ with twenty-two eyes. Each of theſe (if one may judge
“ from preceding years) will throw out a ſhoot, bearing, upon
an average, of the ſhoots in the whole Vinė, two cluſters and
half; for the Gardener afſures me, that the cluſters are
" from one to four on a ſhoot. Pleaſe to obſerve likewiſe,
“ that each ſhoot on that of the preceding year, which had
“ numerous eyes
on, is not leſs prolific than the ſhoots of
" a ſmaller fraternity. Had the Vine been always pruned in
“ this manner, and allowed to expand itſelf, as it has been
“ ſuffered to do theſe three or four years paſt in particular)
• it is incredible what ſurface the main ſtem might have ſufficed
left on,
6.6 to cover.
“ The ſoil is a light, looſe, browniſh mould, lying about two
“ feet thick on a looſe fand, with coarſe gravel, and at the
“ depth of twenty feet you come to the water."
1
ON
ON
V I NE Y A R D S.
B 0 0 K
IV.
A
Treatiſe on the Culture of the Vine would be incomplete
and deficient, was I to omit giving ſome account of
the formation and progreſs of a Vineyard ; and eſpecially in a
country of which a part is within the 'vinous latitude *.
Vineyards
The vinous latitude is faid to extend between the 25th and gift degree in the
Northern Hemiſphere.
It is found, by experience, that all Vineyards in Germany, ſituated within the
5ift degree, are cultivated with great advantage ; but beyond that limit their fuc-
ceſs is dubious.
I muſt here beg to remark, that the climate is various in different countries,
even under the ſame parallel of latitude. Alſo, that the ſeaſons are much more
favourable in Germany, Pruſſia, Poland, Hungary, &c. than under the fame lati-
tude in the parallel parts of America. And, moreover, that the ſeaſons in Europe
were much colder formerly than at the preſent. A Celebrated Author has thus :
accounted for this phænomenon.
“ Some ingenious writers * have ſuſpected that Europe was much colder for-
merly than it is at preſent; and the moſt ancient“ defcriptions of the clia
66 mate of Germany tend exceedingly to confirm their theory. The
general
* In particular, Mr. Hume, the Abbé du Bos, and. M. Pellontier, Hift. des Celtes,
tom. i.
I
--
184
ON
V IN E Y A R D S.
Vineyards are of very ancient date, and wine is allowed to
be the firſt fermented liquor known to man'.
It
í
general complaints of intenſe froſt and eternal winter, are, perhaps, little
“ to be regarded, ſince we have no method of reducing to the accurate
“ ſtandard of the thermometer, the feelings or the expreſſions of an orator
“ born in the happier regions of Greece or Afia. But I ſhall ſelect two
ſtrong and inconteſtable proofs of a leſs equivocal nature.
1
66 ift. The great rivers which covered the Roman provinces, the Rhine and the
6 Danube, were frequently frozen over, and .capable of ſupporting the
“ moſt enormous weights. The Barbarians, who often choſe that ſevere
“ ſeaſon for their inroads, tranſported, without apprehenſion or danger,
“their numerous armies, their cavalry, and their heavy waggons, over a vaſt
“ and ſolid bridge of ice f. Modern ages have not preſented an inſtance of
« a like phænomenon.
!
$6 2d. The rein deer, that uſeful animal, from whom the ſavage of the North
45 derives the beſt comforts of his dreary life, is of a conſtitution that ſupports,
66 and even requires the moſt intenſe cold. He is found on the rock of
“ Spitzberg, within ten degrees of the Pole. He ſeems to delight in the
“ (nows of Lapland and Siberia; but at preſent he cannot ſubſiſt, much
« leſs multiply, in any country to the South of the Baltic I. In the time
66 of
+ Diodorus Siculus, lib. v. p. 349. Edit. Wejjel. Herodian, lib. vi. p. 221.
Fornandes, chap. 55. On the banks of the Danube, the wine, when brought to table,
was frequently frozen into great lumps, fruſta vini. Ovid Epift. ex Ponto, lib.iv.7,9,10.
Virgil Georgic. lib. iii. 355. The fact is confirmed by a ſoldier and a philoſopher,
who had experienced the intenſe cold of Thrace. See Xenophon, Anabaſis, lib. vii.
p. 560. Edit. Hutchinſon.
| Buffon Hiſtoire Naturelle, tom. xii. p. 79, 116.
7
{
1
i
1
Ο Ν
V I N E Y-A R D S.
185
-.
It has been much diſputed of late whether the various places
in the different counties in England, which ſtill retain the
А а
name
A
“ of Cæſar, the rein deer, as well as the elk, and the wild bull, was a native
“ of the Hercynian foreſt, which then overſhadowed a great part of Ger-
many and Poland *. The modern improvements ſufficiently explain the
66 cauſes of the diminution of the cold. Theſe immenſe woods have been
gradually cleared, which intercepted from the earth the rays of the ſun.t
“ The moraſſes have been drained, and, in proportion as the ſoil has been
“ cultivated, the air has become more temperate. Canada, at this day, is
an exact picture of ancient Germany; although ſituated in the ſame pa-
66 rallel with the fineſt provinces of France and England, that country ex-
“periences the moſt rigorous cold. The rein deer are very numerous, the
ground is covered with deep and laſting ſnow, and the great river of St.
“ Lawrence is regularly frozen, in a ſeaſon, when the waters of the Seine
6 and the Thames are perfectly free from ice. Is
1
:
b. From the moſt early ages, wine is mentioned by the Hiſtorians and Poets, and
“ ſeems to be almoſt coeval with the firſt productions from vegetables: The
grapes became, at firſt, a uſeful part of their aliment, and the recent ex-
“ preſſed juices a cooling drink. Theſe, by a ſpontaneous fermentation,
66 foon
Cæfar de Bell, Gallic, vi. 23. The moſt inquiſitive of the Germans were ig-
norant of its utmoſt limits, although ſome of them had travelled in it more than fixty
days journey.
+
+ Cluverius (Germania Antiqua, lib. iii. chap. 47.) inveſtigates the ſmall and
ſcattered remains of the Hercynian wood.
I
$ Charlevoix Hiſtoire du Canada.
§ Hiſtory of the Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire, by Edward Gibbon,
Eſg; vol. i, chap. ix. p. 218.
1
186
ON V I N E Y A R D S.
1
t
+
name of Vineyards, were plantations of Vines for the purpoſe
of making wine.
As
C
1
?
" ſoon acquiring a vinous quality, ſupplied them with a more grateful liquor,'
« which ſtrengthened and exhilerated their ſpirits after labour.
« The Indians, in the ſame manner, diſcovered fimilar virtues in the Palm-
“ trees; they firſt made inciſions in the bark, with a view of drinking the
es cooling liquor which diſtilled from them; but ſoon found that, by being
* kept in veſſels, it acquired different and more agreeable qualities.
• In theſe times they certainly drank their wine recent and pure, ſoon after
" the fermentation had ceaſed; but obſerving, that by acquiring a greater
age, it became more generous, they, with art and induſtry, endeavoured
“ to prepare and preſerve it for future uſe. This, probably, was the firſt
origin and progreſs of wine: It is mentioned that Noah firſt planted the
• Vine ; and that wine was offered with bread by the Patriarch Melchife-
“ dech, amongſt his firſt fruits, as a well-pleaſing ſacrifice to God.
The Poets, who were inſpired by it, celebrate its praiſe; and not ſatisfied
“ with allowing it to be a moſt uſeful human invention, aſcribe it to the
« Gods, to Oſyris, Saturn, and Bacchus, and call it their ambroſial nectar.
“ The greateſt Philofophers, Legiſlators, and Phyſicians, give it due praiſes,
"s when temperately taken; and Plato, who ſtrictly reſtrains the uſe of it,
66 and ſeverely cenſures the exceſs, ſays, that nothing more excellent or va-
“ luable than wine was ever granted by God to mankind.”
1
Barry's Obſervations, &c. on Wines, p. 27.
· The debate aroſe from a Memoir of the Rev. Samuel Pegge, in the firſt
volume of the Archeologia, of the Society of Antiquaries, London, on the introduc-
tion, progreſs, ſtate, and condition of the Vine in Britain. The Honourable
Daines Barrington, in his Obſervations on the more ancient Statutes, p. 207, was
pleaſed to combat Mr. Pegge’s notions, and to declare, that he takes the Engliſh
Vineyards
1
1
ON
A
V I N E Y A R D S.
187
---
As I have not the leaſt pretenſion to antiquarian knowledge,
it would ill become me to endeavour to enter into this debate ;
A a 2
and,
1
Vineyards either to have been orchards, with Sir Robert Atkins, or rather, accord-
ing to his own particular ſentiments, currant-gardens : In ſhort, any thing elſe but
true and proper Vineyards.' To theſe remarks of Mr. Barrington, Mr. Pegge re-
plied in a ſecond Memoir, in the third volume of the Archaeologia, with which
Mr. Barrington not being ſatisfied, he gave in a paper on the ſubject in the ſame
volume, to conſider and anſwer Mr. Pegge's obſervations, and ſo the matter then
reſted. Mr. Pegge, however, has ſince informed me, by Letter, that Dr. Stukeley,
in Itin. p. 48, ſpeaks of a Vineyard near Chipping-Norton, William Thorne, col.
2036, of another in Kent, and that Madox, in his Hift. of the Exchequer, 1 p. 364,
writes, that the Sheriffs of Northamptonſhire and Leiceſterſhire were allowed, in their
account, 6.for the livery of the King's Vine-dreſſer at Rockingham, and for neceſ-
faries for the Vineyard.' He further adds, that the late Dean of Ely, Dr. Tho-
mas, imparted to him the following extracts from the Archieves of that church :
1
1
1
here
1
1
£. $. d.
Exitus Vineti
2 15 35
Ditto, Vincæ -
- IO I2 2
Ten buſhels of Grapes from the Vineyard o 7 6
Seven Dolia Mufti from the Vineyard, 12 Ed. II. 15 I O
1
Wine fold for
I 12
I 7 0
}
Verjuice
One Dolium, and one pipe filled with new wine,
and ſuppoſed at Ely
For wine out of this Vineyard
For verjuice from thence
No wine, but verjuice made 9 Ed. IV.
I 2 2
O 16 0
It appears plainly, ſays Mr. Pegge, from theſe extracts, firſt, that in the lati-
tude of Ely grapes would ſometimes ripen, and the convent made wine of them,
and
1
1
!
188
ON VIN E Y A R D S.
.
and, indeed, it may ſeem fufficient to obſerve, that good wines
are conſtantly made in a part of Germany, which is under the
ſame parallel of latitude with many counties in the Southern
part of England.
England. And that where the ſituation and foil are
proper for Vines, the lands cannot poſſibly be more beneficially
employed than by being converted into Vineyards."
In
.
and ſometimes not, and then they converted them into verjuice, juſt as it is in
Derbyſhire, where grapes, growing on the South wall of an houſe, will, in a hot
ſummer, come to maturity and be very good ; but in a wet or cold ſeaſon, will
never be fit for the table. Secondly, That theſe paffages, all taken together, it is
impoſſible to underſtand them of any thing elſe, than a true or proper Vineyard,
as they never can be interpreted either of an apple-orchard or a currant-garden.
Thoſe who wiſh to go further into this matter, may conſult the Gentleman's
Magazine, 1775, p. 513. and 1786, p. 918; alſo Archeologia Soc. Antiq.
London, 5. p. 309.
d"I was particularly attentive to inquire of him * what were the uſual produce
6 of a good acre of Vines, and the account he gave was this : The Vine-
yard of twenty-fix acres, of which he had the care, yielded five years ago
" a produce per acre, of four pieces, each piece twenty-eight gallons, which
66 fold as follows:
1
:,
.
£. So
d.
i
2
.
8
o
Two pieces at eleven guineas t
One piece at 81.
One piece at 41. 10 S.
23
8
O.
.
I
M
1
1
4 10
35 12
* The Vigneron. This is 8 s. a gallon.
The
N
1
ON
V I NE YARD S.
189
In this purſuit there are four things which ought materially
to be conſidered, viz.
1
1
iſt. The ſituation--2dly. The ſoil-—-3dly. The kinds of
Vines which are the moſt fitting to be plantedmand
4thly. The mode of their management,
Firſt, An elevated ſituation, where there is a gentle declivity
to the South or South Eaſt, is eſteemed preferable to low
grounds, which are generally ſubject to damps and ſpring
froſts, even at times when the adjoining high grounds are en-
tirely free from both.
I
A Vineyard ſhould be well ſheltered to the North, as alſo to
the N. W. and N. E. In an hilly country there are generally
many
I
The next year's produce was,
ki so
d.
-P
24 0 0
Two pieces at 121.
Two pieces at gl.
1
9
- 18
O
0.
One piece
20
an
5 0 0
1
I
1
47 0 0
«In general, the produce varies between 30 and 501. In ſome favourable ſpots,
“highly managed, and in a good ſeaſon, a produce of from 60 to 701. an:
acre has been known.
66
* As to the expences, they are not ſo eaſily calculated; for I could not get
es him to be explicit, nor did I clearly underſtand all his terms.”
}
Travels through France and Spain in the years 1770 and 1771,
By Joſeph Marſhall, Eſq; vol. 4. p. 92.
į
1
**
1
190
O N V I N E Y A R D S.
a
many favourable ſpots, where nature has given important ad-
vantages, and theſe ſhould be ſtill further improved by art.
Plantations of foreſt-trees, judiciouſly formed, would con-
tribute much to give warmth and ſhelter : But theſe ſhould
not be placed too near the Vineyard, ſo as to confine the air,
which would prove very prejudicial.
1
co
We are informed that, in wine countries, Vineyards are not
only confined to gentle declivities, but that they often are
formed on Nopes on the ſides of hills and rocks, which are
ſometimes ſo ſteep as even to border upon precipices : And
that Vineyards, thus ſituated, produce grapes uncommonly
rich, yielding wines of the moſt excellent quality.
I am informed too, that the hills in the counties bordering
upon the Engliſh channel have, in general, declivities tending
to
/
" e In the neighbourhood of Piera there is an eminent hill, the Southern ſide
66 of which is ſo ſteep, that people are obliged to lay hold of ropes fixed to
“ ſtrong poles, in order to keep themſelves upright, while they ſtalk from
" Vine to Vine, to pluck the grapes that cover all that ſide. Should they
" truſt themſelves there without the help of thoſe ropes, the leaſt remiffneſs
* of attention in ſtepping might cauſe a very miſchievous tumble. I won-
“ der how people could take it into their heads to plant Vines on ſo incon-
46 venient a fpot: But the trouble of the vintagers is very well repaid by
" the goodneſs of thoſe grapes, which yield the moſt excellent wine that is
66 drank in Catalonia."
1
1
I
1
Baretti's Travels, vol. 4. p. 72.
5
1
}
ON VI N E Y A R D S.
191
1
to the South :' A circumſtance of the greateſt importance re-
fpecting the plantation of Vineyards.
}
Secondly. As I have, in the former part of this work, taken
notice of the ſoil proper for Vines, it may ſeem unneceſſary
here to enlarge upon that head. I ſhall, however, juſt obferve,
that the Vine delights in ſuch gravelly and rocky ſoils as we
frequently find on the ſides of ſteep hills and rocks; and that
it has ſometimes been known to flouriſh among mere ſtones
and gravel.
Hence
* It is a general and received opinion, that this iſland was originally united
with, and formed a part of, the continent.
The ſimilarity of the different ſtrata, which, it is ſaid, form the land on both
fides of the Britiſh channel, ferves to confirm us in this belief.
Moreover, on the South coaſt of England the rocks have a Southern aſpet;
but, on the oppoſite coaſt of France, I am told they incline to the North. From
thence it is reaſonable to conclude, that at the deluge the horizontal ftratum (or
Iſthmus) was broken between theſe countries, and the bed or middle of the chan-
nel falling loweſt,. the ſea naturally flowed into it, and formed what is now called.
the Britiſh Channel.
!
>
)
8 « Concerning the ſoil proper for Vines, I ſhall give the firſt hint from that
166 ingenious and candid piece of Mr. Lawrence's, where, with ſo much
“ good reaſon, he tells us, that he cannot eaſily be brought to think that
any
foil or ſituation can be too dry for the roots of the Vine, after having
“ ſeen at Barnwall, near Oundle, in Northamptonſhire, a flouriſhing Vine
“ grow from between the joints of an old caſtle wall, near twenty feet high
from
192
ON V IN E Y A R D S.
-
Hence it will appear, that the introduction of Vineyards into
this country would have no bad effect reſpecting agriculture,
becauſe all ſtrong and deep lands, which are beſt adapted for
tillage, are the moſt unſuitable for Vines.
វ
Permit me to add, that, beſides gentle declivities and light
foils, ſuch as are proper for Vineyards, Vines grow, in
ſituations
!
“ from the ground, which he was told produced admirable grapes when it
56 was well managed.
New Improvements of Planting and Gardening,
By Richard Bradley, F. R. S. p. 187.
To the above, the following account from a Celebrated Author may be added :
" At Malaga, the great mart of wine and fruit, the North and Eaſt approach
“ is hemmed in by mountains; theſe preſent, from the town, a moſt barren
and unpromiſing proſpect, their tops being immenſely high. It is in
“ thoſe iron-looking mountains, and among theſe peeled (i. e. bald) rocks,
“ where there is no appearance of ſoil or earth, that grow annually ſo many
166 thouſand ton of exquiſite wine, and aſtoniſhing quantity of Moſcatal
66 raiſins."
Carter's Journey from Gibraltar to Malaga, II. p. 387.
* Although it be not difficult to determine what foil is properly adapted to pro-
mote the growth of the Vine from its external appearance, yet there is ſomething
in reſpect of its nature, ſo deeply hidden from us and unknown, as not to be
developed but by the quality of the wine.
!
I have been informed, that the rich Hungarian wine, ſo univerſally eſteemed
for its peculiar flavour, is made only in a very ſmall diſtrict near Tokay; and that
the adjoining Vineyards, where both foil and ſituation are apparently the ſame,
and
1
I
ON V I N E Y A R D S.
193
1
1
ſituations and foils, where the lands could hardly be rendered
profitable any
other way. And thus, though the Vines would
not grow robuſt on ſteeps of poor gravelly and rocky foils,
ſtill they would be more prolific than Vines planted on rich
lands, and the fruit would be greatly preferable.
Thirdly. The ſucceſs of a Vineyard in this country would
moſt eſſentially depend on the kind of Vines there propagated.
I believe it has been a prevailing, but ſurely an erroneous,
notion, that the ſweet early kinds of grapes are the beſt to plant
for the purpoſe of making wine in this country. And that
moſt or all of the modern trials have been made from Vines
brought from France.
3
Among the abundant variety of grapes', I doubt not but
there are peculiar forts, which are by nature fingularly adapted
to make wines in different climates,
Thus, the forts of grapes propagated in the Madeira and
Canary Iſlands, might not be found, if tried, to make good
wines in France.
Bb
Hence,
.
1
and although planted with the ſame kind of grape, produce a wine not only much
inferior in its quality and excellence, but alſo very diflimilar in its colour and ap-
N
pearance.
i Mr. Swinburne obſerves there are forty ſorts of grapes in the dioceſe of
Syracuſe.
Swinburne's Travels in Sicily, Il. p. 342.
i
--
+
O N V IN E Y A R D S.
ON
194
Hence, as the Southern part of this iſland is almoſt on the
verge of the vinous latitude, it ſhould ſeem reaſonable to ſup-
poſe, that there would be the greateſt probability of ſucceſs
from thoſe kinds of grapes which have been known to thrive
and proſper beſt in the moſt Northern latitudes. I thould
therefore recommend the kinds of Vines cultivated in Germany,
and particularly the fort producing the grapes of which the
Rheniſh wine is made, in preference to any kind cultivated in
France.
I have remarked above, that the early ſweet kinds of grapes
are improper for making wine in this country: My reaſon is,
that though ſuch grapes yield a ſweet juice, it is not calculated
to undergo fermentation.
It is found, by experience, that good-bodied, or generous
wines, can be made from grapes of an auſtere taſte, and that
too, even before they are quite arrived at a ſtate of maturity :
But then wine, from ſuch crude grapes, requires to be kept to
a good age.
The
k
* « But that we may anſwer every objection that may be made againſt planting
“ Vineyards in England, give me leave to recite what I have heard relating
.“ to making of liquors with unripe and four fruits. In Devonſhire a Gen-
6 tleman made a veſſel of verjuice, of crab, or wilding-apples, which being
placed in his cellar among other liquors, was not uſed till about three or
66 four
years
afterwards, and was then found to be ſo palatable and exceeding
pleaſant, that he now prefers the liquor made of ſuch wilding four fruit
(after
$
ON VINE Y A R D S.
195
1
The cafe is ſimilar with reſpect to apples. It is well known
that the ſweet kinds of apples, which ripen in the ſummer
months, are very unfit for the making of cyder. And that the
nobleſt cyder (ſuch as the Styre and Gockagee) is made from
apples not much better than wildings.
Fourthly. I ſhall not undertake here to give general directions
for the management of a Vineyard ; the method of raiſing
Vine-plants, and the common proceſs of a Vineyard, as prac-
tiſed abroad, having been already delivered to the public by
much abler pens. However, I ſhall beg leave to offer a few
ideas on the ſubject, and particularly on the mode of training
the Vines.
As even the moſt Southern parts of this iſland are (as I have
obſerved) but nearly on the verge of the vinous latitude, every
poſſible advantage ſhould be conſulted reſpecting the formation
and management of a Vineyard here.
The
Bb 2
(after it has had time to digeſt) to any cyder of that country : So I have
“ known verjuice made of half-ripe grapes, that after two or three years
“ keeping in a veſſel, has become delicate wine; and the Rheniſh wines, when
“ they are newly made, are ſo four, that they are not fit to drink; but after
6 ſeveral years ſtanding, afford us that incomparable liquor which is called
« Old Hock; and, on the contrary, ſweeter liquors are apt turn four by
& keeping.”
$
New Improvements of Planting and Gardening's
by Richard Bradley, F.R.S. p. 177.
1
2
1
,!
0 N. V I N E Y A R D S.
196
vi
1
The Vineyards abroad are formed by planting the Vines in
rows, and by training them in a perpendicular direction. But
in this country I ſhould greatly prefer the mode of training the
Vines in a lateral or horizontal form, ſimilar to the method
practiſed in Holland, with Vines in frames, as I have already
hinted, p. 99. and p. 128. There would be little difficulty in
this method, as the Vines would readily be trained along ſmall
poles, not thicker than thoſe uſed for hops : Theſe ſhould be
fixed nearly parallel to the ground. Vines thus trained would
derive, I apprehend, many advantages, not only by means of
warmth and Melter, but that' they would moſt eaſily alſo be
protected from ſpring froſts, by applying the boughs of trees,
particularly Evergreens. The grapes alſo, let me obſerve,
would be greatly benefited by the reflection of the ſoil under-
neath,
>
i
.
When Vines are intended to be planted on the ſteeps of hills,
and on the ſides of rocks, the ground ſhould be prepared and
formed in the manner of ſteps, as in plate v.
The Vines ſhould be planted near the angle a, and trained
by ſtakes upwards, from a towards b.
tam
It will be abſolutely neceſſary that the ground ſhould be
lower at the angular point a, of every ſtep, than at b; for with-
out this care, the Vine-plants would loſe the advantage of
ſuch rains as fall haſtily and perpendicularly.
It
1

Plate V. page 196.
by ma
pages
OUR
5
Hirooke del.
Height from a. to b.aght feet. Breadth from b. to a six feet.
Bafirefo.
The Section of a Hill for the browth of Vines in England,
Publishd January 161790,
by wm Speechly, as the Act directs.
1
ON VIN E Y A R D S.
197
!
It is eaſy to conceive what advantage Vines would gain from
a ſituation thus planned, ſince the back from a to b would be
nearly equal to a wall.
/
The expence attending the formation of the ground cannot
be
very conſiderable. The work ſhould be begun at the top,
and the ſoil taken out ſhould be thrown down the hill.
I ſhould have obſerved, that it would be further beneficial
to have a little good foil put in at the angles before the Vines
are planted: And alſo, that all hills of a Southern aſpect, and
compoſed of either flate, gravel, ſcaly rock, or limeſtone, are
very proper to be planted with Vines,
{
In a differtation on the growth of wine in England, by
F. X. VISPRE, printed at Bath 1786, the ingenious author
informs the public, " That in September 1782, he hired
a piece of ground at Wimbledon ; that in March 1783, he
planted it with Vines ; that his intention was then to train the
ſhoots of them (as he has ſince done at Chelſea) upon the
ground in their natural poſitions, like the Vines of melons and
cucumbers; and that he hopes to make good wine with well-
ripened grapes, almoſt every year."
5
1
Mr. Viſpré does not arrogantly aſſume the invention of this
method to himſelf, but very candidly acknowledges, that he
purſued and practiſed it in conſequence of the following hint
from
:
.
:
>
2
198
O N V I N E Y A R D S.
from that great and fagacious philoſopher Lord Chancellor
BACON, who ſays, “ The lowneſs of the fruit-boughs makes
the fruit greater, and cauſes it to ripen better; for we always
ſee in apricots, peaches, and mello-cottons upon a wall, the
largeſt fruit is towards the bottom; and in France, the grapes
that make the wine grow upon low Vines bound to ſmall
ſtakes, while the raiſed Vines in arbours make verjuice.”
.
He adds, “ It is reported, that in ſome places Vines are ſuf-
fered to grow like herbs, ſpreading upon the ground, and
the grapes of theſe Vines are very large ; it were proper to try
whether plants uſually ſuſtained by props, will not bear large
leaves and fruit, if laid along the ground, as hops, ivy, wood-
bine, &c.”
This laſt citation, ſays Mr. Viſpré, from the works of the
Chancellor, ſhews very clearly that the Rev. Mr. LE BROCO
is under a miſtake; when, in his deſcription of the methods
of planting and training all kinds of fruit-trees, Vines, &c.
(for which his Majeſty's Letters Patent have been granted to
him) he'ſays, p. 4, “ I ſincerely requeſt they will accompany
my illuſtration of my new methods of horticulture and
fructification.”
me in
This method, according to the deſcription, is, to train all
forts of fruit-trees or Vines upon or near the ground. Says
Mr. Viſpré, “ I do not know whether the above method, ſug-
geſted
66
...
ON V I N E Y A R D S.
199
ز
geſted by Lord Chancellor Bacon, was tried by any perſon
5 before myſelf; but I believe Mr. Le Broco leſs intitled to
« call it his, than I am to call it mine, ſince I have practiſed
66 it with ſucceſs theſe two laſt ſummers 1. I never dreamt of
" monopolizing that method; I was ſufficiently ſatisfied with
“ the proſpect of being the reſtorer of Vineyards in this country:
" But that I might not loſe the honour of being deemed ſuch,
« in May 1784, I preſented to the ſociety for the encourage-
“ ment of arts, &c, a plan, adapted to this climate, for culti-
“ vating Vineyards; and afterwards left open my Vineyard to
the inſpection of the curious.
“ The laying the plants in the ground every year, and train-
ing the ſhoots upon it, was in that plan the firſt article. At
“ the end of the year I gave an account of the firſt experiment
" to Mr. More, ſecretary to the ſociety.
" I have done the ſame lately of the ſecond year.
This laſt
“ ſeaſon having proved more favourable than the preceding
“ one, and the ſhoots of the Vines having been laid for the
• ſecond time, the grapes were conſiderably larger than thoſe
“ of the ſame kind growing on a South wall, and ripened as I
66 faid before."
Mr.
.
Fruit-trees of various forts have been trained in the above deſcribed horizontal
form in the gardens at Welbeck more than fourteen years.
:
:
$
:
200
1
ON VINE Y A R D S.
Mr. Viſpré produces many inſtances of wine having been
made in various parts of England; ſome of which I Thall here
beg leave to tranſcribe.
1
I
« Mr. BRADLEY, Profeſſor of Botany in Cambridge, in his
“ Dictionarium Botanicum Art. Vitis, ſays, “ I cannot help
mentioning how our poor foils might be improved by
making of Vineyards ; a good inſtance of which is at Mr.
John WARNER's, a Gentleman of Rotherhithe, near South-
“ wark, who makes good wine from his own Vineyards.”
vi
- Stephen Switzer, in vol. ii. p. 266, of his Ichnogra-
phia Ruſtica, publiſhed in 1742, ſays, That Vineyards may
“ be ſo cultivated in England, as to produce large quantities
“ of grapes, and thoſe ſo well ripened, as to afford a good and
“ ſubſtantial vinous juice, needs no demonſtration; when in
“ ſeveral parts of Somerſetſhire there are, at this time, flouriſh-
ing Vineyards, and the Vineyard of the late Sir WILLIAM
" Basset, in that county, has annually produced fonie
hogſheads of good-bodied and palatable wine, which I
“ have been credibly informed by Gentlemen who have drank
" confiderable quantities of it with the greateſt ſatisfaction."
1
“ BARTHOLOMEW Rocque, a gardener at Walham Green,
“ made wine for thirty years from a Vineyard he had planted
so in a common field garden; and although the ground was flat,
“ the wine was as good as that of Orleans or Auxerre, in the
“ judgment of ſome acquaintance of mine ſtill alive”.
6 Dr.
1
1
ON VIN E Y A R D S.
201
1
“ Dr.HALES, in vol. iv. of his Complete Treatiſe on Practical
Huſbandry, written equally for the ſervice of the farmer and
country Gentleman, ſays, p. 2. 66 This we can ſay with
certainty, that very good wine may be made in England, and
" that in many parts of the kingdom there are pieces of land
" which may be turned to ſome account this way, at a ſmall
expence; and others, which will anſwer to a more charge-
*** able preparation, in ſuch a manner as to make the farmer
very happy."
1
!
" “ And again, he ſays in p. II, * I have drank with the di-
ſtinguiſhed and eminent Dr. Shaw, wines made under his
66 own care, from a little Vineyard behind his garden at Ken-
fington, which equalled many of the lighter wines of France;
-- and while due care was taken of the Vineyard at Hammer-
“ ſmith, a great deal of very good was obtained there for ſale,
yet neither of theſe were favourable ſpots.”
.
problem
" The Bath Vineyards might ſerve as a better example for
" the huſbandman, who ſhould conſider only profit from
" them; the juice of the grapes was fold there as it was preſſed
** from the fruit, and the owners had no further care than
** managing the ground and gathering.
• In one of theſe inſtances there was excellent wine made
65 for the table; in the other, a profitable kind for ſale ; and
66 in the third, no more trouble was allowed to this than the
«« farmer
Сс
1
1
:
LA
1
-
1
!
>
i
202
O.N
VIN E Y A R D S.
“ farmer uſually afforded to his ſlighter products; yet they all
se anſwered, when well conducted. The two laſt might have
66 been better managed, and their profit rendered three-fold..
“ We ſpeak of what we know with certainty, having ſeen and ex-
" amined them all.”
>>
1
:
të I have known,” ſays Mr. Hanbury, 66 Gcod wine made of
“ grapes growing in England, and have drank our Burgundy
“ no way inferior, as my taſte could find out, to that noted
• wine which we have conſtantly imported from that country.
“ Doubtleſs, therefore, there are ſome foils and ſituations that
" will ſuit Vines, and cauſe their fruit to ripen properly here.
“ When a perſon is poſſeſſed of ſuch a ſpot, then pro-
“ ceed to plant it as a Vineyard, otherwiſe he will find his
«« labour and expence thrown away."
Complete Body of Gardening, vol. ii. p. 78.3.
may he
1
.
As modern inſtances impreſs the mind more forcibly than
ſuch as are more ancient, I have reſerved the account of the
ſucceſs of the Vineyard at Pain's-Hill, for my laſt and moſt
convincing illuſtration. It is thus elegantly introduced by
Sir Edward Barry, in his celebrated Treatiſe on wines. p. 468.
:
* From the hiſtory of the ancient and modern Wines, we may
* be capable of forming a more true judgment of the various
* nature and qualities of wines, which, in the general, are chiefly
"owing to the climate and ſoil. It is very remarkable that the
grapes
:
1
(
O N V I N E Y A R D S.
203
L
any confi-
grapes of all Vines, planted within the fifty-firſt degree of the
" Northern latitude, acquire ſuch a degree of ſtrength, as renders
" them fit for producing good wine, in which the terrene and
ſaline principles prevail, though they are more refined and cor-
" rected as they advance to maturity; but as the climate ad-
“ vances more to the South, they acquire more ſtrength, and the
oleaginous and ſpirituous principles prevail, and in
56 derable quantity cannot be ſalutary without being diluted with
“ water; on which account the wines produced in temperately
warm climates, where the principles are more equally blended
66 and united, are more light, and though generous, more falutary,
and agreeably adapted to promote ſocial happineſs, than thoſe
produced in either extreme: Such are particularly the French,
*** Hungarian, Italian, and ſome of the Spaniſh and German wines.
:
-- It is a juſt obſervation, that one half of Germany, which is
** to the North of the vinous latitude, is entirely deſtitute of any
good wine, while the other half abounds with fertileVineyards,
" and a variety of good wines; and likewiſe thews, that a very
ss moderate addition to the warmth of the climate is ſufficient to
produce excellent wines ; in which the foil principally, with
“ other circumſtances, has at leaſt an equal influence with the
warmth of the climate, and in ſome inſtances a greater, in
giving the peculiar, grateful qualities, for which fome wines
“ are diſtinguiſhed. Of this ſeveral inſtances are known, where
- not only the ſame climate, but in places very near adjacent,
" from the fame Vines, and in the ſame ſituation, and aſpect to
on the
.
C C 2
+
204
ON VIN E Y A R D S.
" the ſun, very different wines are produced, which can be
only owing to the ſoil.
“* From hence it is evident, that good wines may be made in
“ ſeveral parts of England, which are within this vinous latitude.
* The ingenious Mr. Miller ſhews, from ancient records, that
“ in many parts of England, and particularly near abbeys and
monaſteries, good wines were made, and tħat theſe places are
«ſtill diſtinguiſhed with the name of Vineyards ; but how they
“ were rooted up and neglected, there are no clear accounts left.
“ He likewiſe obferves, that an obſtinate prejudice has prevailed
againſt making any farther trials, from ſome improper ones
« made near London, where the ſoil is not friendly to the Vines,
« and where the wines were ſo injudiciouſly made, that under the
«s fame diſadvantages neither thoſe of Italy or France would have
“ ſucceeded. He therefore, with his uſual modeſty and candour,
gives his opinion, founded on ſome trials, which he had ſeen
made, and the inſtructions he had received from ſeveral perſons
abroad, who cultivated Vineyards for their own uſe, and that
• of their friends, and who have been very exact in obſerving
" the ſeveral methods of practice among the Vignerons of thoſe
“ countries ; from whence he hopes, that the prejudice which
“ ſtill prevails againſt any project of this kind might be removed,
“c or at leaſt ſuſpended, until ſome farther trials ſhall have been
“ more judiciouſly made, which he thence proceeds to direct.
“ But had he been acquainted with the ſucceſs which attended
66 the
1
ON VIN E Y A R D S.
205
** the Vineyards of my ingenious friend, the Hon. Charles Ha-
s milton, who has been long diſtinguiſhed for his peculiar elegant
“ taſte, he would have ſpoken with more certainty. To him I
" am particularly obliged for the following exact deſcription
“ which he has, at my requeſt, given of the rules he had pura
“ ſued, and which he has given me leave to publiſh.”
T
i
u
The Vineyard at Pain's-Hill is ſituated on the South ſide of
a gentle hill, the ſoil a gravelly fand; it is planted entirely with
two forts of Burgundy grapes, the Auvernat, which is the
moſt delicate, but the tendereſi; and the Miller grape, commonly
called the Black Cluſter, which is more hardy. The firt year I
attempted to make red wine in the uſual way, by treading the
grapes, then letting them ferment in a vat, till all the huſks and
impurities formed a thick cruft at the top, the boiling ceaſed, and
the clear wine was drawn off from the bottom.
This ejay did not anfwer; the wine was so very harſh and
auſtere, that I deſpaired of ever making red wine fit to drink;
but througħ that harſhneſs I perceived a flavour fomething like
that of ſome ſmall French white wines, which made me hope I
should ſucceed better with white wine. That experiment ſucceeded
far beyond my moſt ſanguine expectations ; for the very firſt year
I made white wine, it nearly reſembled the flavour of Champaign ;
and in two or three years more, as the Vines grew. ſtronger, to
my great amazement my wine had a finer flavour than the beſt
Champaign
---
1
:
206
O N V I N E Y A R D S.
Champaign I ever taſted. The firſt running was as clear as jpi-
rits; the ſecond running was æil de Perdrix, and both of them
Sparkled and creamed in the glaſs like Champaign. It would
be endleſs to mention how many good judges of wine were de-
ceived by my wine, and thought it ſuperior to any Champaign
they ever drank; but ſuch is the prejudice of moſt people againſt
any thing of Engliſh growth, I generally found it moſt prudent
not to declare where it grew, till after they had paſſed their ver-
dict upon it. The fureſt proof I can give of its excellence is, that
I have ſold it to wine-merchants for fifty guineas a hogſhead;
and one wine-merchant, to'whom I fold five hundred pounds worth
at one time, aſſured me, he fold ſome of the beſt of it from 7 s. 6 d.
to 10 s. 6 d. per bottle.
-
After many years experience, the beſt method I found of making
and managing it was this: I let the grapes hang till they had
got all the maturity the ſeaſon would give them; then they were
carefully cut off with ſciſſors, and brought home to the wine-
barn, in ſmall quantities, to prevent their heating, or preſſing
one another; then they were all picked of the ſtalks, and all the
mouldy, or green ones, were diſcarded, before they were put upon
the preſs; where they were all preſſed in a few hours after
they were gathered, much would run from them, before the
preſs Squeezed thein from their own weight one upon another.
This running was as clear as water, and ſweet as ſyrup, and all
this of the firſt preſing, and part of the ſecond continued white;
the other preſſings grew reddiſh, and were not mixed with the
befto
1
1
ON VIN E Y A R D S.
207
:
!
beſt. As fast as the wine ran from the preſs into a large re-
ceiver, it was put into the hogſheads; and cloſely bunged up. In a
few hours one would hear the fermentation begin, which would
foon burſt the caſks, if not guarded againſt, by hooping them
ſtrongly with iron, and ſecuring them in ſtrong wooden frames,
and the heads with wedges. In the height of fermentation, I
have frequently ſeen the wine .ouzing through the pores of the
ſtaves.
i
و
!
exa
Theſe bog Meads were left all the depth of winter in the cool
barn, to reap the benefit of the froſts, when the fermentation was
over, which was eaſily diſcovered by the ceffation of noiſe and
ouzing; but to be more certain, by pegging the caſk, when it
would be quite clear, then it was racked off" into clean hogſheads,
and carried to the vaults, before any warmth of weather could
raiſe a ſecond fermentation. In March, the hogsheads were
xamined'; if any. were not quite fine, they were fined down with
common fiſh glue, in the uſual manner; thoſe that were fine of
i hemſelves were not fined down, and all were bottled about the
end of March; and in about fix weeks more would be in per-
fect order for drinking, and would be in their prime for above one
year ; but the ſecond year the flavour and ſweetneſs would, abate,
and would gradually decline, till at laſt it lost all flavour and
ſweetneſs; and ſome that I kept fixteen years became ſo like Old
Hock, that it might paſs for ſuch to one who was not a perfect
onnoiſſeur.
i
The
A
1
.
i
208
ON VINE Y A R D S.
The only art I ever uſed to it, was putting three pounds of white
ſugar candy to ſome of the hogſheads, when the wine was firſt
tunned from the preſs, in order to conform to a rage that prevailed,
to drink none but very ſweet Champaign.
I am convinced much good wine might be made in many parts
of the South of England. Many parts are South of Pain's
Hill; many ſoils may be yet fitter for it, and many ftuations muſt
be fo; for mine was much expoſed to the South-Weſt wind, (the
worſt of all for Vines) and the declivity was rather too ſteep ; yet
with theſe diſadvantages it ſucceeded many years. Indeed, the
uncertainty of our climate is againſt it, and many fine crops have
been spoiled by May froſts and wet ſummers; but one good year
balances many diſappointments.
en
>
“ There are not wanting in this country ſeveral Gentlemen of
** fortune, who make the improvements in agriculture their
* favourite ſtudy and practice. To ſuch, no experiments could
give a more rational and elegant amuſement than planting and
cultivating a ſmall Vineyard in a favourable ſituation : Nor
“ could the fruits of any other plantation afford that chearful
pleaſure, which they would receive, from drinking fine wines
*s of their own production. The proſpect of ſome ſucceſs, even
« from the firſt trial, ſeems almoft certain, if conducted by the
* rules given by Mr. Hamilton and Miller, with the neceſſary
•66 aſliſtance of a good Vigneron, well verſed in the mechanic
operations
i
1
}
i
:
Ο Ν
V I N E Y A R D S.
209
operations of this proceſs. Neither is it improbable, but that
- in ſome time ſeveral Vineyards may be propagated, on ac-
count of the profit ariſing from them, and this country ſup-
plied with native wines, very ſuperior to many of thoſe which
“ are now imported.”
From the foregoing accounts, it is evident that good wine
may be made in this country in a propitious ſeaſon: And it is
alſo certain, that formerly there have been Vineyards in many
parts of this kingdom, particularly near Abbeys and Mo-
naſteries. This plainly appears by the lands in various
places ſtill retaining the name of Vineyards : But Antiquaries
are filent as to the reaſons of their being rooted
up
and
neglected.
F I NIS,
>
Ι Ν D Ε Χ.
1
1
A
Page.
3
LEPPO Grape, deſcription of
Attraction of plants to the ſun, a diſſertation on
Artificial dew, its great uſe in a Hot-houſe at the time of Vines flowering,
A
63
and how to raiſe
83
'
143
ib.
161
162
.
167
164
ib.
U
Air is to be found in every portion of earth
aſcends with the fap of the Vine in the bleeding feaſon
Acarus, or Red Spider, often infeft and greatly injure Vines
frequently attack the leaves of the Vine early in the ſummer
how to deſtroy
Aphides, ſuppoſed to be the moſt numerous of all the infect tribe
ſometimes infeſt the Vine as well as plants in general
how to deſtroy
Age and Stature of the Vine
Apple, a native of Italy
Antiquity of the Vineyards in Burgundy
in England
Annual produce of an acre of good Vines will ſometimes yield profit equal
to 701.
ib.
169
176
177
186
undermeny
189
V
B
3
3
11
5
Black Damaſcus Grape, deſcription of
Black Grape from Tripoli, deſcription of
Black Muſcadel Grape, deſcription of
Black Frontinac Grape, deſcription of
Blue Frontinac Grape, defcription of
Black Sweetwater Grape, deſcription of
1) d 2
6
6
1
1
7
Black
1
>
1
!
I N D E X.
Pages
8
111
IO
IO
II
14
16
pamant
Skuerunt
17
41
85
Black Hamburgh Grape, deſcription of
Brick Grape, deſcription of
Black Spaniſh, or Alicant Grape, deſcription of
Black Muſcadine Grape, defcription of
Black Raiſin Grape, deſcription of
Black Grape from Paleſtine, deſcription of
Black Liſbon Grape, deſcription of
Bunch of Grapes produced at Welbeck in the year 1781, that weighed 19. lb.
at the Madeiras ſometimes weigh 6lb. and upwards
Beef, in ſome parts of Italy, has, at a certain ſeaſon, a ſtrong and diſagree-
able flavour of bergamot
Border in the Vinery ſhould not be crouded with plants
Bleeding of Vines, obſervations on
Burgundy, antiquity of the Vineyards there
Bury in Suffolk, account of an extenſive Vine growing there
Barry, Sir Edward, his curious note on the origin of wine
Britiſh channel, conjectures reſpecting its formation
Barnwall, account of a flouriſhing Vine there, growing from between the
joints of an old caſtle wall near twenty feet high from the ground
Bath, Vineyards at, from which excellent wine was made
87
I 22
139
177
178
185
I91
ib.
201
1
С
IO
Chaffelas Grape, deſcription of
Claret Grape, deſcription of
Cat's Grape, defcription of
14
Corniſhon Grape, deſcription of
18
Compost-mould proper for Vines, how to prepare
Cluſter of Grapes, an enormous one brought by the Twelve Spies from the
Land of Canaan, an account of
42
Critical ſeaſon proper for fowing ſpring corn and graſs-feeds, how to be
obſerved, and its vaſt importance
47
Cutting
24
1
I
N DE X.
213
A
Page.
Cutting of a Vine, the particulars neceſſary to form, deſcribed
57
how to manage the winter before planting
58
Carter, Mr. his fuperb account of the beautiful appearance of grapes and
other fruits in Spain
73
Coccus Adonidum, a ſpecies of inſect, ſometimes miſtaken for the crimſon-
tinged Pine-bug
164
Curious experiments by engrafting, made by a father at the Carthufians at
Bologna
156
Catalonia, ſurpriſing inſtance of the prolific excellence of the Vineyards there 171
Cockagee Cyder, made of a kind of wilding apple
195
D
IS
35
58
ib.
109
Damſon Grape, deſcription of
Duft and ſcrapings of roads, its vaſt uſe in promoting vegetation
Dead branches of the Oak and other foreſt-trees, when they ſtand inclining
to a perpendicular direction, ought not to be cut off cloſe to, or
even with, the bole of the tree
diſſertation on
Dunging Vineyards, (in France) explained
Drainage of dunghills may be conſidered as the cream or eſſence of manure
in moſt farm-yards this valuable liquor is generally
permitted to run to waſte
how to be made to ſerve as a manure
Doors of the cathedral at Ravenna, made of Vine-tree plank 12 feet long
and 15 inches broad
Durability of vitiginous wood
150
ib.
9
151
1
173
174
E
Early Black July Grape, deſcription of
Early White Grape from Tenerif, deſcription of
Eyes of Vines growing in Pine-ſtoves, often puſh irregular
13
16
79
Eyes
214
I N D E X.
1
Page.
1
48
58
78
80
Eyes of Vines, how to make puſh more generally
Early-ſet fruit often falls off in a cold ſeaſon, and why
142
Experiments by engrafting Vines, curious accounts of
155 & 156
Europe experienced much colder ſeaſons formerly than at the preſent. This
Phänomenon accounted for
183
Ely, extracts from the archieves of that church, reſpecting the produce of
an ancient Vineyard there
187
Early kinds of grapes are improper for the purpoſe of making wine in this
country
193
F
Fruits as well as animals are always found ſomewhere in a natural ſtate
41
Farmers ought to fix upon the ſpring ſeed time from obſervations
47
Farina of the Grapes of the Vineyard, obſervation on
Foreſt-trees, how to prevent the decay of
Fall of the leaf in Vines, a good criterion for the ſeaſon of pruning them
Froſt, its ſurpriſing effect on Vines propagated in pine-ftoves, when their
roots and ſtems are expoſed
Forſter, Mr. his account of the Vineyards at the Madeiras
85
Fig-trees afford two crops of fruit annually in ſome parts of Italy
86
Flowers of the Vine impart an agreeable ſcent
a practice of the ancients in putting them into wine to
give it fpirit
ib.
Fumigating Hot-houſes, &c. an account of
Feſtoon Vineyards in Catalonia and Lombardy, their great elegance and
ſurpriſing beauty
170
Fig-trees in a fruit-bearing ſtate at Lambeth palace, thought coeval with
Archbiſhop Laud
172
Flowers, herbs, and fruits, that grow in our European gardens, are moſtly
of foreign extraction
176
Flax, the cultivation of, was tranſported from Egypt to Gaul
Grapes,
80
IIS
164
177
-
A
i
I
N DE X.
215
2
1
22
11
:
G
Page.
Grapes, the great variety of, growing at Welbeck
Golden Galician Grape, deſcription of
5
Grizzly Frontinac Grape, deſcription of
6
Genuine Tokay Grape, deſcription of
9
Grapes, method of preſerving them, an account of
IS
Greek Grape, deſcription of
17
Ground, its neceſſary preparation for Vines
Grinding of earth, a differtation on
34
Grapes, the proper forts to be coupled together, in order to get good feed
by their impregnation
41
Gooſeberries, the varieties of, have of late been greatly improved, and why 44
Graſs feeds and ſpring corn, remarks on the proper ſeaſon for fowing them 47
Grapes, how to pack when they require to be conveyed to a remote diſtance 88
ripe in Holland in the beginning of March
126
- Sometimes grow as large as pigeon's eggs
148
Grafting of Vines, a practice little known in this country
153
the advantage of
ib.
how performed
156
upon the cherry and fig ſtocks, the idea chimerical -
157
Grapes grow ſpontaneous in all the Northern parts of America, from the
latitude of 25 to 45
169
Gibbon, Edward, Eſq; his account of the firſt introduction of fruits, herbs,
and flowers into our European gardens, from Aſia and Egypt 175
his obſervations on the comparative difference of the
feaſons in Europe in the preſent and former ages
183
Grapes, peculiar forts of, which are by nature fingularly adapted to make
wines in different climates
193
Good-bodied, or generous wine can be made from grapes of an auſtere taſte,
even before they are quite mature
194
Germany, one half of it abounds with fertile Vineyards
203
Huetius,
0
1
1
216
INDE X.
76
H
Page.
Huetius, his account of the aſtoniſhing large bunches of grapes produced in
Crete, Chios, and other iſlands in the Archipelago
43
Health, ſtrength, vigour, and longevity of a plant depends greatly on its
good beginning
Hanbury, William, Eſq; his account of the ſurpriſing progreſs of ſome
Vines at Kelmarſh in Northamptonſhire, 1787
Hamilton, Sir William, his account of the beautiful orange groves, &c.
in that part of Italy called Magna Grecia
86
Holland, an account of the methods of forcing Vines in that country
Honey dews in the ſummer, are occafioned by a ſpecies of infect called Aphis 164
Hungarian wine, the beſt and moſt excellent is made only in a very ſmall
diſtrict near Tokay
192
Hill for the growth of Vines in England, a ſection of
196
Hamilton, the Hon. Charles, account of his judicious method of making
wine from his Vineyard at Pain's-Hill
205
fold five hundred pounds worth of wine at
one time to a wine-merchant in London, at fifty guineas a hogſhead 206
99, 126
1
I
Iſle of Ely, obſervations on the low and moiſt lands there
35
Iron rods fometimes neceffary in a Hot-houſe for the purpoſe of training
Vines to
74
Impregnation of Grapes, a differtation on
82
Iron pipes are ſometimes ſucceſsfully uſed in forcing-houſes
126
Inverted itate, Vines and many other plants will grow when lo planted 140
Inſects that infeſt the Vine, the different ſpecies enumerated
160
how to deſtroy
164 & 167
Indians, their method of obtaining an agreeable cooling liquor from the palm-tree 186
Introduction, progreſs, ſtate, and condition of the Vine in Britain--Rev.
Mr. Pegge's debate of, with the Hon. Daines Barrington
ib.
Iron looking mountains near Malaga, their aſtoniſhing annual produce 192
Janus
IN N DE X.
tertentu
217
j
Page.
Janus of the Latins, derived from an oriental word fignifying wine
4.1
Jaſmine, may be propagated (on the authority of a Monk) by engrafting
upon an orange ſtock
156
James the Firſt, Mulberry-trees planted in that Monarch's reign are ſaid
to be ſtill living
172
Jupiter, an image of, at Populonium, made out of a ſingle vine ſtock 174
Juno's Temple at Metapontum, ſupported by vineal columns
ib.
Juice of ſeveral early grapes is not calculated to undergo fermentation 194
K K
Knots in timber, how they are ſometimes produced
59
in deal timber are preſerved by a turpentine matter quite entire, and
in their original magnitude
ib.
Knife, in ſummer-pruning of Vines, often proves extremely injurious to them 138
King's Vine-dreſſer at Rockingham, formerly had a livery allowed
Kenſington, wine made from a little Vineyard there, which equalled many
of the lighter wines of France
.
187
201
L
{
1
+
Le Cour Grape, or Morocco Grape, deſcription of
4
Lombardy Grape, deſcription of
9
Large Black Cluſter Grape, deſcription of
13
Leaves of Grapes, their diverſity of colours, obſervations on
19
Lime, obſervations on
37
made of peak ſtone, of a rich and mild quality
rubbiſh of, often proves injurious to Vine roots
Layers of plants, how the operation is performed
49
of Vines in pots, how performed
50
Laſt ſwelling of Grapes, an explanation of
84
Liſt of Vines, ſhewing the dimenſions of the leaves of each ſpecies
132-
Leaves of corn frequently change to a yellow colour in the ſpring, and why 142
Lucerne, derived its name and origin from Media
Le
ib. ib
.
antrenament
T.
178
Еe
1
1
..
N
3
1
!
.
1
218,
IN DE
X
,
marta
198
2
BEN.
II
1
I2
Page.
Le Brocq, the Rev. Mr. obtained his Majeſty's Letters Patent, for a de-
fcription of the methods of planting and training fruit-trees
his methods, not new, having long been practiſed in Holland
and in this country
199
M
Marks, ſhewing the proper ſituation for the various forts of grapes, explained
Morocco Grape, deſcription of
3
Malvoiſe Grape, deſcription of
8
Malmſey Muſcadine Grape, deſcription of
Millar's Burgundy Grape, deſcription of
Manures proper for the Vine
32
Mohammedans of Syria, neither propagated the Vine, nor drank wine but
by ſtealth and treſpaſs
43
Meetings, annual public ones held in Lancaſhire for the encouragement of
increaſing the varieties of Gooſeberries
45
fimilar ones propoſed for increaſing the varieties of the Vines ib.
March, a proper ſeaſon for fowing the ſeeds of plants in a Hot-houſe
Michell, the Rev. Mr. his curious and important note on the method of
raiſing Vine-plants by a ſingle eye
53
Madeiras, account of the Vineyards there
Marſhall Mr. his account of dunging Vineyards in France
10g
Melon-frames may be made to ſerve for Vines
123 & 128
Motion of the fap, a curious diſſertation on
139
Manure, its vaſt importance in huſbandry
151
- how many farmers may increaſe their ſtock of to more than twice
its uſual quantity
Malaga, the great mart of wine and fruit
192
pred
46
85
)
1
bo
B
N
>
Noah, after the Flood, planted a Vineyard
4.1
New method of propagating the Vine by a ſingle joint of a Vine ſhoot 53
Northallerton, in Yorkſhire, an account of a ſurpriſing Vine growing there 177
Nature of ſoil cannot be known by its external appearance
192
Obſervations
1
(
J
I
N DE X
219
!
1
0
Page.
1
19
Obſervations on the diverſity of colours of Vine leaves
on lime
37
47
?
35
58
88
129
130
1
=
144
174
on the proper ſeaſon for fowing ſpring corn and graſs feeds
on moory or fenny foils
on foreſt-trees
Oat chaff recommended as being exceedingly proper for packing grapes
Oiled paper is ſometimes uſed inſtead of glafs for forcing
covers, how to be made uſeful in forcing Vines
Ox's bladder, how uſed to prevent the bleeding of Vines
Olearius's account of large Vines near the Caſpian ſea
Olive, a native of Alia only
was not introduced into Europe and Africa till two centuries after
the foundation of Rome
timid errors of the ancients reſpecting its culture, were inſenſibly
exploded
Oſyris, Saturn, and Bacchus were the Gods to whom the Poets afcribed
the invention of wine
177
ibe
1
1
ib.
186
1
Old Hock, a Rheniſh wine that is four when newly made, but becomes ex-
quiſite by being kept to a good age
195
P
1
Parſley-leaved Grape, or Ciotat, deſcription of
17
Puddling of ſoil, its uſe deſcribed
23
Primogenial foil, its ſuppoſed ſpontaneous fruitfulneſs
31
Pulverizing the earth, a diſſertation on
33:
Pegge, the Rev. Samuel, his curious and important note on the enormous
bunch of grapes produced at Welbeck in 1781
Plants, diſſertation on the method of raiſing them, and the various ways,
whether by ſeed, by cutting, or layers, compared
52
Pith of trees decreaſes as the wood becomes mature
om
differtation on
ib,
E e 2
Poſition
41:
58
1
i
+
1
!
1
}
I
i
N DE
X.
Page.
63
64
Poſition in tranſplanting trees ought to be ſtrictly obſerved
differtation on
Plants in a Hot-houſe have a great propenſity to incline to the South, and
why
ib.
Packing grapes, the method of deſcribed
88
Plan of a pine and grape ſtove
92
Plan of a Vinery
97
Plan exhibiting a new mode of training Vines in a Vinery
106
Peach-houſe glaſs frames may alſo ſerve for Vines
123
Pruning Vines, particular direction for
131
Plants, many kinds of, will grow in an inverted ſtate
140
have a natural tendency to turn towards the ſun
Pine-ftoves are much more liable to be infeſted with infects than either
Grape-houſes or Vineries, and why
165
Palm-trees, from which the Indians extract a cooling and a agreeable liquor 186
Pegge, the Rev. Samuel, his obſervations on the antiquity of Vineyards in
Britain
186
Plan of a fection of a hill for the growth of Vines in England
196
Pain's-Hill, account of a flouriſhing Vineyard there, from which great
quantities of wine have been made, that ſold in London at the high
price of 10 s. 6 d. per bottle
205
64
}
192
Det
4
e
Quality of the wine is the beſt criterion to know what-ſoil is the moſt proper
for Vineyards
R
Red Grape from Syracuſe, deſcription of
Red Muſcadel Grape, deſcription of
Red Frontinac Grape, deſcription of
Red Hamburgh Grape, deſcription of
Royal Muſcadine Grape, deſcription of
Raiſins, the methods of curing them
5
7
11
8
1
14
Ripe
1
-
}
1
..
I
I
N DE
X
221
--
Page.
Ripe Grapes, different methods of packing them when they require to be
ſent to a remote diſtance
88
;
126
161
162
in Holland in the beginning of March
· Red Spider much infeſt and greatly injure Vines
frequently attacks Vines early in ſummer
do not infeſt the leaves of Vines only, but attack the bunches
of grapes alſo, and greatly injure them
how to deſtroy
Rheniſh wines when newly made are ſo four that they are not fit to drink
become exquiſite by being kept to a good age
ib.
167
195
ib,
1
1
:
1
I 2
ib.
S
Smyrna Grape, deſcription of
9
Syrian Grape, deſcription of
Small Black Cluſter Grape, deſcription of
13
St. Peter's Grape, deſcription of
16
Scrapings of roads, and the dirtof ſtreets, their great uſe in promoting vegetation 35
their great uſe in correcting moory or fenny foils
Syrian Grape produces enormous large bunches
41
- account of a ſurpriſing bunch produced at Welbeck in 1781 ib.
Strabo, his account of the enormous Vines in Margiana and other places 42 & 174
Seedling Vine-plants, how to raiſe
their future management
Seeds of plants, the proper ſeaſon for fowing them in a Hot-houſe
46
Sun, the primary cauſe, the very life and ſoul of vegetation
64
Soap-ſuds, their great vſe in promoting the growth of the Vine
Seaſon, the proper one for fowing ſpring corn and graſs-ſeeds
47
Sciſſors, the proper fort for thinning grapes deſcribed
90
Sun-flower, confidered bulk for bulk, takes in ſeventeen times more nouriſh-
1
46
48
76
ment than a man
142
154
Syrian Vine, the moſt proper to be uſed for ſtocks to graft upon
Styre Cyder, made of a kind of wilding apple
195
Somerſetſhire,
222
I N Ν D Ε Χ.
in
Page.
Somerſetſhire, flouriſhing Vineyards in many parts of, which annually pro-
duced ſome hogſheads of good-bodied and palatable wine
200
T
1
{
58
A
Twiſs Richard, Eſq; his account of the method of curing raiſins in Spain 14
Timber-trees, how to prevent from decay
Thinning.grapes upon the bunches, how to perform
91
Time of the Vines flowering, a critical period that ought to be obſerved
with great attention
115
ſtate of the air in a Vinery at that critical ſeaſon 116
Trees, fome kinds, in the bleeding ſeaſon, in a few hours, weep more than
they will weigh
139
Thrips, a ſpecies of infect that abounds in moſt Hot-houſes
162
are injurious to many kinds of plants, and particularly to Vines ib.
attack the grapes as well as the vine leaves
how to deſtroy
164
Temple of Diana at Epheſus is aſcended by ladders made of one Cyprian Vine 174
of Juno at Metapontum, was ſupported by vineal columns
ib.
1
163
.
U
Unctuous and ſulphurous quality of fenny foil often proves pernicious to
newly-planted trees
35
+
14
ib.
ib.
|
V
Valencians, their methods of curing raiſins deſcribed
Vitis, Vine
generic character
effential character
ſpecific character
Varieties of grapes growing at Welbeck
Virgil's deſcription of a ſoil proper for Vines
Vine, the various ways it admits of being propagated
when raiſed from ſeed requires various previous precautions
ib.
$
2
28
38
!
39
Varieties
}
V
:
8
I
Ι Ν D Ε Χ.
223
Page.
Il
gamencarma
1
85
98
|
Varieties of grapes, the great probability of their improvement
44
Vine, how to raiſe by layers
49
how to raiſe by cuttings
61
how to plant out for the Hot-houſe
71
its ſurpriſing annual progreſs
75
Vineyards at the Madeiras, a deſcription of
Vinery, or proper receptacle for forcing grapes, a deſcription of
97
pitch of the roof ought to vary according to the time or ſeaſon in
which the Vines are intended to be forced, and why
Vineyards in France, the method of dunging them, a deſcription of
109
Vines planted in the open ground, method of forcing them recommended 128
Vines, bleeding of, often proves extremely injurious
139
proper methods of prevention
140
Vegetables do not grow in vacuo
14.2
Vine, one fix hundred years old, and another twelve feet in circumference 174
grew wild in the iſland of Sicily in the time of Homer
176
an extenſive one growing at Northallerton in Yorkſhire
177
near Ilford in Eflex
178
at St. Edmund's Bury in Suffolk
179
Vineyards in Germany, fituate within the 51ſt degree, are cultivated with
great advantage
183
account of a fingular one in Catalonia
190
Vineyards in various parts of England, from whence good wines have
been made
Viſpré Mr. F. X. ſhort account of his differtation on the growth of wine
in England
197
of his Vineyards at Wimbledon
ib.
and at Chelſea
ib.
his method of training Vines upon the ground like the
Vines of Melons and Cucumbers, taken from a hint given by the
great Lord Chancellor Bacon
198
Viſpré
--
-
1
1
1
200
1
1
1
i
N
}
1
3
1
1
(
17
1
1
224
INDE X.
Page.
Viſpré Mr. F. X. in May, 1784, preſented to the ſociety for the encou-
ragement of arts, &c. a plan adapted to this climate for culti-
vating Vineyards
}
199
i
2
W
1
2
1
>
l
IO
Welbeck, the great variety of grapes growing there
White Muſcat of Alexandria Grape, deſcription of
ib.
White Grape from Alcobaca, deſcription of
5
White Frontinac Grape, deſcription of
6
White Sweetwater Grape, deſcription of
7
White Hamburgh Grape, deſcription of
8
White Muſcadine, or Chaffelas Grape, deſcription of
White Morillon Grape, deſcription of
13
White Raiſin Grape, deſcription of
15.
White Corinth Grape, deſcription of
17
White Muſcat Grape from Lunel, deſcription of
18
Water, its vaſt importance in Vineyards, &c. in very hot cliniates
85
Willows, &c. will grow in an inverted ſtate
140
Wright Edward, Eſq; his elegant account of the feſtoon Vineyards in
Lombardy
172
Wine, coeval with the firſt vegetable productions
185
Plato's moſt exalted praiſe of
186
Wine, the invention of, aſcribed to the Gods, and called their ambrofial nectar ib.
of a good body can be made from grapes of an auſtere taſte, even
before they are quite mature
194
made from a little Vineyard at Kenfington, which equalled many
of the lighter wines of France
excellent, made from the Bath Vineyards
ib
201
Y
Young Vine-plants, when raiſed from ſeed, require particular attention
during their infant ſtate
47
1
$
E. S S A Y
UPON
G A R D E
Ν Ι Ν
G.
-
AN
ESSAY
UPON
GARDENING;
CONTAINING
CON
A CATALOGUE OF EXOTIC PLANTS
1
FOR THE
STOVES AND GREEN-HOUSES
OF
The British Gardens:
~
THE BEST METHOD OF PLANTING THE HOT-HOUSE VINE;
WITH
Directions for obtaining and preparing proper Earths and Compositions, to preserve
TENDER EXOTICS;
OBSERVATIONS ON THE HISTORY OF GARDENING;
AND
A Contrast of the Ancient with the Modern Taste.
BY
-
RICHARD STEELE,
LATE OF THIRSK, BUT NOW OF SION HILL,
NEAR THIRSK, IN THE COUNTY OF YORK,
cour
YORK:
1
Printed for tbe Xuthor;
AND SOLD BY T. HURST, PATERNOSTER-ROW,
LONDON.
1800.
1
(
Entered at Stationers Hall.-
1
H EN R Y DUNCOM BÉ,
A N D
+
WILLIAM WILBER FORCE, Eſquires,
REPRESENTATIVES IN PARLIAMENT
FOR THE
COUNTY OF Y OR K.
GENTLEMEN,
ILLU
LUSTRIOUS men, in all ages, have ever deemed the
cultivation and improvement of their native country highly
honorable, and moſt worthy of their immediate attention.
Animated by example, and deſirous of being acquainted
with ſuch rational purſuits, I am engaged in the employment
4
moſt
vi
moſt likely to realize my wiſhes, and at the ſame time render
me an uſeful member of ſociety.
My preſent intention is an attempt to aid in the manage-
ment of that moſt elegantly-refined and faſcinating department
of the Garden, where the prodigious variety of rare plants that
have been introduced into this kingdom, from the hot regions
of the terraqeous globe, are depoſited ; and the liberal en-
couragement which an enlightened public are ever ready to
give to endeavours, where utility or a deſire to pleaſe are the
principal objects, excites in me a lively hope that this effort,
and alſo my future exertions, will meet with their indulgence.
2
With great deference, Gentlemen, I here appeal to you,
if it be not rather incumbent upon thoſe who reſt at eaſe in
this our favoured iſland, and enjoy the bleſſed ſunſhine of inde-
pendent fortune, to cheriſh and preſerve thoſe great curioſities
of the vegetable kingdom, which the bold and adventurous
have, with extreme hazard and difficulty, collected ?
Το
.
vii
7
To obtain thoſe rarities men of the greateſt accompliſh-
ments have navigated: unknown ſeas, have traverſed dreary
wilds and deſerts, ſearched the foreſts of both Indies, and ex-
plored the burning countries of the torrid zone.
In this work is meant to be included as much information
in a ſmall compaſs as poſſible. As far as I am able I have fixed
the native place of each plant; whereby every gentleman, con-
verſant in geography, may with great eaſe and nicety aſcer-
tain the proper heat and ſituation in the ſtove and green-houſe
for every exotic, and in one line of the Catalogue, by a ſingle
glance of the eye, without the trouble of poring on voluminous
botanical works, he will find in alphabetical order the Generic
and Specific name of each plant in Latin, the Engliſh name
for the convenience of the practical gardener, and by certain
characters or abbreviations its denomination and proper place
in the conſervatory, and likewiſe the country of which the
plant is a native.
Such,
na
.
v111
Such, Gentlemen, is the intention of the following ſheets,
which I venture to publiſh under the ſanction of your names,
which I am proud to make uſe of, being in me a diſintereſted
memorial how highly the names and characters of able and
virtuous men are eſteemed; and ſhould they be found in any
degree ſerviceable, and meet but with your approbation, my
wiſhes will be amply gratified.
I am, Gentlemen,
With true reſpect,
Your moſt obedient,
And
Faithful humble Seryant,
,
RICHARD STEELE.
3
$
ix
SUBSCRIBER S.
A
HE Right Hon. Sir Richard P. Arden, Maſter of the Rolls.
Lady Anderſon.
Stephen Thurſton Adey, Efq; London.
Mrs. Amcot at Ripley Hall, Yorkſhire.
John Arden, Efq; Pepper Hall, Yorkſhire.
Mrs. Arden, Langton Hall, Yorkſhire.
Mr. John Abel, Gardener to the Earl of Carliſle,
Mr. John Ainſley, Romanby, Yorkſhire.
Mr. Thomas Atkinſon, Architect, York.
Mr. John Atkinſon, Architect, London.
I
B
The Right Hon. Lord Edward Bentinck.
Sir Thomas Blackett, Bart.
ames Banks, Eſq; Pontefract, Yorkſhire,
Mrs. Barlow, Middlethorpe, York,
Jeremiah Barſtow, Eſq; Wakefield, Yorkſhire.
Richard Barwell, Eſq; M. P.
William Batcherlor Bayley, M.D. Northallerton, Yorkſhire.
John Bell, Eſq; Thirſk, Yorkſhire.
Robert Bell, Eſq; ſame.
Miſs Bell, ſame.
3
/
b
Charles
Charles Biffet, M. D. Knayton, Yorkſhire.
John Blackburne, Eſq; M. P. Orford, Lancaſhire..
The Rev. John Bolton, Gilling Caſtle, Yorkſhire.
Daniel Bridges, M.D. Hull.
Martin Brumby, Eſq; Gainſborough, Lincolnſhire.
Samuel Buck, Efq; Leeds.
William Burgh, L.L. D. York.
Meff. Bürnands, Merchants, Knareſbrough, Yorkſhire.
Robert Burton, Eſq; Hotham near Beverley, Yorkſhire.
Johnſon Atkinſon Busfeild, Eſq; Myrtle Grove, Yorkſhire.
William Busfeild, Eſq; fame.
Matthew Butterwick, Eſq; Thirſk, Yorkſhire. -
Mr. Bains, Gardener to Walter Fawkes, Eſq;
Mr. Thomas Brightwell, Gardener to Lady Fagg, Wood-End; Yorkſhire.
Mr. Thomas Browne, Bookſeller, Hull.
Mr. William Brunton, Druggiſt, Ripon, Yorkſhire
1
ད
1
I
more
с.
ܙ
--
The Earl of Clarendon..
The Earl of Craufurd.
A
7
Camplin, M. D. Liverpool.
Cornelius Cayley, Eſq; York.
William Chaloner, Eſq; Guiſbrough, Yorkſhire.
William Chaytor, Eſq; Spennythorne, Yorkſhire.
Mrs. Clough, Acomb, York.
John Clutterbuck, Eſq; Warkworth, Northumberland.
Major Clyton, Lancashire.
Warcupp Conſett, Eſq; Brawith, Yorkſhire.
Peter
1
1
Peter Conſett, Efq; Brawith, Yorkſhire.
Miſs Confett, ſame.
William Conſtable, Efq; F.R.S. Burton Conſtable, Yorkſhire.
Sheldon Cradock, Eſq; Hartforth, Yorkſhire.
Col. Crowe, Kipling, Yorkſhire.
George Crowe, Efq; Langton upon Swale, Yorkſhire.
Mr. Campbell, Gardener to the Archbiſhop of York.
Mr. John Carr, Attorney at Law, Wakefield, Yorkſhire.
Mr. Robert Chapman, Gardener to Lord Harewood.
Mr. Robert Clarke, Leeming Lane, Yorkſhire.
D
The Marquis of Downſhire.
Thomas Norcliff Dalton, Efq; Tanfield Hall, Yorklhire.
Mrs. Dalton, Stanmore, Middleſex.
Mrs. J. Dalton, the Grange near Ripon, Yorkſhire.
William Danby, Eſq; Swinton, Yorkſhire.
George Dawſon, Eſq; Mount St. John near Thirſk, Yorkſhire.
John Deniſon, Efq;
Robert Deniſon, Eſq; Kilnwick, Yorkſhire.
Robert Dent, Eſq; Temple Bar, London.
John Dent, Eſq; M. P. London.
William Dent, Eſq; Thirſk, Yorkſhire.
Miſs Dent, Ainderby Steeple, Yorkſhire.
Mrs. Dowſon, Langton upon Swale, Yorkſhire.
Henry Duncombe, Eſq; M. P. Copgrove, Yorkſhire.
Slingſby Duncombe, Eſq; Duncombe Park, Yorkſhire.
1
b 2
Giles
xii
E
»
Giles Earle, Efq; Beningbrough Hall near York.
William Egerton, Eſq; Tatton Park, Cheſhire.
John Egerton, Eſq; Oulton Park, Cheſhire.
The Rev.
Ellis, Strenfal near York.
George Ewbank, Eſq; York.
George Ewbank, jun. Efq; Londeſbrough, Yorkſhire.
F
Earl Fitzwilliam.
Sir Thomas Frankland, Bart. High Sheriff of the County of York (1792.).
Lady Frankland.
Lady Fagg
Walter Fawkes, Eſq; Farnley Hall near Otley, Yorkſhire.
Mrs. Fawkes, fame.
Benjamin Ferrand, Eſq; St. Ives, Yorkſhire:
Joſhua Field, Eſq; Heaton, Yorkſhire.
Mrs. Fothergill, Poppleton near York.
James Forbes, Efq; Stanmore Hill, Middleſex..
Mrs. Forbes, ſame.
Mrs. Fretwell, Boroughbridge, Yorkſhire.
Mr. Thomas Flintoff, Surgeon, Guiſbrough, Yorkſhire,
G
The Earl of Galloway.
The Earl of Gainſborough.
Lord Grey de Wilton,
Lord
Lord Grantley
Sir Thomas Gaſcoigne, Bart.
Sir Henry Goodricke, Bart,
Sir James Graham, Bart.
The Hon. Mr. Juſtice Grofe.
Henry Gale, Eſq; Scruton, Yorkſhire.
The Rev. Fergus Graham,
Cumberland.
Charles Grey, Efq; M. P. Howick, Northumberland.
Thomas Grimſton, Eſq; Kildwick, Yorkſhire.
Mr. Thomas Gell, Attorney at Law, Thirſk, Yorkſhire.
Mr. John Gildon, Gardener to the Earl of Darlington.
Mr. Joſeph Godby, Gardener to N. Cholmley, Eſq;-
Mr. William Gray, Attorney at Law, York,
V
1
H Н.
Admiral Earl Howe:
Lord Hawke.
The Right Hon. Lord Archibald Hamilton.
Sir Robert Hildyard, Bart.
John Haigh, Eſq; Shaw-Hill, Halifax, Yorkſhire.
Henry Harriſon, Eſq;
A. H. Haworth, Eſq; Cottingham near Hull.
B. B. Haworth, Eſq; Newland, Yorkſhire.
Miſs Haworth, fame.
Jonathan Hoare, Efq; Newington near London.
N. B. Hodgſon, Eſq; Ganthorpe, Yorkſhire.
Mann Horsfield, Eſq; Thorpe-Green, Yorkſhire.
Hull Subſcription Library.
Alexander Hunter, M. D. F. R. S. York.
i
John
xiv
1
John Hunter, Eſq; Armatage, Northumberland.
Thomas Hutchinſon, Eſq; Hipſwell Lodge, Yorkſhire.
Mrs. Hutchinſon, Bath.
Mr. James Hebdin, Attorney at Law, Leeds.
Mr. William Hunton, Swainby, Yorkſhire.
1
I
William Tufnell, Jolliff, Eſq; Nunmonkton, Yorkſhire.
Mr. William Jameſon, Attorney at Law, York.
K
Mr. Thomas Fryer Kilby, York.
Mrs. Knowſley, Thirſk, Yorkſhire.
Miſs Knowſley, ſame.
1
L
1
The Marquis of Lothian.
Sir John Lawſon, Bart.
Mrs. Lamplugh, Copgrove, Yorkſhire.
John Lee, Eſq; Wakefield, Yorkſhire.
Mr. James Lamb, Attorney at Law, York.
Mr. William Lockwood, Attorney at Law, Eaſingwold, Yorkſhire.
Mr. John Loftus, Gardener, Ripon, Yorkſhire.
M
Lord Middleton.
7
1
Sir George Montgomery, Bart.
Henry
5
Henry Maire, Efq; Lartington.
Henry Maiſter, Efq; Colonel of the Eaſt York Militia.
Mrs. Marriott, Leaſes, Yorkſhire.
William Marwood, Efq; Buſby-Hall, Yorkſhire.
Edward Meynell, Eſq; Yarm, Yorkſhire.
John Milnes, Efq; Wakefield, Yorkihire.
The Rev. T. Wilſon Morley,
Yorkſhire.
Mrs. Pulleine Moſley, Burley-Hall near Otley, Yorkſhire.
William Muir, Eſq; Caldwall, North Britain.
James Murray, Eſq; York.
Mr. William Manby, Merchant, Knareſbrough, Yorkſhire.
Mr. William Markham, Hull.
Mr. B. Middleton, Boroughbridge, Yorkſhire.
}
N.
The Rev. D'Arcy Nelſon, Holtby near York.
Meff. J. Nickſon and Carr, Nurſerymen, Knutsford, Cheſhire.
The Rev.
Oates, Biſhopton near Ripon, Yorkſhire,
Mr. David Oliver, Gardener to William Weddell, Eſq;.
i
P
His Grace the Duke of Portland. ,
J. R. Peaſe, Eſq; Hull.
Henry Peirſe, Eſq; M. P. Bedale, Yorkſhire.
Richard William Peirſe, Eſqi Thimbleby Lodge, Yorkſhire,
+
Mrs.
vi
Mrs. Peirſe, Thimbleby Lodge, Yorkſhire,
Bradſhaw Peirſon, Eſq; Stokeſley, Yorkſhire.
Archdeacon Peirfon, Coxwold, Yorkſhire.
Cooper Penroſe, Eſq; Wood-Hill near Cork, Ireland.
Mrs. Pennyman, Little Paunton near Grantham, Lincolnſhire.
Miſs Percival, Acomb, York.
Edward Phelips, Eſq; M. P. Holbrook, Somerſetſhire.
Mrs. Phelips, fame.
The Rev. John Preſton, Flaſby, Craven, Yorkſhire.
Mrs. Preſton, York.
Henry Percy Pulleine, Eſq; Carlton-Hall, Yorkſhire.
R
The Hon. Mrs. Robinſon,
$
The Rev. Matthew Paine, Rector of Kirby-Wiſke, Yorkſhire.
The Rev. John Robinſon, York.
The Rev. Thomas Cutler Rudſton, Sand-Hutton, Yorkſhire.
Mr. Thomas Richardſon, Merchant, Mancheſter.
Mr. Matthias Roebuck, Gardener, York.
Mr. John Roſe, Thirſk, Yorkſhire.
Mr. John Roſs, Gardener to Mrs. Arden.
Mr. John Routh, Inand of Jamaica.
Mr. Robert Routh, Thirſk, Yorkſhire.
Mr. George Rutherford, Gardener, fame.
3
S
The Earl of Shafteſbury.
The Earl of Scarbrough.
The
The Hon. Rear Admiral Stewart,
1
A
Sir Edward Smith, Bart.
Sir Martin Stapylton, Bart.
Sir Thomas T. Slingſby, Bart.
Sir Richard Sutton, Bart. M. P.
Sir Chriſtopher Sykes, Bart. L. L.D.
Richard Anthony Saliſbury, Eſq; Chapel-Allerton, Yorkſhire .
Philip Salınarſh, Eſq; York.
Thomas Salvin, Eſq; Mancheſter.
The Rev. Charles Sampſon, Ripley, Yorkſhire.
Henry Seymouhl, Eſq; Panſanger, Herefordſhire.
Francis Shepherd, Efq; Knareſbrough, Yorkſhire.
Cornelius Smelt, Eſq; Thirſk, Yorkſhire.
Francis Smith, Eſq; Brafferton Hall, York hire.
William Sotheron, Eſq; M.P. Darrington, Yorkſhire.
Edward William Stiilingfleete, Eſq; Hocham, Yorkſhire.
Col. Straubenzee, Spennithorne, Yorkſhire.
Aubone Surtees, Eſq; Lancaſhire.
John Surtees, Efq; Lancaſhire,
Thomas Swinburne, Eſq; Oldacres, Durham.
John Symmons, Eſq; Paddington-Houſe near London.
Mr. Robert Scales, Nurſeryman, Cottingham near Hull.
Mr. Simpſon, Gardener to Richard Wood, Eſq;
Mr. Sloe, Gardener at Allerton-Hall, Lancaſhire.
Mr. John Stephens, Gardener to Lord Grey de Wilton.
Mr. John Stewart, Gardener to John Blackburne, Efq;
s
The
1
1
xviii
-
T
The Marquis of Tweeddale.
Sir George Thomas, Bart. M. P.
Sir John Trevelyan, Bart. M. P.
The Hon. Mr. Baron Thomſon.
Mrs. Taylor, Cortingham near Hull.
John Tempeſt, Eſq; M. P. Winyard near Stockton, Durham,
Henry Thompſon, Efq; Kirby-Hall, Yorkſhire.
Mrs. Thornton, Thornville-Royal, Yorkſhire.
Col. Thornton, ſame.
Samuel Tooker, Eſq; Moorgate near Rotherham, Yorkſhire.
George Townend, Eſq; York,
Major Torriano, Stanmore, Middleſex.
Walter Trevelyan, Eſq; Nether-Wilton, Northumberland:
John Tweedy, Eſq; Banker, York.
Mr. John Taus, Welbeck-Gardens, Nottinghamſhire.
Mr. William Teſfeyman, Bookſeller, York.
Mr. William Thompſon, Nurſeryman, Pickhill, Yorkſhire.
Mr. William Thompſon, Gardener to William Marwood, Efq;
Mr. Robert Thornton, York.
Mr. Anthony Thorpe, Attorney at Law, York,
Mr. John Todd, Bookſeller, York..
Mr. William Todd, Jamaica.
Mr. William Townend, Gardener to T. N. Dalton, Efq;
Mr. John Tuke, Lingcroft near York.
3
The
C
six
U
The Earl of Uxbridge.
V
Mrs. Vaſton, Clapton, Middleſex.
"
Right Hon. Lord Viſcount Wenman,
Sir John Webb, Bart. F. R. S.
Miſs C. Wade, York.
.
I
William Wainman, Eſq; Carr-Head, Yorkſhire.
William Walker, Eſq; Crow-Neft near Halifax, Yorkſhire.
Robert Warde, Efq; London.
St. Andrew Warde, Eſq; Hutton-Pagnall, Yorkſhire.
Col. Wemyſs, M. P. Edinburgh.
Peregrine Wentworth, Efq; Tolſton-Lodge, Yorkſhire.
William Wilberforce, Eſq; M. P. Kingſton upon Hull.
The Rev. James Wilkinſon, Boroughbridge and Sheffield, Yorkſhire.
Joſeph Wilkinſon, Eſq; Hawkſworth, Yorkſhire.
William Gregory Williams, Eſq; Serlby near Bawtry, Yorkſhire.
William Withers, Eſq; York.
Thomas Withers, M. D. York.
The Rev. Ralph Worſley, Rector of Little Paunton near Grantham,
Lincolnſhire.
Richard Wood, Eſq; Hollin-Hall near Ripon, Yorkſhire.
John Wood, Eſq; Beadnell, Northumberland.
William Wrightſon, Eſq; Culworth near Doncaſter, Yorkſhire.
>
1
C 2
The
The Rev. Chriſtopher Wyvill, Burton-Hall, Yorkſhire.
Mr. Thomas Walton, Attorney at Law, Northallerton, Yorkſhire
Mr. John Wilſon, Langton upon Swale, Yorkſhire.
Y
John Yorke, Efq; Richmond, Yorkſhire.
Mr. William Luke Yarker, Attorney at Law, Middleham, York-
ſhire.
ADDITIONAL SUBSCRIBERS.
THE RIGHT HONORABLE WILLIAM PITT, FIRST LORD COM-
MISSIONER OF HIS MAJESTY'S TREASURY, AND CHAN-
CELLOR OF THE EXCHEQUER.
The Right Hon. Alexander Lord Loughborough, Lord Chief Juſtice of the
Court of Common Pleas.
porn
Sir J. E. Swynburne, Bart. M. P.
The Hon.
Conyngham.
William Bethell, Eſq; Rife, Yorkſhire.
William Browne, Eſq; Benton, Northumberland.
Edward Conſtable, Eſq; Burton-Conſtable, Yorkſhire.
Samuel Crompton, Eſq; Wood-End, Yorkſhire.
Mrs. Crompton, fame.
Bacon Frank, Eſq; Campfall, Yorkſhire.
Major Machell, Beverley, Yorkſhire.
Mr. James Akers, Beverley, Yorkſhire.
Mr. John Falla, Nurſeryman, Hebburn-Quay, Newcaſtle-upon-Tyne.
Mr. Richard Fiſher, Bookſeller, Newcaſtle-upon-Tyne.
Mr. John Longlands, Jun. fame.
Mr. L. Whitaker, Bookſeller, Beverley, Yorkſhire.
신
​I
$
1
$
GENERAL OBSERVATIONS
3
}
IT
ſeems equally improper to introduce into a Catalogue, like the pre-
fent, the Synonyms of different botanical writers, to endeavour to aſcertain
how long each plant has been cultivated in the Britiſh gardens, (which
would, upon examination, moſt likely be found defective) or to preface
the work with a long catalogue of books that may have been inſpected to
furniſh materials for the following ſheets. A mere declaration that the
ſubjects which are treated upon have been carefully attended to, will, it is
hoped, here be thought ſufficient; eſpecially if the matter, in its humble
and plain attire, proves ſatisfactory to the Gentleman, and contributes to
the eaſe and information of the Gardener.
Preference is given to a catalogue arranged in alphabetical order, as
being the moſt plain method for enabling horticulturiſts to provide, with
eaſe and expedition, a full collection for their ſtoves and green-houſes ;
and ſhould they be inclinable to obtain information beyond the limits
of this plan, they will find no ſcarcity of ſcientific botanical books to
refer to.
Some of my readers perhaps may fancy that a ſcale of the different de-
grees of heat of different countries, whoſe productions are arranged in the
following
xxii
following ſheets, might have been uſeful in this work : But I am inclined
to think that ſuch an attempt would (far from appearing ſyſtematical in
this place) be of fo complicated a nature as not to anſwer any good end to
the Gentleman, much leſs to the practical Gardener, in the ſucceſsful
management of the Stove and Green-Houſe; and that a general obſervation
or two, which I ſhall here introduce upon that ſubject, will be found ſuf-
ficiently explicit.
$
ta
3
All Plants (with ſome few exceptions that are pointed out in the
courſe of the Catalogue) natives of the torrid zone, or of the heated
frontiers of the temperate zones, either in Alia, Africa, Europe, or
America, do in Britain require the protection of a good ſtove. There
are, no doubt, different degrees of heat even in thoſe fervid regions; fo
are there likewiſe various heats to be found in one good ſtove, which,
with a little practice and conſideration, may be aptly ſuited to promote
the health and vigorous growth of each plant in the hot-houſe. And
almoſt all plants that are natural productions of the warm parts of
the temperate zones in the four grand diviſions of the earth, are, in this
iſland, proper furniture for the green-houſe.
3
-
+
}
3
+
The Intention of the following Sheets extending only to praca
tical Matters regarding the Stove and Green House, it is
hoped the candid Reader' will pardon any botanical Errors that
may happen to have found their Way either into the Catalogue,
any other part of the Book.
CHARACTERS,
OR
4
A B B R E VI A TI ON S.
D, S,
Dry-Stove.
S.
Stove.
G, H.
Green-Houſe.
Shrub or Tree.
21.
Herbaceous Perennial Plant.
Annual.
Biennial
}
1
THE
1
Į
1
THE
C Α Τ Α Ι ο G 0 E
OF
A
A B I D I N G P L AN TS.
BROM
BROMA, Faſtuofum.
ABRUS, Precatorius,
ACHANIA.
ABROMA, Mapple-leaved. S. h. Eaſt Indies.
LIQUORICE, Jamaica wild. S. ħ. Both Indies and Egypt.
ACHANIA.
Malvaviſcus.
Scarlet, or Baſtard Hi-
biſcus.
S. ħ. Jamaica.
S. ħ. Jamaica and hot Parts of
Mollis.
Woolly.
America.
ACHILLEA, Ægyptiaca.
MILFOIL, Egyptian. G. H. 2. Egypt and Aſia Minor.
SAPOTA.
ACHRAS.
3
Mammola.
Mammee.
S. n. Quito in South America
and Jamaica.
Sapota.
Common.
S. h. Same.
Salicifolia.
Willow-leaved.
S. h. Same.
ACHYRANTHES.
ACHYRANTHES.
Aſpera, Sicula,
Upright.
S. h. Sicily.
Indica.
Dwarf.
S. h. Both Indies,
Lappacea.
Spreading
S. h. Eaſt Indies.
A
Muricatae
1
( 2 )
!
^
Muricata.
Prickly.
S. 2. Same.
Nivea.
White.
G. H. h. Canary Iſlands.
ACORUS, Gramineus. CHINESE SWEETGRASS.D.S. 24. Tonkin in China.
ACROSTICHUM, Velleum. ACROSTICHUM,Woolly.G.H. 2. Madeira Iſlands.
ADANSONIA, Digitata. ETHIOPIAN SOUR GOURD,
or Monkies' Bread. S. ħ. Senegal and Egypti
ADELIA, Acidoton.
ADELIA, Box-leaved. S. h. Jamaica.
ADIANTUM.
MAIDEN HAIR,
Reniforme.
Kidney-leaved. G. H. 2. Madeira Iſlands.
Villoſum.
Hairy-ſtalked.
S. 2. Jamaica.
Fragrans.
Sweet-ſcented. G. H. 4. Madeira..
Pteroides.
Heart-leaved. G. H. 2. Cape of Good Hopeo.
ADONIS, Veſicatoria.
ADONIS, Cape. G. H. 2. Cape of Good Hope.
ÆGIPHILA, Martinicenfis. ÆGIPHILA, Martinico. S. h, Weſt Indies.
ÆSCHYNOMENE, Grandi ÆSCHYNOMENE, great-flow Pondicherry in the Eaſt
flora.
ered.
S. R. Indies.
AGAPANTHUS, Umbellatus. LILLY, African blue.
LILLY, African blue. G. H. 2. Cape of Good Hope,
AGAVE.
AGAVE,
I
!
{
Americana,
Common American. G. H. h. Warm Parts of South,
America.
Argenteo.
Aureo.
Karatto.
Vivipara
Silver-ſtriped. G. H. h. Same.
Gold-ſtriped. G. H. h. Same,
Red-fpined.
G. H; h. Same.
Viviparous, or Childing
Agave.
G. H. h. Same.
Virginian.
G. H. 2. Carolina's and Virginias.
Broad-leaved VeraCruz.D.S. ħ. Mexico.
Virginica.
Lurida.
Rigida.
Narrow-leaved Vera Cruz, S. h. Same.
Tuberofa.
Single-ſpined Tuberous-
rooted.
S. Tz. New Spin.
AGAVE.
*
( 3 )
TAGAVE.
AGAVE.
Var.
Double-ſpined Tuberous-
rooted.
S. T New Spain,
.
Foetid.
S. Đ. Hot Parts of S. America,
Foetida.
AGROSTIS.
BENT GRASS.
Mexicana.
Mexican.
Flat-Italked.
Complanata
AITONIA, Capenfis.
S. 2. Mexico and New Spain.
S. 24. Jamaica.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
G. H. ħ. Cape of Good Hope.
AITONIA, Cape.
Aizoon, Hairy.
AIZOON, Glinoides.
ALBUCA.
ALBUCA.
Altiſſima.
Tall.
G. H. 21. Cape of Good Hope.
+
Major.
Great.
G. H. 21, Same.
Minor,
Small.
G. H. 21. Same.
Channel-leaved.
G. H. 21. Same.
Coarctata.
Faſtigiata.
Upright-flowered.
G, H. 21. Same.
Viſcoſa.
Viſcous.
G. H. 21. Same.
ALETRIS,
ALETRIS.
Fragrans.
Sweet-ſcented.
S. ħ. Upon the River Gambia
in Africa,
Capenſis.
Waved-leaved Stalkleſs.G.H. 24. Cape of Good Hope.
-
Glauca.
Glaucous.
G. H. 21. Same.
Uvaria.
Pumila.
Great Orange-flowered. G.H. 21. Same.
Small Orange-flowered, G.H. 2. Same.
Ceylon Aloe.
D. S. 26. Ceylon.
Guinea Aloe.
D. S. 24. Guinea.
Hyacinthoides, Zeylanica.
Guineenfis.
3
ALLAMANDA, Cathartica.
ALLAMANDA, Willow-
leaved.
S. h. Guiana and Wild Brafu.
ALLIUM.
GARLICK,
Gracile.
Jamaica.
Triangular.
S. 4. Jamaica.
G. H. 2. Spain.
Triquetrum.
A 2
ALOE.
( 4 )
ALOE.
ALOE.
Dichotoma.
Smooth-ſtemed Tree. D. S. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Narrow-leaved Sword. D. S. 2. The temperate Parts of:
Perfoliata, Arboreſcens.
Africa.
Africana.
Broad-leaved Sword. D. S. 26. Same.
Barbadenfis.
Barbadoes,
D. S. 27. Same.
Socotora.
Socotorine.
D. S. 2. Inand of Socotora, off
the Mouth of the Red
Sea.
Purpurafcens.
White-fpined Glau-
The moſt temperate Parts
COUS.
D. S. 21.
of Africa.
Glauca.
Lineata
Ferox.
Red-ſpined Glaucous. D. S. 2. Same.
Red-ſpined Striped. D. S. 2. Same.
Great Hedge Hog.
D, S. 2. Same..
Dwarf Hedge Hog.
D. S. 2. Same.
Great Soap
D, S. 2. Same..
Common Soap. D. S. .. Same..
Humilis.
Saponaria.
Obſcura.
Serrulata.
Hollow-leaved Perfo-
liate.
D. S. 24. Same.
Seberecta,
Upright Pérfoliate.
D. S. 24. Same.
Depreſſa.
Short-leaved Perfoliate. D. S. 2. Same.
Mitræformis.
Great Mitre.
D. S. 26. Same.
Brevifolia.
Small Mitre.
Đ. S. 4. Same.
Arachnoides, Communis.
Common Cobweb.
D. S. . Cape of Good Hope..
Pumila.
Small Cobweb,
D. S. h. Same.
Margaritifera, Major.
Great Pearl.
D. S. . Same.
Minor.
Small Pearl.
D. S. h. Same.
Minima.
Leaſt Pearl.
D. S. . Same.
D. S. n. The temperate Parts of
Verrucoſa.
Warted.
Africa,
ALOE.
.
( 5 )
ALOE
ALOE.
Carinata.
Keel-leaved.
D. S. n. The temperate Parts of
1
Africa.
Maculata, Pulchra.
Obliqua,
Lingua, Anguſtifolia.
Craffifolia.
Narrow-leaved ſpotted. D. S. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Broad-leaved ſpotted. D. S. h. Same.
Common Tongue.
D. S. h. Same.
Thick-leaved Tongue. D. S. n. Same.
Fan.
D. S. h. The temperate Parts of
Plicatalis.
Africa.
Variegata..
Partridge Breaft. D. S. ì. Cape of Good Hope.
Upright Triangular. D. S. n. The temperate Parts of
Viſcofa.
Africa.
Spiralis, Imbricata.
D. S. h. Same.
Imbricated Spiral.
Five-ſided Spiral.
Pentagona.
D, S, ħ. Same.
Retufa.
Cufhion.
D. S. Đ. Same.
G. H. h. Carolina.
Caroliniana.
Carolina,
Felinum.
Cat's Chop:
D. S. ħ. Guinea.
Goat's Horn.
D. S. . Cape of Good Hope.
Capricornia.
ALSTRMERIA.
ALSTROEMERIA.
S. 4. Peru.
Pelegrina.
Ligtu.
AMARILLIS.
Spotted-flowered:
Striped-flowered.
S. 2. Same.
ARMARILLI'S.
Pumilis.
Dwarf.
G. H. 2. Cape of Good Hope.
Purpurea.
Purple-flowered.
G. H. 21. Same.
Reticulata.
Flat-ſtalked.
S. 21. Brafil.
Vittata.
S. 2. Mexico.
Superb.
Long-leaved.
Longifolia.
G. H. 26. Cape of Good Hope,
Revoluta.
Revolute.
G. H. 2. Same.
Aurea.
Orientalis
Golden.
S. 4. Cochin, China.
Broad-leaved African. G. H. 24. Cape of Good Hope.
AMARILLIS,
( 6 )
AMARILLIS.
AMARILLIS,
Undulata,
Waved-flowered Afria
can.
G. H. 21. Cape of Good Hope.
Snow Drop-leaved. G. H. 21. Same.
Radiata,
Falcata.
Sickle-leaved.
G. H. 2. Same.
Formoſiſſima.
Reginæ.
Equeſtris.
Ornata.
Sarnienfis.
Lilly Jacobaea.
S. 2. Paragua in S. America.
Mexican
S. 2. Mexico and New Spain.
Barbadoes.
S. 2. Weſt Indies.
Cape Coaſt.
S. 24. Guinea.
Guernſey.
G. H. 21. Iſland of Guernſey and
Japan.
Ceylon.
S. 24. Iſand of Ceylon.
See A BROMA, Faſtuoſum.
AMBROSIA, Shrubby. S. h. Mexico and Peru,
AMELLUS, Trailing. G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
GINGER,
Zeylanica.
AMBROMA, Auguſta.
AMBROSIA, Arboreſcens.
AMELLUS, Lychnitis.
AMOMUM.
h
Zinziber.
Narrow-leaved.
S. 2. Eaſt Indies.
Zerumbet.
Broad-leaved Wild,
S. 27. Same.
}
Granum Paradiſi.
Grains of Paradiſe
S. 24. Guinea.
ANACARDIUM, Occi-
Cashew Nut,
S. h. Both Indiese
dentale.
ANAGALLIS, Monelli.
ANAGYRIS, Foetida.
PIMPERNEL, Italian Blue, G.H. 4. Italy.
BEAN TREFOIL, Stink-
ing
G. H. h. Spain and Italy.
ANCISTRUM.
ANCISTRUM.
Lucidum,
3
Latebrofum..
Shining.
G. 4. 24. Falkland Iflands,
Hairy.
G. H. 2. Cape of Good Hope.
ANDROMEDA, Clammy.G.H. ħ. Cape of Good Hope.
ANDROMEDA, Droferoides.
ANDROPOGON.
ANDROPOGON.
Contortum,
Twifted.
S. 2. Eaſt Indies,
Pubefcens.
Ciliated,
S. 21. Jamaica.
ANDRYALA.
I
3
V
(7)
ANDRYALA.
ANDRYALA.
Cheiranthifolia.
Various-leaved.
G. H. 4. Madeira.
G. H. 4. Archipelago.
Ragufina.
Downy.
CUSTARD APPLE.
ANNONA.
Muricata.
Rrough-fruited, or Sour Weſt Indies and Cape.
Sop.
Verd Illands.
Broad-leaved.
S. n. Guinea and Braſil,
S. B.
Tripetala.
Squamoſa.
Undulated or Sweet
S. h. Same.
Reticulata.
Hexapetala.
Paluftris.
ANTHEMIS, Odorata.
Netted.
S. h. Same.
Long-leaved.
S. h. China and Eaſt Indies.
Shining-leaved.
S. h. Weſt Indies.
CAMOMILE, Shrubby, G. H. ħCape of Good Hope.
ANTHERICUM,or Spider Wort.
Thick-ſpiked. G, H. 24. Cape of Good Hope. .
Curl-flowered. G. H. 21. Same. .
ANTHERICUM.
Floribundum.
Revolutum.
Elatum.
Tall.
G. H. 26. Same.
Triflorum.
Three-flowered.
G. H. 2. Same.
Canaliculatum.
Channelled.
G. H. 2. Same.
Albucoides,
Stripe-flowered.
G. H. 21. Same.
Fruteſcens.
Shrubby.
G. H. 21. Same.
Aloeides,
Aloe-leaved.
G. H. 2. Same.
t
Glaucous-leaved.
G. H. 2. Same.
Aſphodeloides.
Hiſpidum.
Hairy-leaved.
G. H. 2. Same.
Filiforme.
Thread-leaved.
G. H. 2. Same.
ANTHOLYZA.
ANTHOLYZA.
Ringens.
Narrow-leaved.
G. H. 21. Cape of Good Hope.
G. H. 21. Same .
Plicata.
Plaited-leaved.
Æthiopica.
Broad-leaved.
G, H. 24. Same.
Meriana.
Red-flowered.
G. H. 2. Same.
Merianella.
Dwarf,
G. H. 4. Same.
→
Cunonia,
Scarlet-flowered
G, H, 21. Same
,
AN.
( 8 )
ANTHOSPERMUM, Æthi-
opicum.
ANTHYLLIS.
AMBER-TREE, Ethiopian.
G. H. h.
Cape of Good Hope and
Ethiopia.
ANTHILLIS.
+
Barba Jovis.
Cytiſoides.
Hermaniæ.
Erinacea.
Heterophylla.
ANTERRHINUM,
Silvery Anthyllis, or
Spain, Italy, and Afia
Jupiter's Beard.
G. H. n. Minor
Downy-leaved. G. H. h. Same.
Lavender-leaved. G. H. h. Same.
Prickly.
G. H. h. Same.
Various-leaved. G. H. h. Same.
SNAP-DRAGON
Villous.
G. H. 2. Spain & South of Europe.
Marjoram-leaved. G. H. 4. Same.
Woolly-leaved. G. H. 2. Same.
Black-flowered Toad-
South of Europe and Aſia
Villoſum.
Origanifolium.
Molle.
Trifte.
Flax.
G. H. 2.
Minor.
G. H. 1. Same.
Variegatum.
Macrocarpum.
Variegated.
Large-fruited.
Apeila, Hairy.
G. H. 2. Cape of Good Hope.
S. h. South America and Welt
APEIBA, Tibourbou,
Indies.
DOGSBANE, Indian.
S. h. Both Indies.
APOCYNUM, Reticulatum.
.
APONOGETON.
APONOGETON..
Broad-leaved.
G. H. 21. Cape of Good Hope.
Narrow-leaved,
G. H. 2. Same.
Diſtachyon.
Anguſtifolium.
ARALIA, Capitata.
ARCTOTIS.
Plantaginea.
Aſpera.
ARALIA, Cluſter-flowered. S. h. Weſt Indies.
ARCTOTIS.
Plantain-leaved. G. H, 24. Cape of Good Hope.
Broad-leaved rough. G. H. h. Same.
Narrow-leaved rough.G. H. h. Same.
Southernwood-leaved. G. H. h. Same.
Var.
Scarioſa.
Paleaceae
G. H. ħ. Same.
Chaffy.
Dwarf.
Acaulis,
G. H. 21. Same,
ARCTOPUS.
(9)
ARCTOPUS, Echinatus.
ARDISIA, Excelſa.
ARDUINA, Biſpinoſa.
ARCTOPUS, Rough. G. H. 21. Cape of Good Hope.
ADERNO, or Laurel-leaved
Ardifia.
G. H. h. Madeira.
ARDUINA, Two-ſpined. G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
CABBAGE-TREE,
S. . Weſt Indies.
ARET HUSA, fringed-
flowered.
G. H. 26. Cape of Good Hope.
ARISTEA, Glaſs-leaved. G. H. 2. Cape of Good Hope.
ARECA, Oleracea.
ARETHUSA, Ciliaris.
ARISTEA, Cyanea.
ARISTOLOCHIA.
BIRTHWORT.
Trilobata,
Three-lobed
S. 5. Hot Parts of South Ame-
rica.
Odoratiffima,
Sweet-ſcented
Rotunda.
Round-rooted.
S. . Jamaica.
G. H. 26. Italy, Spain, and South
of France.
Longa.
Long-rooted
G. H. 26. Same.
ARTEMISIA.
WORMWOOD.
Argentea.
Broad-leaved Tree. G. H. h. Madeira.
Arboreſcens
Common Tree.
G, H. h. Aſia Minor.
ARTOCARPUS; Integrifolia. JACA Tree,Indian.
S. h. Eaſt Indies and Eaſt In-
dian Iſlands,
ARUM.
ARUM.
Crinitum.
G. H. 21. Minorca.
Venofum.
Hairy-ſheathed.
Purple-flowered.
Egyptian.
S. 2. Weſt Indies,
Colocafia.
S. 2. Egypt and Aſia Minor.
S. 26. Madeira.
Bicolor.
Painted.
Eſculentum.
Eatable.
S. 24. HotCountries of America.
Trilobatum.
Three-lobed.
S. 2. Ceylon.
S. 2. Weſt Indies.
Sagittæfolium.
Arrow-leayed.
4
>
Arifarum.
I
1
Hooded-Arum, or
Friar's Cowl.
G. H. 24. South of Europe.
B
ARUM
( 10 )
Seguinum.
Dumb-Arum, or Cane
S. Đ. Hot Parts of America and
the Weſt Indian Iflands,
1
Auritum,
ho
Zeylanicum.
ARUNDO, Bambos,
Ear-leaved.
Sh. Same.
Ceylon.
S. h. Ceylon.
REED-GRAss, or Bamboo-
Cane.
S. 1. Eaſt Indies
ASCLEPIAS.
ASCLEPIAS, or Swallow-Wort.
Undulata.
1
Criſpa.
Procera.
Wave-leaved, G. H. Đ. Cape of Good Hope..
Curl-leaved.
G.H. h. Same.
Bell-flowered, Gigantic. S. ħ. Perfia
Curled-flowered Gigantic. S. h, Eaſt Indies.
Curaflavian, or Ox-Tef Hot Parts of South Ame.
Gigantea.
Curaffavica,
tacles.
S.T.
rica.
Parvifora.
Small-flowered.
G. H. 2. Carolina & Eaſt Florida.
Arboreſcens.
Tree.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
G. H. h. Same.
Fruticofa.
Willow-leaved.
Glabra.
Narrow Willow - leav-
ed.
G. H. h. Same.
ASCYRUM, Crux-Andreæ.
Maryland in North Ame-
SAINT ANDREW's Cross, or
Common Aſcyrum. G. H. h.
rica.
ASPALATHUS.
ASPALATHUS.
Albens.
Silky.
Small-leaved,
G. H. . Cape of Good Hope.
G. H. h. Same.
Pedunculata.
Indica.
Small-flowered.
S. h Eaſt Indies.
1
Silvery.
S. h. Hot Parts of Africa.
Argentea.
Candicans
White.
S. n. Same.
ASPARAGUS.
ASPARAGUS.
Declinatus.
Long-leaved.
Larch-leaved.
G. H. 2. Cape of Good Hope.
G, H, h. Same.
Retrofractus.
,
t
ASPA.
(11)
m
ASPARAGUS.
ASPARAGUS.
Aſiaticus.
Slender-ſtalked.
G. H. hi Afia and Cape of Good
Albus.
White.
Hope.
G. H. h. Spain and Portugal.
G. H. Spain, Portugal, and
Acutifolius.
Acute-leaved.
Aſia Minor.
1
Aphyllus.
Capenfis.
Sarmentoſus,
Prickly.
G. H. h. South of Europe.
Cape
G. H. ñ. Cape of Good Hope.
Linear-leaved.
S. h. Ceylon.
ASPHODEL, or King's Spear,
Onion-leaved. G. H. 24. South of Europe.
SPLEEN-WORT, or Mule's South of Europe and Ma-
ASPHODELUS, Fiſtuloſus.
>
(
ASPLENIUM, Hemionitis.
Fern.
G. H. 24.
deira.
ASTER.
STAR-Wort,
Fruticoſus.
Shrubby.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Cymbalaria-leaved. G. H. h. Same.
Cymbalariæ.
ATHANASIA.
ATHANASIA.
Capitata.
Hairy.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Trifurcata.
Trifid-leaved.
G. H. h. Same.
Crithmifolia.
Samphire-leaved.
G. H. . Same.
Linifolia.
Flax-leaved.
G. H. h. Same.
Dentata.
Notch-leaved.
Parviflora.
Small-flowered.
G. H. . Same.
G. H. h. Same.
G. H. h. Same.
Filiformis.
Fine-leaved.
Cinerea.
Lavender-leaved.
G. H. Đ. Same.
ATRAPHAXIS.
ATRAPHAXIS.
Spinofá.
Prickly-branched.
{
Undulata."
Wave-leaved
ORACHE, White.
ATRIPLEX, Albicans.
ATROPA, Fruteſcens.
G. H. h. Aſia Minor.
G. H. . Cape of Good Hope.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
G. H. Ñ Spain.
AUCUBA,
ATROPA, Shrubby
B 2
( 12 )
AUCUBA, Japonica.
AUCUBA, Japan.
S. ñ. Japan,
.
BACCHARIS.
BACCHARIS.
Ivafolia.
Notched-leaved.
S. 2. Peru.
Neriifolia.
BANISTERIA, Purpurea.
BARLERIA.
Oleander-leaved, G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
BANISTERIA, Purple. S. Đ. Weſt Indies,
BARLERIA, or Jamaica
Snap-Dragon.
Four-ſpined.
S. h. Weſt Indies.
Single-fpined.
S. . Same.
MOUNTAIN-EBONY.
Prionitis.
Buxifolia.
BAUHINIA.
Aculeata.
Prickly-ſtalked.
S. h. Jamaica and the other
V
Weſt Indian Iſlands,
S. . Same.
Divaricata.
Dwarf.
Aurita
S. h. Same.
6
Long-eared.
Smooth broad-leaved. ,
Porrecta.
S. h. Same.
Variegata.
$
Candida,
+
Purpurea.
BEGONIA, Nitida.
Variegated.
S. h. Eaſt Indiese
Downy-leaved.
S. h. Same.
Purple.
S. h. Same.
BEGONIA, Shining oblique-
leaved, or Jamaica Wood
Sorrel.
S. ħ. Jamaica.
BELLONIA, Shrubby. S. h. Weſt Indies.
BESLERIA.
BELLONIA, Aſpera.
BESLERIA.
Melitifolia.
Oval-leaved.
S. h. Hot Parts of America..
&
Lutea
S. n. Same.
1
Criſtata.
Spear-leaved.
Creeping-ſtalked.
BEURERIA, Succulent.
S. h. Same.
BEURERIA, Succulata.
S. . (In the Stove at Orford
in Lancaſhire, the Seat
of John Blackburne,
Efq; M. P.)
BIDENS,
( 13 )
BIDENS, Nivea
Bidens, White-flowered. S. 27. South Carolina and Cam-
peachy.
BIGNONIA,
TRUMPET-FLOWER.
Wave-leaved.
S. hWeſt Indies.
Longiffima.
Sempervirens.
Yellow Sweet-ſcented. G.H. h. Carolina and Bahama
Iſlands.
A
Pentaphylla.
Hairy Five-leaved. S. h. Jamaica.
Leucoxylon.
Smooth Five-leaved. S. h. Weſt Indies.
Stans.
Branching-fowered. S.T. Same.
Indica.
Indian.
S. h. Eaſt Indies.
Peruviana.
Peruvian.
S. h. Peru.
BISCUTELLA, Sempervirens. BISCUTELLA, Shrubby. G. H. h. Spain.
BIXA, Orellana.
ANOTTA, or Heart-leaved
Віха. .
S. Weſt Indies.
BLÆRIA.
BLÆRIA.
Ericoides.
Heath-leaved.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
G. H. h. Same.
Muſcofa.
Moſs-leaved.
BLECHNUM.
BLECHNUM.
Occidentale.
South American.
S. 21. Amazonia and Brafil.
Auftrale.
Cape.
.
G. H. 2. Cape of Cood Hope.
G. H. 21. Madeira.
Radicans.
Rooted-leaved.
BOCCONIA, Fruteſcens.
CELANDINE-Tree, or Shrub-
Jamaica, Mexico, New
by Bocconia.
S. ħ. Spain and Peru.
BOERHAVIA
Hogweed.
Erecta.
Upright.
S. 21. Both Indies.
Diffuſa.
S. 27. Same.
Scandens.
Spreading
Climbing
SILK COTTON TREE,
S. h. Jamaica.
BOMBAX.
Pentandrum.
Seven-leaved.
S. h. Eaſt Indies.
Ceiba.
Five-leaved,
S. h. Both Indies.
BONTIA,
remos
( 14 )
1
BONTIA, Daphnoides.
BARBADOES WILD OLIVE.S.T. Weſt Indies.
* BORASSUS, Flabellifer.
FAN PALM TREE.
S. h. The Hotteſt Parts of
Africa and E. Indies.
BORBONIA.
BORBONIA.
Lanceolata,
Crenata.
BOSEA, Yervamora.
BRABEJUM, Stellatifolium.
BROMELIA, Ananas.
Spear-leaved. G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Heart-leaved. G. H. h. Same.
GOLDEN Rod Tree. G. H. h. Canary Iſlands.
BRABEJUM, African. G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
QUEEN, or Cultivated Pine The hot Regions of Ame-
Apple.
S. h.
rica and Africa.
Green-leaved Purple-ſtriped
Sugar Loaf.
S. ì. Same.
Brown-leaved Sugar Loaf. S. ħ. Same.
Deep Green Shining ſmooth-
leaved Sugar Loaf. S. ħ. Same.
Silver Striped-leaved Suri-
Var. Piramidalis.
Umbra,
Var.
Variegata, Argent.
nam.
S. Ñ.
Same.
Variegata, Aur.
Gold Striped-leaved Suri-
.
S. . Same.
King, or Light Green-
nam.
Lucida.
leaved.
S.
Same.
Viridis.
Green-fleſhed.
S.
Same.
0
Nigra.
Black Antigua, or Ripley. S. h. Same.
Alba.
White-fleſhed.
S. 1. Same.
Rubra.
Red-fleſhed.
S. .
Same.
Serotina.
Anguſtifolia,
Late Olive-coloured. S. h. Same.
Long Narrow-leaved. S. . Same.
Braſilian, or Black Pippin. S. ħ. Same.
Brafilienfis.
* See the Remark upon PALMA, or MILLER'S PALMS, in the Diſcourſe upon the Propagation of the Plants.
1
BROMELJA.
t
( 15 )
BROMELIA, Ananas.'
Queen, o cultivated Pine The hot Regions of Amc-
Apple.
rica and Africa.
Grenade Marble-leaved. S. ñ. Same.
Grenadenſis.
Montſerratenfis.
Montſerrat.
S. h. Same.
Black Jamaica.
S.D. Same.
Jamaicenfis, Nig
Penguin.
Wild, or uncultivated Pine-
S. 5. Same.
Apple.
BREAD-NUT-TREE, Ja-
BROSIMUM, Alicaſtrum.
maica.
S. h. Jamaica.
S. D. Abyſſinia and Egypt.
BRUCEA, Africana.
BRUCEA, African.
BRUNIA.
BRUNIA.
Nodiflora.
Imbricated.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope
Heath-leaved.
G. H. h. Same.
Lanuginoſa,
Abrotanoides.
Thime-leaved.
G. H. . Same.
Radiata.
Radiated.
G. H. K. Same.
BRUNSFELSIA, Americana.
BRUNSFELSIA, Oval-leaved
American..
S. h. Weſt Indies,
Var.
Spear-leaved.
S. ħ. Same.
BRYONIA.
BRIONY.
Latebrofa.
Hairy.
Palmated,
Palmata.
G. H. 21. Canary Iſlands.
S. 2. Ceylon.
S. 24. Eaſt Indies.
Grandis.
Great-flowered.
Scabra.
Globe-fruited.
G. H. 24. Cape of Good Hope.
G. H. 21. Canary Iſlands.
Verrucoſa..
Rough.
Smooth-leaved, or
Africana.
1
African.
G, H. 2. Cape of Good Hope, .
BUBON
BUBON.
Galbanum.
Lovage-leaved.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
G. H. h. Same.
Lævigatum.
Smooth.
Gummiferum.
BUCHNERA, Viſcoſa.
Gum-bearing.
G. H. h. Same.
BUCHNERA, Clammy, G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
BUDDLEA.
1
( 16 )
BUDDLEA, Salvifolia.
BUPHTHALMUM.
BUDDLEA, Sage-leaved. G. H. R. Cape of Good Hope,
Ox-Eye.
Sericeum.
Silky
G. H. h. Fortaventura, one of the
Canary Iſlands.
G. H. h. Virginia and Jamaica.
G. H. h. Bermudas.
Fruteſcens.
Shrubby.
Tree.
Arboreſcens.
BUPLEURUM.
HARE's EAR.
m
Nudun.
Naked-italked.
G. H. 4. Cape of Good Hope.
Coriaceum.
Thick-leaved Shrub-
+
Fruticeſcens.
Difforme.
by.
G. H. h. Gibraltar.
Graſs-leaved Shrubby. G. H. h. Spain.
Various-leaved. G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
BIRCH-TREE, Jamaica. S. 1. Weſt Indies.
BUTONICA, Laurel-leaved. S. h. E. Indies and other Parts
within the Tropics.
BURSERA, Gummifera,
BUTONICA, Speciofa.
--
BYSTROPOGON.
BYSTROPOGON.
Pactinatum.
Balm-leaved.
Plumoſum.
Woolly-flowered.
Canary.
S. ħ. Jamaica.
G. H. h. Canary Iſlands.
G. H. h. Madeira and Canary
Iſlands.
Canarienſe.
I
Punctatum.
Cluſter-flowered.
G. H. h. Madeira.
CACALIA.
CACALIA.
Papillaris.
Rough-ſtalked.
Jointed-ſtalked.
D. S. ñ. Cape of Good Hope.
G. H. h. Same.
Articulata.
Anteuphorbium.
Oval-leaved.
D. S. h. Same.
Ficoides.
Flat-leaved.
D. S. . Same.
Carnofa.
Narrow-leaved.
G. H: h. Same.
Repens.
Glaucous-leaved.
D. S. h. Same.
Scandcns.
G. H. 21. Same.
Climbing
Oleander-leaved, or
Kleinia,
Cabbage-Tree.
D.S. ñ. Canary Iands.
CACTUS
+
i7
CACTUS,
Grandiflorus.
Flagelliformis.
Triangularis.
Pendulus.
Triangularis, Compreſſis.
Opuntia.
Great Night-flower-
ing Cereus. D. S. ñ. Jamaica and Vera Cruz,
Small Creeping
D. S. . Peru and Weſt Indies.
Triangular.
D. S. h. Weſt Indies.
Slender.
D. S. ñ. Same.
Triangular,compreffed. D. S. ħ. Same.
Indian Fig, Common. G. H. h. Temperate Parts of Ame-
rica and South of Eu,
rope.
Ficus Indica,
Tuna.
Var.
Cochinillifer.
White-ſpined. D. S. ħ. Peru.
Yellow-ſpined. D. S. . Jamaica.
Black-ſpined.
D. S. h. Same.
Cochineal-Fig. D. S. hNew Spain and Jamaica.
Small-Indian Fig, or Pin Iſland of Curafſao, off
pillow.
D. S. .
Terra-Firma.
Leaft Indian-Fig. D. S. h. Same.
Curaflavicus,
Minimus.
Spleen Wort-leaved. D. S. Đ. Brafils.
Phyllanthus.
Spinofiffimus
Pereikia.
Mamillaris
Prolifer.
Melocactus, Communis.
Cluſter-ſpined, or Robin-
ſon Cruſoe's Coat. D. S. R. Jamaica.
Barbadoes Gooſeberry. D. S. ñ. Weſt Indies.
Melon Thiſtle, Red-ſpined,
ſmall,
D. S. h. Weſt Indies,
White-ſpined ſmall. D. S. . Same.
Common Melon Thiſtle,
or Turk's Cap. D, S. . Same.
Flat.
D. S. h. Same.
Torch Thiſtle, Seven-
angled.
D. S. h. Same.
Four-angled. D, S. h. Hot Parts of America.
C
CACTUS.
$
Depreſlus.
Heptagonus.
Tetragonus.
(18)
CACTUS
Hexagonus.
Pentagonus.
Repandus.
Six-angled.
D. S. H. Surinam,
Five-angled. D. S. h. Hot Parts of America:
Wavy-angled Torch-
Thiſtle
D, S. h. Weſt Indies,
Woolly.
D. S. h. Same.
Lanuginoſus.
Peruvianus.
Peruvian.
D. S. h. Jamaica and Peru:
D. S. h. Britiſh Weſt Indian-
Royeni.
Nine-angled:
A
Idlands.
CADIA, Purpurea.
CADIA, Purple-flowered.
S. . Arabia,
CÆSALPINIA.
BRASILETTO.
Braſilienſis.
Smooth,
S. ħ. Jamaica, Braſil, and hot
Parts of America
Veficaria.
Broad-leaved, Prickly. S. h. Same.
Narrow-leaved, Prickly. S.. Eaſt Indies.
Sappan.
CALEA, Lobata.
HALBERT WEED,
S. Weſt Indies..
CALENDULA,
MARIGOLD.
Tragus.
Bending-ſtalked
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.-
Graminifolia.
Graſs-leaved,
G. H. h. Same.
Rigida.
G. H. h. Same.
Rough-leaved.
Shrubby
Fruticoſa.
G. H. h. Same.
Glaucous.
G. H. Đ. Same.
Oppoſitifolia.
CALLA, Æthiopica.
CALLICARPA, Americana.
CALL'A, Ethiopian. G. H. 21. Cape of Good Hope.
CALLICARPA, American, S. h. The hot Parts of North
America.
CALLISIA, Repens.
CALYCANTHUS, Præcox,
CAMELLIA, Japonica.
CALLISIA, Creeping. S. 2. Weſt Indies,
ALLSPICE, Japan. G. H, h. Japan.
ROSE CAMELLIA, or Japan China and Japan, and
Roſe, or Violet Tree. G. H. h. alſo the Chineſe Iſland
of Haynan.
Double-flowered. G, H. h. Same.
CAM-
Florepleno.
(19)
V
CAMPANULA,
Aurea
Fruticofa.
BELL FLOWER.
Golden.
G. H. 7. Madeira.
Shrubby.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Canary.
G. H. 44. Canary Iſlands.
CAMPHOROSMA, Hairy. G. H. . South of Europe.
Canaria.
CAMPHOROSMA, Mon
peliaca.
CANELLA, Alba.
CANELLA, Laurel-leaved,
or Wild-Cinnamon.
S. h, Weſt Indies ..
CANNA, Indica Rubra.
INDIAN REED, or Sliott,
Common,
S. 21. Both Indies.
Lutea.
Yellow.
S. 26.
Same.
2
Coccinea.
Patens.
Scarlet.
S. 24. Same.
Spreading-flowered. S. 41. Same.
Sea Green Narrow-leaved, S. 2. Mexico and New Spain,
A
N
Glauca.
CAPPARIS
CapeR BUSH.
A
Spinoſa.
Prickly.
G. H. h. Italy and Aſia Minor.
Indian, or Badducea. S. h, New Spain.
Badducea.
Aboreſcens,
Tree.
S. h. Same. ,
$
Many-floweredo
S. T. Same.
Cynophalophora.
Racemofa.
S, T. Tolu.
Shrubby.
Breynia.
6
;;
S. . Guiana .
Breynia.
Siliquoſa.
One-flowered.
S. h. Mexico.
2
Triflora,
Three-flowered.
S. h. Carthagena.
CAPRARIA
SWEET Weed.
3
Biflora.
Two-flowered.
S. 5. Hot Parts of America.
Lanceolata,
's
Willow-leaved.
HA
G. H. Đ. Cape of Good Hope.
Undulata.
Wave-leaved.
G. H. h. Same.
C2
CAPSICUM.
(20)
CAPSICUM
CAPSICUM.
Groffum.
Heart-ſhaped, or Bell
Pepper.
S.
Small-fruited Bird Pepper,
Africa and both Indies..
Baccatum.
or real Cayan.
S. h. Same.
Fruteſcens.
Shrubby.
S. h. Same.
CARICA, Papaya.
PAPAW TREE.
Sh. Both Indies and hotteſt
Parts of Africa,
CAROLINEA, Princeps.
CARPESIUM, Cernuum.
CARTHAMUS, Salicifolius.
CAROLINEA, Digitated. S. T. Weſt Indies.
CARPESIUM, Drooping. G. H, 4. Italy, Spain, and Auſtria.
CARTHAMUS, Willow-
leaved.
G. H. h. Madeira and Andaluſia,
1
CASSIA.
CASSIA.
Six-leaved
S. T. Weſt Indies and Madeira.
Bicapſularis.
Occidentalis,
Occidental.
S. h. Weſt Indies.
Fiſtula.
Purging.
S. h. Both Indies and Alexan-
dria,
Patula.
Shining.
S. h. Weſt Indies.
1
Biflora,
Two-flowered.
S. H. Same,
Glandulous.
G. H. h. Teneriff,
Multiglanduloſa
Stipulacea.
Large-ſtipuled.
S. h. Chili.
Alata.
Broad-leaved.
S. h. Weſt Indies:
Frondofa.
Auriculata.
Shrubby ſmooth-leaved, S. ħ. Same.
Eared.
S. h. Eaſt Indies:
Java.
S. h. Same, .
Javanica.
Viminea,
Twiggy.
S. h. Weſt Indies.
Planiſiliqua.
Sh. Same,
CASSINE.
1
(21)
CASSINE.
CASSINE, or Hottentot-
Capenfis.
Maurocenia..
Cherry.
Cape, or Phillirea. G, H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Hottentot Cherry
Great.
G. H. h. Same.
CASSYTHA, Berry-bearing. S. Hi (In the Orford Garden,
Lancaſhire.)
CASSYTHA; Filiformis.
>
CASUARINA,
CASUARINA.
Equiſetifolia..
Horſe Tail,
S. h. Eaſt Indies and the hot
South Sea Iſlands,
Toruloſa..
Cork-barked
S. h. North Point of New
South Wales.
Stricta.
G. H. h. Same.
Upright.'
LILLY THORN,
CATESBÆA, Spinofa..
S. h. Near Naflau Town,Iſland
1
of Providence,
CEANOTHUS,
CEANOTHUS.
Afiaticus.
Africanus.
Aſian.
S. h. Ceylon.
African Evergreen. G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope..
CECROPIA, Peltated. S. , Jamaica.
BARBADOes, Baſtard Cedar. S. h. Weſt Indies..
CECROPIA, Peltata:
CEDRELA, Odorata.
CELASTRUS..
STAFF Tree.
Caſlinoides.
Crenated.
G. H. ħ Canary Iſlands.
Octogonus.
Angular-leaved.
S. h. Peru,
Undulatus.
Wave-leaved,
S. h. Iſland of Bourbon.
Buxifolius..
Pyracanthus.
1
Lucidus,
Box-leaved.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Pyracantha-leaved.
G. H. b +
Ethiopia.
Shining, or Small Hot-
tentot Cherry: G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
CELOSIA, Panicled. S. 2. Jamaica.
NETTLE-TREE, Jamaica. S. h, Jamaica.
CENTAUREA,
CELOSIA, Paniculata,
CELTIS, Micrantha.
( 22 )
CENTAUREA.
CENTAURY.
Spinoſa.
Ragufina.
Cineraria,
+
Prickly-branched. "G. H. 4. Iſland of Candino
Cretan.
G. H. 21. Same.
White-leaved, Moun-
tain.
G. H. 21. Italy.
Silvery.
G. H. n. lfland of Candia.
G. H. 4. Spain and Portugal.
Caroe Tree, or St. John's
Bread.
G. H. H. Sicily and Aſia Minor.
.
Argentea.
Sempervirens.
CERATONIA, Siliqua.
Ever-green.
CERBERA.
CERBERA.
Ahouaj.
Oval-leaved.
S. 1 Braſils and Spaniſh Well
4
Indies.
Thevetia,
Linear-leaved.
--
S. R. Same, and the French
American Llands.
CERCODIA, Erecta.
CERCODIA, Upright. G. H. h. (In the Orford Gardeng
Lancaſhire.)
+
CEROPEGIA, Sagittata.
CeropeGIA, Arrow-
>
>
CESTRUM.
>
leaved
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
CESTRUM, or Baſtard Jaſmine.
Night-ſmelling.
S. 5. Iſland of Cuba.
Laurel-leaved,
S. 1. Weſt Indies,
Nocturnum.
Laurifolium.
Vefpertinum.
Cluſter-flowered.
S. h. Same.
Diurnum.
S. h. Havanna.
Day-ſmelling.
Ear-leaved.
Auriculatum.
S. ñ. Peru.
CHAMÆROPS, Humilis.
FAN PALM, European
Dwarf.
G, H. n. South of Europe.
CHEIRANTHUS.
STOCK.
>
7
Tenuitolius,
Narrow-leaved Shrub
by.
G. H. Đ. Madeira.
CHEIRANTHUS.
1
( 23 )
)
CHEIRANTHUS,
STOCK,
3
* Mutabilis.
Farfetia.
Broad-leaved, Shrubby. G. H. h. Madeira,
Flat-podded. G.H. h. Aſia Minor.
Small Sea..
G. H. h. South of Europe.
Goose Foot, Shrubby. G. H. h. Maryland and Virginia.
Littoreus,
CHENOPODIUM, Anthel-
minticum.
CHIOCOCCA, Racemoſa.
Snow Berry, or Oppoſite-
leaved Chiococca. S. h. Jamaica.
CHIRONIA.
CHIRONIA.
>
Baccifera.
Berry-bearing:
Shrubby.
Flax-leaved.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
G. H. h. Same.
Fruteſcens,
Linoides
G.H. 2. Same.
&
1
CHU-LAN, or Tea-leaved
CHLORANTHUS,, Incon-.
ſpicuus.
CHRYSANTHEMUM..
Chloranthus
S. h, China, near Canton,
CHRYSANTHEMUM..
Fruteſcens.
f
Shrubby.
Cut-leaved.
1
Pinnatifidum.
7
G: H. h. Canary Iſlands.
G. H. h. Madeira,
G. H. H.Candia and Cape of Good
Hope.
Floſculorum.
Baſtarda.
r
>
Pero
more
usta
GOLD'Y LOCKS.,
CHRYSOCOMAR.
Comaaurea.
ws
Great Shrubby.
Small-Shrubby..
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
.G. H. h. Same.
Cernua..
Ciliata..
Heath-leaved Shrub-
1
by.
G. H. h. Same.
CHRYSOBALANUS, Iċaco.. Cocoa, Plumb Tree.. S. : Weſt Indies.
CHRYSOPHILLUM..
STAR APPLE.
2
4,99
Cainito.
Broad-leaved.
S: 1. Weſt Indies
u
Narrow-leaved.
S. h. Same.
3
Argenteum.
CINCHONA, Caribæa,
1
CINCHONA, Carribaan.
vios
S. h. 'Weſt Indies.
1
:!
1
1
* * It is apprehended this is a hardy Plant,
!
1
1
CINERARIA.
4
4
( 24
1
CINERARIA.
CINERARIA,
Amelloides.
Blue-flowered, or Cape-
After,
G. H. Đi Cape of Good Hope.
Trailing
G. H. 2. Same.
Woolly.
G. H. h. Canary Iſlands and moſt
Humifuſa.
Lanata.
I
temperate Parts of
Africa.
Geifolia.
Populifolia.
Aurita.
Kidney-leaved.
Poplar-leaved.
Purple-flowered.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope, .
G. H. h. Canary Irlands.
G. H. h. Madeira.
G. H. 2. Azores.
Malvæfolia.
Mallow-leaved.
Cruenta.
Lobata.
Purple-leaved. G, H. 2. Canary Iſlands.
Lobed.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
CISSAMPELOs, Cape. G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
CISSUS.
CISSAMPELOS, Capenſis.
CISSUS.
Vine-leaved
S. h. Eaft Indies,
Vitiginea,
Sicyoides.
Heart-leaved
S. R. Jamaica.
Acida.
Three-leaved.
S. h. Same.
CISTUS.
Vaginatus.
CISTUS.
Oblong-leaved.
Roſemary-leaved
G. H. h. Ifand of Teneriff.
Libanotis,
G, H. h. South of France, Spain,
and Portugal.
G. H. 1.- Same,
G. H. h.' Syria.
Lævipes.
Cluſter-leaved.
Syriacus.
Syrian.
Fumana.
Heath-leaved.
G. H. ħ. France and Switzerland,
Incanus.
Hoary, or Roſe.
>
A
G. H. h. Spain, South of France,
and Portugal.
G. H. h. Same.
G. H. h. Same.
1
2
Ladaniferus
, Undulatus.
Common Gum.
7
Planifolius.
Flat-leaved.
1
1
CITHAREXYLUM.
-
R
( 25 )
CITHAREXYLUM.
FIDDLE-WOOD,
Caudatum.
Oval-leaved.
S. . Jamaica.
S. H. Same,
Quadrangulare.
Villoſum.
Square-ſtalked.
Hairy-leaved.
S. h. Iſand Saint Domingo.
CITRUS.
Medica.
CITRON-TREE, Com-
G. H. T.
Both Indies, and different
mon.
warm Countries of Aſia.
Decumanus,
Shaddock-Tree.
G. H. h. Same.
Aurantium,
SEVILLE ORANGE-
Tree.
G. H, . Same.
>
Sinenſis.
Argent. Variegat.
China Orange-Tree. G. H. K. Same.
Silver-ſtriped Orange-
Tree.
G. H. h. Same.
Aur. Variegat.
Gold-ſtriped Orange-
Tree.
G. H. h. Same.
E
Cornutus.
Horned Orange-Tree. G. H. K. Same.
Criſpus.
Curled-leaved Orange-
Tree.
G. H. h. Same.
Hermaphroditus.
Hermaphrodite Orange-
Tree.
G, H. h. Same.
Humilis.
Dwarf Nutmeg Orange-
Tree.
G. H. h. Same.
Myrtifolius.
1
Florepleno.
Myrtle-leaved Orange-
Tree.
G. H. Đ. Same.
Double-flowering Orange-
Tree.
G. H. h. Same.
Willow-leaved Turkey
Orange-Tree. G. H. h. Same.
Striped-leaved Turkey
Orange-Tree. G. H. h. Same.
Salicifolia.
1
Var.
D
..CITRUS.
U
( 26 )
CITRUS.
Trifoliatus.
Both Indies, and different
Three-leaved Orange-
Tree.
G. H. h
warm Countries of Alia..
Limon, Communis.
LEMON-TREE, Com-
mon.
G, H. h. Same.
Silver-ſtriped. G. H. h. Same.
Gold-ſtriped. G. H. h. Same.
Argent.
Aur.
~
Dulcis.
Sweet Lemon-Tree. G. H. h. Sameau
Imperialis.
Imperial Lemon-Tree.G. H. Đ. Same..
Florepleno.
Double-flowered Lemon-
Tree.
G. H. h. Same .
Pomum, Adami.
Adam's Apple Lemon-
Tree.
G, H. h. Same.
1
Fæcundus.
Prolifick Lemon-
,
Tree.
G. H. h. Same.
Pyriformis.
Pear-ſhaped Lemon-
Tree,
A
G. H. h. Same.
"
Lima, Americana.
LIME-Tree..
S. h. Weſt Indies ..
* Florepleno.
Double-flowered Lime-
Tree.
S. h. Same.
CLEMATIS.
VIRGIN'S BOWER,
I
Florida.
Japan.
S. h. Japan.
G. H. h. Minorca.
Minorca.
Calycina.
CLEOME, Gigantea.
CLERODENDRUM, Form
CLEOME, Gigantic.
S. h. Hot Parts of S. America.
CLERODENDRUM, Entire-
tunatum,
leaved.
S. h. Eaſt Indies.
* I have given all the ſpecies and varieties in the Family CITRUS, that I am acquainted with ; but very probably
there are many others that may have eſcaped my obſervation. And I truſt I have ſome claim to pardon even for any
orrors in the aboye account, when my readers reflect that principal Gardeners, and Botaniſts themſelves, vary much in
their reſpective opinions and deſcriptions of the ſpecies and varieties of this celebrated plant.
CLETHRA,
1
( 27 )
CLETHRA, Arborea.
CLETHRA-Tree.
G. H. 5. Madeira,
CLIFFORTIA.
CLIFFORTIA,
Ilicifolia.
Ilex-leaved.
G. H. Đ. Cape of Good Hope.
Ruſcifolia.
Butcher's Broom -
leaved.
G. H. h. Same.
Cuneata.
Wedge-leaved. G. H. ħ. Same.
CLINOPODIUM, Wrink-
CLINOPODIUM, Rugofum.
led.
S. 21. Carolina.
CLITORIA, Ternatea,
CLITORIA, Winged-leaved. S. 4. Eaſt Indies, and Iſland of
St. Vincents in Ame-
?
rica.
CLUSIA.
BALSAM-TREE.
Flava.
Succulent-leaved.
S. . Jamaica.
S. ħCampeachy.
Venoſa.
Veined.
CLUYTIA.
CLUYTIA.
Alaternoides.
Narrow-leaved.
Pulchella.
Broad-leaved.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
G. H. . Same,
G. H. h. South of France & Spain.
CNEORUM, Tricoccum.
WIDOW-WAIL.
COCCOLOBA.
SEA-Side GRAPE.
Uvifera.
Round-leaved
S.'hWeſt Indies,
Excoriata.
Oval-leaved.
S, h. Same,
Punctata.
S. h. Same.
Spear-leaved.
MACAW-Tree, Great.
COCOS, Aculeata.
S. h. Carribee Iſlands.
Nucifera.
Cocoa-Nut-Tree.
S. h. Maldives, Weſt Indies,
and hotteſt Parts of
Aſia.
COFFEA, Arabica.
COFFEE-TREE,
S. . Betel-fagui, belonging to
Yemen
in Arabia
Pætrea.
D 2
COIX.
( 28 )
COIX, Lacryma Jobi.
COLCHICUM, Variegatum.
JOB's TEARS.
S. 21. Eaſt Indies.
SAFFRON, Variegated-
Meadow.
G. H. 24. Aſia Minor.
2
COLLINSONIA, Scabriuſ-
COLLINSONIA, Rough-
Italked.
G. H. 21. Eaſt Florida. .
cula.
COLUMNEA, Hirſuta.
S. h. Jamaica, .
COLUMNEA, Hairy.
BLADDER-SENNA.
COLUTEA.
ra
Fruteſcens.
Scarlet.
G. H. h. Ethiopia.
Perenans.
Perennial,
G. H. 21. Cape of Good Hope.
Americana.
American.
S. h. Vera Cruz.
S. 21.
COMMELINA.
COMMELINA.
Africana.
African.
S. 4. Cape of Good Hope. .
Tuberofa.
Tuberous-rooted.
S. 21. Mexico.
Zanonia.
Gentian-leaved.
Well Indies.
COMOCLADIA, Integrifolia. Maiden-PLUMB, Intire--
leaved.
S. h, Jamaica.
CONIUM, Rigens.
HEMLOCK, Fine-leaved. G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
CONOCARPUS, Erecta. BUTTON-TREE, Jamaica. S. h. Jamaica.
CONVALLARIA, Japonica.
LILLY OF THE VALLEY,
Graſs-leaved. G. H. 21. Japan.
<
CONVOLVULUS..
BIND-Weed.
Farinoſus.
G. H. 4. Madeira.
2
Meally-ſtalked.
Virginian.
Panduratus.
G. H. 2. Carolina and Virginia.
S. 2. Both Indies.
Batatas.
Tuberous-rooted.
Umbellatus.
Umbelled.
S. 24. Weſt Indies.
Canarienfis.
Canary.
G. H. h. Canary Iſlands.
S. 2. Ceylon.
Turpethum.
Square-ſtalked.
Broad-leaved.
S. h. Eaſt Indies.
Specioſus.
Jalapa.
Jalap.
S. h. Mexico.
}
$
CONVOL.
}
(
( 29 )
CONVOLVULUS.
BIND-Weed.
Althæoides.
Var.
Cairicus.
Cneorum.
Cantabrica.
Mallow-leaved. G. H. 4. Aſia Minor.
Silky-leaved.
G. H. 2. Sicily.
Jagg-leaved.
S. 2. Egypt.
Silvery-leaved. G. H. . Spain and Aſia Minor.
Decumbent, Flax-
leaved.
G. H. h. South of Europe.
Upright, Flax-leaved. G. H. h. Same.
Broom.
G. H. h. Canary Iflands.
Many-flowered. G. H. Đ. Same,
Var.
Scoparius
Floridus.
Brafilienfis.
Broad-leaved.
S. 4. Brafils.
CONYZA.
FLEA-BANE.
Inuloides.
Cluſter-flowered.
G. H..h. Itand of Teneriff.
Sordida...
Small-flowered.
G. H. h. South of Europe.
Saxatilis.
Rock.
G. H. h. Same,
5
Snowy.
Sericean
Candida.
Rugoſa.
G. H. h. Canary Iſlands.
G. H. 5. Candia. :*
Woolly.
Saint Helena.
G. H. h. Ifland of St. Helena.
Inciſa.
Ear-leaved.
Winged-ſtalked.
Virgata.
COPAIFERA, Officinalis.
BALSAM OF CAPIVI.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
S. 24. Carolina & Weſt Indies.
S. . The Village of Ayapel,
near Carthagena in
America.
CORCHORUS, Siliquoſus,
CORCHORUS, Germander-
M
leaved,
1
S. h. Weſt Indies.
"
CORDIA.
CORDIA
Myxa.
Smooth-leaved, or Aſſyrian-
Plumb.
S. h. Syria and Eaſt Indies.
Rough-leaved.
S, h. Both Indies.
Sebeltena.
3
CORDIA.
t
6
( 30 )
CORDIA
}
Collococca.
S. ħ. Jamaica.
Long-leaved
Spear-leaved, or Patago.
Patagonula.
nula.
S. ħ. Guiana.
?
COREOPSIS, Anguſtifolia
COREOPSIS, Narrow-
leaved.
G. H. 21. Carolina and Florida.
CORNUTIA, Pyramidata,
-
CORNUTIA, Hoary-leaved. S. n. Weſt Indies and Cain-
peachy.
CORONILLA.
CORONILLA.
Y
Juncea.
Linear-leaved.
G, H. h. South of France.
Glauca.
3
Sea-green, Day-ſmelling,
Shrubby.
G. H. ħ. Same.
FAN-PALM, Great. S. h. Eaſt Indies.
Costus, Arabian.
S. 2. Both Indies.
CORYPHA, Umbraculifera.
COSTUS, Arabicus.
COTULA, Stricta.
COTULA, Silvery.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
- COTYLEDON.
NAVLEWORT.
Orbiculata,
Oval-leaved.
D. S. h. Cape of Good Hope.
N
!
Var,
D. S. h. Same.
Var.
Oblong-leaved.
Branching.
Round-leaved.
DS. . Same.
Var.
D. S. . Same.
3
t
Faſcicularis.
Cluſter-leaved.
D. S. T. Same.
Narrow-leaved.
D. S. h. Same.
Spuria.
Hemiſphærica.
Thick-leaved.
D. S. K. Same.
Laciniata.
Cut-leaved.
D. S. h. Eaſt Indies.
Serrata.
Notched-leaved.
G. H. h. Candia and Afia Minor,
CRAMBE.
COLEWORT.
Fruticofa.
Strigora.
Shrubby.
G. H. h. Madeira.
Rough-leaved, Shrub-
by.
G. H. h. Canary Iſlands.
>
{
CRASSULA.
I
( 31 )
}
CRASSULA.
CRASSULA.
Coccinea.
Scarlet-flowered.
D.S... Cape of Good Hope.
D. S. h. Same,
Perfoliata.
Perfoliate.
Ramoſa,
Mollis.
Branching-
D. S. R. Same.
Fig, Marigold-leaved. D. S. ħ. Same.
Square-leaved. D. S. ħ. Same.
Tetragona.
Imbricata.
Imbricated.
D. S. h. Same.
Cultrata.
D. S. h. Same.
Sharp-leaved.
Oblique-leaved.
D. S. ħ. Same.
Obliqua.
Cotyledon.
Tree.
D. S. . Same.
Ciliata.
Ciliated.
D. S. 2. Same.
Scabra
Rough-leaved.
D. S. H. Same.
Spathulata.
Crenated.
D. S. h. Same.
Punctata.
Dotted.
D. S. h. Same.
Marginalis.
Marginated:
D. S. h. Same.
Cordata
Heart-leaved
D. S. . Same.
1
Lactea.
*
Orbicularis.
Quadrata.
CREPIS, Rigens.
CRESCENTIA, Cujete.
Snowy.
D: S. h. Same.
Starry.
D. S. 2. Same.
Whipcord-Plant. .'D: S. 2. Same.
Crepis, Briftly-leaved: G. H. 24. Azores.
CALLABASH-TREE. S. h. Jamaica.
CRINUM.
CRINUM.
Africanum.
Blue-flowered African.
S. 2. Cape of Good Hope.
}
Americanum.
Great American,
S. 21. Hot Parts of South Ame-
rica.
Afiaticum,
Keelihaped-leaved.
S. 4.. Eaſt Indies.
1
Erubefcens,
Small American.
S. 2. Weſt Indies.
Latifolium
Large Keellhaped Indian. S. 2. Both Indies.
>
1
3
}
1
CROTALARIA.
( 32
CROTALARIĄ,
CROTALARIA.
Perfoliata,
Perfoliate.
1
G. H. 4. Carolina,
N
1
Floribunda.
Incaneſcens.
Small-flowered.' G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Spreading-thrubby. G. H. Đ. Same.
i. CROTON,
CROTON.
ſ
Lineare.
Willow-leaved.
S. h. Jamaica.
+
Glabellum.
Laurel-leaved
}
S.D. Same.
Altroites.
Sebiferum.
Woolly.
S. h. Weſt Indies.
Poplar-leaved, or Tallow-
Tree.
S.T. China.
Lobatum,
4
CRUCIANELLA, Maritima.
CUCUBALUS, Fabarius.
+
u
CUPRESSUS, Juniperoides.
CURCUMA, Longa.
CURTISIA, Faginea.
Lobed Tallow-Tree. S. h. Same.
CRUCIANELLA, Sea. G. H. h. South of France.
CAMPION, Thick-leav-
ed,
G. H. 4. Sicily.
CYPRESS, African. G. H. . Cape of Good Hope.
TURMERICK, Long-rooted. S. 24. Eaſt Indies.
HASSAGAY-TREE, or Beach-
leaved Curtiſia. G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
CYANELLA.
Yellow-flowered G. H. 21. Cape of Good Hope.
Purple-flowered. G. H. 26. Same.
CYANELLA.
Lutea.
>
Capenfis.
CYCAS.
CYCAS.
Circinalis.
Broad-leaved, or Sago-
Eaſt Indies, and all the
Palm.
S.
hotteſt Parts of Aſia.
Revoluta.
Narrow-leaved.
S. h. China and Japan.
1
CYCLAMEN.
CYCLAMEN.
Vernale.
G. H. 21. Perſia
Spring-flowering.
Orbicular-leaved.
Orbiculatum
G. H. 2. Same.
Coum.
Winter-flowering, or
Coum.
G. H. 2. Same.
1
CYCLAMEN.
( 33 )
CYCLAMEN.
-
Purpurafcens.
Autumn-flowering. G. H. 21. Perſia, but tenderer than
+
the other Sorts,
Perficum.
Perſian,
G. H. 2. Same.
CYLISTA, Villofa.
Cylista, Hairy.
S. h.
CYNANCHUM.
CYNANCHUM.
Viminale.
Naked.
D. S. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Suberoſum.
Cork-barked,
S. H. Jamaica.
Hirtum.
Hairy.
S. h. Carolina
Criſpiflorum.
Curled-flowered.
S. h. Mexico.
Extenſum..
Erectum.
Hairy-flowered.
S. h. Eaſt Indies.
Upright.
S. . Syria.
Dog's TAIL-GRASS, Fine-
ſpiked.
S. 24. Jamaica.
CYNOSURUS, Virgatus.
CYPERUS.
CYPERUS.
Viſcofus.
Alternifolius.
Strigofus.
CYRILLA, Pulchella.
Clammy
S. 24. Jamaica .
Alternate-leaved. S. 24. Iſland of Madagaſcar.
Briſtly-ſpiked.
S. 21. Weſt Indies.
CYRILLA, Scarlet-fowered. S. 2. Jamaica.
CYRTANTHUS.
A
CYRTANTHUS.
Anguſtifolius.
Narrow-leaved.
G. H. 2. Cape of Good Hope.
Obliquus.
G. H. 26. Same.
Oblique-leaved.
CYTISUS,
CYTISUS.
Foliofus.
1
7
Cajan.
Proliferus.
Leafy.
G. H. h. Canary Iſlands,
Pidgeon-Cytiſus, or Pea. S, h. Eaſt Indies.
Silky.
G. H. h. Canary Iſlands.
Silvery,
G. H. h. South of France.
/
Argenteus.
4
DAIS, Cotinifolia.
DALECHAMPIA, Scandens.
DAIS, Cotinus-leaved. G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
DALECHAMPIA, Climbing. S. h. Weſt Indies.
E
DAPHNE.
}
( 34 )
contato
1
DAPHNE.
DAPHNE.
Odora.
Sweet-ſcented.
G. H, T. China and Japan.
Indicum.
Indian.
G. H. h.
DATURA, Arborea.
THORN APPLE-TREE,
S, ħ. Peru.
DECUMARIA, Barbara.
DIANTHUS, Albens.
DECUMARIA, Climbing. S. h. Carolina.
CAPE PINK.
G. H. 4. Cape of Good Hope.
DICKSONIA.
DICKSONIA.
Arborefccns.
Tree.
G. H. ñ. St. Helena.
G. H. 4. Madeira and the Azores.
Culcita,
Shining-leaved
DIDELTA.
DIDELTA,
Carnoſa.
Succulent-leaved.
G. H. Đ. Cape of Good Hope.
Oppoſite-leaved.
G. H. ħ. Same.
Spinofa.
DIGITALIS.
Fox-Grove.
Canarienfis.
Sceptrum.
DIONÆA, Muſcipula.
Canary Shrubby. G. H. h. Canary Iſlands.
Madeira Shrubby. G. H. h. Madeira.
Venus's Fly-TRAP. G. H. 1. Carolina.
DIOSCOREA.
DIOSCOREA.
Alata.
Sativa.
DIOSMA.
Winged-ſtalked. S. 2. Both Indies.
Cultivated, or Yam. S. 24. Weſt Indies.
DIOSMA, or African Spiræa.
Qppofite-leaved. G. H. Đ. Cape of Good Hope.
Cape.
G. H. h. Same.
VAY
Oppoſitifolia.
Capenfis.
h
Hirſuta.
Hairy-leaved.
G. H. h. Same.
1
Ericoides.
Heath-leaved.
G. H. h. Same.
Odorata.
Sweet-ſcented.
G. H. ħ, Same.
Imbricata.
Imbricated.
G. H. ħ. Same.
+
Ciliata,
Ciliated.
G. H. Đ. Same.
3
Crenata.
Crenated.
G. H. ħSame.
Uniflora,
One-flowered.
G. H. h. Same.
(
Pulchella,
Oyal-leaved.
G. H. ħ. Same.
DISANDRA,
1
+
}
35
)
DISANDRA, Proſtrata.-
DODONÆA.
DISANDRA, Trailing. G. H. 4. Madeira.
DODONÆA.
Broad-leaved,
S. ħThe Tropics,
Narrow-leaved. G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Viſcofa.
Anguſtifolia.
DOLICHOS.
Dolichos.
Pruriens.
Horſe-Eye Bean, or Do-
lichos..
S. h. Weſt Indies.
Urens.
Cow-Itch.
S. ħ. Same.
Reticulatus.
Netted-leaved.
S. h. North Part of New South
Wales.
Bulboſus.
Bulbouso
S. 2. Weſt Indies.
Purple.
S. h. Eaſt Indies.
Lignoſus.
DRACÆNA.
DRACÆNA.
Draco.
D. S. h. Eaſt Indies.
Dragon-Tree.
Purple. .
Ferrea,
S. h. China.
Marginata.
Aloe-leaveda
S. . Iſland of Bourbon. ;
Enſifola.
Sword-leaved,
S. 24. Eaſt Indies.
DRACOCEPHALUM.
BALM OF GILEAD, or Canary
G. H. h.
Canary Iſands.
DRACONTIUM, Pertufum.
Dragon's Head.
DRAGON, Perforated.
S, T. Weſt Indies.
DURANTA.
DURANTA.
Plumieri.
Smooth.
S. T. Hot Parts of South Ame-
+
rica and Weſt Indies.
Elifia.
Prickly.
S. h. Same.
EBENUS, Cretica.
EBONY OF CRETE.
G. H. h. Iſland of Crete.
1
ECHIUM.
VIPER'S BUGLOS
Fruticofum
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Candicans.
G. H. h. Madeira Iſlands,
Shrubby.
Hoary-Tree.
Gigantic.
Smooth-ſtalked.
Giganteum.
Lævigatum.
G. H. h. Canary Iſlands.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
ECHITES,
E 2
+
( 36 )
ECHITES,
A
SAVANNA-FLOWer, or Echites.
ne
the
Suberecta.
Oval-leaved.
S. ħ, Jamaica
S. n. Same.
Toruloſa.
Climbing
6
Umbellata.
Umbelled.
S. h. Same.
}
EHRETIA.
Tinifolia.
5
Bourreria.
(
ELÆAGNUS.
EHRETIA, .or Baſtard-Cherry.
Tinus-leaved.
S. . Weſt Indies.
Oval-leaved.
S. ħ. Same.
OLEASTER, or Wild-Olive.
Oriental.
G. H. h. Aſia Minor.
Oval-leaved.
S. h. Ceylon.
ELÆODENDRUM, Oriental. S. h.
1
Orientalis.
3
Latifolia.
ELÆODENDRUM, Ori-
entale.
S. h. Eaſt Indies.
ELATE, Sylveſtris.
ELEPHANTOPUS.
ELATE, Prickly-leaved.
ELEPHANT's Foot.
Scaber.
S. 2. Eaſt Indies.
}
Rough-leaved.
Woolly-leaved.
Tomentoſus.
S. 2. South Carolina and Flo-
rida.
EMPETRUM, Album.
EMPLEURUM, Serrulatum.
Crow-Berry, White. G. H. h. Portugal.
EMPLEURUM, Cape. G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
EPIDENDRUM:
EPIDENDRUM.
Cochleatum.
Many-flowered.
Sweet-ſcented,
Fragrans.
S. 4. Weſt Indies.
S. 2. Jamaica.
S. 4. China and Japan.
Enfifolium.
Sword-leaved.
ERICA.
HEATн.
Lutea.
Yellow.
G. H. Đ. Cape of Good Hope.
G. H. h. Same.
1
Halicacaba.
3
Purple-ſtalked.
Bladder-flowered.
Monſoniana.
G. H. h. Same.
L
Mucofa.
Mucous.
G. H. h. Same.
Urceolaris.
Hairy-flowered.
G. H. h. Same.
Marifolia.
Maram-leaved.
G. H. Đ. Same.
ERICA.
( 37 )
ERICA.
Scoparia.
Cruenta
Small Green-flowered.G. H. Đ. South of Europe.
Bloody-flowered.
G. H. ħCape of Good Hope.
Slender-branched. G. H. h. Same.
Bluth-flowered. G. H. k. Same.
Ramentacea.
Perſoluta.
Strigoſa.
Dwarf-downy.
G. H. h. Same.
Abietina.
Fir.
G. H. h. Same
G. H. h. Same.
Triflora.
Three-flowered.
Baccans.
Arbutus-flowered.
G. H. h. Same.
Faſcicularis.
Cluſter-flowered.
G. H. h. Same.
Retorta.
Recurved-leaved,
G. H. h. Same.
Coment
Pyramidalis.
G. H. h. Same.
Pyramidal.
Umbelled.
Umbellata.
Corifolia,
Slender-twigged.
G. H. h. Portugal.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
G. H. h. Same.
Paniculata.
Panicled.
Crow Berry-leaved. G. H. h. Same,
Empetrifolia.
Margaritacea.
Spumoſa.
Pearl-flowered.
G. H. h. Same.
G. H. h. Same.
Capitata.
Six-angled.
Woolly.
Roſemary-leaved.
G. H. h. Same.
Petiolata.
G. H. h. Same.
Tubiflora.
Tube-flowered.
G. H. h. Same.
Curviflora.
Conſpicua.
Cerinthoides.
Viſcaria.
Comofa.
Curve-flowered. G. H. h. Same .
Long-tubed, Yellow. G. H. h. Same.
Honeywort-flowered, G, H. ħ. Same.
Clammy-flowered. G. H. h. Same.
Tufted-flowered. G. H. h. Same.
Fleſh-coloured, G. H. h. Same.
Tall-downy. G. H. ħ. Same.
Smooth-twigged Pencil-
flowered.
G. H. h. Same.
Concinna,
Maſſoni.
Plukenetii,
I
ERICA,
V
2
38
(
?
ERICA.
Petiveri.
Downy-twigged Pencil
flowered.
G. H. Ñ.. Cape of Good Hope,
Great-flowered. G. H. h. Same.
Grandiflora.
ERIGERON, Fætidum.
ERIGERON, Stinking. G. H. 4. Africa.
ERINUS.
ERINUS.
Fragrans.
Dark-flowered.
G. H. 24. Cape of Good Hope.-
-
Var.
Yellow-flowered.
G. H. 2. Same.
ERIOCEPHALUS.
ERIOCEPHALUS,
Africanus.
Racemoſus.
Cluſter-leaved. G, H. h. Cape of Good Hope..
.
Silvery-leaved. G. H. h. Same.
ERYNGO, Stinking, or Fever-
Weed.
S. 2. Weſt Indies
ERYNGIUM, Fætidum.
ERYTHRINA.
CORAL-TREE.
Herbacea.
Herbaceous.
G. H. 2. South Carolina:
Carnea.
Fleſh-coloured.
S. 2. Mexico.
Corallodendrum.
Smooth-leaved.
S. ñ. Weſt Indies.
Spinoſa.
}
Picta.
Criſtagalli.
EUCALYPTUS, Obliqua.
Prickly Three-leaved. S. h. Hot Parts of America.
Black-ſpined.
S. R. Same, and Eaſt Indies.
Cock's-Comb.
S. ħ. Braſil.
EUCALYPTUS, Oblique-
Botany Bay, New South
leaved.
G. H. h.
Wales.
>
EUCLEA, Racemoſa.
EUCLEA, Round-leay-
ed.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope. -
EUCOMIS.
EUCOMIS.
Nana,
Punctata.
Dwarf.
G. H. 21. Cape of Good Hope.
Spotted.
G. H. 4. Same.
Wave-leaved, or Fritil-
lary.
G. H. 2. Same.
Undulata,
EUCOMIS,
( 39 )
EUCOMIS.
1
Regia.
Tongue-leaved, or Fritil-
lary.
G. H. 24. Cape of Good Hope.
EUGENIA.
EUGENIA.
Malaccenfis,
Broad-leaved.
S. h. Eaſt Indies.
Jambos.
Narrow-leaved.
S. ħ. Same.
EUPATORIUM.
EUPATORIUM.
Dalea.
Shrubby.
S. Jamaica.
Odoratum,
Sweet-ſcented.
S. h. Same.
!
EUPHORBIA.
SPURGE.
D.S. h. Eaſt Indies.
Antiquorum.
Canarienſis.
Triangular.
Canary.
Seven-angled.
Warty-angled.
D. S. h. Canary Iſlands.
D. S. Cape of Good Hope.
Heptagona.
Mammillaris.
D. S. h. Same.
Cereiformis.
Naked.
D. S. hSame.
Officinarum.
Officinal.
D. S. Eaſt Indies and hot Parts
of Africa.
Tetragonis.
Four-angled.
D. S. h. Same.
Neriifolia,
Oleander-leaved.
D. S. h Eaſt Indies.
Meloformis.
Melon.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope. .
D. S. h. Hot Parts of Africa.
Caput-Medufæ.
Medufæ's Head.
Major.
Great Meduſæ’s Head. D. S. ħ.
Same,
Minor.
Geminata.
Clava.
Anacantha.
Mauritanica.
Small Meduſæ's Head. D. S. ħ. Same.
Leaft Meduſa's Head. D. S. h. Same.
Club.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Scaly.
D. S. h. Hot Parts of Africa.
Mauritanian.
G. H. h Africa on the Mediter-
.
Smooth Spear-leaved. G. H. h. Madeira and Canaries.”
Balfam.
G. H. h. Canary Iſlands.
EUPHORBIA.
ranean.
Piſcatoria.
Balſamifera,
1
}
( 40 )
EUPHORBIA,
Tirucalli.
Indian-Tree.
D. S.n. Eaſt Indies,
D. S. K. Braſils.
Tithymaloides, Myrtifolia.
Padifolia.
Myrtle-leaved.
Laurel-leaved,
D. S. h. Same,
Mellifera.
G. H. h. Madeira.
Honey-bearing:
Various-leavedo
Heterophylla.
S.T. Weſt Indies.
Cotinifolia
Venus Sumach-leaved. S. h. New Spain.
Mezerion-leaved. G. H. h. Canaries.
Læta.
Juniper-leaved.
G. H. . South of Europe.
Pithyuſa.
Juncea.
Linear-leaved,
G. H. 26. land of Madeira.
Serrata.
Narrow Notched-
leaved.
G. H. 24. South of Europe.
Punicea,
Sylvatica, Variegata.
Scarlet-flowered.
S. h. Jamaica.
Variegated-Wood. G. H. h. Spain, Italy, and Soutin
of France.
Scandens.
Climbing
D.S.T.
FAGARA.
FAGARA, or Iron-Wood,
1
Pterota,
Tragodes.
Piperita.
FALKIA, Repens.
FERRARIA, Undulata.
Lentiſcus-leaved.
S. h. Jamaica.
Prickly-leaved.
S. 1. Weſt Indies.
Aſh-leayed,
G. H. B. Japan.
FALKIA, Creeping. G. H. 4. Cape of Good Hope.
FERRARIA, Wave-leaved-
Cape.
G. H. 26. Cape of Good Hope.
FIG-TREE.
}
Ž
FICUS.
Nymphæifolia.
Religiofa.
Water-Lilly-leaved. S. h. Eaſt Indies.
Malabar Fig, or Indian-God-
Tree.
S. h. Malabar.
1
-
Oval-leaved,
S. + Eaſt Indies.
Benjamina.
Bengalenfis.
Bengal.
S. h. Same.
S
FICUS.
07
( 41 )
FICUS.
Pendunculata.
Willow-leaved.
S. h. South America:
Lucida.
Shining-leaved.
S. h. Eaſt Indies.
Indica,
Indian.
S. h. Same,
Virens.
Round-fruited.
G. H. h. Canaries.
Venofa.
Wave-leaved.
S. h. Eaſt Indies.
Coftata.
Upright Heart-leaved.
S. h. Same.
Racemoſa.
Cluſter-fruited.
S. h. Same.
Pertuſa.
Laurel-leaved.
S. h. Hot Parts of South Amee
rica.
Stipulata.
Heterophylla.
Coriacea.
FLACOURTIA, Ramontchi.
Trailing.
S. ħ. China and Japan,
Rough-leaved.
S. h. Eaſt Indies,
Leathery-leaved Dwarf. S. ħ. Same.
FLACOURTIA, Shining-leav-
ed.
S. h. Madagaſcar.
FLAGILLARIA, Indian S. h Eaſt Indies and Guinea.
FORSKOHLEA, Rough. G. H. 4. Cape of Good Hope.
FUCHSIA, Scarlet-flowered. S. R. Chili.
FUSANUS, Flat-ſtalked. G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
FLAGILLARIA, Indica.
FORSKOHLEA, Candida.
FUCHSIA, Coccinea.
FUSANUS, Compreſſus.
1
GALEGA.
Grandiflora.
Pallens.
GALEGA, or Goat's-Beard.
Roſe-coloured G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Pale-coloured. G. H. h. Same.
Upright.
G, H. h. Same.
Purple.
S. 4. Eaſt Indies.
GALENIA, African. G. H. h. Moft temperate Parts of
Stricta.
Purpurea.
GALENIA, Africana.
Africa.
1
F
GARDENIA,
( 42 )
1
GARDENIA.
Florida.
CAPE JASMINE, or Gardenia.
Single-flowered. S. h. Cochin-China, China,
Japan, S. Sea Iſlands,
and Cape of G. Hope.
Double-flowered.
S. ñ. Same.
Florepleno
Thunbergia.
Starry-flowered.
S. . Same.
Latifolia.
I
Rothmannia.
Dumetorum.
Broad-leaved.
S. ħ. Eaſt Indies.
Spotted-flowered. S. ħ. Africa,
Spiney.
S. ħ. Eaſt Indies.
Round-leaved, Thorny. S. ħ. Weſt Indies.
GENIPA, American. S. 5. Hot Countries of America.
Aculeata.
GENIPA, Americana:
GENISTA.
GENISTA.
Canarienfis.
Canary, or Cytiſus. G. H. ħ. Spain and Canariés..
Flax-leaved, or Broom. G. H. h. Spain.
Linifolia.
w
GENTIANA.
GENTIAN.
Viſcofa.
Clammy.
G. H.-27. Canary Iſlands.
G. H. 2. South of Europe and the
ş
Maritima.
Procumbent Sea.
Azores,
GEOFFROYA, Inermis.
GEOFFROYA, Smooth or Bar-
tard Cabbage-Tree.
S. h. Jamaica.
GERANIUM.
CRANE'S-BILL.
Hirfutum.
Various-leaved.
G. H. 21. Cape of Good Hope.
į
Pinnatum.
Pinnated.
G. H. 21. Same.
Rapaceum.
Carraway-leaved.
G. H. 24. Same.
Lobatum.
Vine-leaved,
G. H. 21. Same.
Triſte.
Flavum.
Tabulare.
Night-ſmelling G. H: 26. Same.
Carrot-leaved. G. H. 24. Same.
Rough-ſtalked. G. H. 2. Same.
Lady's Mantle-leaved. G. H. 24. Same.
Sweet-ſcented, G, H. 21. Same.
Alchimilloides.
Odoratiſſimum.
S
GERANIUM
( 43 )
GERANIUM.
Groſſularoides.
Anceps.
Gooſeberry-leaved. G. H. 2. Cape of Good Hope.
Angular-ſtalked. G. H. 26. Same.
Myrrh-leaved. G. H. Đ. Same.
Myrrhifolium.
Tenuifolium
Fine-leaved.
G. H. . Same.
Carnoſum.
Fleſhy-ftalked.
G. H. h. Same.
Ceratophillum.
Horn-leaved.
G. H. h. Canary Iſlands and Mo-
rocco.
Gibboſum.
Gouty Night-ſmel-
ling.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Celandine-leaved.
G. H. h. Same.
Fulgidum.
Quercifolium.
Great Oak-leaved.
G. H. h. Same.
Var.
Small Oak-leaved. G. H. h. Same.
Multifid, or Rafp-leav-
Radula
ed.
G. H. ħ. Same.
Graveolens.
Strong-fcented.
Butterfly
G. H. h. Same.
G. H. . Same.
Papilionaceum.
Inquinans.
Scarlet-flowered.
G. H. h. Same.
Hybridum.
Baſtard.
G. H. Đ. Same.
Zonale,
Common Horſe-ſhoe. G. H. h. Same.
Scarlet-flowered. G. H. h. Same.
Coccineum.
Argent.
Aur
Silver-edged. G. H. h. Same.
Gold-ſtriped. G. H. Đ. Same.
Lee and Kennedy's Red-
Heterogamum.
F
2
3
flowered.
G. H. h.
Monſtrum
Mrs. Norman's Cluſter--
leaved.
G, H. h.
Bicolor.
Earl of Bute's Two-co-
loured.
G. H. h.
*
Vitifolium.
Balm-ſcented.
}
G, H. Le Cape of Good Hope.
GERANIUM.
F 2
1)
5
1
PC
( 44 )
GERANIUM
Capitatum.
Roſe-ſcented
G. H. . Cape of Good Hope.
G. H. h. Same.
Glutinofum.
Clammy.
Cucullatum.
Hooded,
G. H. h. Same.
Marſhmallow-leaved. G. H. h. Same.
Anguloſum.!
Acerifolium.
Maple-leaved.
G. H. h. Same.
Cordatum.
Heart-leaved.
G. H. , Same.
Var.
Tetragonum.
Curled Heart-leaved. G. H. ħ. Same.
Square-ſtalked. G. H. h. Same.
Peltated.
G. H. h. Same.
Peltatum.
Ivy-leaved.
Lateripes.
Cortuſafolium.
G. H. Đ. Same,
G. H. h Africa.
Cortufa-leaved.
Crafficaule.
Thick-ſtalked.
G. H. h. Same.
Cotyledonis.
Holyhock-leaved.
G. H. h. Iſland of St. Helena.
Ovale.
Oval-leaved,
G.H. h. Cape of Good Hope..
Betulinum. .
Birch-leaved.
G. H. h. Same.
$
Lanceolatum.
Spear-leaved.
non ministars
G. H. h. Same.
Tricuſpidatum.
Three-pointed.
G. H. . Same. .
Acetofum.
Sorrel.
G. H. h. Same.
Scabrum.
Criſpum.
Adulterinum.
Exftipulatum.
Craffifolium.
Rough-leaved. G. H. Đ. Same.
Curled-leaved. G. H. h. Same.
Hoary Trifid-leaved. G. H. . Same.
Soft-leaved Trifid. G. H. T. Same.
Upright.
G. H. 24. Iſland of Cyprus.
Fleſh-coloured. G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Dwarf.
G. H. 21. Minorca,
Smooth,
G. H. h. Madeira.
Silky-leaved. G. H. 24. Cape of Good Hope.
Hoary.
G. H. 21. Same.
Incarnatum.
Chamædryoides.
Anemonefolium
Canefcens.
Incanum
GESNERA.
L
( 45 )
GESNERIA.
GESNERIA.
Tomentofa.
Woolly,
Dwarf,
S. ħJamaica.
S. ÑNew Spain,
Humilis.
GETHYLLIS.
GETHYLLIS.
Villoſa.
G. H. 2. Cape of Good Hope.
Ciliaris.
G. H. 2. Same.
Hairy.
Fringed,
Spiral.
CORN-FLAGG,
G. H. 2. Same.
Spiralis.
GLADIOLUS.
Tubiflorus.
G. H. 4. Cape of Good Hope.
G. H. 2. Same, .
Plicatus.
Strictus.
G. H. 2. Same,
Long-tubed.
Hairy.
Upright Blue.
Upright Purple.
Square-ſtalked.
Spotted-ſtalked.
Var.
G. H. 26. Same.
1
Triftis.
G. H. 2. Same.
Carinatus.
G. H. 2. Same.
Blandus.
Bluſh-coloured.
G. H. 26. Same.
G. H, 14. Same.
Anguftus.
Narrow-leaved.
Flavus.
Yellow.
G. H. 2. Same.
Securiger.
Copper-coloured.
G.H. 24. Same.
Viridis.
Green-flowered.
G. H. 4. Same.
Criſpus,
Curled.
7
G. H. 2. Same.
Bicolor.
Two-coloured.
G. H. 21. Same.
Gramineus.
Graſs-leaved.
G. H. 21. Same.
5
Cardinalis.
G. H. 26.
Superb.
GLOBULARIA.
GLOBULARIA.
som
$
Longifolia.
Alypum.
Spinoſa.
GLORIOSA, Superba.
Long-leaved. i. G. H. h. Madeira.
Three Tooth-leaved. G. H. h. South of Europe.
Prickly-leaved. G. H. 2. Same.
SUPERB-LILLY.
S. 21. Eaſt Indies and Guinea.
GLOXINIA, Maculata.
}
GLOXINIA, Spotted, or Peren-
nial Martynia.
S. 26. New Spain.
GLYCINE.
1
( 46 )
GLYCINE.
GLYCINE.
Reticulata.
Netted-leaved.
S. H. Jamaica.
'G. H. Đ. Cape of Good Hope.
Bituminoſa.
Clammy.
Simplé-leaved.
Monophylla.
*1 G. H. 26. Same.
Caribæa.
Trailing
S. h. Weſt Indies.
GNAPHALIUM.
;' EVERLASTING.
Arboreum.
Tree.
}
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
1
Grandiflorum.
Great-flowered.
: G. H. h. Same.
Ericoides,
Heath-leaved.
G. H. ħ. Same.
Patulum.
Craffifolium
Spreading
G. H. h. Samne.
Thick-leaved. G. H. h. Same,
Sea.
Li, G. H. h. Same.
Broad-leaved Eaſtern: G, H, Đ. The moſt temperate Parts
Maritimum.
3
+
Orientale.
of Africa,
Var.
1
Narrow-leaved Eaft-
ern.
; ܀
G. H. h. Same.
→
Rutilans.
7
Shining-flowered.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
G. H. 21. The moſt temperate Parts
Cymoſum.
Branching
of Africa.
7
Odoratiffimum.
Sweet-ſcented
G. H. 21. Cape of Good Hope, .
Helianthemifolium. -
1
Dwarf Ciftus-leaved. G. H. 2. Same.
1
Declinatum.
Creeping
G. H, 24. Same.
Glomeratum,
4
Cluſter-flowered.
G. H. 2. Same.
GNIDIA.
GNIDIA.
Simplex.
Flax-leaved,
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
3
Sericea.
so
1
4
Silky.
<
1
G. H, Đ. Same.
G. H. h. Same.
Oppoſite-leaved.
Oppofitifolia.
GOMPHRENA, Perennis.
AMARANTH-GLOBE,
S. 2. South America.
GOUANIA, Domingenfis.
CHAW-STICK.
S. .. Weſt Indies.
GORDONIA.
I
( 47 )
2
GORDONIA, Laſianthus..
LOBLOLLY-BAY,
Smooth.
G. H. h. Carolina.
GORTERIA,
GORTERIA.
Rigens..
Great-ffowered, or
Rigid.
G. H. 24. Cape of Good Hope.
G. H. h. Same.
Squarrofa.
Cobweb,
Ciliaris.
Ciliated.
G. H. h. Same.
Fruticoſa..
G. H. h. Same.
Cernua..
Shrubby.
Drooping.
COTTON-TREE.
G. H. h. Same.
GOSSYPIUM.
Religioſum.
Spotted-barked
S. h. Eaſt Indies.
Tree.
Arboreum.
>
S. Đ. Same.
GRATIOLA, Monnieria..
GRATIOLA, Thyme-leaved.S, 21. Both Indies and South
Sea Iſlands.
t
GREWIA,
GrewIA.,
Occidentalis.
Elm-leaved.
G. H. ħ. Cape of Good Hope.
Orientalis.
Oricntal.
S. h. Eaſt Indies.
Salvifolia.
GRONOVIA, Scandens.
GUAJACUM, Officinale.
Sage-leaved.
S. h. Same.
GRONOVIA, Climbing. S. 24. Jamaica.
LIGNUM-VITÆ, or Officinal
S
>
Guajacum.
S. Weſt Indies.
GUAREÀ, Trichilioides..
GUAREA, Aſh-leaved.
S. h. Paraguay..
GUILANDINA.
BONDUC, or Nicker-Tree.
L
Bonduc.
Yellow.
S. h. Both Indies.
Bonducella.
Grey.
S. h. Same.
Moringa.
Smooth..
S. h. Iſland. cf. Ceylon and
Coaſt of Malabar.
GUNNERA, Perpenſa,
GUNNERA, Marſh Marigold-
leaved.
G. H. 21. Cape of Good Hope.
HÆMANTHUS.
2
}
( 48 )
1
HÆMANTHUS.
Coccineus.
Puniceus.
BLOOD-FLOWER, or Hæmanthus,
Scarlet.
G, H. 26. Cape of Good Hope.
Wave-leaved. G. H. 4. Africa, .
Downy-leaved. G. H. 21, Cape of Good Hope.
Fringed.
G. H. 2. Same.
Fan-leaved.
G. H. 2. Same.
Pubeſcens,
Ciliaris.
Toxicarius.
Spiral-Stalked.
G. H. 4. Same,
(
Spiralis.
HÆMATOXYLUM, Cam-
LoGWOOD-TREE.
S. h. Mexico and New Spain.
pechianum.
HALERIA, Lucida.
Honey-SUCKLE, African-
1
HALORAGIS, Cercodia.
Fly.
G. H. . Cape of Good Hope.
HALORAGIS, Whorled-
Aowered,
G. H. h. New Zealand.
HAMELLIA, Grandiflora.
HAMELLIA, Great-flowered. S. h, Weſt Indies.
HEBENSTRETIA, Cordata.
HEBENSTRETIA, Heart-
leaved.
G, H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
HEDYSARUM.
HEDYSARUM.
Alhagi.
Prickly.
G. H. h. Syria and Aſia Minor.
Strobiliferum.
Beech-leaved,
S. h Eaſt Indies.
Caneſcens,
I
Tortuofum.
Junceum.
Paniculatum.
Rough-leaved.
S. 2. Weft Indies.
Twiſted-podded. S. h. Vera Cruz.
Slender-branched. S. 24. Eaſt Indies and Jamaica.
Panicled.
S. h. Virginia.
Crooked-podded. S. h. Eaſt Indies,
Chineſe Moving-Plant. S. . Same and China.
PLANTAIN WILD, or Bar-
Crinitum,
* Movens.
HELICONIA, Bihai.
tard.
S. 1. Weſt Indies.
* This Plant has not been long enough in the Thirſk Stove to determine whether it is perennial or biennial, but it
appears to be perennial. (See HZDYSARUM in the Diſcourſe upon the Propagation and Culture of the Plants of this
Catalogue.)
HELICTERES.
}
( 49 )
I
HELICTERES.
HELICTERES, or Screw-Tree.
Baruenfis.
Small-fruited.
S. hWeſt Indies.
Ifora.
Great-fruited.
S. h. Jamaica.
HELIOCARPUS, Americana.
HELIOCARPUS, American. S. h. Vera-Cruz.
HELIOPHILA.
HELIOPHILA.
Coronopifolia.
Incana.
HELIOTROPIUM, Peru-
1
Buck's-Horn. G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Hoary.
G, H. h. Same.
HELIOTROPE, or Peruvian-
Turnfole.
S. ħ. Peru.
LOOKING-GLASS PLANT. S. h. Ceylon, and the other
Eaſt Indian Iflands.
vianum.
HERITIERA, Littoralis.
HERMANNIA.
HERMANNIA.
Althæifolia.
Marſhmallow-leaved. G. H. . Cape of Good Hope.
Plicata,
Plaited-leaved.
G. H. Đ. Same.
Candicans.
White.
G. H. h. Same.
Alnifolia.
Alder-leaved.
G. H. Ñ. Same.
Odorata.
Sweet-fcented.
G. H. h. Same,
Hyſſopifolia.
Hyſſop-leaved.
G. H. h. Same.
Lavendulifolia.
Lavender-leaved.
G. H. h. Same.
Denudata.
Smooth.
G. H. h. Same.
HERNANDIA, Sonora.
JACK IN A Box.
S. h. Weſt Indies.
HIBISCUS
HIBISCUS,
Præmorfus.
Round-leaved Shrub-
G. H. ħ. Cape of Good Hope.
by.
Poplar-leaved.
Populneus.
S. h. Eaſt Indies and South Sea
Iſlands.
Tiliaceus.
Lime-Tree-leaved.
S. hEaſt Indies.
S. ħ. Weſt Indies.
Spinifex.
Ficulneus.
Prickly-fruited.
Fig-leaved.
Speciofus.
Smooth.
S. ħ. Ceylon.
G. H. 21. South Carolina,
HIBISCUS
1
G
&
( 50 )
HIBISCUS
Manihot.
Abelmoſchus.
Æthiopicus.
Palmated.
S. h. China and Japan.-
Target-leaved, or Muſk. S. 2. Both Indies.
Dwarf Wedge-leaved. G. H. v. Cape of Good Hope..
Changeable Roſe. S. h, Eaſt Indies.
Double-flowered.
S. 5. Same.
1
Mutabilis.
Var. Florepleno.
Rofa, Sinenfis.
China-Roſe.
S. R. Same.
/
Var. Florepleno.
Double-flowered.
Same.
HIPPIA, Frutefcens,
HIPPOCREPIS, Balearica.
Hippia, Shrubby. G. H. Đ. Cape of Good Hope.
VETCH, Shrubby Horſe-
Shoe.
G. H. h. Minorca.
HIPPOMANE, Mancinella.
MANCHINEEL-TREE.
S. h, Weſt Indies..
HIRTELLA, American,
S. h, Weſt Indies..
HIRTELLA, Americana.
HURA, Crepitans,
HYACINTHUS, Revolutus,
SAND-Box-TREE,
S. h. Mexico and Weſt Indies:
HYACINTH, Wave-leay-
ed.
G. H. 2. Cape of Good Hope..
PENNYWORT, African. G. H. 2. Cape of Good Hope.
.
HYDROCOTYLE, Afiatica.
LOCUST-TREE,
S. h. Weſt Indies
HYMENÆA, Courbaril.
HYOSCYAMUS, Aureus. .
HENBANE, Golden-flower-
Iſland of Crete, & other
ed.
G. H. Ñ
Eaſtern Parts. Would
be better in the Stove.
in Winter,
A
HYPERICUM.
ST. JOHN's-WORT.
Balearicum,
Warted.
G. H. R, Majorca.
Foliofum.
G. H. h. Azores.
Florebundum.
G. H. h. Madeira.
Shining.
Many-flowered,
Canary.
Egyptian.
Canarienſe,
Ægypticum.
G. H. ħ. Canary Iſlands,
G. H. Đ. Egypt.
G. H. ħ. Ifland of Teneriff.
G. H. h. Madeira.
we
Reflexum,
Reflex-leaved.
Glanduloſum.
Glandulous.
»
HYPERICUM.
--
1
(51)
HYPERICUM
Tomentofum.
Woolly.
G, H. 27. South of Europe.
Perfoliatum.
Perfoliate.
G. H. 2. Same,
Coris.
Heath-leaved.
G. H. h. Aſia Minor and South of
Europe.
Monogynum.
Chineſe.
G. H. h. China,
Curled-leaved.
G. H. 21. Greece.
Criſpum.
HYPOXIS.
HYPOXIS.
Decumbens.
Trailing.
Plaited-leaved.
S. 24. Jamaica.
G. H. 21. Cape of Good Hope.
Plicata.
Stellata.
G. H. 26.
Same.
Spotted-flowered.
Aquatic.
Aquatica.
G. H. 2. Same.
Channel-leaved.
Serrata.
G. H. 2. Same.
1
Villoſa.
Hairy.
G. H. 26. Same.
JACQUINIA.
JACQUINIA.
Obtuſe-leaved.
Armillaris.
S. h. Carthagena and Weſt
Indies.
Ruſcifolia.
S. Illand of Cuba.
Prickly.
JASMINE.
)
JASMINUM.
Sambac.
Arabian.
S. ħ. Arabia and Eaſt Indies.
1
Var. Florepleno.
Common Double.
S. h. Same.
Var. Flo. Ampliff. Pleno.
Great-flowered Double,
1
or Tuſcan.
S. h. Same.
7
Hirſuta.
Glaucum.
Azoricum.
)
Hairy.
S. h. Same.
Glaucous-leaved. G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Azorian.
G. H. h Azores and Madeira.
Yellow, Indian. G. H. h. Same,
Spaniſh, or Catalo-
nian,
G. H. h. Eaſt Indies.
Odoratiffimum.
d
Grandiflorum.
G2
JATROPHA,
( 52 )
IATROPHA.
PHYSIC-NUT.
Angular-leaved.
S. h. Warm Parts of America.
Curcas,
Multifida.
French.
S. h. Same.
Manihot.
Eatable-rooted, or Cafava. S. ħ. Same,
Urens.
Stinging.
S
.. Braſil,
IBERIS.
CANDY-TUFT.
Semperflorens,
Broad-leaved Ever-
Gibraltarica.
Green.
G. H. h. Perſia and Sicilyo-
Gibraltar.
G. H. h. Gibraltar.
HOLLY, Thick-leaved
Smooth.
G. H. h. Madeira.
ILEX, Perada.
ILLECEBRUM.
ILLECEBRUM.
Javanicum.
Suffruticoſum.
Spear-leaved
S. 25. Eaſt Indies.
Shrubby, or Knot-
Graſs.
G. H. h. South of Europe.
Mountain, or Knot-
Paronychya.
Graſs.
G. H. 2. Same.
Creeping
S. 4. Buenos Ayres.
Achyrantha.
ILLICIUM, Floridanum.
ANISEED-TREE, Red-
flowered.
G, H. h. Florida.
INDIGOFFERA.
INDIGO.
Ploraloides,
G. H. . Cape of Good Hope,
Long-ſpiked.
White.
Candicans.
G. H. h. Same.
1
Amæna,
Scarlet-flowered.
G. H. h. Same.
Sarmentofa.
Dwarf.
G. H. 2. Same.
Coriacea.
G. H. h. Same.
Leathery-leaved.
Angular-ſtalked.
G. H. ħ. Same.
I
Cytiſoides.
Anguſtifolia.
Narrow-leaved.
G. H. h. Same.
1
Tinctoria.
S. h. Eaſt Indies.
Dyers.
Silvery-leaved.
Argentea.
S, h. Weſt Indies.
IPOMÆA
3
1
( 53 )
mw
1
IPOMÆA,
IPOMÆA.
Rubra.
S. P. Carolina,
Upright.
Tuberous-rooted.
Tuberoſa.
S. 4. Weſt Indies.
IRIS.
IRIS.
Martinicenfis.
Martinico.
S. 24. Iſland of St. Lucia.
Ciliata,
G. H. 24. Cape of Good Hope.
Tricuſpis.
G. H. 2. Same.
Fringed-leaved.
Single-flowered.
Clammy.
Chalcedonian
Bituminoſa.
G. H. 4. Same.
Sufiana,
G. H. 21. Perſia
1
1
G. H. h, North Carolina,
ITEA, Cyrilla.
JUSSIEUA, Repens.
JUSTICIA
Itea, Intire-leaved.
JUSSIÆA, Creepingan
JUSTICIA.
S. h. Hot Parts of America.
$
Coccinea.
Scarlet-flowered.
S. T. Braſils.
1
Ecbolium,
Long-ſpiked.
S. h. Eaſt Indies.
Orchioides.
Broom-leaved..
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Hyſopifolia.
Hyſſop-leaved, or Snap-
Tree.
G. H. h. Canary Iſlands.
Malabar-Nut.
S. h. Malabar and Ceylon.
* Adhatoda,
IXIA,
IXIA.
Roſea.
Aulica.
Roſe-coloured. G. H. 2. Cape of Good Hope.
Cluſter-flowered. G. H. 2. Same.
Bulb-bearing G. H. 21. Same.
Purple-flowered Beard-
Bulbifera.
Ariſtata,
ed.
G. H. 21.
Var.
Violet-flowered Beard-
1
A
ed.
G. H. 2.
Villofa.
Dark-red.
G. H. 4. Cape of Good Hope.
Flexuoſa.
Bending-ſtalked. G. H. 24. Same.
Polyftachia.
Many-ſpiked. G. H. 2. Same.
Longiflora.
Long-flowered. G. H. 21. Same.
* See JUSTICIA in the Propagation and Culture of the Plants of this Catalogue.
IXIA,
V
-
!
( 54 )
IXIA.
Fox-Tail.
G. H. 2. Cape of Good Hope.
Plantaginea.
Scillaris.
Squill-flowered.
G. H. 2. Same.
Marginata.
Broad-leaved.
G. H. 21. Same.
Patens.
Maculata.
Spreading-flowered. G. H. 2. Same.
Spotted.
G. H. 41. Same.
Copper-coloured. G. H. 21. Same.
Deuſta.
Crocata.
Common Crocus-flower-
3
ed.
G. H. 2. Same.
Var
Red Crocus-flowered. G. H. 21. Same.
ܝܐ
Squallidapatula.
Stricta.
Spreading Squallid. G. H. 2. Same.
Upright Squallid. G. H. 2. Same.
Curled-leaved. G. H. 24. Same.
$
Crifpa.
Falcata.
Sickle-leaved.
G. H. 4. Same.
IXORA, Coccinea.
Ixora, Scarlet.
S. h. Eaſt Indies.
KÆMPFERIA, Galanga.
GALANGALE.
S. 24. Eaſt Indies.
KIGGELARIA, Africana.
KIGGELARIA, African, G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
KYLLINGIA, Three-headed S. 24. Both Indies.
KYLLINGIA, Triceps.
LACHENALIA.
LACHENALIA,
Orchioides,
Spotted-leaved.
G. H. 4. Cape of Good Hope.
Pallida.
Pale-flowered.
G. H. 4. Same.
.
Contaminata.
Mixed-coloured.
G. H. 4. Same.
Tricolor.
Narrow-leaved Three-
coloured.
G. H. 24. Same.
Var.
Broad-leaved Three-
coloured
G. H. 4. Same.
Pendula,
Pendalous.
G. H. 4. Same.
Viridis,
Green-flowered.
G. H. 26. Same.
LACHNÆA,
( 55 )
LACHNÆA, Conglomerata.
LACHNÆA, Cluſter-head-
LAGERSTRMIA, Indica,
ed.
G. H. Ñ. Cape of Good Hope.
LAGERSTREMIA, Indian. S. P. Patna in the Eaſt Indies
LANARIA, Woolly. G. H. 2. Cape of Good Hope.
LANARIA, Plumoſa.
LANTANA
LANTANA,or American Viburnum.
Trifolia.
Three-leaved,
S. hWeſt Indies:
Camara.
Various-coloured.
S. ħ. Same.
Odorata.
Sweet-ſcented
S. h. Same.
Erecta.
Upright.
Round-leayed.
S. h. Jamaica.
S. h. Weſt Indies.
Involucrata.
Meliſlæfolia.
Balm-leavéd.
S. h. Same.
Scabrida,
Aculeata.
Rough.
S. h. Same.
Prickly Nettle-leaved. S. . Same.
Ilex-leaved.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
BAY-Tree.
Africana.
LAURUS,
Caffia.
Caffia, or Baſtard Cinna-
mon.
S. h. Weſt Indies.
Perfea.
Avocado-Pear.
S. h. Same.
1
Fætans.
Madeira-Laurel, or
Madeira and Canary
Till.
G. H. .
Iſlands,
Borbonia,
Ættivalis
Indica.
Bay, Broad-leaved Caro-
lina.
G. H. h. Virginia and Carolina.
Willow-leaved. G, H, ħ. Virginia and Maryland.
Bay Royal, or Indian-
Laurel.
G. H. h. Madeira.
Camphire-Tree. G. H. B. Japan.
Cinnamon-Tree. S. . Ceylon.
Laurel Jamaica
S. 1 Jamaica.
Camphora.
Cinnamomum.
Chloroxylon.
LAVANDULA.
LAVENDER.
Stoechas.
French.
G. H. Đ. South of Europe.
LAVANDULA. .
1
( 56
LAVANDULA.
Viridis.
Madeira.
G. H. h. Madeira.
Dentata.
Tooth-leaved.
G. H. h. Spain and Afia Minor..
G. H. h. Madeira.
Pinnata.
.
Pinnated.
LAVATERA.
LAVATERA.
Olbia.
G, H. h. South of France.
Downy-leaved.
Threemlobedo
Triloba.
G. H. ħ, Spain.
G. H. h. Portugal.
Luſitanica.
Portugal.
LAWSONIA.
LAWSONIA.
Inermis.
Smooth.
S. ħ. Egypt and Eaſt Indies.
S. . Both Indies.
Prickly.
Spinoſa.
LEEA.
LEEA.
S. h. Eaſt Indies,
Æquata.
Criſpa.
LEONTICE, Leontopetalum.
Shrubby.
Fringe-ſtalked.
LION'S-LEAF.
S. 24. Cape of Good Hope.
G. H. 24. Aſia Minor.
w
LEPIDIUM.
PEPPER-WORT.
Subulatum.
Awl-leaved.
G. H. h. Spain.
1
Divaricatum.
Divaricated.
SNOW-DROP.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
G. H. 21. Cape of Good Hope.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
LEUCOJUM,
LEYSERA, Gnaphaloides.
LICIUM.
Japonicum.
Afrum.
LEYSERA, Woolly.
Box-THORN,
Japan,
G. H. h. Japan.
G. H. Đ Cape of Good Hope.
African.
Boerhaviæfolium.
Glaucous-leaved.
S. h. Peru,
LIGHTFOOTIA.
LIGHTFOOTIA.
Lance-leaved.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Oxycoccoides.
Subulata.
Awl-leaved.
G. H. 21. Same.
LIMEUM, African.
G. H. 2. Cape of Good Hope.
LIMEUM, Africanum.
LIMODORUM.
LIMODORUM.
}
Altum.
Tall.
S. 2. Weſt Indies.
Spectabile.
Chineſe
S. 21. Hotteſt Parts of China.
LIMONIA.
1
( 57 )
LIMONIA, Monophylla.
LIMONIA, Simple-leaved. S. u. Eaſt Indiese
LINUM.
FLAX.
Narbonenſe.
Narbonne,
G. H. 4, South of France.
Suffruticoſum.
Upright.
G. H. Đ. Spain.
Arboreum.
Tree.
G. H. h. land of Candia,
Africanum.
LIPARIA, Villoſa.
LITHOSPERMUM, Orien-
Shrubby.
G, H. h Africa.
LIPARIA, Woolly. G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
GROMWELL, Yellow, or
Bugloſs.
G, H. 21. Levant.
}
tale.
LOBELIA.
LOBELIA.
Pinifolia.
Pine-leaved.
G. H. . Cape of Good Hope.
Surinamenfis,
S. h. Weſt Indies.
.
Shrubby.
Tooth-leaved,
Triquetra.
G, H. 2. Cape of Good Hope.
Pubeſcens.
G. H 21. Same.
Downy-leaved.
Long-flowered.
Longiflora.
S. 27. Jamaica. .
Affurgens.
Tree.
S. +
Same.
Minuta.
Leaft.
G. H. 2. Cape of Good Hope.
G. H. 26. Same.
Erinus.
Small-ſpreading.
7
Coronopifolia.
Buck's-Horn.
G. H. 21.
Same.
LOTUS.
TREFOIL.
Jacobæus.
Bird's-Foot, Dark-flower-
Idand of St. James, one of
ed.
S.
the Cape Verd Iſlands.
G. H. h. Spain and Afia Minor.
Creticus.
LYCHNIS, Coronata.
Silvery.
LYCHNIS, Chineſe.
Box-THORN.
G. H. 24. China and Japan.
LYCIUM.
$
Iaponicum.
Japan.
3
G. H. h. Japan.
Afrum.
African.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Boerhaviaefolium,
Glaucous-leaved.
S. h. Peru.
Var, Barbarum Vulgare.
Willow-leaved.
G. H. h. South of Europe, Aſia,
and Africa,
LICIUM. .
H
( 58
N
LICIUM.
Chinenſe
Chineſe.
G. H. . South of Europe, Afiam .
and Africa.
Europæum.
European.
G. H. h. South of Europe.
LYCOPODIUM, Helveticum. LYCOPODIUM, Spread-
Madeira and Switzer:
ing.
land.
3
G. H. 24.
MAHERNIA, Pinnata.
MAHERNIA, Winged. G. H. Be Cape of Good Hope: :
MALPIGHIA.
BARBADOES-CHERRY.
Glabra.
Smooth-leaved.
S. ħ, Weſt Indies.
Punicifolia.
S. h. Same,
Nitida,
Pomegranate-leaved.
Shining-leaved.
Stinging-leaved.
S. h. Same.
Urens.
S. h. Braſils.
1
Narrow-leaved,
S. h. Weſt Indies..
Anguſtifolia.
Caneſcens.
S. h. Same.
Downy-leaved.
MALLOW.
MALVA.
Spiked.
S. ū. Jamaica.
Spicata.
Scoparia.
Small Yellow-flowered
upright.
S. Ť. Peru.
Narrow-leaved.
S. h. Mexico,
Anguſtifolia.
Bryony folia.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope..
Briony-leaved.
Panicled,
Lastea.
S. 1
2
Capenſis.
Ægyptia.
MAMMEA, Americana.
Gooſeberry-leaved. G. H. ħ. Cape of Good Hope.
Palmated.
S. 24. Egypt.
MAMMEE, American. S. h. Jamaica and Hiſpaniola.
MANGO TREE,
S. h. All the hotteft Parts of
MANGIFERA, Indica,
Alia.
MARANTA,
INDIAN ARROW-ROOT.
Arundinacea.
Cut & Indented-flowered, S. 2. New Spain & W. Indies.
Galanga.
True Indian Arrow-Root,
with intire Fowers.
S. 2. Mexico.
MARRUBIUM,
(59)
MARRUBIUM.
HOREHOUND, White.
Africanuin.
African.
G. H. 24. Cape of Good Hope.
Pſeudodi&tamnus.
Shrubby.
G. H. h. Iſland of Candia.
Acetabuloſum.
Saucer-leaved.
G. H. 24. Same.
* MARTYNIA, Perennis.
MARTYNIA, Perennial, or
Carthagena and New
Spain,
Spotted Gloxinia.
S. 26.
MASSONIA.
MASSONIA.
2
Latifolia.
Broad-leaved.
G. H. 24. Cape of Good Hope.
Narrow-leaved.
G. H. 21, Same.
Anguſtifolia.
MEDEOLA.
MEDEOLA.
Broad-leaved Shrubby.G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
>
Aſparagoides.
Anguſtifolia.
Narrow-leaved Shrub-
MEDICAGO, Arborea.
by.
G. H. Đ. Same.
MOON-TREFOIL, or Tree-
Medick.
G. H. B. Italy.
}
MELALEUCA, Leucadendron, MELALEUCA, Aromatic. S. ñ. New Caledonia.
MELANTHIUM.
MELANTHIUM.
Capenfe.
Spotted-flowered. G. H. 2. Cape of Good Hope.
Viride.
Green-flowered. G. H. 2. Same.
+
he
Triquetrum.
Ruſh-leaved.
G. H. 26. Same.
Monopetalum.
MELIA.
Azedarach.
Sempervirens.
MELIANTHUS.
One-petaled. G. H. 2. Same.
BREAD-Tree.
Common.
G. H. h. Syria. .
Evergreen.
S. h. Eaſt Indies.
HONEY-FLOWER.
Great.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Small.
G. H. h. Same.
MELICOCCA, Winged-
leaved.
S. ho Jamaica.
I
Major.
Minor.
3
MELICOCCA, Bijuga.
* See GLOXINIA.
H2
MELISSA:
>
(60)
MELISSA.
BALM.
Cretica.
Cretan.
G. H. D. South of Europe:
Fruticoſa.
Shrubby
G. H. Đ. Spain.
MELOCHIA, Piramidal.
S. Đ. Braſils.
MELOCHIA, Pyramidata.
MELODINUS, Scandens.
MENTHA, Canarienſis.
MENYANTHES, Ovata.
MELODINUS, Climbing. S. h. New Caledonia..
MINT, Shrubby Canary.G. H. h. Inland of Canary.
BUCK-Bean, Oval-leav-
ed.
G. H. 24. Cape of Good Hope,
MESEMBRYANTHEMUM. FIG-MARYGOLD.
Ciliatum.
Humifufum.
Geniculiflorum.
Ciliated.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Narrow-leaved Icy. G. H. h. Same.
Jointed.
G. H. h. Same.
Night-flowering. G. H. Đ. Same.
Shining
G. H. ħ. Same.
Umbelled,
G. H. h. Same..
Noctiflorum
Splendens.
Umbellatum.
Expanſum.
Houſeleak-leaved.
G. H. 2. Same..
Teſticulare.
Short White-leaved. G. H. h. Same..
Calamiformes
Quill-leaved.
Digitatum.
Blunt-leaved.
G, H. h. Same.
G. H. h. Same.
G. H. h. Same:
Pallens.
Channel-leaved.
Cordifolium.
Heart-leaved.
G. H. h. Same.
Bellidiflorum.
Daiſy-flowered.
G. H. h. Same.
Deltoides,
Delta-leaved.
G. H. . Same.
Var.
}
7
Var.
Great Delta-leaved. G. H. h. Same..
Small Delta-leaved. G. H. . Same..
Shrubby-bearded. G. H. h. Samea-
Small Dwarf-bearded. G. H. h. Same..
Barbatum.
Var.
Var.
Great Dwarf-bearded. G. H. h. Same.
Hifpidum.
Purple-flowered Briſt-
ly.
G. H. h. Same.
MESEM
܀
>
( 61 )
MESEMBRYANTHEMUM.
Var.
Var.
Villofum.
Bracteatum.
Striped-flowered Briſtly.G.H. h: Cape of Good Hope,
Pale-flowered Briſtly, G. H. ħ. Same.
Hairy-ſtalked. G. H. h. Same.
Bracteated.
G. H. h. Same.
Rough.
G. H. h. Same.
Creeping
G. H. h. Same.
Notched-flowered. G. H. h. Same.
Scabrum,
Reptans.
Emarginatum.
Uncinatum.
Small Hook-leaved. G. H. . Same.
Var.
Great Hook-leaved. G. H. h. Same.
Spinoſum.
Thorny.
G, H. Đ. Same.
Tuberoſum.
Tuberous-rooted.
G. H. Đ. Same.
Tenuifolium.
Stipulaceum.
Slender-leaved. G. H. h. Same.
Upright Shrubby. G. H. ħ. Same.
Upright White-wood-
G. H. h. Same,
Lave.
ed.
Deflexum.
Bending.
G. H. h. Same.
Auftrale.
New Zealand.
G. H. 26. New Zealand.
Craffifolium.
Thick-leaved.
G. H. ħCape of Good Hopea.
Falcatum.
Sickle-leaved.
G. H. h. Same.
Glomeratum
Cluſter.
G. H. h. Same.
Brevifolium
Short-leaved.
G. H. ħ. Same.
Loreum.
G. H. 2. Same.
Filamentoſum.
Leathery-ſtalked.
Thready.
Cymetar-leaved.
G. H. 2. Same.
Acinaciforme.
G. H. ñ. Same.
Forficatum.
Forked.
G. H. 21. Same.
Edule.
Eatable.
G. H. h. Same.. .
Bicolorum,
Two-coloured.
G. H. ħ. Same.
Aureum,
Golden.
G. H. ħSame.
Micans,
Glittering
G. H. h. Same..
MESEM-
( 62 )
MESEMBRYANTHEMUM.
Groſſum.
Gouty.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope. .
G. H. h. Same.
Brachiatum.
Three-forked.
Roftratum.
Heron-beaked.
G. H. 21. Same.
Compactum.
Dotted Thick-leayed. G. H. h. Same.
Veruculatum.
Spit-leaved.
G. H. h. Same.
G. H. h. Same.
Molle.
Soft.
Glaucum,
Glaucous-leaved.
G. H. F. Same.
1
Corniculatum
Var.
Long-leaved horned. G. H. 24. Same.
.
Short-leaved horned. G. H. 2. Same,
Twiſted-leaved. G. H. 4. Same.
Tortuoſum.
Echinatum.
Yellow-echinated.
G. H. h. Same.
Var.
White-echinated.
G. H. h. Same.
Ringens, Caninum.
G. H. h. Same.
Dog's-Chop.
Cat's-Chop.
Felinum.
G. H. ħ. Same.
Dolabriforme.
Hatchet-leaved.
G. H. Đ. Same.
Difforme.
!
Deformed.
G. H. h. Same.
Albidum.
White.
G. H. h. Same.
Linguiforme.
Var.
V
Var.
Pugioniforme.
Viridiflorum.
Broad Tongue-leaved.G. H. 2. Same.
Narrow Tongue-leav-
ed.
G. H. 2. Same.
Long Tongue-leaved. G. H. 24. Same.
Dagger-leaved. G. H. Đ. Same.
Green-flowered, G. H. h. Same.
MESSERCHMIDIA, Shrub-
by,
G. H. h. Canary Iſlands.
(A Stove Plant in the Or-
MESSERCHMIDIA, Frutie
cofa
MICHELIA, Champacea.
A
ford Garden, Lanca-
4
ſhire.)
MIMOSA.
( 63 )
MIMOSA:
MIMOSA,
Verticillata.
G. H. h. New South Wales.
Whorled-leaved.
Simple-leaved.
Four-leaved.
Simplicifolia.
Unguiſcati.
Purpurea.
S. h. Iſland of Tanna.
S. h. Weſt Indies,
Purple, or Soldier-
1
Wood. S. T. Same.
Circinalis.
S. h. Same.
Scandens.
S. h. Both Indies.
Spiral.
Climbing
Long-twigged.
Smooth-Tree.
S. N. Weſt Indies.
G. H. h. Levant.
Virgata.
Julibriſlin.
Specioſa.
Latiſiliqua,
}
1
Bladder Senna-leaved.
S. 5. Eaſt Indies.
Broad-podded.
S. ì. Weſt Indies.'
Glauca.
Glaucous.
S. h. America.
Grandiflora.
Great-flowered.
S. h. Eaſt Indies.
Cornigera.
Horned, or Cuckold-
Nilotica..
Earneſiana.
4
Afperata.
Tree. S. h. South America.
Egyptian.
S. h. Arabia and Egypt.
Sweet-ſcented, or Sponge-
Tree
S. h. St. Domingo.
Hairy-podded:
S. ħ. Vera Cruz.
Grey.
S. h. Eaſt Indies.
Small-leaved.
S. h. Same.
Angular-ſtalked. S. ħSame.
Humble-Plant.
S. h. Braſil and W. Indies.
Cæſia.
a
Pennata.
Intfia.
C
Pudica.
Senſitiva.
Senſitive-Plant.
S. n. Same.
MIRABILIS.
MARVEL OF PERU.
Dichotoma.
Forked.
S. 4. Mexico.
MONETIA, Barlerioides.
Monetia, Four-ſpined.
S. . Eaſt Indies.
MONSONIA.
1
( 64 )
MONSONIA.
MONSONIA.
Specioſa.
Fine-leaved,
G. H. 24. Cape of Good Hope.
Lobata.
Broad-leaved.
G. H. 21. Same.
f
MONTINIA, Caryophyllacea. MONTINIA, Sea-Purſlain-
leaved.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
MOREA.
MORÆA,
Vegeta.
Small-flowered Graſs-
leaved.
G. H. 4. Cape of Good Hope.
Var.
Great-flowered Graſs-
한
​leaved.
G. H. 2. Same.
Iridioides.
Sword-leaved.
G, H. 21. Same.
Lugens.
Dark-flowered.
G. H. h. Same.
MORUS, Tinctoria.
FUSTIC-Wood, or Dyer's
Mulberry.
S. h. Jamaica and Braſil.
MURRAYA, Aſh-leaved. S. h. Eaſt Indies.
MURRAYA, Exotica.
MUSA, Sapientum.
BANANA-Tree.
S. . Both Indies, Africa, and
Paradiſiaca:
Plantain-Tree.
S. R.
that Part of Georgia
in Afia where Tour-
nefort has fixed the
Terreſtrial Paradife.
MYRICA.
CANDLE BERRY-MYRTLE.
Quercifolia.
Var.
Smooth Oak-leaved. G. H. . Cape of Good Hope.
Hairy Oak-leaved. G. H, h. Same,
Heart-leaved. G, H. h. Same.
Cordifolia.
MYRSINE.
Africana.
MYRSINE.
African.
G. H. , Cape of Good Hope.
Round-leaved, or Ta-
maja.
G, H, T. Azores.
Retuſa,
!
MYRTUS.
( 65 )
MYRTUS.
.
MYRTLE.
Pimenta
Jamaica-Pepper, Allſpice, or
Long-leaved Pimento. S. h, Weſt Indies.
Short-leaved.
S. h. Same.
Var.
Communis, Romana.
Common Broad-leaved Ro-
South of Europe, and the
man-Myrtle.
G. H. h.
temperate Parts of Aſia
and Africa.
Italica.
Argent. Variegat.
Aur. Variegat.
Italian, or Upright. G. H. h. Italy.
Silver-ſtriped. G. H. Ñ. Same.
Gold-ſtriped.
G.H. Ñ. Same.
Butcher's Broom-leav-
is ed.
G. H. h. Same.
Ruſcifolia.
Y
T
Notata.
Trilatifolia.
Gold-tipped. G, H, H. Same.
Three-leaved, or Jew's-
Myrtle.
G. H. h. Same.
Box-leaved.
G, H. h. Same.
Buxifolia.
Aur. Variegat.
G. H. h. Same.
Gold-ſtriped.
Orange-leaved.
Bætica.
G. H. h. Same.
5
Double-flowered.
G. H. ħ Same.
Florepleno..
-Luſitanica.
Belgica.
Mucronata,
w Portugal.
G. H. ħ. Same.
Broad-leaved, Dutch. G. H. ħ. Same.
Roſemary-leaved. G. H. h. Same.
Ceylon.
S, ħ. Iſland of Ceylon.
Woolly-leaved.
S. h. China.
Round leaved.
S. . Dominica.
1
Zeylanica.
Tomentoſus.
Gregii, !
Chytraculea.
Zuzygium.
$
Forked.
- 1
S. ñ. Jamaica.
.
Oval-leaved. -
S. h. Weſt Indies.
Moſchata.
K
Nutmeg
G. H. n. South of Europe, and the
temperate Parts of Aſia
and Afrièa.
I
MYRTUS,
met
( 66 )
MYRTUS.
Argent.
Silver-ſtriped.
G. H. h. South of Europe, and the
temperate Parts of Aſia,
and Africa.
1
Argent. Variegat.
Bloched-leaved.
G. H. . Same.
Criſtata.
Bird's-Neſt, or Cock's-
South of Europe, and the
Comb.
G. H. h.
temperate Parts of:Afias
)
and Africa.
Aur. Punctata,
Gold-dotted.
G. H. h. Same.
I
3
Argent. Variegat.
Thymifolia, Mucronata.
Silver-ſtriped. G. H. T. Same..
Thyme-leaved Myr-
tle.
G, H. h. South of Europe..
Silver-ſtriped. G. H. h. Same.
Argent. Variegat.
NEPETA, Virginica.
NERIUM.
A.
2
CAT-MINT, American. G: H. 21. North America..
OLEANDER, or Roſe-Bay.
Common Double, S. R. Both Indies.
Common
G. H. h. Spain, Portugal, and Le-
* Latifolium.
Oleander.
vant,
Alba.
.
White.
>
G. H. 7. This is found moſtly in
the Iſland of Crete, is
tenderer than the Com-
mon Roſe - Bay, and
requires a very good
Green-Houſe.
Double-white, (Tender.) S. h. Same.
Striped-leaved.
S. ñ. Same.
Sweet-ſcented.
S. . Eaft Indies.
Florepleno.
Variegatifolium.
Odorum.
* We are not yet pofitively certain of what Plant or Stock the Common Double OLEANDIR is a Variety.
NERIUM.
í 67
NERIUM.
Antidyſentericum.
Oval-leaved.
S. Đ. Eaſt Indies.
Coronarium.
Broad-leaved.
S. . Same.
1
2
NICOTIANA, Fruticofa. TOBACCO, Shrubby. G. H. hChina.
NISSOLIA, Fruticofa. NISSOLIA, Shrubby. S. ħ. South America.
NYCTANTHES, Arbortriftis. NYCTANTHES, Square-ſtalk-
ed, or Sorrowful-Tree. S. . Eaſt Indies.
NYMPHÆA, Nelumbo. WATER-LILLY, Peltated. S. 24. Both Indies.
OCYMUM, Gratiſſimum,
NOTHERA, Roſea.
BASIL, Shrubby.
S. h. Eaſt Indies.
ENOTHERA, or Shrubby
Tree-Primroſe. G. H. 21. Peru and Guiana,
OLEA.
OLIVE.
Europæ, Communis,
Longifolia.
Common European. G. H, . South of Europe.
Long-leaved. G. H. Đ. Same.
(
Latifolia.
Broad-leaved.
G. H. h. Same.
Iron-coloured.
G. H. Đ. Same.
Ferruginea.
Obliqua.
Buxifolia.
Twiſted-leaved
G. H. ħ. Same.
Box-leaved.
G. H. 7. Same.
Capenſis, Coriacea.
Leathery-leaved Cape.G. H. h. ·Cape of Good Hope.
Wave-leaved. G. H. Đ. Same.
Undulata.
t
Americana.
American.
G. H. h. Carolina and Florida.
Excelſa.
Fragrans.
Laurel-leaved, G. H. h. Madeira.
Sweet-ſcented Chineſe,
Cochin-China, China,
or Quaj-fa.
and Japan.
OLYRA, Broad-leaved. S. 2. Weſt Indies.
OMPHALEA, Long-leaved. S. h. Jamaica.
OLYRA, Latifolia.
OMPHALEA, Triandra.
t
1
I 2
ONONIS.
$
( 68 )
ONONIS.
Rest-HARROW.
2
Cernua.
Hanging-podded.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope, .
Geminata.
Two-flowered.
G. H. 2. Same.
Natrix.
Yellow-flowered Shrub-
Criſpa.
OPHIOXYLUM, Serpenti-
by.
G. H. h. South of France & Spaip.
Curled-leaved. G. H. h. Spain.
OPHIOXYLUM, Scarlet-
flowered.
S. h. Eaſt Indies,
num.
ORCHIS.
ORCHIS.
Carnea,
Great-flowered Cape. G. H. 24. Cape of Good Hope.
Yellow-flowered. G. H. 21. Same.
Bicornis.
-
ORIGANUM.
/
DITTANY.
Dictamnus.
Cretan.
G. H. ħ. Illand of Crete.
Sipyleum.
Tournefortii.
Ægyptiacum.
ORNITHOGALUM.
Of Mount Sipylus. G. H. h. Aſia Minor.
Of Amergos.
G. H. , Iſland Amergos.
Egyptian-Marjorum. S. h. Egypt.
STAR OF BETHLEHEM,
Snowy.
G. H. 2. Cape of Good Hope.
Broad-leaved.
S. 24. Egypt and Arabia..
Niveum.
Latifolium,
Arabicum. ,
Great-flowered.
S. 2. Same.
Thyrſoides.
Yellow-flowered Spear-
leaved.
G. H. 2. Cape of Good Hope..
Var.
White-flowered Spear-
leaved.
G. H. 2. Same.
Caudatum.
G. H. 2. Same.
Nutans.
:
ORONTIUM, Japonicum.
Long-ſpiked.
Neapolitan.
ORONTIUM, Japan.
G. H. 2. Italy.
D. S. 24. Japan.
OSTEOSPERMUM.
OSTEOSPERMUM,
Spinofum.
Prickly.
G. H. Đ. Cape of Good Hope.
G, H. h. Same,
Pifferum
Smooth,
OSTE.
>
py
}
A
( 69 )
OSTEOSPERMUM.
Moniliferum.
Poplar-leaved.
Rigid.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
G. H. h. Same.
Rigidum.
Cæruleum.
Blue-flowered.
G. H. H. Same.
OSYRIS, Alba.
POET'S-CASSIA.
G. H. h. France, Spain, and Italy.
OTHONNA.
RAGWORT, African.
Cacalioides.
Tuberous.
G. H. 24. Cape of Good Hope.
D. S. 2. Same.
Bulbofa.
Bulbous.
Denticulata,
Dentated.
G. H. ħ. Same.
G. H. h. Same.
Pectinata.
Wormwood-leaved
Abrotanifolia,
Southernwood-leaved. G. H. h. Same.
Coronopifolia.
Buck's-Horn.
G. H. h. Same.
D, S. Same.
Tenuiflima.
Fine-leaved.
Arboreſcens.
Tree.
G. H. h. Same.
G. H. 4. Same.
Lingua.
Tongue-leaved.
OXALIS.
WOOD-SORREL.
G. H. 4. Cape of Good Hope.
Monophylla
Purpurea.
Simple-leaved.
Purple.
G. H. 24. Same.
Violacea.
Violet-coloured.
G. H. 21. Same,
Goat's-Foot.
Caprina.
Incarnata.
G. H. 27. Same.
G. H. 2. Same.
Fleſh-coloured.
Hirta.
G. H. 24. Same.
$
Verficolor.
Hairy.
Striped-flowered.
Narrow-leaved.
G. H. 21. Same.
Flava.
G. H. 2. Same,
&
PALMS
}
( 970 )
* PALMS DESCRIBED IN MILLER'S DICTIONARY,
whoſe Deſcriptions vary much from the Palms mentioned in different Parts of this Work.
66 PALMA, Dactylifera.
DATE PALM TREE,
Africa and the Eaſtern
Countries.
66 Cocos.
Cocoa-Nut,
Maldives and the Deſert
Iſlands of the Eaft In-
dies.
6
Spinofa.
Great-Macaw.
Carribee Inands.
66 Altiffima.
Talleft.
Vera Cruz.
6. Gracilis
"Weſt Indies.
Cabbage-Tree.
Oily.
• Oleofa.
Africa.
« Prunifera.
Palmetto, or Thatch.
The Honeycomb Rocks
in Jamaica.
« Polipodifolia
Sago.
Japan and the Rocky
Mountains of Malabar,
66 Pumilæ.
Dwarf.
Old Vera-Cruz.
66 Americana.
Soft-leaved.
Spaniſh Weſt Indies.
66 Draco,
Dragon-Tree.
Cape Verd Ihands and
Madeiras."
PALLASIA, Halamifolia.
S. h. Peru,
PALLASIA, Downy.
PANAX, Prickly.
PANAX, Aculeatum.
S. h. China or America.
PANCRATIUM.
PANCRATIUM,
Mexicanum,
Mexican.
S. 2. Mexico.
V
Caribbæum.
Caribbean.
S. 2. Weſt Indies.
Carolinianum,
Carolina.
S. 4. Jamaica and Carolina.
Illyricum.
Illyrian.
G. H. 24. South of Europe.
Litorale.
Tall.
S. 2. Weſt Indies.
Verecundum
Narciſſus-leaved.
S. 24. Eaſt Indies.
Amboinenſe.
Broad-leaved.
S. 26. Amboina.
* See Palma in the Diſcourſe on the Propagation and Culture of the Plants of this Catalogue.
PANDANUS
( 71
PANDANUS, Odoratiffimus,
SCREW-PINE, or Sweet-ſcent-
Eaſt Indies and South Sea
ed Pandanus.
S. .
Iſlands.
PANICUM, Arborefcens.
PANICK GRASS-Tree,
S. h. Eaſt Indies.
PARIETARIA, Arborea,
-PARKINSONIA, Aculeata.
PASPALUM, Scrobiculatum.
PASSERINA, Filiformis.
PELLITORY-TREE. G. H. h. Canary Inlands.
PARKINSONIA, Prickly. S. h. Weſt Indies
PASPALUM, Dimpled. S. 2. Eaſt Indies.
SPARROW-WORT, Afri-
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
>
can,
PASSIFLORA
PASSION-FLOWER.
Serratifolia,
S. h. Weſt Indies,
Notched-leaved.
Apple-fruited, Grana-
Maliformis.
dilla.
S. N. Same.
Quadrangularis.
S. Th.
Alata.
Square-ſtalked.
Same.
Winged.
S. Đ. Same.
Laurel-leaved, or Water-
Laurifolia
Lemon.
S. n. Same.
Rubra.
Veſpertilio.
Red-fruited Granadilla. S. h. Same.
Bat-winged.
New Spain.
Round-leaved.
S. ū. Same.
S. N:
Rotundifolia.
1
Punctata,
Dotted.
S. h.
Peru.
Glauca.
Glaucous-leaved
S. ħ. Cayenne.
S. 5. Terra-Firma and Iſland
Minima.
Dwarf.
r
of Curaflao.
Heterophylla.
Narrow-leaved,
S. hWeſt Indies.
:
Suberofa.
Cork-barked.
S. . Same.
Holofericea.
S. h. Vera-Cruz.
t
Hirſuta.
Silky-leaved.
Hairy.
Ciliated,
S. h. Weft Indies.
t
Ciliata.
S. ñ. Jamaica.
Pedata,
Curled-flowered,
S. . Weſt Indies.
Lutea.
Yellow
S. 2. Jamaica and Virginia, .
PASSIFLORA
aan
( 72 )
1
PASSIFLORA.
y
Incarnata.
Three-leaved.
G. H. 21. Virginia and other Parts
of North America.
Cærulea,
Common.
G. H. h. Brafils.
Glabra.
Three-lobed.
S. h. Jamaica.
PAULLINIA,
PAULLINIA.
Barbadenſis.
Curaſſavica.
Barbadoes.
S. h. Weſt Indies.
Shining-leaved,
S. ħ. Iſland of Curafao.
Parſley-leaved, or Supple-
Jack:
S. h. Weſt Indies.
17
Polyphylla.
PENÆA.
PENÆA.
1
1
Mucronata.
Heart-leaved, G, H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Squamoſa.
Scaly.
G. H. h. Same.
PENTAPETES, Erythroxylon. Red-Wood, St. Helena. S. b. Iſland of St. Helena.
PERIPLOCA.
PERIPLOCA.
h น
1
Green.
G. H. h.
Secamone.
Smooth,
7
Lævigata.
G. H. h. Canary Iſlands.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
African.
Africana.
PETIVERIA.
Hen-WEED, Guinea.
Common.
S. h. Jamaica.
Alliacea,
Dwarf.
.
S. ħ. Weſt Indies.
4
Octandra.
PHARNACEUM, Incanum.
PHARNACEUM, Linear-
leaved.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
KIDNEY-Bean, Twiſted-flow-
PHASEOLUS, Caracalla..
3
ered, or Snail-Flower, S. 4. Eaſt Indies.
PHILADELPHUS.
PHILADELPHUS.
Scoparius, Linifolius.
Cook's Tea-Plant,or Narrow-
leaved Philadelphus.G. H. h, New Zealand.
pour
}
G, H. Same.
Myrtifolius.
Myrtle-leaved.
PHILADELPHUS,
1
( 73 )
PHILADELPHUS.
Aromaticus.
Sweet-ſcented.
G. H, T. New Zealand.
G. H. h. New South Wales.
Laniger, Caneſcens.
Piliger.
PHILLIS, Nobla.
Hoary.
Hairy.
G. H. ñ. Same.
BASTARD HARE's-
EAR.
G. H. h. Canary Iflands.
PHLOMIS,
PHLOMIS.
Leonurus,
Narrow-leaved, or Lion's-
Tail.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Dwarf-ſhrubby. G. H. h. Same.
Cat-Mint-leaved, or Lion's-
Leonotis.
Nepetafolia.
Tail.
G. H. h. Same.
Purpurea.
Lychnitis.
PHOENIX, Dactylifera.
Purple.
G. H. h. Portugal and Italy.
Sage-leaved. G. H. h. Same.
DATE PALM-TREE, Male. S. h. Aſia Minor and all the
hot Eaſtern Countries.
Female,
S. 5. Same
Dactylifera, Femina.
PHYLICA.
PAYLICA,
Ericoides.
Heath-leaved.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Pubeſcens.
Downy.
G. H. h. Same.
Eriophoros,
Pale-flowered.
G. H, h. Same.
Plumoſa.
Woolly-leaved.
G. H. Ñ
Same.
Calloſa.
Heart-leaved,
G. H. h. Same.
Spicata.
Spiked.
G. H. b. Same.
1
Buxifolia.
Box-leaved.
G. H. h. Same.
Stipularis.
Stipuled.
G. H. h. Same.
PHYLLANTHUS.
PHYLLANTHUS,
Emblica.
S. h. Eaſt Indies, .
Shrubby.
Serrated-leaved, or Sea-
Epiphillanthus.
Side-Laurel.
S. . Jamaica.
1
K
PHYSALIS.
1
( 74 )
1
PHYSALIS.
WINTER-CHERRY.
Somnifera.
Cluſtered,
G. H. h. Spain and Spaniſh Ame-
rica.
Ariftata,
Bearded.
G. H. h. Canary Iſlands.
Curaflavica,
Curaflavian.
S. 21. Curaffao.
Viſcofa.
Clammy.
S. 24. New Spain.
Peruviana.
Peruvian.
S. h. Peru.
PHYTEUMA, Pinnata.
RAMPION, Winged-leav-
ed.
G. H. 24. Illand of Crete.
PHYTOLACCA.
PHYTOLACCA.
Octandra.
White-fowered,
S. 21. Mexico.
Icofandra.
Red.
S. 2. Eaſt Indies.
Dodecandra.
African.
S. h. Hot Parts of Africa.
Dioica.
Tree.
S. h. Braſils.
Vulgaris.
Branching, or Virginian-
Poke.
G. H. h. Virginia.
componente
PIPER.
PEPPER.
Amalago.
Long-Pepper-Tree, Rough-
leaved,
S. h. Jamaica.
Obtuſifolium
Blunt-leaved,
S. 21. Weſt Indies.
Polyſtachyon.
Many-ſpiked.
S. 2. Jamaica
.
S. 21.. Same.
Pulchellum.
Small-leaved.
Reticulatum.
Nettle-leaved Braſilian.
S. 2. Brafils.
PISCIDIA, Erythrina.
PISONIA, Aculeata.
DOGWOOD, Jamaica. S. h. Weſt Indies. ,
PISONIA, Prickly, or Fin-
grigo.
S. n. Jamaica.
MASTICK-TREE.
Common.
G. H. R. South of Europe and Aſia.
f
PISTACIA.
Lentiſcus,
Minor.
1
I
Var.
Narrow-leaved,
G. H. Đ. Same.
PITCAIRNIA,
1
( 75 )
PITCAIRNIA.
PITCAIRNIA.
Bromeliæfolia.
Scarlet.
S. h. Jamaica.
Anguſtifolia.
Narrow-leaved,
S. ħ. Iſland of Santa Cruz.
Latifolia.
Broad-leaved.
S. h Weſt Indies.
PITTOSPORUM, Coriaceum. PITTOSPORUM, Thick-
leaved.
G. H. Đ. Madeira.
PLECTRANTHUS, Fruti-
cofus.
PLINIA, Pedunculata.
PLOCAMA, Pendula,
PLECTRANTHUS, Shrub-
by.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
PLINIA, Pedunculated. S. T. Brafils.
PLOCAMA, Pendulous. G. H. h. Canary Illands.
.
LEAD-WORT.
Ceylon.
S. ħ. Iſland of Ceylon.
Roſe-coloured,
S. Th. Same.
PLUMBAGO.
Zeylanica.
Roſea.
Scandens.
Climbing.
S.T. South America.
PLUMERIA.
PLUMERIA,
Rubra.
Red.
S. H. Jamaica.
Alba.
White
1
S. . Same.
Obſtufa,
Blunt-leaved.
S, ħ. Weſt Indies.
1
POINCIANA.
FLOWER-FENCE.
Pulcherima.
Barbadoes.
S. h. Both Indies.
Elata.
Smooth,
S. h. Eaſt Indies.
POLIANTHES, Tuberofa.
TUBE-Rose, Common.
S. 21. Eaſt Indies.
Florepleno.
Double-flowered.
S. 4. Same.
POLYGALA.
MIKWORT.
Bractcolata.
Myrtifolia.
Spinoſa, ovalifolia,
Anguftata.
Spear-leaved. G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Myrtle-leaved. G. H. h. Same.
Oval-leaved, Prickly. G. H. h. Same.
Narrow-leaved Prick-
G. H. T. Same.
ly.
Heath-léaved,
Heiſteria.
G. H. T. Same.
K2
POLY.
Į
1
( 76 )
POLYPODIUM.
POLYPODY.
Aureum.
Golden.
S. 21. Weſt Indies
Trifoliatum.
Three-leaved.
S. 2. Same.
Patens.
Pubeſcent,
S. 2. Same.
Elongatum.
Cut-leaved.
G. H. 4. Madcira and Azoresa.
Axillare.
Slender.
G. H. 21. Madeira.
Umbroſum.
Madeira-Wood.
G. H. 2. Same.
Emulum.
Dwarf-Madeira.
G, H. 4. Same,
Effufum.
S. 2. Jamaica.
Spreading.
PORTLANDIA, Great-
PORTLANDIA, Grandiflora,
}
flowered.
S. h. Jamaica.
..
PORTULACA.
PURSLANE,
Anacampferos.
Round-leaved.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Patens.
Panicled.
Sh. Weſt Indies.
PURSLANE-TREE.
G. H. 1. Cape of Good Hope..
PORTULACARIA, Afra.
POTERIUM.
BURNET.
Caudatum.
Spinofum.
PO THOS, Cordata.
PRASIUM, Majus.
Smooth-ſhrubby. G. H. Đ. Canary Iſlands.
Prickly-thrubby. G. H. h. Aſia Minor.
Pothos, Heart-leaved. S. 21. Hot Parts of America.
HEDGE-NETTLE, Great-
Spain, Italy, and the
Spaniſh.
G. H. h.
Iſland of Crete.
WINTER-Berry, Shin-
PRINOS, Lucidus.
ing.
G. H.
PROTEA.
PROTEA.
Serraria,
Cut-leaved.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope..
Round-headed,
G. H. h. Same.
Sphærocephala..
Spicata.
Spiked.
G. H. Đ. Same.
Conocarpa.
Toothed-leaved,
G. H. h. Same.
)
O
Pinifolia.
Pine-leaved.
G, H. h. Same.
Racemoſa.
Downy-flowered. G. H. h. Same.
.
Widow-Wail-leaved. G. H. h. Same.
Aulaceae
PROTEA
+
fou
(77)
PROTEA,
Grandiflora.
Great-flowered.
G. H. Ta Cape of Good Hope.
G. H. h. Same.
Umbellata.
Umbelled.
Nana.
Dwarf.
G. H. h. Same.
Linearis.
Linear-leaved.
G. H. h, Same.
Cinerea,
Scolymus.
Grey.
G. H. h. Same.
Small Smooth-leaved. G. H. h. Same.
Honey-bearing Red-
barked.
G. H. h. Same.
Mellifera.
Plumoſa.
Feather-flowered.
G. H. ħ. Same.
Parviflora.
Small-flowered.
G. H. Đ. Same.
Hypophylla.
Trifid-leaved.
G. H. h. Same:
Pallens.
Pale.
G. H. h. Same.
Conifera.
G. H. h. Same.
Leviſanus.
Cone-bearing.
Branching.
Obtufe-leaved.
G. H. Đ. Same.
Strobilina.
G. H. h. Same.
Saligna.
Willow-leaved.
G. H. h. Same.
Argentea.
Silvery, or Silver-
Tree.
G. H. Đ. Same,
Speciofa.
G. H. h. Same.
Totta.
G. H. h. Same.
Hirta.
Oblique-leaved.
Upright-ſmooth.
Hairy,
Downy-leaved.
Round-leaved.
G. H. h. Same.
Pubera.
G. H. . Same.
G. H. h. Same.
Cynaroides.
PRUNUS, Occidentalis.
PSIDIUM.
LAUREL, Weſt Indian,
S. H. Jamaica.
GUAVA.
White.
S. ħ. Weſt Indies..
Pyriferum.
Pomiferum.
Red.
.S. . Same.
PSORALEA,
PSORALEA.
Pinnata,
Winged-leaved.
Prickly.
Aculeata,
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
G. H. ñ. Same.
PSORALEA,
? 78 )
-
}
PSORALEA.
Bracteata,
Oval-Spiked.
G. H. ñ. Cape of Good Hope.
G H. . Same.
Spicata.
Anguſtifolia.
Long-ſpiked.
Narrow-leaved.
G. H. h.
Same.
Hirta,
G. H. h. Same.
Decumbens.
Hairy.
Trailing.
Creeping
G. H. h.
Same.
Repens.
G. H. 2. Same.
Bituminoſa.
Bituminous.
G. H. h. Italy & South of France.
S. h. Peru.
Glandulofa.
Striped-flowered.
Palæſtina.
Herbaceous.
G, H. 21. Levant.
Americana.
PSYCHOTRIA, Aſiatica.
American.
G. H. 21. Madeira.
PSYCHOTRIA, Afiatic. S. h. Hot Parts of Aſia,
BRAKE, or Pteris
PTERIS.
Longifolia.
Long-leaved.
S. 2. Weſt Indies.
Arguta.
Sharp-notched.
G. H. 2. Madeira and Cape of
t
Good Hope.
Serrulata.
Various-leaved Pteris. S. 2. Japan, China, & Ceylon.
PTEROCARPUS, Buxifolius. Pterocarpus, Box-leaved. S. h. Weſt Indies.
PTERONIA.
PTERONIA.
Camphorata.
Aromatic.
>
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
G. H. . Same.
Stricta.
Cluſter-flowered.
1
Oppofitifolia.
Forked.
G. H. h. Same.
PUNICA, Nana.
POMEGRANATE-TREE,
.
Dwarf.
S. h. Weſt Indies.
R
QUAJ-FA. (See Olea Fragrans.
QUASSIA, Simaruba.
QUASSIA, Winged-leaved. S. ñ. Weſt Indies.
RAJANIA, Cordata.
RAJANIA, Black Briony-
leaved.
S. 2. Weſt Indies.
RANDIA,
3
( 79 )
RANDIA, Mitis.
RANDIA, Shrubby.
S. ñ. Vera Cruz & Barbadoes,
RAUVOLFIA.
RAUVOLFIA.
Nitida.
S. T. New Spain.
Shining-leaved.
Hairy-leaved.
Caneſcens.
S. h. Same.
RELHANIA, Squarroſa.
RELHANIA, Croſs-leay-
ed.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
RESEDA, Glauca,
Reseda, Glaucous.
G. H. 6. South of Europe.
RHAMNUS.
RHAMNUS.
Oleoides.
Oliye-leayed.
G. H. ñ. Spain.
Crenulatus.
3
Colubrinus.
Teneriffe.
G. H. . Iſland of Teneriffe.
Pubeſcent, or Red-Wood. S. h. Bahama Ifands.
Madeira.
G. H. h. Madeira and Canary
Glanduloſus.
Iſlands.
Ellipticus.
Oval-leaved,
S. h. Jamaica.
Prinoides.
Prinus-leaved.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Wiry.
S. h. Guinea.
Myſtacinus.
Jujuba.
Blunt-leaved.
S. . Eaſt Indies.
Lotus
RHAPIS.
Barbary.
G. H. h. Barbary.
RHAPIS.
Creeping-rooted, or Ground-
Ratan.
S. ì. China and Japan.
Flabelliformis.
Arundinacea.
G. H. h. Carolina.
Simple-leaved.
SUMACH.
RHUS.
Succedaneum.
Red-Lac.
G. H. Ñ. China and Japan.
Cominia,
Jamaica.
S. R. Jamaica.
G. H. ñ. Cape of Good Hope. .
Tomentoſum.
Woolly-leaved.
Hairy.
Villoſum.
G. H. h. Same.
Viminale.
Willow-leaved.
G, H. h.
Same.
Narrow-leaved.
G. H. h. Same.
Anguſtifolium.
Lævigatum.
Smooth-leaved,
G, H, 1. Same.
RHUS. .
( 80 )
A
RHUS.
Lucidum.
Great Shining-leaved. G. H. . Cape of Good Hope.
Small Shining-leaved. G. H. h. Same.
Var.
Semialatum.
Service-leavedo
S. h. Macao,
RIVINA.
RIVINA.
Humilis.
Downy.
S. h Weſt Indies.
Lævis.
Smooth.
f
S. h. Same.
Octandra,
Climbing
S. h. Same.
ROBINIA, Violacea.
ROBINIA, Aſh-leaved.
S. ū. Weſt Indies.
ROELLA.
RoelLA.
Ciliated.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Ciliata.
Squarrofa.
RONDELETIA
Trailing.
G, H, 1. Same.
RONDELETIA.
Americana.
American.
S. T. Weſt Indies.
Hirta.
Hairy
S. h. Jamaica.
*ROSA, Sinica.
CHINESE-Rose. G. H. h. China.
BLADDER-NUT African.
ROYENA.
Lucida
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Shining-leaved.
Heart-leaved,
1
Villofa.
G. H. ư. Same.
Glabra.
G. H. ħ. Same.
Myrtle-leaved.
Hairy-leaved.
Hirſuta,
G. H. Đ. Same.
Polyandra.
Oval-leaved.
G. H. ħ. Same.
RUBIA.
MADDER,
Lucida,
Shining-leaved.
Prickly-leaved.
Fruticofa.
G. H. h. Majorca.
G. H. Ñ .- Canary Iſlands.
G. H. 4. Minorca.
Anguſtifolia.
Narrow-leaved.
RUELLIA.
RUELLIA.
Blechum.
Thick-ſpiked.
S. 21. South America.
Strepens.
Virticiled.
S. 26. Carolina,
* This is a Rose, and not an HIBISCUS,
RUELLIA.
i
(8! )
RUELLIA,
A
Clandeſtina,
Three-flowered.
S. 2. Barbadoes.
Biflora,
Two-flowered.
S. 4. Carolina.
1
RUMEX.
Dock,
Arifolius.
Lunaria,
Halbert-leaved. G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope,
Sorrel-Tree.
G. H. h. Canary Iſlands.
BUTCHER'S-BROOM, Climb-
ing
G. H. . Canary Iſlands.
RUSCUS, Androginus.
RUTA.
RUE.
Chalepenſis.
Var.
Broad-leaved African. G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Narrow-leaved. G. H. h. Same.
Winged-leaved. G. H. h. Canary Iſlands. Weite
Pinnata.
SACCHARUM, Oficinarum. SUGAR-Cane, Common. S. 24.
SUGAR-CANE, Common. S. 24. Both Indies and Africa.
SALICORNIA, Arabica. GLASS-WORT, Jointed Ara-
bian.
S
... Arabia.
SALSOLA.
SALT-WORT,
Sericea.
Silky.
Trailing.
SAGE
G. H. . Cape of Good Hope.
G. H. h. South of Europe.
Proftrata.
SALVIA.
Dentata.
Tooth-leaved.
Syriaca.
Syrian.
Rough-leaved.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hopes
G. H. h. Syria.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Scabra.
+
Rugoſa.
Wrinkled-leaved.
G. H. h. Same.
Mexicana.
Mexican.
>
S. h. Mexico.
>
A
Formoſa.
S. ì. Peru,
Shining-leaved.
Nubian.
Nubia.
G. H. 2. Cape of Good Hope.
Coccinéa.
; Scarlet-fowered.
1
S. ñ. Weſt Indies.
$
Abyſſinica.
G. H. 21. Africa.
Abyſſinian.
Canary.
Canarienſis.
G. H, Đ. Canary Ilands.
$
L
SALVIA,
(82)
SALVIA.
Africana.
Blue-flowered Afri.
can.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope,
Aurea.
Gold-flowered Afri-
can,
G. H. h. Same.
1
Paniculata,
Panicled,
G. H. ñ. Same.
SAMARA, Pentandra.
SAMARA, Pentandrous. G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope. -
SOAP-BERRY
SAPINDUS.
Edulis.
Chineſe Lee-Chee.
S. h. China & Cochin China.
Saponaria.
Soap-Berry Common,
S. h. Weſt Indies
Aſh-leaved.
S. h. Same.
SAVORY.
3
Rigida.
SATUREJA.
Juliana.
Thymbra.
Linear-leaved,
G. H. 2. Italy.
Virticiled.
G. H. Đ. Iſland of Candia.
Viminea.
SAXIFRAGA, Sarmentoſa.
SCABIOSA.
Twiggy.
S. R. Jamaica
SAXIFRAGE, Chineſe. G. H. 21. China and Japan..
SCABIOUS.
Rough-leaved. G. H. Đ. Cape of Good Hope.
Narrow-leaved. G. H. h. Same.
Rigida.
Attenuata.
Africana,
African,
G. H. h. Same.
Cretica.
Cretan.
Graminifolia.
Graſs-leaved,
G. H. h. Crete and Sicily.
G. H. 24. Alps of Switzerland and
Italy.
SCHINUS,
MASTICK-TREE.
Molle.
Peruvian.
S. ħ. Mexico and Peru.
Areira.
Braſilian Maſtick..
S. h. Braſils.
SCHOTIA, Specioſa.
SCHOTIA, Lentiſcous-leav-
ed.
G. H, h, Cape of Good Hope.
en
L
SCILLA
( 83 )
1
SCILLA.
Maritima.
SQUILL.
Red-rooted Officinal. G. H. 21. Spain, Sicily, and Syria.
White-rooted Ofici-
Var.
$
nal.
G. H. 4. Same.
G. H. 21. Madeira.
Hyacinthoides,
SCIRPUS, Luzule.
SCROPHULARIA. -
Hyacinth.
RUSH, Cluſter-Club,
FIG-WORT.
S. 24. Eaſt Indies
Fruteſcens.
Mellifera.
Shrubby.
G. H. b. Portugal.
Barbary.
G. H. 2. Barbary.
SECURIDACA, Climbing. S. h. Weſt Indies.
SECURIDACA, Scandens.
SEDUM.'
STONE-CROP.
T
Divaricatum.
G. H. Madeira.
Spreading.
Naked-branched.
Nudum.
+ G. H. Đ. Same.
SELAGO.
SELAGO.
Corymboſa.
Fine-leaved,
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Ovata.
Oval-headed.
G, H. h. Same.
SEMPERVIVUM.
HOUSE-LEAK.
Arboreum.
Variegatum.
Canarienſe.
Glutinoſum,
Tree.
G. H. h. Portugal and Aſia Minor.
Variegated.
G. H. B.
Canary.
G. H. h. Canary Iſlands.
Clammy.
G. H. h. Madeira.
Glandulous-leaved. G. H. h. Same.
Gouty.
G. H. h. Canary Iſlands.
Cluſtered.
G. H. 2. Same.
Glandulofum..
Tortuoſum.
Monanthes,
SENECIO.
GROUNDSEL.
Purpureus.
Purple.
G. H. 24. Cape of Good Hope.
Pſeudo, China.
Chineſe.
S. 21. Eaſt Indies.
Cinerafcens.
Haftatus.
Grey.
G. H. Đ. Cape of Good Hope.
Spleen-Wort-leaved. G. H. 2. Same.
.Spear-leaved. G. H. h. Same.
SENECIO,
Lanceus,
L 2
( 84 )
SENECIO.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Longifolius.
Halimifolius.
Long-leaved.
Succulent-leaved.
Ilex-leaved.
G, H. Đ. Same.
G. H. h. Same.
Ilicifolius.
*
Aſper.
Rigidus.
SEPTAS, Capenſis.
SERAPIAS, Lingua.
Rough-leaved. G, H. h. Same.
Hard-leaved.
G, H. h. Same:
Septas, Round-leaved. G. H. 24. Cape of Good Hopea.
HELEBORINE, Narrow-
leaved.
G. H. 2. South of Europe.
SERIPHIUM, Heath-leav ,
ed.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
SAW-WORT, Hairy-cup-
ed.
G. H. h. Carolina and Georgião
SERIPHIUM, Cinereum.
SERRATULA, Specioſa.
SESUVIUM, Portulacaftrum.
,
,
SESUVIUM, Purflain-leay-
ed.
S. 2. Weſt Indies.
SIDA.
SIDA.
S. . Weſt Indies.
Triquetra.
Carpinifolia.
Triangular-ſtalked.
Hornbeam-leaved.
G. H. h. Madeira.
Arborea,
Great-fowered.
S, H., Peru.
SIDERITIS.
IRON-WORT,
Canarienfis.
Canary,
G. H. h. Canary Iſlands and Ma-
deira.
Candicans.
Mullein-leaved.
G H h, Madeira.
Sage-leaved.
G. H. Ñ. Aſia Minor.
Syriaca.
SIDEROXYLON.
IRON-WOOD,
Inerme.
Smooth.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Melanophleos.
Sericeum.
Spinofum.
SINAPIS, Fruteſcens.
Laurel-leaved. G. H. h. Same. .
Silky.
S. h. New South Wales.
Thorny, or Argan. G. H. ħ. Morocco..
MUSTARD, Shrubby. G. H. h. Madeira.
SISYMBRIUM,
1
( 85 )
SISYMBRIUM, Milefolium. SISYMBRIUM, Milfoil-leav-
ed.
G. H. h. Canary Iſlands.
SISYRINCHIUM, Latifolium. SISYRINCHIUM, Broad-leav-
ed.
S. 2. Weſt Indies.
SMILAX.
Zeylanica.
SMILAX, or Rough Bind-Weed.
Ceylon.
S. h Eaſt Indies.
Chineſe.
G. H. . China and Japan,
SOLANDRA, Great-flowered. S. h. Jamaica.
China.
SOLANDRA, Grandiflora.
SOLANUM.
NIGHTSHADE.
Auriculatum.
Ear-leaved.
S. . Madagaſcar, Mauritius,
and Bourbon.
Diphyllum.
Two-leaved.
Sh. Weſt Indies.
Dulcamara.
African Woody.
G, H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
S. 2. New Zealand,
Laciniatum.
Cut-leaved.
Radicans.
Climbing
S. 2. Peru.
Racemoſum.
Wave-leaved.
S. h. Weſt Indies.
Corimbofum,
Oval-leaved.
S. 21. Peru
Bonarienſe.
Macrocarpon.
Tree:
G. H. h. La-Plata.
Smooth Fleſhy-leaved.
S. h. Peru.
Spear-leaved.
S. h, Weſt Indies.
Warted.
S. h. Peru.
Subinerme.
Muricatum.
Campechienſe.
Purple-ſpined
S. . New Spain.
Indicum.
Indian,
S. h. Both Indies.
Carolinenſe.
Carolina.
G. H. 21. Carolina.
Sodomeum,
Black-ſpined.
G. H. K. Cape of Good Hope.
Marginatum.
White.
G. H. ñ. Same.
Stramonifolium.
Broad-leaved.
S. h, Weſt Indies.
Veſpertilio,
Canary.
Woolly.
G. H. h. Canary Iflands.
G. H. hi Cape of Good Hope.
Tomentofum.
SOLANUM.
86
1
SOLANUM.
Red-ſpined.
S. 5. Brafils.
Igneum.
Pſeudocapſicum.
Winter-Cherry, Shrub-
by.
G. H. h. Madeira,
Sow-THISTLE.
SONCHUS.
G. H. h. Madeira.
Fruticoſus.
Pinnatus.
G. H. h. Same.
Shrubby.
Wing-leaved.
Long-rooted.
SOPHORA,
1
Radicatus.
G. H. h. Canary Iſlands.
SOPHORA.
Tomentoſa.
Downy.
S. h. Ceylon and Jamaica.
S. h. Weſt Indies.
Occidentalis.
Occidental,
Capenſis.
Vetch-leaved.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
G. H. h. Same.
Aurea.
Golden-flowered.
Géniſtoides.
Brown-leaved.
G. H. h. Same.
Biflora.
Two-flowered.
G. H. ñ. Same.
Hirſuta.
Hairy.
G. H. ħ. Same,
SPARTIUM.
BROOM.
Contaminatum.
Monoſpermum.
Narrow-leaved. G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
White-flowered, Single-
feeded.
G. H. ħ. Spain and Portugal.
Yellow-flowered, Single-
feeded.
G. H. h. Same.
Sphærocarpum.
Virgatum.
Sericeum
Cytiſoides.
Nubigena.
Spinofum.
Spear-leaved. G. H. h. Madeira.
Silky.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Cytiſus-leaved. G. H. h. Same.
Cluſter-flowered, G. H. h. Canary Iſlands,
Prickly-Broom, or Cy-
tifus.
G. H. h, South of Europe,
SPATHELIA, Rhus-leaved. S. h. Jamaica.
SPATHELIA, Simplex.
1
SPERMACOCE.
1
( 87 )
SPERMACOCE, Virticillata., BUTTON-Weed, Whorled-
flowered.
S. n. Guinea,
SPHAERANTHUS, Indicus. .
SPHÆRANTHUS, Indian. S. 2. Eaſt Indies.
HOG-PLUMB, Yellow. S. Ñ. Weſt Indies,
SPONDIAS, Myrobalanus. -
STACHYSC
STACHYS.
Æthiopica
Rugofa.
STAPELIA.
Variegata.
Ethiopian.
G. H. 2. Cape of Good Hope,
Rough.
G. H. h. Same.
STAPELIA, or Swallow-Wort.
Variegated.
D. S. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Hairy.
D. S. . Same.
Black-Aowered. D. S. h. Same.
Jointed.
D, S, ħ. Same.
Prickly.
D. S. h. Same.
Hirſuta.
Pulla,
Articulata.
Mammillaris,
STATICE.
THRIFT.
Graminifolia.
Graſs-leaved.
G.H. 26..
Pectinata.
Triangular-ſtalked. G. H. he. Canary Iffards.
Suffruticofa,
Narrow-leaved Shrub-
by.
Monopetala.
Sinuata.
G. H. h. Alps and Siberia.
Broad-leaved Shrubby.G. H. 7 Sicily.
Scollop-leaved. G. H. 2. Sicily and Aſia Minor,
Curled.
G. H. 24. Barbary.
STERCULIA.
Mucronato.
V
STERCULIA
!
Fætida.
Foetid.
S. 5. Eaſt Indies.
Platanifolia.
STEWARTIA, Malacoden-
Mapple-leaved.
S. h. Japan and China',
STEWARTIA, Spear-leave
ed.
G. H. h. Virginia.
CHINESE-LAUREL. S. 5. Eaſt Indies.
dron.
STILAGO, Bunius.
STILLINGIA, Sylvatica.
STOKESIA, Cyanea.
STILLINGIA, Wood, G. H. ñ. Carolina,
STOKESIA, Blue flower-
ed,
G. H. 21. South Carolina.
STRELITZIA
1
( 88 )
1
1
STRELITZIA, Reginæ.
STRUTHIOLA, Erecta.
STRYCHNOS, Nuxvomica.
STRELITZIA, Canna-leaved. S. . Cape of Good Hope,
STRUTHIOLA, Smooth. G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope,
POISON-NUT,
S. h. Eaſt Indies.
1
STYRAX
STORAX-TREE,
Oficinale.
Common.
G. H. h. Italy and Paliſtine.
G. H. h. South Carolina.
Grandifolium.
Great-leaved.
Smooth.
Lævigatum.
SWIETENIA, Mahogani.
G. H. . Same.
S. h. Jamaica and Bahama
MAHOGANY TREE,
Iſlands,
TABERNÆMONTANA.
TABERNÆMONTANA.
Citrifolia.
Citron-leaved.
S. R. Jamaica.
Laurifolia.
Laurel-leavede
S. h. Same.
TAMARINDUS, Indica. TAMARIND-TREE S. h. Egypt and both Indies.
TAMUS, Elephantipes.. TAMUS, Tuberous. G. H. 2. Cape of Good Hope.
TANACETUM.
Tansy,
Suffruticofum,
Shrubby.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Flabelliforme.
Fan-leaved,
G. H. h. Same.
TARCHONANTHUS, Cam- FLEA-BANE, African Shrub-
phoratus,
by.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
TAXUS, Elongata.
YEW-TREE, African. G. H. ħ. Cape of Good Hope. .
TECTONA, Grandis. TEAK-WOOD, or Indian-
Oak.
S. ħEaſt Indies and Africa,
<
TERMINALIA.
TERMINALIA.
Broad-leaved.
S. h. Eaſt Indies.
Catappa.
Anguſtifolia.
TETRAGONIA,
Narrow-leaved.
S. h. Same.
TETRAGONIA.
Fruticoſa.
Shrubby.
Trailing
Herbaceous.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
G. H. Đ. Same.
Decumbens,
Herbacea.
G. H. 21. Same.
TEUCRIUM,
( 89 )
TEUCRIUM.
GERMANDER.
}
Niſfolianum
Trifid-leaved.
G. H. 4. Spain.
Fruticans.
Narrow-leaved Tree. G. H. hSame.
Latifolium
Marum.
Broad-leaved Tree. G. H. h. Same.
Marum, or Cat-
Thyme.
G, H. h. Same.
Afiatic.
G. H. h. Aſia Minor,
Thick-ſpiked.
S. 2. Jamaica.
Afiaticum,
Inflatum.
Abutiloides.
Mulberry-leaved.
G. H. h. Madeira.
Maffilienſe.
Sweet-fcented,
G. H. Đ. South of France.
Betonicum
Hoary.
G. H. h. Madeira.
Heterophyllum.
White-leaved Tree. G. H. h. Same.
THEA.
TEA.
G. H. h. China & Cochin-China.
THEOBROMA.
THEOBROMA.
Cacao.
Chocolate-Nut-Tree.
S. h. On the River Amazons.
Guazuma.
THESIUM, Amplexicaule.
Baſtard Cedar, or Elm-leav-
ed Theobroma, S. h. Jamaica.
THESIUM, Heart-leav-
ed.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
FAN-PALM, Small Jamaica. S. h. Jamaica.
THRINAX, Parviflora. .
THYMBRA.
THYMBRA.
Spicata.
Spiked.
G. H. h. Afia Minor.
G. H. Đ. Spain and Italy.
Virticillata
Virticiled.
THYMUS,
THYME,
$
Filiformis.
Small-leaved.
G. H. h. Balearic Iſlands.
Maſtick.
G, H. ħ. Spain:
Maftichina,
TILLANDSIA, Lingutata.
1
TILLANDSIA, Tongue-leav-
ed.
S. . Jamaica.;
>
M
TOUR
>
( 90 )
TOURNEFORTIA.
TOURNEFORTIA.
Volubilis.
Climbing
Hoary-leaved.
S. ū. Jamaica.
S. . Carthagena.
Suffruticofa.
Cymoſa.
Broad-leaved.
S. ū. Same.
Humilis.
Dwarf.
S. 1. Campeachy.
TRACHELIUM, Diffuſum.
THROAT-WORT, Shrub-
by.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
SPIDER-WORT.
*TRADESCANTIA.
Geniculata.
Knottede
S. 2. Weſt Indies,
Diſcolor.
Two-coloured-leaved,
S. 4. Peru
Malabarica.
Graſs-leaved.
S. 21. Eaſt Indies.
TRICHOMANES, Canarienſe. FERN, or Hare's-Foot Tri-
Portugal, Madeira, and
chomanes.
G. H. 24.
Canaries.
TRIOPTERES, Jamaicenfis.
TRIOPTERES, Jamaica.
S. h. Jamaica.
TRIUMFETTA.
TRIUMFETTA.
Lappula.
Prickly-feeded.
S. ħ. Jamaica and Braſil.
S. h. Eaſt Indies.
Bartramia.
Currant-leaved.
Semitriloba.
Mallow-leaved.
S. h, Weſt Indies.
1
TROPÆOLUM,
INDIAN-Cress.
S. 4. Peru.
Florepleno.
Double-flowered, or Tro-
pæolum.
S. 2. Same.
TULBAGIA, Narciſſus-leav-
TULBAGIĄ, Alliacea.
ed.
G. H. 4. Cape of Good Hope.
G, H. 21. Cape of Good Hope.
TULIPA, Breyniana.
TULIP-CAPE.
TURNERA,
TURNERA.
f
to
Ulmifolia.
Elm-leaved.
S. ħi Hot Parts of America.
t.
Anguſtifolia.
Spear-leayed.
S. h. Same.
1
→
URENA.
---
to
+
!
}
( gr
1
URENA.
URENA.
Lobata.
!
Sinuata,
Angular-leaved. Si hi China.
Cut-leaved.
S. h. Malabar,
NetTLE, Chineſe, or White-
more
URTICA, Nivea,
leaved.
S. h. China and Eaſt Indies.
VACCINIUM.
WHORTLE-BERRY.
Arctoſtaphylos.
Meridionale:
VARRONIA, Curaffavica.
Madeira.
G. H. h. Madeira and Afia Minor.
Jamaica.
S. h. Jamaica.
VARRONIA, Long-ſpiked. S. ħ. Brafils.
VERBENA.
VERVAIN.
Three-leaved.
G. H. h. Chili.
Tryphylla.
Mexicana.
Mexican.
S. 2. Mexico.
Nodiflora.
Creeping.
S. 24 Jamaica.
VERBESINA,
VERBESINA,
Alata.
Winged-ſtalked.
S. 2. On River Amazons,
Tree.
S. h., Weſt Indies.
Gigantea.
VERONICA, Decuſſata.
SPEEDWELL, Croſs-leav-
ed.
G. H. M. Falkland Iſlands.
VINCA.
PERIWINCLE.
Roſea.
S. 1. Iſland Madagaſcar.
Albo.
S. Same.
Madagaſcar, Red.
Madagaſcar, White.
VIOLET, Shrubby.
CHASTE-Tree.
VIOLA, Arboreſcens.
G. H. h. Spain.
VITEX.
Trifolia.
Three-leaved.
S. h. - Eaſt Indies.
Negundos
Eive-leaved.
G, H, h. China.
.
2
/
M
VITIS
Į
u
i
( gz )
VITIS, Vinifera.
VINE TREE the Com.
inon
S. and G. H, hi
Suppoſed has been a Na-
tive of Aſia only, but the
Vine-Tree is found in
moſt of the warm Parts
of the temperate Zones.
(See Vitis in the Dir-
courſe on the Propa-
1
gation and Culture of
1
the Plants of this Ca-
1
talogue.)
VOLKAMERIA.
VOLKAMERIA.
Aculeata.
S. h. Weſt Indies.
Prickly.
Oval-leaved Smooth.
Inermis,
S. h. Eaſt Indies,
Var.
Long-leaved Smooth.
S. . Same.
WACHENDORFIA.
WACHENDORFIA.
Thyrſiflora.
Simple-ſtalked.
G. H. 2. Cape of Good Hope.
Paniculata.
Panicled,
G. H. 4. Same.
WITHERINGIA, Solanacea.
WITHERINGIA, Yellow-
flowered.
S. 21. Guiana.
XANTHIUM, Shrubby.
S. h. Peru.
XANTHIUM, Fruticoſum.
XERANTHEMUM.
XERANTHEMUM.
Veſtitum,
Upright.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Fulgidum.
Great Yellow-flower-
Speciofiffimum.
ed.
G. H. 4. Same.
Shewy.
G. H. . Same.
Trailing
G. H. h. Same.
XIMENIA, American. S. h Weſt Indies.
Retortum.
}
XIMENIA, Americana.
to
XYLOPHYLLA,
}
( 93 )
A
XYLOPHYLLA.
SEA-SIDE-Laurel,
Latifolia,
Broad-leaved,
S. h. Jamaica.
1
Falcata.
Narrow-leaved,
S. ħ. Bahama Iſlands,
YUCCA, Aloifolia.
AD'AM's-NEEDLE, Aloe-
leaved,
G. H. h. Buenos Aires,
1
- ZAMIA.
ZAMIA.
F
Furfuracea.
Broad-leaved.
S. h. Weſt Indies.
Integrifolia.
Dwarf.
S. h. Eaſt Florida,
1
Debilis.
Pungens.
Long-leaved.
S. 5. Weſt Indies.
Needle.
G. H. h. Cape of Good Hope.
Entire Narrow-leaved.G. H. 21. Same.
Cycadis.
Var.
Trifid Narrow-leaved.G. H. 2. Same,
ZYGOPHYLLUM,
Bean-CAPER.
Cordifolium,
Maculatum.
Album.
Heart-leaved. G. H, R. Cape of Good Hope.
Spotted-flowered. G. H. h. Same.
White.
D. S. h. Canary Ilands.
Four-leaved.
G. H. h. Same.
Round-capſuled Seffile-
leaved,
G. H. h. Same.
Morgfana.
Seffilifolium.
1
-
Var.
Qyal-capſuled Seſſile-
leaved.
G. H. h. Same.
4
1
IN
A
( 94 )
1
IN the preceding CATALOGUE many Plants are deſcribed as Green-Houſe Plants,
that perhaps will bear our ordinary winters in warm Mheltered borders in Devonſhire, the neigh-
bourhood of the Metropolis, and ſeveral of the Southern counties of England, without the
protection of glaſs : But it ſhould be remembered, I write in that part of Yorkſhire
where the North and North-Eaſt winds almoſt always prevail in the early part of ſpring;
whoſe chilling blafts cauſe a kind of ſecond winter, frequently more fatal in its effects than
the real one, which would in theſe parts inevitably kill the tender plants alluded to ; which
plants, I apprehend, in a ſevere winter, even in the moſt ſheltered parts of England, wouldz,
without protection, be often deſtroyed.
Brick
My original intention was only to have given a CATALOGUE of the ABIDING PLANTS for
the Stove and Green-Houſe, becauſe I conceived that the preſervation of ANNUALS and
BIENNIALS of thoſe departments by ſeed was very precarious; and that many of them which-
were produced in perfection fome years ſince, might not at this time be found in Britain.
But reflecting that many Ladies and Gentlemen, curious in Exotics, carefully endeavour to
preſerve the ſeeds of tender ANNUALS and BIENNIALS, that they are frequently continued for
a number of years in the ſame place (eſpecially where the Gardener is a man of underſtanding,
and feels a pleaſure in his employer's amuſement) that many of the ANNUAL and BIENNIAL
Plants make a brilliant appearance both in flower and leaf; and that I am bound by every
tye of gratitude to the very honourable perſons who have given me their encouragement, I with
pleaſure add a List of Annuals and BIENNIALS, which in this kingdom do require the
protection of a Stove or Green-Houſe, and are at preſent, or have been, cultivated in the
Britiſh Gardens
THE
t
Τ Η Ε
CA T A L'OGUE
OF
A N N U ALS AND BIENNI AL S.
ACALYPHA.
ACALYPHA.
American.
American
S. O
Indica.
Indian.
S. O
ACHANIA, Piloſa.
ACHANIA, Hairy.
S. &
ÆSCHINOMENE,
ÆSCHINOMENE.
S. O.
Jamaicenſis.
Seſban.
Jamaica Hairy
Egyptian.
BENT-GRASS.
S. .
AGROSTIS,
Indica.
Indian.
S. O
Leuta.
Forked.
S.O.
1
AIZOON.
Aizoon.
Canarienſe.
Purflain-leaved.
G. H. O.
Hiſpanicum.
Spaniſh.
G, H. O.
Lanceolatum.
Panicled.
G. H. .
AMARANTHUS.
AMARANTHUS.
Melancholicus,
Two-coloured.
S.O.
Tricolor.
Three-coloured.
S. O.
AMARANTHUS,
)
( 96 )
AMARANTHUS.
S. O
S, O
Polygamus.
Gaugeticus.
Polygonoides.
Sanguineus.
Flavus.
Hermaphrodite.
Oval-ſpiked.
Spotted-leaved.
Bloody, or Spreading.
S. O
O
S.O.
}
Pale.
S. O
Cruentus.
Various-leaved,
S. O
Prickly.
S.
on
Spinoſus.
AMMANNIA,
AMMANNIA.
Latifolia.
Broad-leaved.
S. O.
Debilis.
Cluſter-flowered.
S. O
O.
ANACYCLUS, Valentinus..
ANACYCLUS, Fine-leaved:
G, H. o.
1
ANDROPOGON.
ANDROPOGON.
5
Barbatum.
Bearded,
S.
Faſciculatum.
Many-ſpiked.
S. O
ANDRYALA
ANDRYALA.
Pinnatifida.
G. H.
Winged-leaved.
Samphire-leaved.
Crithinifolia.
G. H.
G. H.O.
TOAD-FLAX, Horned.
EARTH-Nur, American.
S. O
'ANTIRRHINUM, Bicorne.
ARACHIS, Hypogæao-
ARCTOTIS.
Calendulacea.
ARCTOTIS.
Marygold-flowered.
G. H. O.
Grandiflora.
Great-flowered.
G. H. 8.
-
Argentea.
G. 'H...
Silvery
Camomile-leaved:
Paradoxa.
G. H..
Dentata.
Fine-leaved.
G. H. o.
S. o.
ARGEMONE, Mexicana..
ARTEDIA, Squaimata.
Poppy, Prickly.
ARTEDIA, Fennel-leaved:
G, H.O.
>
R
ARTEMISIA
>
( 97 )
+
ARTEMISIA.
WORMWOOD.
Maderaſpatana.
Madras.
S. O
Minima.
Leaft.
S. O
ASTER, Tenellus.
ATHANASIA, Africana.
ALOPECURUS, Indicus.
ATROPA, Phyſaloides.
STAR-WORT, Dwarf.
G. H.
ATHANASIA, African.
G. H. O
FOXTAIL-GRASS, Giant.
S
DEADLY NIGHTSHADE, or Peruvian
Blue-flowered Atropa.
S. O
AYENIA, Pufilla.
AYENIA, Smooth.
S. 3.
BALLOTA, Diſticha.
BARBERICA, Longifolia.
HOREHOUND, Betony-leaved Black. S. O.
BARBERICA, long-leaved.
MALABAR-NIGHTSHADE.
S.
BASELLA,
Rubra.
Red.
S.
Alba,
White.
S..
BEGONIA, Humilis.
S, O.
BEGONIA, Rough-leavod.
Beer, Spreading
BETA, Patula.
G. H.
BIDENS, Nodiflora.
BIDENS, Seffile-flowered.
S.O.
BOMBAYA, Scandens.
BOMBAYA, Climbing.
S.O.
BORAGO.
BORAGE.
Indica.
Indian
G. H. O.
G. H. o.
Africana.
African.
BROWALLIA.
BROWALLIA,
Demiffa.
Elata.
S.O.
Spreading.
S.
Upright.
BRIONY, Briſtly.
BUBON, or Macedonian Parſley, G. H, 8,
BRYONIA, Scabrella.
S.O.
BUBON, Macedonicum.
A
>
3
N
CACALIA.
1
}
( 98 )
CACALIA.
CACALIA.
Sonchifolia.
Sow-Thiſtle-leaved.
S. O
I
Perforated.
S.O.
Perophyllum.
CALCEOLARIA.
4
CALCEOLARIA.
Pinnata.
Si O.
Fothergillii.
CAMPANULA, Priſmatocarpus.'
Winged-leaved.
Spatula-leaved.
G. H. 8.
Bell-FLOWER Long-capſuléd. G. H. O.
1
1
?
CAPRARIA.
SWEET-Weed.
Lucida,
Shining
G. H.
Humilis.
Dwarf.
S.O.
CAPSICUM,Annual, ſeveral Varieties, S. O
CAPSICUM, Annuum.
CARDIOSPERMUM.
HEART-Seep.
Halicacabum.
+
S.
Smooth-leaved.
*
7
Corindum.
Parſley-leaved.
S.O.
CARDUUS, Caſabonæ.
FISH-THISTLE.
G.H.S.
<
+
14
CASSIA.
CASSIA.
Diphylla.
S.
Two-leaved.
Abfus.
Four-leaved.
S. O
<
Tora.
S.O.
€
&
3
Senna.
Oval-leaved, or Wild Senna.
Egyptian, or Senna.
Privet-leaved.
S.O.
1
1
S. 8.
Liguſtrina.
Chamæcriſta.
3
Dwarf.
S:
CELOSIA.
Cock's-COMB.
Criſtata.
Common,
S. o.
Argentea.
Silvery.
S. o.
Coccinea.
Scarlet, or Chineſe.
S. O:
Caftrenfis. .
Branched.
S. O
Monfoniaa
Downy.
S.
Trigyna.
Oval-leavedo
S.O.
m.
CELOSIA
( 99 )
CELOSIA.
Nodiflora,
Knotted.
S. O.
Procumbens,
Procumbent.
S.O.
4
CELSIA.
CELSIA.
G
Arcturus.
Scallop-leaved.
G.H.S.
Cretica,
Great-flowered.
G.H.S.
CHENOPODIUM.
Goose-Foot.
Atriplicis.
S.O.
Laterale,
Purple.
Branching Oblong-leaved.
CINNERARIA, Clammy.
S.O.
CINERARIA, Viſcoſa.
G. H. .
CLEOME.
CLEOME,
Seven-leaved.
S. O
>
Five-leaved.
S. O.
>
Heptaphylla.
Pentaphylla.
Triphylla.
- Viſcofa.
Three-leaved.
S. O
Viſcous.
ci ca
Spinoſa.
Prickly.
Bird's-Foot.
S.O.
Ornithopodioides.
CLITORIA, Parviflora,
COLDENIA, Procumbens.
CLITORIA, Small-flowered.
S. O
COLDENIA, Trailing.
S. O
COLUTEA, Herbacea.
COLUTEA, Herbaceous.
G. H.O.
COMMELINA, Spear-leaved.
S.O.
COMMELINA, Spirata.
CONCHRUS.
Lappaceus.
CONCKRUS.
Bur.
S.O.
Echinatus.
S. O
Rough-ſpiked.
Ciliated,
Ciliaris.
S. O
CONIUM, Africanum.
HEMLOCK, Rue-leaved.
S.O.
CONIZA, Patula,
FLEA-BANE, Spreading.
S. O.
CONVOLVULUS.
BIND-WEED,
Hederaceus.
Great Purple.
S.O.
Medium.
Arrow-headed.
S.O.
7
N2
CON-
1
(100)
.)
CONVOLVULUS..
1
Nil.
Great Blue.
S.
.
Tridentatus.
Trifid.-
S. O
Purpureus.
Purple.
S.O.
Obfcurus.
Hairy.
S. O
1
Muricatus.
Round-ſtalkedi.
S. O
Macrocarpos.
Long-fruited:
S. -
Pentaphyllus.
Five-leaved.
S.O.
3
Pes-Capræ.
Thick-leaved:
:: S. O.
1
CORCHORUS:-
-CORCHORUS.
Olitorius,
Briſtly-leaved.
S.
Æftuans.
Hornbeam-leaved...
S. O
Heart-leaved.
$
S.O.
G. H. 8.
Capſularis.
CORIS, Monſpelienſis:
CORNUCOPIÆ, Cucullatum.
COTULA.
CORIS, Montpeliers
CORNUCOPIÆ, Hooded!
G. H.
O
COTULA,
Anthemoides.
Dwarf..
S.
Coronopifolia.
Buck's-Horn,
G, H. O
Turbruata.
Radiated.
G. H. o.
I
+
CRASSULA.
CRASSULA.
Expanfa.
Awl-leaved.
D..S. O
Retrofiexa.
G. H. 0
Orange-flowered:
Channelled.
Lineolata.
D. S.
Centauroides,
Centaury-flowered.
D.S.S.
:
Dichotoma.
Forked.
D. S. O.
Glomerata.
Smooth-stalked Cluſtered.
D. S. O
Pulchella,
Reflex-leaved.
G. H.O.
Aloeoides.
Spiked-flowered.
D. S.
Capitella
Square-ſpiked.
D. S. .
1
CRASSULA
1
1
IOI
CRASSULA.
Sparſa.
Alternate-leaved.
D. S.
Diffufa.
Diffuſe.
D. S. .
3
CRITHMUM, Latifolium,
SAMPHIRE, Wedged-leaved.
G. H. a.
CROPIS.
CROPIS.
Filiformis.
Fine-leaved.
G. H. .
--
Succulenta,
Fleſhy-leaved.
G. H. o.
CROTON,
CROTON.
Argenteum.
S.O.
Silvery-leaved.
Various-leaved.
Lobatum.
S.O.
CROTALARIA.
CROTALARIA,
Verrucofa.
Blue-Aoweredo
S.O.
Juncea.
Channel-ſtalked.
S. O
1
Retuſa.
Wedge-leaved.
S.O.
Latifolia.
Lotus-leaved.
S.O.
Axillaris.
Two-flowered.
S. .
Incana.
S. O.
Hoary.
Pale-flowered.
Pallida.
S.O.
Triflora.
Three-flowered.
G. H.
CUCUMIS.
CUCUMBER, or Gourd.
Bitter.
S. O
Colocynthus.
Prophetarum,
Auguria.
Globe.
S. O
Round-fruited Prickly.
S.O.
Melo.
Common Melon.
S. O.
Dudaim..
S.O.
Chate.
Apple-ſhaped.
Hairy
Serpent-Cucumber, or Melon.
S. o.
Flexuoſus..
S.O.
CUCURBITA.
GOURD.
Bottle.
S. O
Lagenaria.
Citrullus.
Water-Meloni
S. O.
CYNOSURUS,
}
$
1
(102)
CYNOSURUS.
Dog's-Tail-GRASS.
Coracanus,
Thick-ſpiked.
S.
Indicus.
Indian
S.
-DATURA.
Ferox.
Faſtuofa.
Metel.
THORN-APPLE.
Rough.
S.O.
Purple.
S.O.
Hairy.
S.O.
Smooth-capſuled.
LARKSPUR, Palmated, or Staver-
G. H. .
acre.
Lævis.
. s.o.
DELPHINIUM, Staphiſagria.
DOLICHOS.
DOLICHOS.
7
Lablab.
Black-feeded.
S.O.
Sinenfis.
Chineſe.
S.O.
Bird's-Foot.
S. ☺.
Unguiculatus.
Seſquipedalas.
S. O.
Long-podded.
Small.
Minimus.
S.O.
Scarabæoides.
S.O.
Enfiformis.
Silvery-leaved.
Scymitar-podded.
Two-flowered.
S. O
Biflorus.
S.O.
EBONY, Pinnated.
G. H. .
EBENUS, Pinnata.
ECLIPTA,
ECLIPTA.
Erecta.
S. O.
Upright.
Oval-leaved.
Latifolia.
S.O.
T
Proſtrata.
Trailing
S. O.
ETHULIA, Conozoides.
ETHULIA, Panicled.
S.O.
--
EUPHORBIA.
>
-
}
( 103 )
EUPHORBIA..
SPURGE.
S.O.
S. O
.
Hypericifolia
Proſtrata.
T
St. John's Wort-leaved.
Trailing Red.
Hyffop-leaved.
S.O.
S. O
Hyſſopifolia.
EVOLVULUS.
EVOLVULUS.
Alfinoides.
Chick-Weed-leaved.
S. O
Linifolius.
Flax-leaved.
S. Q.
FORSKOHLEA, Narrow-leaved. G. H. o.
FORSKOHLEA, Anguſtifolia..
FUMARIA, Veſicaria.
FUMATORY, Bladdered.
G. H. o.
0
GALEGA, Pifcatoria.
1
S. O
GISEKIA, Pharnacioides.
GLYCINE, Debilis.
Goat's-Rue, or Galega Woolly.'.S. .
GISEKIA, Trailing.
S..
GLYCINE, Hairy.
EVERLASTING, Waved. G. H. o.
2
.
GNAPHALIUM, Undulatum.
GORTERIA.
GORTERIA,
Perfonata.
Annual,
G. H. o.
Echinata.
Prickly.
G. H. O
GOSSYPIUM.
COTTON.
Herbaceum.
Common.
S. O.
Barbadenſe.
Barbadoes.
S:
1
7
HABENSTERTIA, Dentated.
G. H. .
HABENSTRETIA, Dentata.
HASSELQUISTIA, Egyptiana.
HASSELQUISTIA, Egyptian.
G. H. o.
HEDYSARUM.
· HEDYSARUM.
Mumularifolium.
S. O
o.
Moneywort-leaved.
Oval-leaved,
Gangeticum.
S.O.
Maculatum.
S.O.
Spotted.
Bat-winged.
Veſpertilianis.
S...
*
HEDYSARUM,
*
ܐ ܂
--
1
( 104 )
HEDYSARUM,
Flexuoſum.
S. O
Waved-podded.
HELIOPHILA, Divaricated.
HELIOPHILA, Filiformis.
G. H. o.
HELIOTROPIUM.
HELIOTROPE.
Indicum.
Indian.
S.
Parviflorum.
Small-flowered.
S. O
1
Curaſlavicum.
Glaucous.
S.O.
I
HIBISCUS.
HIBISCUS.
Solandra.
Mapple-leaved.
S. O.
Subdariffa.
Various-leaved,
S. O.
Surattenfis,
S.
Prickly-ſtalked.
Eatable, or Ocro.
Efculentus.
S.O.
S.O.
HIPPIA, Integrifolia,
HOLCUS.
HIPPIA, Annual.
HOLCUS, or Millet.
Sorghum.
Indian,
S.O.
Saccharatus,
Yellow-feeded.
S. .
HYOSCYAMUS, Aurens.
G.H.S.
HENBANE, Shrubby.
HYOSERIS, Dwarf.
HYOSERIS, Pygmæa.
G. H. o.
ILLECEBRUM.
ILLECEBRUM.
Lanatum.
Woolly.
S. s.
Ariftatum.
Bearded.
G. H.
Divaricatum,
Forked.
G. H. O
Seffile.
Seffile-flowered.
S.O.
IMPATIENS, Balſamina,
S..
BALSAM, with many Varieties.
INDIGO, Trailing
INDIGOFERA, Enneaphylla.
S.O.
1
}
IPOMA.
( 105 )
ІРОМЕА.
IPOMÆA.
1
A
Quamoclit.
Fine-leaved,
S.O.
Triloba.
Three-lobed.
S.
O
Bona Nox.
Prickly.
S.O.
Palmated.
S.O.
S. O
Peltigridis.
JUSSIEUA, Erecta.
JUSTICIA
Sexangularis.
Malabarica.
JUSSIEUA, Red-ſtalked.
JUSTICIA.
}
Chick-Weed-leaved:
S.O.
Malabar.
S.O.
Pectoralis,
Forked.
S. O.
1
Ciliaris.
Ciliated.
S.
S.O.
LACTUCA, Indica.
LANTANA, Annua.
LETTUCE, Indian.
LANTANA, Annual.
S..
LAVENDULA.
LAVENDER.
Carnofa.
Thick-leaved.
S.
}
Multifida.
S.a.
Canary.
LOBELIA.
LOBELIA,
Debilis.
Slender.
G. H. o.
Laurentia.
Italian.
G, H. Ô.
Erinoides,
Trailing
G. H. O.
$
Lutea.
Yellow,
G. H. O.
LOTUS.
BIRD's-Foot TREFOIL.
Glaucu's.
Glaucous.
G. H. 3:
Arabicus.
Arabian, or Red-flowered.
G. H. o.
7
MALACHRA, Capitata.
MALACHRA, Heart-leaved.
S.O.
+
MANULEA, Tomentofa.
MANULEA, Woolly.
G. H. 8.
1
MARTINIA.
( 106 )
MARTYNIA.
MARTYNIA,
Proboſcidea.
S. O
Si o.
Longiflora.
MELAMPODIUM, Humile.
MELOCHIA, Corchorifolia.
Hairy.
Long-flowered.
MELAMPODIUM, Dwarf.
MELOCHIA, Red.
S.O.
S.O.
MELOTHRIA, Pendula.
MELOTHRIA, Pendalous.
S. O.
MESEMBRIANTHEMUM.
FIG-MARYGOLD.
}
Nodiflorum.
Egyptian.
G. H. O
Caducum.
Small.
G. H. 3.
Cryſtallinum.
Diamond, or Ice-Plant.
G. H. o.
Dwarf Spreading.
G. H. o.
Plain-leaved.
G. H. o.
Apetatum.
Tripolium.
Populoſum.
Limpidum.
G. H..
Angular-ſtalked.
Tranſparent.
G. H. o.
Pinnatifolium
Pinnated.
G, H. o.
Sefiilifolium.
Seffile-flowered.
G. H. O
Glabrum.
Smooth.
G. H. O.
Helianthoides.
Spatula-leaved.
G. H. O.
Pomeridianum.
Great Yellow-flowered,
G. H. O.
G. H. o.
MICROPUS, Supinus.
MILIUM, Cimicinum.
MILLERIĄ, Quinqueflora.
MICROPUS, Trailing.
MILLET-GRASS, Spotted.
S.O.
MILLERIA, Five-flowered.
S.
MOMORDICA.
BALSAM-APPLB, or Momordica.
Balſamina.
Male.
S. o.
Charantia.
S..
Luffa.
S.O.
Hairy.
Egyptian.
Rough-fruited.
MONSONIA, Undulated.
S. O
Operculata.
MONSONIA, Ovata.
G. H. A.
NICOTIANA.
>
7
( 107 )
NICOTIANA.
TOBACCO.
-
--
Paniculata.
Pánicled,
S, O
Glutinoſa.
Clammy-leaved.
S. O
OCYMUM.
BASIL,
de
Bafilicum.
Common Sweet,
G. H. O.
Minimum.
Buſh.
S.O.
Sanctum.
Tenuiforum
Purpled-ſtalked, or Sacred-Herb. S.O.
Slender-ſpiked.
S.
Many-ſpiked.
Mint-leaved.
Polyſtachyon.
S. O
Menthoides,
S. O
Molle.
Heart-leaved.
S.O.
S.O.
OLDENLANDIA, Corymboſa,
ONONIS, Viſcofa.
ORIGANUM, Marjoranum.
ORYZA, Sativa,
OLDENLANDIA, Hyſſop-leaved.
REST-ARROW, Clammy. G. H. o.
MARJORUM, Knotted, or Sweet. G. H. .
Rice.
S. O
PANICUM.
PANIC-GRASS.
Sericeum.
Silky.
S. O.
Indicum.
Indian.
S. O
Crus-Corvi,
Crow's-Foot.
S.
Colonum.
Purple.
S.O.
Coloratum
Coloured
S. O
Repens.
Slender.
S.O.
Niliaceum.
Millet.
S.O.
Hair-panicled.
S.O.
Capillare.
PARTHENIUM, Hyſterophorus.
PASPALUM.
FEVERFEW, Baſtard.
S. O
Paniculatum.
Diſtichum.
PASPALUM.
S. O
Panicled.
S.a.
Two-ſpiked.
S...
PASSION-FLOWER, Stinking.
PEDALIUM,
l
PASSIFLORA, Fætida.
02
.
1
1
'
1
( 108 )
PEDALIUM, Murex.
S. O
PEDALIUM, Prickly-fruited.
PENTAPITES, Scarlet-flowered.
PENTAPETES, Phænicea.
S. O
PERILLA, Balm-ſcented.
S.O.
PERILLA, Ocymoides.
PEROTIS, Latifolia. .
PHARNACEUM, Dichotomum.
PEROTIS, Spiked.
S, O
PHARNACEUM, Forked,
S.O.
PHASEOLUS.
KIDNEY-BEAN.
Lunatus.
Scymitar-podded.
S. O;
Y
Trilobus.
Sweet-ſcented.
S.O.
Semi-erectus
Dark Red-flowered.
S.O.
?
Max. .
Hairy-podded,
S. o.
1
PHLOMIS.
PHLOMIS,
Zeylanica.
White.
S. Do
Caribæa.
Weſt Indian.
S.O.
Cat-Mint-leaved.
S.O.
Nepetifolia.
PHYLLANTHUS, Neruri.
PHYLLANTHUS, Annual.
S.O.
PHYSALIS,
WINTER-CHERRY.
c
Pubeſcens.
S. O.
Woolly.
Trailing Bule-flowered.
Proſtrata,
Si'o.
Minima.
Small.
S, O.
S.O.
PIPER, Pellucida.
PLECTRANTHUS, Punctatus.
Piper, Shining-leaved.
PLECTRANTHUS, dotted.
G. H. 8.
POA.
MEADOW-GRASS,
Abyſſinica.
Smooth Upright.
G. H. o.
Tenella.
Small.
S.O.
Ciliaris.
Ciliated.
S. O
POLLICHIA, Campeſtris,
POLYGONIUM, Tinctorium.
POLYMNIA, Abyſſinica.
PORTULACA, Quadrifida.
POLLICHIA, Whorled-leaved. G. H. go,
POLYGONIUM, Dyer's.
G. H..
POLYMNIA, Uprighto,
S..
PURSLAIN, Creeping Annual.
S. O
>
PSORALEA.
img
( 109 )
PSORALEA,
PSORALEA.
Nut-leaved.
S. O
Corylifolia.
Enneaphylla
Leporina.
S. O.
Nine-leaved.
S. O.
Folioſa..
Downy-ſpiked.
Leafy.
SULPHUR-WORT, Golden.
S. O
O.
PUCIDANUM, Aureum.
G. H. .
RESEDA, Flax-leaved,
G. H. .
RESEDA, Diffetala. .
RICINUS, Communis.
PALMA CHRISTI, Common, or Caſtor-
Oil-Nut.
S..
G, H, O
ROELLA, Decurrens.
ROELLA, Decurrent.
SAXIFRAGA, Hederacea.
G. H. o.
SAXIFRAGE, Ivy-leaved.
SCHWENKIA, American,
S, &
SCHWENKIA, Americana.
SCOPARIA, Dulcis.
SCROPHULARIA, Glabrata.
SCOPARIA, Sweet.
S.O.
FIG-WORT, Spear-leaved.
G. H. M.
G. H. o.
Arguta.
Slender Upright.
SELAGO.
-
SELAGO.
G. H. S.
Linear-leaved.
Spuria.
Faſciculata,
Cluſter-flowered.
G. H...
SENECIO.
GROUNDSEL.
Graſs-leaved.
G. H. M.
Rellinatus.
Drooping.
S. O
Cornus.
Erubeſcens.
G, H. O.
Bluſh-coloured.
1
G. H. O.
Venuftus.
SESAMUM.
Winged-leaved.
SESAMUM, or Oily-Grain.
Oriental,
S. O
Orientale.
Indian.
Indicum:
S.O.
SIDA.
SIDA.
)
Prickly.
S. O.
1
Spinoſa,
A
t
SIDA.
7
* F10)
SIDA.
Rhombifolia.
Rhombus-leaved.
S.T.
Alnifolia,
Alder-leaved.
S. o.
1
Cordifolia.
Heart-leaved,
S. o.
Great Bindweed-leaved.
S.
Periplocifolia.
Jatrophoides.
S.O.
Occidentalis.
Mulberry-leaved.
Downy.
Woolly.
S. O.
Americana.
S.O.
Abutilon.
'Broad-leaved.
S. O
Afiatica,
Small-flowered.
S. O
Indica.
Rough-capſuled.
S.O.
Crifра. .
Curled,
S.O.
Criſtata.
Creſted.
S. O
IRON-WORT, Roman.
G. H. .
SIDERITIS, Romana.
SIGESBECKIA, Orientalis.
5
SIGESBECKIA, Oriental.
S.O.
SILENE.
CATCHFLY.
1
G. H. .
1
Gigantea.
Craffifolia.
Gigantic.
Thick-leaved.
G, H,
6
Ornata.
Dark-coloured.
G. H. 3
Undulata.
G. H.
Wave-leaved. .
SMITHIA, Senſitive.
SMITHIA, Senſitiva.
S.O.
SOLANUM.
NIGHTSHADE.
Ethiopian.
G. H. O.
Æthiopicum.
Melongena.
SPERMACOCE, Tuſpida.
EGG PLANT.
G. H. O.
BUTTON-WEED, Procumbent Briſt-
ly.
S.
SPILANTHUS.
SPILANTHUS,
Pſeudo, Acmella.
Spear-leaved.
S.O.
Albus.
White-flowered.
S. O
1
)
SPILANTHUS.
1
3
III
SPILANTHUS,
Acmella.
Balm-leaved.
S.O.
Salivacea.
Yellow-flowered.
S.O.
Oleracea.
Eatable,
S. O
STATICE, Echioides. -
THRIFT, Rough-leaved.
G. H. .
TETRAGONIA,
TETRAGONIA,
Echinata.
G. H. ó.
Hedge-Hog.
Horned.
G. H.
Expanſa.
Cryſtallina.
TRADESCANTIA, Criſtata..
Diamond.
G. H.
S.O.
SPIDER-WORT, Creſted.
TRAGEA, Stinging.
TRAGEA, Urens.
TRIANTHEMA,
TRIANTHEMA.
Purflain-leaved.
S. o.
S. O
Trailing
CALTROPS, Great,
S. o.
Monogyna.
Decandra.
TRIBULUS, Maximus.
TRICHOSANTHES, Anguina..
TRIPSACUM, Hermaphroditum.
TROPÆOLUM, Peregrinum.
SNAKE-GOURD.
S.O.
S.O.
TRIPSACUM, Hermaphrodite.
TROPHÆOLUM, Fringed-flowered. S. O.
TURNERA.
TURNERA.
Ulnifolia.
Elm-leaved.
S.
Ciſtoides.
Betony-leaved.
S. O,
I
1
VALANTIA, Filiformis.
CROSS-WORT, Leaſt.
S.O.
VERBASCUM, Hæmorrhoidale.
MULLEIN, Madeira.
G. H.
VERBENA,
VERVAIN.
Indica.
Indian..
S. O.
Jamaicenfis.
Jamaica.
S. .
Priſmatica.
Germander-leaved.
S.
!
VERBESINA,
2
A
1
( II2)
$
VERBESINA, Nodiflora.
S.O.
/
VERBESINA, Sellile-flowered.
PERIWINCLE, Small-flowered.
VINCA, Parviflora,
S.O.
>
WALTHERIA, Americana,
WALTHERIA, American.
S. g
$
XANTHIUM.
1
XANTHIUM
Oriental.
Orientale,
S. O.
Spinoſum.
Spiny.
6.0
1
OBSERVATIONS
OBSERV A T I O N S
Α Τ
ON THE
STOVE, THE HOT-HOUSE GRAPE, &c.
I sh
Shall here add a few words upon the hot-houſe GRAPE, and ſome
obſervations on the Stove, which may be uſeful.
A
9
A GENERAL STOVE, that is, a ſtove which at once is calculated for the
convenient culture and preſervation of various plants and flowers from
hot climates, and in which the PINE-APPLE and GRAPE can alſo be
matured in the higheſt ſtate of perfection, is, I preſume, what every gen-
tleman of rank and fortune would wiſh to poffefs. In it he would always
find a ſource of pleafing entertainment, and be amply ſupplied with the
moſt delicious fruits.
In the morning or the evening of a fummer's day, how delightful is it
to viſit a capacious well-regulated ſtove, and at once to breathe the peros
fumes ariſing from a thouſand aromaticks and beautiful flowers, and
ſatiate the eye with a variety of verdure.
a variety of verdure. And how ſtill more pleaſing to
enjoy its genial warmth and vigorous vegetation, when contraſted with the
cold and dreary faenes of winter,
>
fant
A
( 114 )
A general ſtove, fimilar to that deſcribed in this book, is what I do,
with all ſubmiſſion, ſtrongly recommend, not only on account of the eaſe
with which it is managed, and the elegant appearance it gives to the plants
when properly arranged, but as the moſt economical plan that I have yet
feen,
1
i
Where ſeveral apartments are under one roof, and communicate imme-
diately with each other, much expence in the fabrick is ſaved, the plants
they contain may be viewed at once, and the fight is far more grand and
ſtriking than where the collection of exoticks is depoſited in ſeparate con-
ſervatories ; for in paſſing and repaſſing to and from different buildings,
you loſe much of their collective beauty.
.
!
-By an addition of wings or end-apartments, the main body of the
ſtove is kept much warmer than if it ſtood alone, and therefore is beſt
calculated to preſerve, at the leaſt expence of fire, (which is no ſmall con-
fideration in many parts of England) Tropical Curioſities; and the body
of the ſtove being entered by a flight of ſteps*. from each wing, the floor
is thereby ſo much raiſed as to make the centre part a proper height to
fruit the Pine-APPLE in the higheſt degree of excellence; and a great
deal of trouble in draining the ground where it happens to be of a ſpongy
* Under which ſteps, without the leaſt inconvenience or loſs of room, at each end of the
centre building, may be placed a water ciſtern for the uſe of the ſtove; for nothing can be
more diſguſtful either to the fight or ſmell, than when thoſe ciſterns are fixed in the centre,
or in any conſpicuous part of the hot-houſe; beſides, every inch of ſpace within the glaſs is.
valuable
**
( 115 )
or wet nature is thereby avoided : The floor of the wings or appendages
to the ſtove being kept nearly upon a level with the outer ground, makes.
the entrance free and eaſy, and gives to the wings an additional height,
which is a moſt important advantage; for by that means you may draw
out of the centre department the PALM, BANANA, and other tall-growing
plants, when they have there attained too high growth, and in one wing
carry them on to perfection; and in the other wing you are almoſt enabled,
even in the ſevereſt winters, from the proper warmth which the main body
of the ſtove affords, without the aid of an additional fire-flue to preſerve
throughout the year rare and tender plants, which require a very good
green-houſe: And by obſerving the following ſhort directions, the health
and beauty of all the plants is warranted, viz.--A free admiſſion of air in
ſummer into each department at all times of the day when the wind is not
troubleſome; and in winter by keeping up a conſtant regular heat in the
ſtoves, never below 60, or 50 at loweſt, and in the green-houſe wing never
below
40
of Fahrenheit, by an enjoyment of proper light, and plenty of
air when ever there is no froſt, fumigating the houſes with TOBACCO
about three times in the whole year, and waſhing the flues with BRIM-
STONE, as directed in the Diſcourſe upon the Propagation and Culture of
the Plants of this Catalogue, under the article MeLIA.
--
A GENERAL STOVE, 160 feet in length, and of proper width and
height, is capable of containing a prodigious collection of plants for the
ſatisfaction of the curious,
1
(
P2
The
( 116 )
1
The chearing influence of the morning ſun, eſpecially in the early parts
of ſpring, being of the greateſt advantage to all plants contained in the
hot-houſe, I ſhould with the front of the ſtove not to be fixed due South,
but to have a little inclination to the Eaſt.
1
The Pine-Apple ſtove is of all other apartments the moſt proper place,
in every part of this kingdom, for ſucceſsfully maturing, in the higheſt
perfection, that delicious fruit the GRAPE, and indeed at little or no ex-
pence; for the fame artificial heat that is required in the ſucceſsful culture
of the PINE-APPEE, will alſo anſwer well for GRAPES. I wiſh it to
de univerſally underſtood, that VINES, when confined to the rafters of a
ſtove of proper height, are not prejudicial to the PINE-APPLE PLANT,
but on the contrary, afford to it a very friendly ſhade during the hot:
months: Notwithſtanding fome people have aſſerted, but without any
foundation in truth, that the Pine, and GRAPE will not ſucceed together:
The natural ſoil of the border on the outſide of the ſtove, into which
the roots of the Vine are deſigned to run, ſhould have due conſideration.
B
If the foil be naturally wet; it ſhould be carefully drained, and by
proper contrivances freed from any continuance of ſuperfluous water, either
cauſed by rain, or ariſing from too much moiſture or ſpongineſs in the
natural ſoil; for its continuance in a ſtrong foil would be prejudicial to the
roots of moſt plants (fave AQUATICKS) as well as the Vine. But I
would by no means from thence infer, that a loamy ſoil on a firm clay or
other ſound, but cold bottom, ſhould be rejected for the ſtove VINE.
Moli
( 117 )
Moſt writers are agreed upon this point,, that a ſtrong foil produces in
abundance the largeſt grapes : But ſome of them add, that their flavor in
ſuch a ſituation is defective, and abounds much more with watery juice
than the GRAPES of thoſe Vines which are planted in a light earth, upon
a dry open bottom .
>
I fo far
agree
with them, that when the Vine is planted in our country,
in common Vine-Houſes, or other places, where the artificial heat is
not kept equal to that in a good PINE-APPLE ſtove, I ſhould incline to a
natural light foil, upon a ſand, gravel, lime-ſtone, or chalk bottom; but
if the Vine is to receive the benefits of an hot-houſe, I by no means adviſe
the rejection of a loamy ſoil upon a clay bottom: Nay, indeed, where
there is a choice of foil, I ſhould give a decided preference to the
Itrong loam for the STOVE-GRAPE. I conceive it to be highly impro-
bable that GRAPEs, if the berries are grown even to the largeſt fize,
ripened well in the PINE-STOve, ſhould derive a watery or vitiated taſte,
from the natural earth being a loamy or ſtrong foil upon a clay.
All
crudities whatever, that might in other ſituations or circumſtances ariſe from
ſuch a cauſe, will, moſt aſſuredly, be effectually conquered by the
power-
ful action of the fun, and the: conſtant body of dry air contained in a PINE-
APPLE ſtove during the time of the growing and ripening of the GRAPE.
-
4
1
The fineſt flavored and largeſt hot-houſe GRAPES, in this kindom, are
grown in STRONG SOILS, upon CLAY BOTTOMS. I am in no want of
teſtimony to ſupport this affertion ; but as I have been ſtudiouſly careful
to avoid prolixity, I hope that every candid perſon will admit the force of
the
(118)
the above reaſons to be ſufficient for my not entering into a full detail of
facts. I cannot, however, omit to mention the opinion of one able
gardener on this ſubject.
Being led by curioſity laſt ſummer to viſit the juſtly celebrated collection
of curious Exoticks at Orford in LANCASHIRE, the ſeat of John.BLACK-
BURNE, Eſq; I called at HEATON-HOUSE, the reſidence of Lord Grey
DE Wilton in that county, where I found the beſt hot-houſe GRAPES
I had ever ſeen, both in the ſize of the berry, and delicacy of their
flavor, under the management of his Lordſhip’s Gardener, Mr. STEPHENS,
whoſe abilities in his ftation do him honour, . Struck with the rich
ap-
pearance of the HEATON GRAPE, I fancied the VINES muſt grow upon
ſtrong clay to bring their fruit to the perfection in which I beheld it; but
being ſomehow prevented from making the proper enquiries of Mr.
STEPHENS upon the ſpot, I wrote to him, and in November, 1791, was
favored with his anſwer, which I ſhall, in his own words, here inſert.
5
6. SIR,
5
i
“ I obſerve what you ſay relative to the GRAPES. The natural ſoil
“ and bottom of our garden many people would think very un-
“ favorable; the former a ſtiff unkindly foil, and the latter a ſtrong
clay, naturally very wet, being under a hill. But notwithſtanding
“ this ſeemingly unfavorable foil and ſituation, no finer GRAPES
“ were ever produced in England than ours; ſo that no gardener has
1
!
any
5
( 119 )
any excuſe relative to the ſoil or ſituation of his garden ;. for good
« GRAPES, with the aſſiſtance of an hot-houſe, may
be
got
in
any
part of Great-Britain. But at the ſame time when I ſay this, I do
“ not ſay they will ſucceed without preparation ;. for that they will
« not do any where.
where. I muſt tell you once for all, that the fineſt
“ and largeſt GRAPES are produced from a cold ſtiff bottom, drained
6 round the houſe and border. It is impoſſible to have ſuper-
« excellent GRAPES from a light foil and dry bottom. Believe me
64 to be, with great Reſpect,
6* Your moſt obedient,
66. And faithful Servant,
f
" JOHN STEPHENS.
1
66 HEATON-House, 4th November, 1791."
Note. Since the receipt of the above letter (which is a ſtrong and con-
vincing proof of the ſuperior knowledge of the writer of it in his
profeſſion) and its introduction into this work, the author has to
regret the ſudden death of Mr. STEPHENS.
-1
i
--
Due
1
}
/
A
( 120 )
Due attention having been paid to the natural foil of the intended
border in the front of the ſtove for the VINES, the next thing to be con-
fidered is a proper preparation of ſuch border ; which border may be of
any breadth from ten to forty feet, as the ſituation of the place will allow..
1
If the natural foil be a light earth upon a fand, gravel, chalk, or
limeſtone bottom, it ſhould be trenched three feet deep, provided the ſoil
will admit of it; but if too ſhallow, then raiſe the border by adding more
freſh earth till you get your depth, and inrich the whole with good de-
cayed cow's dung.
.
T
+
Should the natural foil of the intended Vine border be a ſtrong ioamy earth
upon a clay, or other cold bottom, then do not ſink the border ſo deep as is
above recommended for the light earth, but' raiſe it higher, which will
cauſe the ſuperfluous water to drain off with greater eaſe. Indeed the
centre part of the general ſtove, given in this book, is ſo contrived, that
the outer border in the front will, as it were, of neceſſity be ſo
much raiſed, as almoſt to ſave trenching, draining, and laying under-
ground bottoms, which are extremely expenſive operations. Let ſuch
border conſiſt of equal proportions, well mixed, of horſe dung, taken from
an old or exhauſted Melon or Cucumber-bed, and from the fårface or
turfy part of ſome good light earth, dug from a paſture or common; and if
the graſs roots of ſuch light earth are decayed by having been previouſly
thrown into an heap, and frequently turned, it will be more proper
for
the purpoſe than if uſed in its freſh ſtate.
I am
3
1
>
(121)
I am averſe to a complicated mixture of earths and manures in the ma-
nagement either of the field or garden, (ſuch combinations being in general
not very uſeful, but always expenſive and troubleſome) or to any attempt
to render intricate and myſterious a plain and eaſy ſubject. There is no
doubt but that the compoſitions which I have pointed out, will effectually
anſwer their intention in the different foils above deſcribed.
$
I do not adviſe a covering of gravel or turf upon the VINE border, where
the particular ſituation of the place does not abſolutely require it; for I
am well perſuaded that a light digging of the border, both in the ſpring
and autumn, will be found of eſſential ſervice to the Vines; and an an-
nual renewing of the border in the autumn, by an addition of a good quan-
tity of proper manure, and mulching of it with ſtable litter in the early
part of ſpring, will likewiſe be of great aſſiſtance both to the plant and
fruit in its early growth.
1
Any ſcheme of agriculture or horticulture, let the expence in manure
be ever ſo liberal, unleſs the ſoil is properly plowed or dug, can be of no
real 'advantage; and therefore, by a parity of reaſoning, I ſhould prefer an
open border for the Vine, managed in the above method, where it can
be done with propriety, to a border filled with manures in the uſual way;
frequently conſiſting of a very whimſical variety of materials, covered up
by a platform of gravel or turf. The open border will, at all times, give
acceſs to the rains and dews, admit the rays of the fun to have their
free operation, be meliorated and fertilized by the froſts and ſnows in
Q
a
winter,
1
( 122 )
winter, and with facility imbibe the innumerable elementary particles that
float the air, and continually inrich the foil when properly tilled.
The planting of the ſtove Vine is very material, and a point to be para
ticularly obſerved, for on a proper attention to it much depends.
The front fire-flue in the hot-houſe ſhould always be ſo contrived as to
permit the Vine to be planted within the ſtove, cloſe to the front-wall,
ſo placed that the roots, when they begin to grow, may puſh freely into
the border, through certain ſmåll arches left for that purpoſe in the
ground-work or foundation of that wall, about ſix inches below the ſurface
of the outer border. The health of the VINE will by this method be in-
ſured, for the roots will always find ſufficient nouriſhment to ſupport the
luxuriant growth of the tree, and carry on its fruit to perfection.
1
In the plan of the ſtove given, the fire-flue runs exactly two feet ten
inches diſtant from the ftem of the VINE, which being planted within the
ſtove, is perfectly out of all danger from the froſt, and being placed at an
exactly proper diſtance from the flue, is ſecured from too ſtrong fire-heat ;
by which plain and eaſy contrivance the ſap is very early put in motion in
the plant, and, by the genial warmth it receives from the ſtove, continues
to, circulate without check or interruption, which prevents many fatal acci-
dents that frequently befal the GRAPE in the ſpring, where the Vine is
planted in the uſual way, to the no ſmall diſappointment of the maſter
and the gardener.
{
In
( 123 )
In the common cultivation of a ſtove, a fire-fiue runs in the front
wall, the VINE is planted on the outſide of it, and introduced into
the ſtove by an aperture in the wall, ſometimes directly under, but in
general immediately above the front flue; in either of which caſes, the
ſtem of the Vine approaches far too near the ſtrong fire-heat that runs
within ſuch flue; and in ſpite of boxes, bandages, and other apparatus, it
feels the violent effects of extreme heat and cold, and thereby, notwith-
ſtanding the gardener's utmoſt exertions, often receives great injury: But
which it is apprehended may be prevented by the mode of planting the
VINE above pointed out, and further explained in the plan of the General
Stove; and undoubtedly every wiſe man would uſe his endeavours to
prevent diſeaſes by previous neceſſary cautions.
Ey the above method of planting the VINE-Tree, the cares of the
gardener are greatly relieved; the VINE will be durable, extremely vigo-
rous, abundantly prolific, and will come into a ſtate of bearing much
earlier than when planted in any other way ; a proof of which may be
found in the Thirſk Stove, atteſted by many gentlemen of diſtinction and
curioſity, who have there viewed the experiment intirely to their fatiſ-
faction.
1
The Vines in that hot-houſe were planted in November and December
1789, and in the ſmall ſpace of eighteen months, that is, in the month of
June, 1791, a number of fine bunches of GRAPES, in high perfection,
were cut.
Q 2
I do
i
( 124 )
I do not conceive it a matter of neceflity to place the ſtove and green-
houſe in the kitchen-garden ; their management is widely different, and,
for many good reaſons, I think they had better occupy ſeparate ſituations.
A
There is generally ſome convenient place contiguous to the houſes of
the
great, in which the ſtove and green-houſe might be erected, without
offence to any particular view ; and being near at hand, the plants and
fruit contained in the building, could, without inconvenience, be at
all times viewed by the owner, by means of a private walk from the
manſion. This frequent viſitation would give life and energy to the gar-
dener, who would have an emulation to ſhew each flower and fruit in
perfect health and vigour, and its eaſy acceſs would be a perpetual induce-
ment to the ladies to ſuperintend and enjoy its delightful beauties.
At the requeſt of ſeveral of my moſt reſpectable friends, I have touched
upon a compoſt for the Vine; and I mean, for their further ſatisfaction,
to add a word or two upon the earths proper to form a compoſition for
growing, in the greateſt vigour, each plant contained in the ſtove and
green-houſe ; which earths I ſhall (in their natural ſtate) diſtinguiſh by
STRONG LOAM, LIGHT SANDY EARTH, and LIGHT MIXED EARTH.
}
STRONG
( 125 )
STRONG LO A M.
The Strong LOAM muſt, at ſome convenient opportunity in ſummer,
be got from a good old paſture or common, where the ſoil inclines to a
clay, by digging only fix inches deep from the ſurface; for the graſs roots
that depth, when decayed, will greatly fertiliſe the foil.
This turfy part
muſt have mixed with it an equal quantity of the very beſt ſtable dung or
neat's dung, that has paſſed a ſtate of thorough fermentation, and is
per-
fectly decayed; and the whole muſt then be well cut with ſpades and
thrown into an heap. In the autumn and winter following, loſe no op-
portunity of turning the heap and cutting it very ſmall. If the winter
ſhould prove froſty, the whole will by the ſpring be properly mixed and
digeſted, provided it has been well laboured.
L I G H T S A N D Y E A R T H.
.
The Light SANDY EARTH muſt be dug only fix inches deep from the
ſurface, and ſhould be got from a moor or old paſture, where the ſoil is
naturally of a very light or ſandy nature. This earth ſhould have no ma-
nure whatever in it, for the uſe of it will be occaſionally to mix with the
ſtrong manured ſoil to reduce its coheſive nature, or to grow ſucculents,
and other plants and ſhrubs that require light dry foil without manure.
The whole of this light earth muſt be thrown up in an heap, well turned,
and cut to pieces in winter, and by the enſuing ſpring it will be in
high perfection for uſe.
)
LIGHT
(126)
come
L I G H T M I X ED EART H.
or autumn.
yond the
The Light MIXED EARTH conſiſts of the ſweepings of paved ſtreets,
which it is beſt to collect in a damp, not duſty, ſtate, any time in ſummer
It requires to be laid in an heap, and turned as frequently as
poſſible in winter, and it will be in a fit ftate for uſe in the ſpring. This
mixed earth is made up of various foils; and a number of manures, both
animal and vegetable, are nicely compounded and incorporated in it, be-
power of art to equal; and any plant that requires a light ſoil,
and which would be hurt by an application of manures in any
other
way,
is not injured by the manure contained in this mixed earth, but thrives
prodigiouſly in it. This earth, by reaſon of the action or friction of the
wheels of carriages, horſes feet, and various other things, is rendered of
an extremely prolific nature, which it retains, and is very uſeful indeed
in the management of ſtove and green-houſe plants.
1
I know of no neceſſity that there is to be prepared with any other forts
of ſoil than thoſe above deſcribed, provided they are kept in ſeparate
heaps ; for they may be at any time occaſionally mixed, ſo as to prepare,
for immediate uſe, a compoſition that will keep in high preſervation the
moft rare and tender plant in the univerſe.
$
7
+
1
REMARKS
5
RE
M
ARKS
ON THE
HISTORY OF GARDENING,
&c.
IMI
MPRESSED with every grateful ſentiment, I beg leave, with all pol-
fible ſubmiſſion, to tender my warmeſt thanks to the very honurable
fupporters of my endeavor. To reflect upon the high honor that has been
done me, is gratifying in the extreme !
7
By the nature of the foregoing work, I have been precluded from in-
troducing any remark on the hiſtory of gardening, and deprived of an
opportunity of contraſting the modern . with the ancient taſte; but with
great humility I now venture (my engagements being fulfilled) to hope
for the indulgence of offering to my readers a few lines upon thoſe ſubjects,
fully relying upon their candour to pardon any defect or impropriety.
Gardening is one of the firſt arts that ſtands recorded in the annals of the
world! It ever afforded the moſt rational and pleaſing relaxation, and men
of ſenſe thirſt after its improvements.
1
( 128 )
It is matter of ſurpriſe that the preſent ſtile of gardening is of ſo late a
date ; for in Milton's time (who died in 1674) we are clearly informed
that it had not been introduced into England.
It is not above feventy years ſince Evergreens, Box, and Yew Hedges,
cut and pruned into animals and various ſtrange forms, were the wonder
of Britain, as they ſtill are, and, for good reaſons, muſt continue to be of
Sweden, and other Northern countries.
to,
The approach to every houſe of conſequence was, at the time alluded
by a range of ſmall gardens, compoſed of gravel-walks, with graſs-plots or
flower-borders on the ſides; each little garden riſing above the other, (ge-
nerally by ſteps) and divided by walls and iron gates; and it was much later
than the above date, before ſuch barbariſms began to fubfide, and make
way for true and natural elegance.
Nothing was perhaps more conducive to the introduction of the amiable
fimplicity of nature into the gardens of this kingdom, and conſequent
baniſhment from thence of the abſurd ſcenes of art above alluded to,
than the univerſal reading of a celebrated paper in the GUARDIAN, ,
which, I think, muſt continue to operate as the ſtrongeſt antidote againſt
a return of the deformities of Garden Tonſure, and the almoſt exploded
taſte of Garden Sculpture. (See the GUARDIAN, vol. II, page 346.
No. 173.
mamma
Who
1
1
( 129 )
Who can ſufficiently admire the boundleſs imagination of Milton,
our great and celebrated poet, in his deſcription of the GARDEN of Eden!
Though Milton was ſurrounded by darkneſs, and lived at a time when the
above-mentioned fantaſtic figures were the only furniture of our principal
gardens, he thought them far beneath that OMNIPOTENT Hand which
planted Paradise! He viewed with an intellectual prophetic eye the de-
lightful proſpect of modern gardening in perfect elegance! And his de-
ſcription of the GARDEN of Eden being a true and magnificent picture
of the preſent ſtyle, I ſhall beg leave to quote it at length as the ſtandard
of taſte.
1
(Milton's PARADISE Lost, book 4. page 85. line 223.)
6
Southward " Through EDEN went a river large,
“ Nor chang'd his courſe, but through the ſhaggy hill
“ Paſs’d underneath ingulph'd, for God had thrown
" That mountain as his garden mound, high rais’d
“ Upon the rapid current, which through veins
“ Of porous earth, with kindly thirſt updrawn,
• Roſe a freſh fountain, and with many a rill
" Water'd the garden.”
Thence united, fell
Down the ſteep glade and met the nether flood,
Which from his darkſome paſſage now appears ;
And now divided into four main ſtreams,
Runs diverſe, wand'ring many a famous realm
And country, whereof here needs no account;
R
But
A
( 130 )
$
--
But rather to tell how, if art could tell,
How “ From that ſaphir fount the criſped brooks
Rolling on orient pearl and ſands of gold,
** With mazy error under pendent ſhades,
“ Ran nectar, viſiting each plant, and fed
" Flow’rs worthy of Paradiſe, which NOT NICE ART
** IN BEDS AND CURIOUS KNOTS, but NATURE BOON
46. Pour'd forth profuſe ON HILL, AND DALE, AND PLAIN,
66: Both where the morning ſun firſt warmly ſmote
• The OPEN FIELD, and where the unpierc'd ſhade
6 Imbrown'd the noontide-bow'rs.--Thus was this place,
" A HAPPY RURAL SEAT OF VARIOUS VIEW:
:
“ Groves whoſe rich trees wept od'rous gums and balm ;
“ Others, whoſe fruit burniſh'd with golden rind,
“ Hung amiable, Heſperian fables true;
66. If true, here only, and of delicious taſte:
66 Betwixt them lawns, or level downs, and flocks
6s Graſing the tender herb, were interpos'd
cs Or palmy hillock; or the flow'ry lap
« Of ſome irriguous valley ſpread her ſtore,
66. Flow'rs of all hue, and without thorn the roſe.
66. Another ſide, umbrageous grots and caves
66 Of cool receſs, o'er which the mantling vine
Lays forth her purple grape, and gently creeps.
6.5 Luxuriant: Meanwhile murm'ring waters fall
65 Down the ſlope hills, diſpers’d or in a lake,
1
..
66 That
1.
1
( 131 )
1
6. That to the fringed bank with myrtle crown'd,
“ Her cryſtal myrror holds, unite their ſtreams,
PARADISE was bounded by our poet in the following words, which
convey to the mind as grand imaginations as can be well conceived.
V
(See book 4. page 83. line 134. PARADISE Lost.)
i
A
“ The champain head
ss Of a ſteep wilderneſs; whoſe hairy fides
“ With thicket overgrown, groteſque and wild,
66 Acceſs denied ; and over-head up grew
Inſuperable height of loftieſt ſhade,
" Cedar, and pine, and fir, and branching palm,
“ A fylvan ſcene; and as the ranks aſcend,
" Shade above ſhade, a woody theatre.
" Of ſtatelyeſt view..-Yet higher than their tops
• The verd'rous wall of Paradiſe upſprung,
" Which to our general Sire gave proſpect large
" Into his nether empire.”
i
1
The deſcription of the GARDEN of Eden was wrote by MILTON above
fifty years before the preſent mode of gardening was begun to be intro-
duced into England; which circumſtance ought ever to be remembered,
or we or our pofterity might very naturally ſuſpect that the poet drew
his picture from ſome real garden, and by that means he would be diſ-
R 2
honorable
+
tA
1
( 132 )
3
1
honorably deprived of the great merit to which his wonderful abilities
have fo juſt a claim.
!
Does it not appear very ſtrange that no great man, no enlightened' mind
in all that time, who had read the poet's elegant plan, ſhould attempt
to carry it into execution ? A garden gave admiſſion to every beauty that
a thorough knowledge of nature could portray! MILTON's genius was
as a ſtar of the firſt magnitude! And his ſublime deſcription of the
Garden of Eden will ever remain the admiration of future ages.
By keeping within our eye. the propriety and beauties of landſcape,
we ſhall alike avoid the geometrical formalities of the old, and the ſtrange
and irregular whims of the Chineſe gardens at this day.
up to
In this Iſland we now ſeem to have diſcovered, and to hold
others, the TRUE MODEL OF GARDENING. LET OTHER COUNTRIES
MIMIC TASTE, AS THEY MIMIC LIBERTY!! But here, by ſoftening
the rigours of Nature, and minutely attending to her delightful traits, ,
let Britain reign triumphant IN SIMPLE. GRACEFUL ELEGANCE !
Every piece of ground has ſome variation from another; and of courſe
the natural diſpoſition of each ſhould have particultar attention paid to it
in making improvements. Its ſmall or ſtriking incidents may then be
eaſily turned to advantage, and a diſagreeable ſameneſs be always avoided.
1
$
The
1
1
8
( 133 )
The poffeffor ſhould be, and in general is, the beſt deſigner of his own
improvements. He is intimately acquainted with each Oak and Beech;
and filently obſerves many things that a ſtranger to the ſpot, though em-
ployed to draw a picture upon paper, either never ſees, or has no leiſure
to remark.
Should no relapſe to formality again take place, how gay and charming
will each hill and vale appear! The bright example of the man of taſte
and fortune, will be found to have its due operation on the mind of
the enlightened yeoman, and by degrees give ſuited elegance to the farm
and hamlet.
+
1
AN
IC
N.
DE X
X
TO THE
}
C Α Τ Α Ι Ο G. Ο Ε
OF
A B I: D. I N G
P. L. Α Ν Τ
,
WITH A REFERENCE TO THEIR
LA TIN G E N E R I C N A M E S.
BROMA.
Achania.
Æſchynomene. .
Agave.
Aitonia.
Aizoon.
Achyranthes.
Acroſtichum.
Adam's Needle, ſee Yucca.
Albuca.
Adelia.
Aletris.
Aderno, fee Ardiſia.
Allamanda,
Adonis.
Aloe.
Aloe Ceylon, ſee Aletris.
.
Ægiphila.
Alce
1
( 136 )
Aloe Guinea, ſee Aletris.
Apple Star, ſee Chryfophyllum.
Alſtromeria.
Apple Thorn, fee. Datura.
Allſpice, ſee Myrtus.
Aralia.
Allfpice Japan, ſee Calycanthus. Arctotis.
Amarillis.
Arduina.
:
5
1
$
Amaranth Globe, ſee Gomphrena. Arethuſa.
Amber Tree, fee Anthoſpermum. Argan, ſee Sideroxylon.
Ambroma, ſee Abroma.
Ariftea.
Ambrofia.
Arrow Root Indian, ſee Maranta.
Amellus.
Artocarpus.
Anciſtrum.
Arum.
Andromeda.
Aſclepias.
Andropogon.
Aſpalathus.
Andryala.
Aſparagus.
Anniſeed Tree, ſee Illicium. Aſphodel, ſee. Aſphodelus.
Anotta fee Bixa.
Athanaſia,
Anthericum.
Atraphaxis,
Antholyza.
Atropa.
Apeiba.
Aucuba.
Aponogeton.
Avocado Pear, fee Laurus,
Apple Cuſtard, ſee Annona.
?
.
A
1
B
ܪ
1
Baccharis.
Balſam of Capivi, ſee Copaifera.
Balm, fee Meliſſa.
Balſam Tree, fee Clutia.
Balm of Gilead, ſee Dracocephalum. Bamboo Cane, ſee Arundo.
Bannana
1
1
( 137 )
Banana Tree, fee Muſa.
Blood Flower, fee Hæmanthus.
Bocconia.
Baniſteria.
Barleria.
Bonduc, fee Guilandina.
Borbonia.
$
Bafil, ſee Ocymum.
Bay Tree, ſee Laurus.
Bay Carolina, ſee Laurus.
Bay Royal, ſee Laurus.
Bay Loblolly, fee Gordonia.
Bead Tree, ſee Melia.
Begonia.
Bell Flower, ſee Campanula.
Bellonia:
Box Thorn, ſee Licium.
Brake, ſee Pteris.
Braſiletto, fee Cæfalpinia.
Bread Nut Tree Jamaica, ſee Brofi-
.
Briony, ſee Brionya.
Broom, fee Spartium.
Broom Butcher's, ſee Ruſcus.
mum.
Berry Winter, fee Prinos.
Brucea.
Belleria.
Brunia.
1
Bethlehem Star of, ſee Ornithogalum. Brunsfelfia.
Beureria.
Bubon,
Bidens.
Buchnera.
Buck Bean, fee Menianthes.
Buddlea.
1
Bind Weed, fee Convolvulus.
Bind Weed Rough, ſee Smilax.
Birch Tree Jamaica, ſee Burſera.
Birthwort, fee Ariſtolochia.
1
Biſcutella.
Bixa.
Bugloſs, ſee Lithoſpermum.
Buglofs Viper's, ſee Echium.
Burnet, ſee Poterium.
Butonica.
Button Tree Jamaica, fee Conocarpus.
Button Weed, ſee Spermacoce.
Byſtropogon.
S
Cabbage
Bladder Nut, ſee Royena.
Blæria.
Blechnum, fee Blechnum.
I
( 138 )
I
lewo
C
C
ię
1
Cabbage Tree, ſee Areca.
Caffia.
Cabbage Tree Baſtard, fee Geoffroya. Caſſia Cinnamon, ſee Laurus.
Cabbage Tree, fee Cacalia. Caffia Poet's, fee Oſyris.
Cacalia.
Caſſine Cape, ſee Cafline.,
Cadia.
Caſſytha..
Calla.
Caſuarina.
Ceanothus.
Callabaſh Tree, fee Creſcentia.
Callicarpa.
Calliſia
Cecropia.
Cedar Barbadoes Baſtard, ſee Cedrela..
Cedar Baſtard, ſee Theobroma.
Celandine Tree, fee Bocconia.
Celoſia.
Centaury, fee Centaurea.
Cerbera.
Camellia Roſe, ſee Camellia.
Camomile, fee Anthemis.
Camphire Tree, fee Laurus..
Camphoroſma.
Campion, ſee Cucubalus.
Candy Tuft, ſee lberis.
Canella.
Caper Bean, ſee Zygophylum.
Caper Buſh, fee Caparia.
Capſicum.
Carob Tree, fee Ceratonia..
Cecrodia,
Cereus, fee Cactus.
Ceropegia.
Ceftrum.
t
Carolinea
Carpefium.
Chaſte Tree, fee Vitex.
Chaw Stick, ſee Gouania.
Cherry Barbadoes, ſee Malpighia..
Cherry Baſtard, ſee Ehretia.
Cherry Hottentot, fee Caſline
Cherry Winter, ſee Phyſalis.
Cherry
!
Carthamus.
Cathew Nut, fee Anacardium...
"
1
(139)
$
Cherry Winter, fee Solanum.
Coffee Tree, ſee Coffea.
Colewort, fee Crambe.
Chiococca.
Chironia,
Collinſonia.
Chloranthus.
Columnea.
1
-
Chocolate Nut Tree, ſee Theo- Commelina.
broma.
Coral Tree, ſee Erythrina.
Chu-lan, ſee Chloranthus.
Corchorus.
Chryſanthemum.
Cordia.
Cinchona.
Coreopſis.
Cinnamon Wild, ſee Canella. Cornflag, fee Gladiolus.
Cinnamon Tree, ſee Laurus. Cornutia.
Cineraria.
Coronilla.
Coſtus
Ciſſampelos.
Ciſſus.
Cotton Tree, ſee Coffypium.
Cotton Tree Silk, ſee Bombax.
Ciſtus.
Citron Tree, fee Citrus.
Cotula.
Cleome.
Crane's Bill, fee Geranium.
Clerodendrum.
Craſſula.
Clethra.
Crepis.
Creſs Indian, ſee Tropeolum.
Cliffortia.
Crinum,
Clinopodium.
Clitoria.
Crotalaria.
Cluytia.
Croton.
Cocoa Nut Tree, fee Cocos. Crow Berry, ſee Empetrum.
Cocoa Plumb Tree, ſee Chryſoba- Crucianella.
lanus.
Cuckold Tree, fee Mimoſa.
S2
A
Curtiſia.
)
í
(140)
Curtifia.
Cyanella.
Cycas.
Cyclamen.
Cyliſta.
Cynanchum.
Cyperus.
Cypreſs African, fee Cupreſſus.
Cyrilla.
Cyrtanthus.
Cytiſſus.
Dais.
Dock Halbert, fee Rumex.
Dodonæa.
Dalechampia.
Daphne.
Decumaria.
Dogſbane, ſee Apocynum.
Dogwood Jamaica, ſee Piſcidia.
Dolichos.
Dickſonia,
Didelta.
Dracæna.
Dioſcorea.
Dioſma.
Dragon Tree, ſee Dracæna.
Dragon Perforated, fee Dracontium.
Dragon's Head, ſee Dracocephalum.
Durantia.
Diſandra.
Dittany Cretan, ſee Origanum.
/
· E
+
Ebony of Crete, fee Ebenus, Empleurum.
Echites.
Epidendrum.
Ehretia.
Erigeron.
Elæodendrum.
Erinus.
Elate.
Eriocephalus.
Elephant's Foot, ſee Elephantopus. Eryngo, ſee Eringium.
I
a
1
Eucalyptus.
}
(141)
1
Eucalyptus:
Euclea.
Eugenia.
Eupatorium.
Everlaſting, ſee Gnaphalium.
Eucomis.
F
Fagara.
Flax, ſee Linum.
Falkia.
Fleabane, fee Conyza.
Ferraria.
Fleabane African, ſee Tarchonathus.
Fern Hare's Foot, ſee Tricomanes. Flower Fence Barbadoes, fee Poin-
Fiddle Wood, ſee Cytharexylum. ciana.
Fig Tree, fee Ficus.
Foríkoblea.
Fig Indian, ſee Cactus.
Fox Glove, fee Digitalis.
Fig Wort, ſee Scrophularia. Fuchſia.
Fingrigo, ſee Piſonia.
Fuſanus.
Flacourtia.
Fuſtick Wood, fee Morus.
Flagillaria.
G
Galega.
Galenia.
Geoffroya.
Germander, ſee Teucrium.
Geſnera.
}
Galingale, fee Kempferia.
Gardenia.
Garlick, ſee Allium.
Genipa.
Gethyllis.
Ginger, ſee Amomum.
Glaſs Wort, fee Salicornia.
Geniſta.
Globularia.
Gentian, fee Gentiana.
Gloxinia.
Glycine.
(142)
Glycine.
Gnidia.
Goat's Beard, ſee Galega.
Graſs Dog's Tail, fee Cynoſurus.
Graſs Sweet Chineſe, ſee Acorus.
t
Gratiola.
Goat's Foot, fee Oxalis.
Grewia.
Golden Rod Tree, fee Bofea.
Goldy Locks, fee Chryſocoma.
Gooſe Foot, ſee Chenopodium.
Gromwell, ſee Lithoſpermum.
Gronovia.
Groundſale, ſee Senechio.
Guajacum.
Guarea,
Gorteria.
Grains of Paradiſe, ſee Amomum.
Guava, ſee Pfidium,
Granadilla, ſee Paſſiflora.
Grape Sea Side, fee Coccoloba.
Graſs Bent, ſee Agroſtis.
Gunnera.
H
Hæmanthus
>
Halbert Weed, ſee Calea.
Haloragis.
Hamellia.
Hare's Ear, fee Bupleurum.
Hare's Ear Baſtard, ſee Phillis.
Hafſagay Tree, fee Curtiſſa.
Heath, fee Erica.
Heliocarpus.
Heliophila.
Heliotrope, ſee Heliotropium.
Hemlock, fee Conium.
Henbane, ſee Hyocyamus.
Hen Weed Guinea, ſee Petiveria.
Hermannia.
Hibiſcus.
Hebenftretia.
Hippia.
Hirtella.
Hedyſarum.
Heleborine, ſee Serapias.
Helicteres.
Hog Weed, fee Boerhavia.
Holly, ſee Ilex.
Honey
( 143 )
Honey Flower, ſee Melianthus. Houſeleak, ſee Sempervivum.
Honeyſuckle African Fly, fee Ha-. Humble Plant, ſee Mimoſa.
leria.
Hyacinth, ſee Hyacinthus.
Horehound, ſee Marrubium. Hypoxis.
Hottentot Cherry, fee Caſſine..
í
I
1
Jaca Tree, ſee Artocarpus. Indigo, ſee Indigoffera.
Jack in a Box, ſee Hernandia. Job's Tears, ſee Coix.
Jacquinia.
Ipomæa.
Jalap, fee Convolġulus.
Iris.
Jamaica Pepper, ſee Myrtus. Iron Wood, ſee Sideroxylon.
Jaſmine Cape, fee Gardenia.
Iron Wood, ſee Fagara.
Jaſmine Arabian, fee Jaſminum. Iron Wort, ſee Sideritis.
Jaſmine Azorian, ſee Jaſminum. Itea.
Jaſmine Baſtard, ſee Ceftrum. Jupiter's Beard, ſee Anthyllis.
Jaſmine Catalonian, ſee Jaſminum. Juſſiæa.
Jaſınine Yellow Indian, ſee Jaſmi- Juſticia.
num.
Ixia.
7
Illecebrum.
Ixora.
K.
Kidney Bean, ſee Phaſeolus,
Kiggelaria.
King's Spear, fee Aſphodelus.
Kyllingia.
Lac
1
( 144 )
L
Lac Red, ſee Rhus.
>
Lachenalia.
Lachnea.
Lagerſtræmia.
Lanaria,
Lantana.
Laurel Chineſe, ſee Stilago.
Laurel Jamaica, ſee Laurus.
Laurel Indian, fee Laurus.
Lilly, ſee Amarillis.
Lilly African, ſee Agapanthus.
Lilly Golden, ſee Amarillis.
Lilly Jacobæa, ſee Amarillis.
Lilly Ceylon, ſee Amarillis.
Lilly, Cape Coaſt, ſee Amarillis.
Lilly Guernſey, ſee Amarillis.
Lilly Barbadoes, ſee Amarillis.
Lilly Mexican, ſee Amarillis.
Lilly Superb, ſee Amarillis.
Lilly Superb, ſee Gloriofa.
Lilly Thorn, fee Cateſbæa.
Lilly of the Valley, fee Convallaria.
Lilly Water, fee Nymphæa.
Lime Tree, ſee Citrus.
Laurel Madeira, fee Laurus.
Laurel Sea Side, ſee Phyllanthus.
Laurel Sea Side, ſee Xylophylla.
Laurel Weſt Indian, ſee Prunus.
Lavatera.
Lavender, fee Lavendula.
Lawſonia.
Limeum.
Leadwort, ſee Plumbago.
Limodorum.
Leea.
Limonia.
sports
1
Lion's Leaf, ſee Leontice.
Lee-Chee, ſee Sapindus.
Lemon Tree, ſee Citrus.
Lemon Water, fee Paffiflora.
Leyſera.
Lightfootia.
Lignum Vitæ, ſee Guajacum.
Lion's Tail, ſee Phlomis.
Liparia.
Liquorice, fee Abrus.
Lobelia.
Locuft Tree, fee Hymenæa.
Logwood
( 145 )
Logwood Tree, ſee Hematoxylum. Lychnis.
Looking Glaſs Plant, ſee Heritiera Lycopodium.
M
7
1
1
Macaw Tree, ſee Cocos.
Melanthium
Madder, fee Rubia.
Melicocca.
Mahernia.
Melochia.
Mahogany Tree, ſee Swietia. Melodinus.
Maiden Hair, ſee Adiantum. Melon Thiſtie, fee Cactus.
Malabar Nut, ſee Juſticia.
Mefferchmidia.
Mallow, fee Malva,
Michelia.
Mammee, ſee Mammea.
Milk Wort, ſee Polygala.
Manchineel, ſee Hippomane. Milfoil, ſee Achillea.
Mango Tree, ſee Mangifera. Mimoſa.
Marigold, ſee Calendula.
Mint Shrubby, fee Mentha.
Marigold Fig, ſee Meſembrian Mint Cat, ſee Nepeta.
themum.
Monetia,
Martynia.
Monfonia.
Marum, ſee Teucrium.
Montinia.
Marvel of Peru, fee Mirabilis. Morea.
Maffonia.
Mountain Ebony, ſee Bauhinia.
Maſtick Tree, ſee Piſtacia.
Moving Plant Chineſe, ſee Hedy.
Maſtick Tree, fee Schinus.
farum.
Medeola
Mulberry Dier's, fee Morus.
Medick Tree, fee Medicago. Mule’s Fern, ſee Aſplenium.
Melaleuca.
Murraya.
T
Muſk,
s
$
( 146 )
1
Muſk, fee Hibiſcus.
Muſtard Shrubby, fee Sinapis.
Myrſine.
Myrtle, ſee Myrtus.
Myrtle Candleberry, ſee Myrica.
Myrtle Ceylon, ſee Myrtus.
Myrtle Woolly, ſee Myrtus.
N
Nicker Tree, fee Guillandina,
Nightſhade, ſee Solanum.
Navel Wort, fee Cotyledon.
Nettle Chineſe, ſee Urtica.
Nettle Hedge, ſee Praſium.
Nettle Tree Jamaica, fee Celtis.,
Niſfolia.
1
9
Nyctanthes.
O
more
>
I
Enothera.
Omphalea.
Oleander, ſee Nerium,
Ophyoxylum.
Oleafter, fee Elæagnus.
Orache, ſee Atriplex.
Olive Barbadoes Wild, ſee Bontia. Orange Tree, ſee Citrus.
Olive Common, fee Olea..
Orchis.
Olive Sweet-ſcented Chineſe, fee Ornitium.
Olea.
Oſteoſpermum.
Olive Wild, ſee Elæagnus. Ox Eye, fee Buphthalmum.
Olyra.
!
P.
Pallaſia.
Palm Fan Great, ſee Corypha.
Palm Tree Fan European, ſee Cha- Palm Sago, fee Cycas.
mærops.
Palm Small Fan Jamaica, ſee Thrinax.
Palm
x
1
( 147 )
Palm Tree Date, fee Phenix. Phylica.
Palm Tree Fan, ſee Boraſſus. Phyfic Nut, ſee Jatropa.
Palm Trees deſcribed by Miller, · Phytolacca.
fee Palma.
Pimpernel, ſee Anagallis.
Panax.
Pine Apple, ſee Bromelia.
Pandanus.
Pink Cape, ſee Dianthus.
Pancratium.
Pifonia.
Pitcairnia.
Panick Graſs Tree, ſee Panicum.
Papaw Tree, ſee Carica.
Parkinſonia.
Parſley Macedonian, fee Bubon.
Paſpalum.
Paſſion Flower, ſee Paſſiflora.
Paullinia.
Pittoſporum.
Plantain Tree, fee Muſa.
Plantain Wild, fee Heliconia.
Plectranthus.
Plinia
Plocama.
Pellitory Tree, ſee Periteria.
Plumb Tree Cocoa, fee Chryſoba-
Penæa.
lanus.
A
Pennywort, ſee Lepidium.
Plumb Hog, ſee Spondias.
Pennywort African, ſee Hydrocotyle. Plumb Maiden, ſee Comocladia.
Pepper, ſee Piper.
Plumeria.
Pepperwort, ſee Lepidium. Poiſon Nut, ſee Strychnos.
Periploca.
Polipody, ſee Polipodium.
Periwincle, ſee Vinca.
Pomegranate, fee-Punica.
Pharnaceum.
Pothos.
Philadelphus.
Portlandia.
Phlomis.
Primroſe Tree, fee Enothera.
Phyllanthus.
Protea,
Ploralea.
T 2
1
148 )
Pſoralea.
Pteronia,
Pſychotria. .
Purſlain, ſee Portulaca.
Pteris.
Purſlain Tree, ſee Portulacarias
Pterocarpus.
D
Quaj-fa, ſee Olea
Quaflia.
R
Rhapis.
Rivina.
Robinia.
Ragwort, ſee Othonna.
Rajania.
Rampion, ſee Phyteuma.
Randia,
Ratan Ground, ſee Rapis. .
Rauvolfia.
Roella.
Rondeletia.
Red Wood, fee -Pentapetes.
Reed Graſs, ſee Arundo.
Reed Indian, fee Canna..
Roſe Bay, fee Nerium.
Roſe Changeable, ſee Hibiſcusán.
Roſe China, ſee Hibiſcus.
Roſe Japan, ſee Camellia.
Rue, ſee Ruta.
Relhania.
Reſeda,
Ruellia.
Reſt Arrow, fee Ononis.
Ruh Cluſter Club, .fee Scirpus..
Rhamnus.
$
S.
}
i
$
Saffron, ſee Colchicuni:
Sage, fee Salvia.
St. Andrew's Croſs, ſee Affyrum.
St. John's Bread, fee Ceratonia.
St. John's Wort, ſee Hypericum.
Salt Wort, fee Sallola.
Samara,
149)
1
.-
&
1.
1
1
Sâmara.
Snap Dragon Jamaica, ſee Barleria.
Sand Box Tree, ſee Hura. -
Snow Berry, ſee Chiococca.
Sapota, ſee Achras.
Snow Drop, ſee Leucojum.
Savanna Flower, fee Echites. Soap Berry, ſee Sapindús.
Savory, ſee Satureja.
Solandra,
Saw Wort, ſee Serratula...
Soldier Wood, ſee Mimoſa.
Saxifrage, fee Saxifraga,
Sophora.
Scabious, ſee Scabiofa...
Sorrel Jamaica Wood, ſee Begonia.
Schotia.
Sorrel Tree, fee Rumex.
Screw Pine, fee: Pandanus.:
Sorrel Wood, ſee Oxalis.
Sorew Tree, ſee Helicteres.. Sorrowful Tree, fee Nyctanthes.
Securidaca,
Sour Gourd, fee Adanſonia.
Sélago.
Sparrow.Wort African, ſee Paſferina.
Senna Bladder, fee Colutea..
Spathelia..
Senſitive Plant, fee. Mimoſa. Speedwell, ſee Veronica.
Septas.
Sphæranthus..
Seriphium.
Spider Wort, ſee Tradeſcantia.
Seſuvium.
Spirea African, ſee Dioſma.
Shaddock Orange Tree; fee Citrus. . Spleen Wort; ſee Aſplenium.
Shot Indian, fee Canna.
Sponge Tree, fee Mimoſa.
Sida.,
Spurge, ſee Euphorbia.
Silver Tree, ſee Protea.
Squill, fee Scilla,
Sifymbrium.
Stachys.
Siſyrinchyum.
Staff Tree, ſee Celaſtrus.
Smilax.
Stapelia.
Snap Dragon, fee Antirrhinum. Star Wort, ſee After.
<
1
5
---
>
1
Sterculia.
1
>
1
1
1
:
( 150 )
Strelitzia.
-
Sterculia.
Stuartia. .
Stillingia.
Stock, ſee. Cheiranthus.
Stone Crop, ſee Sedum.
Stokeſia.
1
Struthiola.
Sugar Cane, ſee Saccharum,
Sumach, ſee Rhus.
Supple Jack, ſee Paulinia.
Swallow Wort, ſee Aſclepias..
Swallow Wort, ſee Stapelia.
Storax Tree, fee Styrax.
T
Tabernemontana.
Thymne, ſee Thymus.
Till, fee Laurus.
Tallow Tree, fee Croton.
Tamarind Tree, ſee Tamarindus.
Tillandſia.
Tamus.
Tanſy, ſee Tanacetum.
Tea, ſee Thea.
Teak Wood, ſee Tectona.
m.
Terminalia,
Toad Flax, ſee Antirrhinum.
Tobacco, fee Nicotiana.
Torch Thiſtle, ſee Cactus.
Tournefortia.
Trefoil Bean, ſee Anagyris.
Trefoil Bird's Foot, fee Lotus.
Trefoil Moon, ſee Medicago.
Triopteres,
Triumfetta.
Tetragonia.
Theobroma.
-
Theſium.
}
.
Thiſtle Melon, ſee Cactus.
Thiſtle Torch, ſee Cactus.
Thiſtle Sow, ſee Sonchus.
Thrift, ſee Statice.
Throat Wort, ſee Trochelium.
Thymbra.
Tropæolum.
Trumpet Flower, fee Bignonia.
Tuberoſe, fee Polyanthus.
Tulbagia.
Tulip Cape, fee Tulipa.
Turmerick,
1
1
( 151 )
Turmerick, fee Curcumao.
Turnſole Peruvian, fee Heliotro-
pium.
Turnera.
U
Urena.
V
Varronia.
Venus Fly Trap, ſee Dionæa.!
Verbefina.
Vervain, fee Verbena.
Vetch Shrubby, ſee Hippocrepis.
Viburnum American, ſee Lantana...
Vine Tree, ſee Vitis.
Violet Shrubby, fee Viola.
Violet Tree, ſee Camellia.
Virgin's Bower, ſee Clematis
Volkameria.
W
Wachendorfia.
Water Lemon, fee Paſſiflora.
Weed Sweet, ſee Capraria.
Whortle Berry, ſee Vaccinium...
Widow Wail, fee Cneorúm.
Witheringia.
Wormwood, ſee Artemiſia.
X
Ximenia.
Xanthium.
Xeranthemum,
1
1
Y
Yew Tree, fee Taxus.
Z
Zamia,
AN
Ι Ν D Ε Χ.
1
TO THE
1
CATALOGUE
.
1
OF
A N N U ALS AND BIENNI A L S,
WITH A REFERENCE TO THEIR
L A T IN GENERIC NAME S.
A
2
CALYPTHA.
Achania.
Andryala.
Apple Balſam, ſee Momordica.
Apple Thorn, ſee Datura.
Arctotis.
Æſchinomene.
Aizoon.
Amaranthus.
Artedia.
be
Ammannia.
Athanaſia.
5
Anacyclus.
Andropogon.
Atropa.
Ayenia.
3
다​.
Balſam
1
( 154 )
A
B
Balſam, ſee Impatiens.
Barleria.
Baſil Sweet, ſee Ocymum.
Begonia.
Bell-Flower, ſee Campanula.
Beet Spreading, ſee Beta.
Bidens.
Bindweed, ſee Convolvulus..
Borage, ſee Borago.
Briony, ſee Brionia.
Browalia.
Bubon.
Buck's Horn, fee Cotula.
Button Weed, ſee Spermacoce..
C
-
Cacalia.
Colutea.
Calceolaria.
Commelina,
Conchrus.
Caltrops, ſee Tribulus.
Capſicum.
Caſſia.
Corchorus.
Coris.
Caſtor Oil Nut, ſee Ricinus..
Catch-Fly, ſee Silene.
Celfia.
Cornucopiæ.
Cotton Common, ſee Goffypium..
Cotula.
.
Craffula,
Cherry, Winter, fee Phyſalis.
Cinneraria.
Crepis.
Croſs Wort, fee Valantia.
Cleome.
Clitoria.
Croton.
A
3
Cock's-Comb, fee Celoſia.
Crotularia.
Cock’s-Comb Chineſe, ſee Celoſia. Crow's Foot, ſee Panicum.
Coldenia.
Cucumber Bitter, fee Cucumis.
Dolichos.
*
i
( 155 )
}
es
we
D
Dolichos.
E
Ethulia.
5
Earth-Nut, fee Arachis.
Ebony, fee Ebenus.
Eclipta.
Egg-Plant, ſee Solanum.
Everlaſting, ſee Gnaphalium.
Evolvus.
F
Fleabane, ſee Conyza.
Feverfew, ſee Parthenium.
Fig-Wort, ſee Scrophularia.
Flax Toad, ſee Antirrhinum.
Forſkohlea.
Fumatory, ſee Fumaria.
G
Galega.
Gifekia.
Grain Oily, ſee Seſamum.
Graſs Bent, ſee Agroſtis.
Graſs Dog's Tail, ſee Cynoſurus.
Graſs Foxtail, ſee Alopecurus.
Graſs Meadow, fee Poa.
Graſs Panick, ſee Panicum.
Groundfale, ſee Senechio.
Glycine.
Goat's Rue, ſee Galega.
Gooſe-Foot, ſee Chenopodium.
Gorteria.
Gourd Snake, fee Trichofſanthes.
Gourd Bottle, fee Cucurbita.
a
f
A
U2
Habenſtretia.
1
( 156 )
H
Hebenftretia.
Haſſelquiſtria.
Hart-Seed, ſee Cordioſpermum.
Hedgehog, ſee Tetragonia.
Hediſarúm.
Heliophila.
Heliotrope, fee Heliotropium.
Hemlock, fee Conium.
Henbane, fee Hyocyamus.
Herb Sacred, ſee Ocymum.
Hibiſcus.
Hippia.
.
: Holcus,
Horehound Black, ſee Ballota.
Hyoſeris.
I
*
&
Illecebrum.
Indigo, fee Indigoffera.
Ipomæa.
Iron Wort, ſee Sideritis...
Juſſieua.
Juſticia.
· K
AT
2
E
6
d
Kidney Bean Phaſeolus.
L
Lantana.
Lettuce, fee Lacturá.
}
Lobelia.
Larkſpurs 'fee Delphinium!
Layender, fee Laộéndula,
>
Malachra.
( 157 )
M
Malachra.
Melothria.
1
Manulea.
A
Micropus.
Millet, fee Holcus.
Millet, ſee Panicum.
Millet Grafs, fee Milium.
Marjoram, fee Origanum.
Martynia.
Marigold Fig, ſee Meſembrian-
themum.
Melampodium.
Melochia.
Milleria.
Momordica.
Monfonia.
Mullein Madeira, ſee Verbaſcum.
Melon Common, ſee Cucumis,
Melon Water, fee Cucurbita.
4
N
Nightſhade Malabar, ſee Baſella.
Nightſhade, ſee Solanum.
Nightſhade Deadly, ſee Atropa.
O
Ocro, fee Hibiſcus.
Oldenlandia.
P
>
Palma Chriſti, fee Ricinus.
Parſley Macedonian, fee Bubon.
Paſpalum.
Paffion Flower, ſee Paffiflora.
Pentapites.
Pepper, fee Piper.
Perilla.
1
-
1
Periwincle, fee Vinca.
Pedalium.
Perotis.
Pharmaceum.
( 158 )
Pharnaceum.
Phlomis.
Phyllanthus.
Plectranthus.
Polygonium.
Polymnia.
Poppy, ſee Argemone.
Pforalia.
Pollichia.
Purſlain Creeping, ſee Portulaca.
R
Reſeda.
Rice, ſee Oriza.
Reſt Arrow, fee Ononis.
Roella.
S
Samphire, ſee Crithmum.
Saxifrage, ſee Saxifraga.
Schwenkia.
Scoparia.
Selago.
Sefamum.
Sigeſbeckia.
Smithia.
Spider Wort, ſee Tradeſcantia.
Spilanthus.
Spurge, fee Euphorbia.
Star Wort, fee After.
Sulphur Wort, ſee Peucedanum.
Sida.
T
Tetragonia.
Thiſtle Filh, ſee Carduus.
Thrift, fee Statice.
Trefoil Bird's Foot, ſee Lotus.
Trianthema.
Tripſacum.
Tropæolum.
Tobacco, fee Nicotiana.
Tragea.
Turnera.
1
-
Vervain,
2
( 159 )
V
Vervain, ſee Verbena.
Verbefina.
W
Wormwood, ſee Artemiſia.
Waltheria.
Weed Sweet, fee Capraria.
X
1
Xanthium.
--
F I NI S.
PROPAGATION AND CULTURE
OF THE
PL
Α Ν
N T S
5
CONTAINED IN THE FOREGOING ESSAY.
TO
O avoid as much as poſſible unneceſſary and tireſome repetition in the
brief account that I am about to give of the Propagation and Cul-
ture of the Abiding Plants (whilſt in their infant ſtate) contained in the
preceding Catalogue, the different degrees of fermented or bottom-heat that
is neceſſary to vegetate the ſeeds and ſtrike the cuttings, will not be attempted
to be deſcribed or introduced. Some ſeeds and cuttings will require a very
active heat, ſome more moderate, and others (of plants that are tolerably
hardy) will even ſucceed during the ſummer months in our open borders ;
all which, with a very ſınall portion of experience, and by obſerving in the
Catalogue the deſcription of the plant, and where it comes from, the
Gentleman, and the Gardener, will ſoon diſcover, and ſtand in need of
no other guide.
One other general remark may here be proper to be made, which is,
that the ſeeds and cuttings of all Tender Exotics ſhould be fown and
planted in very ſmall-ſized pots; and indeed the young plants themſelves
A
ſhould
( 2 )
1
ſhould always be cultivated in pots ſmall in proportion to their ſize. This
obſervation will hold good throughout the whole of the following work,
and prevent the neceſſity of naming that circumſtance in the propagation
and culture of each plant. Due attention to that matter will be found ex-
tremely proper and uſeful in the general management of all Tender Hot-
Houſe and Green-Houſe Plants. And all Tender Seedlings and New-
potted Plants, when they are removed into ſingle pots, ſhould be ſhaded
from the Sun until they have ſtruck freſh root, or the heat whereof will,
moſt likely deſtroy them at that critical time.
1
Doubtleſs there are various methods of managing the propagation and
culture of Tender Exotics; nay, almoſt every Horticulturiſt has a way or
method peculiar to himſelf: But what I am about to introduce upon the
ſubject, has been drawn chiefly from practice and attention, and what has
been adopted in the Thirſk Conſervatory, and in general proved ſucceſsful.
As it is my intention to keep back from the public no information
within my power to give, ſo my ſincereſt wiſhes are, that what I do impart
may be found uſeful.
The Generic name is intended as a reference to the reſpective plant, or
family of the ſame name, in the Catalogue of Abiding Plants. And the
different earths and compoſitions, mentioned as proper in the propagation
and culture of the plants, are fully treated upon and explained in the
foregoing Efſay.
ABROMA.
( 3 )
مهم
2
ABROMA.--Propagated by feed, which I am told foon loſes its vege-
tating quality, ſo ſhould be gathered in its native country when full
ripe, and ſent hither in bees-wax, in the manner directed at the end
of this Work; and when they arrive here, muſt be treated as other
ſeeds of curious plants from the hot parts of the world.—When
Young JAQUIN was in England (whoſe father gave a fine painting
of the ABROMA in Flower and Fruit, from a garden ſpecimen) he
ſaid that they had ſucceeded at Vienna in making it ripen ſeed, by
placing it in a fervent heat, and giving it an immenſe deluge of
water. --By that culture a ſtrong plant flowered plentifully laſt ſummer
(1791) in the Thirſk Stove, but not appearing inclined to thew fruit,
the head of the plant was cut off, having, indeed, grown too lofty for
the ſtove; but it is ſtill alive. --A cutting of this plant ſtruck root in
that hot-houſe, but the ſeverity of the winter (1791) deſtroyed it.
!
1
ABRUS.-Propagated by feed.--Should be ſown in rich light earth, but,
previous to fowing the ſeed, it ſhould be ſteeped forty-eight hours in
water, and ſhould be often watered before it
appears.
.
ACHANIA.--Propagated by ſeed.Sow in light earth. When ready,
tranſplant into the light mixed earth ;--Water occaſionally,
ACHILLEA:
-Propagated by ſeed, which may be ſown upon a very mo-
derate hot-bed, or upon a warm common border, being pretty hardy,
and by ſliping their heads and planting them in a ſhady border in
ſummer ;-water occaſionally.
A2
ACHRAS.
--
1
( 4 )
1
ACHRAS. -Propagated in the ſame way as the ABROMA, but does not
require heat and water in exceſs.
ACHYRANTHES.-All propagated by feed fown in light carth, and
MURICATA alſo, by parting its roots ;--give occaſional waterings.
ACORUS.--Propagated by feed, and by párting its roots, is managed in
the ſame manner as ACHYBANTHES MURICATA.
ACROSTICHUM.-Propagated by ſeed ſown in light earth, and by off-
ſets, or parting its roots, ſame as laſt.
*
ADANSONIA.-Propagated by feed fown in light earth, as the ACHRAS,
1
ADELIA.---Propagation and culture ſame as ADANSONIA.
}
ADIANTUM.---Propagated by parting the roots; plant in pots filled
.
.
with pebbles and fandy earth.
ADONIS.--Propagated by off-ſets planted in rich ſtrong earth ;--water
occaſionally.
>
1
V
ÆGIPHILA. Propagation and culture fame as ADANSONIA.
N
ÆSCHYNOMENE.--Propagated by ſeed as the laſt.
AGAPANTHUS.
(5)
1
AGAPANTHUS.--Propagated by off-ſets from the roots ;. uſe the ſtrong
loam, and water occaſionally, --Pretty hardy.
AGAVE. -- Propagated by off- fets, which in ſome forts ariſe from the
roots ;--by young plants from the decaying flower ſtem ;-and by
taking off ſome of the larger roots when plants are ſhifted, which ex-
perience will teach the Horticulturiſt; all to be planted in pots
filled
with ſandy earth. --The large leaves of ſome of the forts have been
The
known to emit roots in the Thirſk Stove:
1
AGROSTIS.--Propagation and culture ſame as Acorus.
AITONIA.--Propagated by ſeed and cuttings, ſown or planted in rich
earth ;---water occaſionally.
AIZOON.---Propagated by cuttings in fandy earth ;-be fparing of water.
ALBUCA.-All propagated by off-ſets from the roots ;--plant them in
ſtrong loam ;-in ſummer water freely.
1
..
ALETRIS.-The firſt fort, or ALETRIS FRAGRANS, is propagated by
crown-tufts or fuckers, which are ſent out towards their tops, muſt
be laid a week to heal the wounded part, and then planted in good
light earth ;-~water ſparingly.-The Cape forts are propagated by
off-ſets from the roots planted in ſtrong earth;--and the Ceylon and
Guinea ALOE muſt have light loam, and water occaſionally.
ALLA.
1
1
>
(6)
ALLAMANDA.- Propagated as the AITONIA, but requires a ſtronger
heat.
?
*
ALLIUM.-Propagated by off-ſets from the roots ;--plant in rich light
earth, and water occaſionally.
ALOE.--All the ALOES are moſtly propagated by off-ſets from the roots,
which muſt lay to dry for a few days, if apparently moiſt where
wounded, without the off-ſets have very ſtrong fibres ;-and alſo by
ſliping off ſome of the under leaves from the old plant, drying them
for a week or two before they are planted ; plant in ſandy earth;mma
fix the leaves therein about one inch and an half deep ;- a ſmall
quantity of water is required ſometimes.
ALSTREMERIA.-Propagated by ſeed and parting the roots ;--plant
them in a rich light foil, and give little water.
AMARILLIŞ.-All propagated by off-ſets, or parțing the roots ;-- plant
them in a light rich ſoil ;--give little water.
AMBROMA.--(See ABROMA.)
A
AMBROSIA.- Propagated by cuttings or feed. If: by cuttings, ſtick
them in ſummer in a ſhady border, tranſplant.into pots of the light
mixed earth, and remove them into the green-hduſe; afterwards into
the ſtove, if you pleaſe, for the plant will like that treatment.
AMELLUS.
1
--
( 7 )
AMELLUS. ---Same propagation as AMBROSIA,
1
AMOMUM.-Propagated by parting the roots into ſmall pieces in.ſpring
before they begin to puſh ;~-plant them in fandy earth, and be ſpar-
ing of water, particularly in winter.-In winter keep the pots plunged
in bark bed, otherwiſe the roots will ſhrink.
ANACARDIUM.Propagated by the nuts -Town fingly in ſmall pots of
light earth;-tranſplant the ſecond ſeaſon, for if they are diſturbed
the firſt ſummer they will rarely ſurvive winter. When theſe plants
firſt
appear they make great progreſs, but afterwards are at a ſtand
for many months, and frequently go off.
2
h
ANAGALLIS.-Propagated by feed and off-ſets from the root planted in
rich light earth ;-water occaſionally.
ANAGYRIS.-Propagated by laying the tender branches, and by feed
fown in light earth, which latter method is far preferable to layers ;
give moderate waterings.
ANCISTRUM.-Propagated by off-ſets from the roots, planted in loamy
good earth ;--and likewiſe by ſeed ſown and managed in the uſual
way;--water occaſionally.
ANDROMEDA.-Propagated by feed and cuttings;=uſe ſtrong loam,
and water moderately.
ANDRO-
*
( 8 )
l
ANDROPOGON.Its propagation the ſame as AMOMUM.
ANDRYALA.-Propagated ſame as Ancistrum, but uſe a light dry
foil ;--Will almoſt bear our winters.
4
ANNONA.-All propagated by feed ſown in light earth ;
-muſt be
tranſplanted as ſoon as poſſible into the light mixed earth to gain
ſtrength before winter.-Cuttings of the above plants, managed in
the uſual way, have ſucceeded in the Thirik Stove ;-give moderate
waterings.
i
1
ANTHEMIS.--Same propagation and culture as ANDROMEDA ;-is pretty
hardy.
ANTHERICUM.--All ſame propagation and culture as ANCIŠTRUM.
)
ANTHOLYZA.-All ſame propagation and culture as ANCISTRUM.
ANTHOSPERMUM.-Propagated by cuttings, planted in ſummer in a
border of light earth ;--watered moderately, and give ſhade till ſtruck
root.
ANTHYLLIS.-All ſame propagation and culture as the ANTHOSPERMUM.
|
ANTIRRHINUM.-Propagated by feeds ſown in pots of light earth,
managed as uſual-by cuttings in a warm border during the ſummer
months;- Thade and water occaſionally.
APEIBA.
V
(9)
APEIBA.--Propagated by ſeeds and cuttings, in pots of light good
earth ;-tranſplant early, and uſe water moderately.
/
APOCYNUM.--Same propagation and culture as the laſt.
APONOGETON.-Propagated in the ſame way as the ANTIRRHINUM.
t
ARALIA.---Propagated by feed, which remain in the earth one year ;-
ſow them in light earth.—This plant is alſo propagated by ſuckers in
the ſpring, ariſing from the roots ;:--water occaſionally.
ARCTOTIS.-All the ſhrubby forts propagated by cuttings, planted in a
warm border in ſummer ;-when tranſplanted remove them into the
green-houſe ;—the herbaceous perennial plants by parting their
roots ;-uſe loamy earth, and water moderately,
ARCTOPUS.--Same propagation and culture as the herbaceous perennial
plants of the ARCTOTIS.
ARDISIA.-Same propagation and culture as the ſhrubby. ARCTOTIS.
ARDUINA.- Propagated by feed or cuttings, fown and planted in light
earth, afterwards tranſplant into laamy earth ;-water occaſionally.
AŘECA.-This plant, which is a palm, is propagated by feed, which
Thould be brought over in wax (ſee the method in this work), planted
B
as
>
1
IO :)
as freſh as poſſible in pots of light rich earth ;-to be refreſhed with
water, and have free air in the ſtove in warm weather.
1
ARETHUSA.-Same propagation and culture as the herbaceous perennial
ARCTOTIS,
ARISTEA.--Same propagation and culture as the laſt.
ARISTOLOCHIA.---The two firſt ſorts are propagated by cuttings and
feed ;--uſe light earth.--The ſeeds are one year before they come up..
The two latter forts by ſeed ſown as above, and alſo by parting the
roots, and planting in loamy ſoil;-water occaſionally.
ARTEMISIA.--Propagated in the ſame way as the thrubby ARCTOTIS.
ARTOCARPUS.-Propagated by ſeed, which muſt be got from the ripe
fruit, and brought over carefully in wax, that the outward air may be
excluded ;--;fow them immediately in rich light earth, and water
occaſionally.-(See the method of packing ſeeds, ſo as to be conveyed
in a vegetating ſtate to diſtant countries, recommended in this work.)
ARUM.--All propagated by off-ſets or ſuckers from their roots, planted
in pots of ſtrong rich earth ; -water occaſionally.
ARUNDO.-Propagated by parting the roots ;--plant in very rich earth,
and ſupply plentifully with water in ſummer.
ASCLEPIAS.
C
A.
IC
)
ASCLEPIAS.-All the forts, fave the fixth, are propagated by ſowing
the feeds in pots of light ſandy earth, and alſo by cuttings, managed
in the uſual way.-The fixth, by parting the roots early in the
ſpring ;-let water be uſed moderately. The fineſt plants are pro-
duced from feed.
ASCYRUM.-Propagated by laying its branches, and by cuttings planted
in a ſhady border ;-give water occaſionally.
ASPALATHUS.-All the forts propagated by feeds fown in light earth,
and afterwards managed in the uſual
way.
ASPARAGUS.--All the forts are propagated by parting the roots in April,
and planting them in good light earth ;-alſo by feed fown and
managed in the uſual way.
ASPHODELUS.-Propagated by feed and parting its roots ;--- plant and
low in a border of light earth ;--are pretty hardy, but ſome of
them ſhould be removed into the green-houſe in autumn, for fear of
accidents by a ſevere winter or ſpring.
{
ASPLENIUM.-Propagation and culture ſame as the laſt.
ASTER.-Propagated by cuttings, which ſhould be ſtruck in ſummer in
a ſhady border, tranſplanted into pots of loamy earth, and in autumn
removed into the green-houſe.
B 2.
ATHANASIA.
3
( 12 )
ATHANASIA.--All the forts are propagated by feed and cuttings ;--they
ſhould be fown and planted as ſoon as poſſible in the ſpring, and
treated with the open air in ſummer, be kept abroad till October,
when they ſhould be houſed ;-require good ſtrong earth and mo-
derate watering
ATRAPHAXIS.--Propagated by cuttings;-tranſplant into ſtrong earth;-
water freely in ſummer, and moderately in winter.
ATRIPLEX.--Same propagation and culture as the laſt.
.
ATROPA.--Propagation and culture ſame as ATRAPHAXIS, but requires
the light mixed earth.
AUCUBA.-This curious and beautifully variegated plant may be
grown
from cuttings in light good earth;--gentle watering is neceſſary.---
There is now a rooted cutting in the Thirſk Stove.
BACCHARIS.-Propagated by feed, parting the roots and cuttings;
pretty hardy, but require protection from our ſtrong froſts and fevere
ſprings ;ma plentiful ſupply of water in warm weather ;--uſe light
loam.
BANISTERIA.-The Author hopes to give the whole family BANIS-
TERIA at a future time, when he has obtained a ſatisfactory account of
them, which hitherto he hath not been able to accomplish. They
-
are
!
( 13 )
+
are, however, all propagated by ſeed, which ſhould be gathered (in the
countries where they grow naturally) very ripe; for being of the
fame quality of the maple, they ſoon loſe their vegetative quality,
therefore ſhould be packed up and ſent over in wax, in the manner
pointed out in this work. CORNELIUS SMELT, Eſq; lately very
politely preſented me with ſome fine-looking feeds of the BANIS-
TERIA BENGALENSIS; but, for want of the above precaution of
packing, they would not grow. After they arrive here, they muſt
be treated as other feeds from the hot countries.
BARLERIA.--Propagated by feed, which muſt be treated in the uſual
way.
+
BAUHINIA.-All propagated by ſeed ;--the wood being extremely hard,
will not ſucceed by layers or cuttings ;--fow in pots of fine light
earth, and be careful that the roots are not hurt in tranſplanting ;
water moderately
BEGONIA. --Propagated by feed, cuttings, and ſuckers ;-requires light
fandy earth, and little water.
BELLONIA.--Propagated by feed fown in light earth, and likewiſe by
cuttings, planted early in the ſummer.
1
!
BESLERIA.-_All propagated by feed fown in good light earth ;-when
tranſplanted and ſtruck root, require frequent moderate waterings.
BEURERIA.
1
( 14 )
w
BEURERIA.---Same propagation as BELLONIA, only muſt be
very fpar-
ingly watered.
BIDENS.---Propagated by feed fown and managed in the uſual way,
and
alſo by parting the roots ;---uſe a compoſition of one-third the ſtrong
loam, one-third the light mixed earth, and the remaining third part
the fiftings of rotten tan ;-water freely in ſummer, and occaſionally
in winter.
BIGNONIA.--All propagated by feed, and ſome of them, eſpecially the
third, by layers ;-the ſeeds muſt be ſown in light mixed earth ;-give
no water till they appear, and then they muſt be frequently dewed;
get them tranſplanted into fingle pots as early as poſſible, to acquire
flrength before winter.
BISCUTELLA.--Propagated by feed and cuttings, managed in the uſual
way.
1
BIXA.-Propagated by ſeed;--fow early in the ſpring in light earth;-
tranſplant into the light mixed earth as ſoon as poſſible, to gain
ſtrength before winter ;-keep them very warm in that ſeaſon and
water ſparingly, elſe they will caſt their leaves and die.
2
BLÆRIA.-Propagated by feed and cuttings ;--uſe rich ſtrong earth, and
moderate waterings.
BLECHNUM,
( 15 )
BLECHNUM.Propagated by parting the roots ;-uſe ſtrong earth, and
water occaſionally.
BOCCONIA.-Propagated by feed ;- ſow in light earth, then tranſplant
into the light mixed earth ;--keep them in the tan for eighteen
months ;-water gently in winter, but very freely in ſummer, and they
will in that ſpace make ſtately and ſingularly curious plants.
BOERHAVIA.-The propagation and culture of the perennial forts are the
ſame as the BIDENS, and the laſt fort muſt have ſame propagation and
culture as BLÆRIA, ſave that the light mixed earth muſt be uſed
here.
BOMBAX.--Propagation and culture fame as BocconIA, except leſs water.
BONTIA.-Propagation by feed and cuttings ;---culture ſame as BOMBAX.
BORASSUS.-Propagated by feed brought from abroad in wax ;--(ſee di-
rections for that purpoſe given in this work ;)--and its culture is the
ſame as ARECA.
BORBONIA.--Propagated by laying the loweſt branches in the manner
of CARNATIONS, but by feed is far the beſt ;-—-fow in light earth ;-
tranſplant into ſtrong foil ;--uſe water frequently, but in moderation.
47
BOSEA.-Propagated by cuttings in the ſpring ;-tranſplant into a loamy
mixture of earth.
BRA
( 16 )
j
BRABEJUM.--Same propagation and culture as Bose A.
.
BROMELIA.--This prince of vegetables, and all its numerous family, are,
in Britain, propagated by feed, crowns, and fuckers.-Their culture
is ſo univerſally known by the gardeners of this iſland, and hath been
treated upon fo profuſely by various writers, that it ſeems quite un-
neceſſary in this place for me to make any additional remarks thereon ;
but at once, for every information regarding the management of the
PINE-APPLE Plant, beg leave to refer to Mr. SPEECHLY's valuable
Treatiſe on the Culture of the Pine-Apple, wherein the Author has
fully diſplayed his great practical abilities ;--which book Mr.
SPEECHLY has informed us was given to the public under the ar-
rangement and attention of A. HUNTER, M. D. a gentleman well
known for his literary acquirements, and the conſtant friend of im-
provement.
BROSIMUM.--Same propagation and culture as BELLONIA.
BRUCEA.--The knowledge of this plant's qualities and culture are yet:
denied me, although I have endeavoured to obtain the plant where
I hoped for ſucceſs.
&
BRUNIA.--Propagated by feed and cuttings ;---culture ſame as BLÆRIA.
BRUNSFELSIA.--Propagated by ſeed and cuttings, ſown and planted in
light earth, and tranſplanted into the light mixed earth ;--to be kept
warm
( 17 )
warm in winter ;---is at preſent rather a ſcarce plant ;--Water mode-
rately, but frequently in ſummer ;-give very little in winter.
t
BRYONIA. Propagated by feed fown in light earth, and by off-ſets or
parting the roots, which are to be planted in ſtrong good foil
water moderately.
j
I
BUBON.-Propagated by feed, which muſt be fown as freſh as poſſible,
and when tranſplanted muſt have a loamy mixture of earth, and be
moderately watered.
BUCHNERA.-Same propagation and culture as BUBON.
BUDDLEA.-Managed ſame as the laſt.
BUPHTHALMUM.--Propagated by cuttings;-expoſe the old plant to the
air ſome time before you take the cuttings, they will then ſtrike more
freely ;--plant them in good loamy foil ;--give occaſional waterings.
BUPLEURUM. The ſhrubby forts propagated by cuttings ;--the firſt
by parting its roots ;-all require a loamy foil, and moderate waterings.
BURSERA.-Same propagation and culture as the BRUNSFELSIA.
BUTONICA.-Propagation and culture ſame as the laſt.
1
C
BYSTROPOGON.
1
( 18 )
1
BYSTROPOGON.-Propagated by cuttings taken in the early part of
ſummer ;-tranſplant into ſmall pots of the light '
mixed earth ;--water
occaſionally.
و
2
:
CACALIA.--This family are all propagated by cuttings (ſave SCANDENS,
which is by off-ſets or parting the roots) which muſt be laid to dry ſome
days to heal their wounds ;--plant them in pots of the fandy earth ;
when ſtruck tranſplant them into pots filled with fame earth, only
add a few ſmall pebbles at the bottom of the pot;--they require
gentle waterings in ſummer, and but very little in winter.
CACTUS.--Propagation and culture the ſame as CACALIA, ſave the
MELON THISTLES, which are propagated by ſeed ſown in light
Sandy earth kept very dry ;--- after the feed is up, the plants muſt be
put fix or eight into a halfpenny pot, where they may remain for one
year, and then tranſplanted fingly ;-give very little water to the fa-
mily Cactus in ſummer, in winter be ſtill more ſparing, and to the
Melon THISTLE give none at all.
f
CADIA.-The fame obſervation as at BRUCE A.
CÆSALPINIA.-All propagated by feed ſown in light earth ;---dew the
earth now and then ;--when the ſeeds ariſe, get them pricked into
ſingle pots as ſoon as poſſible filled with the light mixed earth, and
give air and water freely in the ſummer months to ſtrengthen the
plantsa
4
( 19 )
plants, in order to ſupport the firſt winter, in which ſeaſon keep them
warm, and give a little water occaſionally,
CALEA.--Same propagation and culture as the laſt.
CALENDULA.-Propagated by cuttings, that is the ſhrubby forts, and
the ſecond by flips from the head like THRIFT ;--all require ſtrong
earth, and moderate waterings in ſummer;-be more ſparing in winter.
CALLA.--Propagated by off-ſets from the roots, which muſt be planted
in ſtrong loamy earth, and have moderate waterings.
CALLICARPA.--Propagation and culture ſame as CÆSALPINIA.
CALLISIA.- Propagated by parting its roots ;-plant in a light loamy
mixture, and water occaſionally.
CALYCANTHUS.--May be propagated by cuttings in a moderate heat
in the ſtove, provided they are planted in loamy earth in the early
part of ſummer ;--keep damp and cloſe covered.
7
CAMELLIA.---Propagation and culture the ſame as the laſt ;-rooted cut-
tings of which plant may be ſeen in the Thirſk Stove.---The plants in
the ſecond year muſt be inured to the green-houſe, and in winter muſt
have little water, for their roots are very ſoft and ſubject to rot with
too much wet. --We are told that this beautiful exotic flowers fo bril-
C2
liantly
1
( 20 )
liantly in the Iſland of Haynan, that the plants are there bought up
at a high price for the fole uſe of the Emperor of China.
CAMPANULA.- Propagation and culture the ſame as the CALENDULA,
and alſo by ſuckers or off-ſets from the roots.
CAMPHOROSMA._-Propagated by feed and cuttings, ſown and planted
in pots of light earth ;-tranſplant into the light mixed earth ;-water
plentifully in ſummer, but very moderately when the weather is damp
or froſty.
1
CANELLA.--Propagated by ſeed, and alſo by cuttings in light earth ;----
tranſplant into a light loamy mixture ;---water moderately in ſummer,
but be ſparing in winter.
CANNA.--Propagated by feed, and alſo by ſuckers from the roots,
ſown and planted in light earth ;-tranſplant into ſtrong rich earth,
and water freely.
CAPPARIS.-Propagated by fowing the ſeed brought from abroad in wax,
or by cuttings ;-uſe light earth, and tranſplant into the light mixed
earth mixed with pebbles ;-water very little.
CAPRARIA.-Same culture and propagation as the CANELLA, but the
two laſt ſorts require leſs heat.
CAPSICUM.-Propagated by ſeed and cuttings ;-fow and plant in light
earth ;--tranſplant into good loam ;---water freely.
CARICA.
( 21 )
CARICA:--Propagated by ſeed ;-fow them in light earth ;-when fit
tranſplant them into the light mixed earth, in which they thrive prodi-
giouſly.—Some ſeeds were ſown in the Thirſk Stove the 20th of April,
1791, and by the iſt of September following made a handſome ap-
pearance, being about four feet high, proportionably thick, and fur-
niſhed with large leaves.--Uſe great care when you are removing them
into larger pots, for when the earth falls off, the plant will rarely
ſurvive it ;-water in hot weather moderately, in winter very feldom.
CAROLINEA.--Propagation and culture the ſame as CANELLA.
CARPESIUM.-Propagated by ſeed ſown in light earth, and alſo by off-
fets or parting the roots, planted in loamy earth ;-water moderately.
CARTHAMUS.-Propagated by fide-Thoots fliped from the branches, and
planted in pots of fandy earth ;-tranſplant them into the light mixed
earth, and give water very ſparingly.
CASSIA.__All propagated by feeds ſown in fandy earth ;--tranſplant them
into the light mixed earth, in which they will grow vigorouſly;
they require little water, and warm air in winter.
CASSINE.--Propagated by feed and by layers, performed in the fame
manner as for CARNATIONS, but the layers muſt not be taken off
in leſs than eighteen months ;-uſe loamy light earth, and water oc-
caſionally.
CASSYTHA.
1
( 22 )
CASSYTHA. ---Propagated by cuttings, to be taken in June, and treated in
the uſual method ;-uſe light loamy earth, and give occaſional wateringso
CASUARINA.-Propagated as the CASSIA, and the culture the ſame as
that plant.
CATESBÆA.-Same propagation and culture as the CASSIA, but in the
Thirſk Stove thrives better in loamy ſoil than the light mixed earth.-
The feeds ſhould be brought over in wax or other proper ſubſtance,
to exclude the outward air.-- The plants make little progreſs for four
or five years, and are at preſent rather fcarce in Europe.
CEANOTHUS.-The firſt is propagated as the CATESBÆA, but too
much water will deſtroy it even in ſummer ;--in winter it muſt be
dewed ſometimes. The ſecond is propagated by cuttings in June,
which is far preferable to, layers.;---they like a light loam.
-
CECROPIA.—Same propagation and culture as the CATESBÆ A.
1
CEDRELA.--Propagation and culture ſame as the laſt.
܀
CELASTRUS.-This family are propagated by feeds, which frequently
do not come up the firſt year, by laying the branches, and by cuttings
taken in April, and ſeveral of them by ſuckers from the roots ; – they
muſt have a rich loamy earth, except the ſecond and fifth, which
muſt have the light mixed earth.
CELOSIA.
( 23 )
CELOSIA.--Propagated by off-ſets or parting the roots ;-plant in good
rich earth, and water moderately.
CELTIS.--Propagated by feed';- fow in pots of light earth ;—the feed
ſeldom riſes the firſt year ;-tranſplant in light loam, and water mo-
derately.
CENTAUREA.—This family are pretty hardy, but are not proof againſt
our ſevere winter and a cold ſpring.--They are propagated by ſeeds
and parting the roots, and the fourth alſo by cuttings.--There is no
nicety in their culture,
CERATONIA.—Propagated by feeds, which muſt be brought over in
their pods freſh ;---low them in light earth ;-water moderately.
ز
CERBERA.---Propagated by fowing its nuts or fruit in light earth ;-
tranſplant into the light mixed earth ;-a cutting from a plant in the
Thirſk Stove has ſtruck root ;---water very ſparingly.--The kernel of
the nut is of ſo deadly a poiſon, that the native Indians themſelves
know of no antidote to expel it.
CERCODIA.-Propagated by cuttings ;-tranſplant into loamy earth ; ---
water moderately.
--
CEROPEGIA.-Same propagation and.culture as the laſt.
CESTRUM.
( 24 )
CESTRUM.--Propagated by feed and cuttings ;-low and plant in light
loam.--Should the ſeeds not come up in ſeven weeks, they will lay in
the earth till the ſpring following.--Chooſe the cuttings from the
lower
part of the plant, always cut them about four inches long;
plant five or ſix of the cuttings in a halfpenny pot, preſs the earth
pretty cloſe, and give water immediately ;-indeed the method of pref-
ſing the earth pretty cloſe and giving a little water, is the beſt for all
woody cuttings. When the cuttings have made root, pot them
ſingly, water them, and if their leaves flag, be ſure to give them
ſhade, or they will quickly die.---Plants from ſeed are the handſomeſt,
but cuttings are the readieſt method of propagation, which holds
good (with ſome few exceptions) in all plants that can be riſen by
thoſe methods.-Be careful of winter water, for too much moiſture
will
carry off the plants in a cold or damp ſeaſon.
CHAMÆROPS.-Propagated by ſeed ſown in ſmall pots of light ſandy
earth;—if they do not ſtand too cloſe in the pot where fown, ſhould re-
main therein till ſecond year;-tranſplant into the light mixed earth.-
This plant has been alſo propagated in the Thirſk Stove, by off-ſets
taken from the lower parts of the old plant, which ſeem to grow
pretty freely ;-never injure the roots of any of the palms in removal,
and water moderately.
CHEIRANTHUS.-All propagated by ſeed and cuttings ;--plant in
light loam, and water moderately.
CHENO.
( 25 )
CHENOPODIUM.--Propagated by cuttings, planted in a ſhady border in
ſummer ;--tranſplant ſingly into pots filled with loamy earth.
CHIOCOCCA._-Propagated by feeds, managed in the ſame manner as the
ſeeds of other woody plants from Jamaica.
CHIRONIA.--Two firſt propagated ſame as CHEIRANTHUS, but their
ſtalks being of a ſoft nature, muſt be preſerved in a dry glaſs-caſe,
and not in a common green-houſe in winter ;-—the laſt by parting the
roots or off-ſets.
CHLORANTHUS.--Propagation and culture ſame as the CESTRUM.
CHRYSANTHEMUM.-Same propagation and culture as CheirAN-
THUS.
CHRYSOCOMA.—Propagation and culture fame as laſt.
1
CHRYSOBALANUS.—This plant is propagated by feed, which muſt have
the ſame treatment as other tender woody plants from the Weſt In-
dies ;-muſt be placed in the tan-bed of the ſtove in winter, and be
indulged with warm air in that ſeaſon.
CHRYSOPHYLLUM.--Propagation and culture ſame as the ANNONA.
CINCHONA.-Propagation and culture ſame as laſt.
D
CINERARIA.
$
( 26 )
-
CINERARIA.-This family of plants are pretty hardy, and all are pro-
pagated by. ſeed, parting the roots, and cuttings ;- love loamy earth,
and do not diſlike water.
-
CISSAMPELOS.-Treatment fame as the ſhrubby CINERARI:A.
$
CISSUS.-- Propagation and culture fame as CHYSOBALANUS.
CISTUS.--All pretty hardy, and are propagated by feed, ſave thoſe which
do not produce ſeed in Britain, which are raiſed by cuttings in ſummer
upon a warm ſhady border. It is not amiſs to have a few of each branch
of this family placed in the green-houſe, to guard againſt the incle-
mency of ſuch a froſt as we are now experiencing (22d Dec. 1791.)
CITHAREXYLUM.-Propagated by ſeed, which muſt be treated in
ſame way as the ſeeds of other plants of the ſame nature from the hot
countries.-The plants are beſt preſerved in winter in a dry ſtove, or
airy glaſs-caſe.
CITRUS.-The propagation and culture of the whole of the elegant
family of the CITRUS, is ſo ably and fully explained by MILIER, in
his Gardener's Dictionary (and which has found its way even into al-
moſt every Gardener's Calender) that I here beg leave to refer my
Readers to Miller's Directions.-A long diſcourſe upon ſuch ſub-
jects would by no means be proper or convenient with the plan of
this publication.
CLEMATIS.
2
( 27 )
CLEMATIS...Propagated by ſeed ;--but laying the branches in July is
the beſt method.--The layers muſt be of the tender branches of the
ſame year's growth, carefully performed by pegging, and raiſing the
top of the ſhoot upright three or four inches above ground ;-uſe
light loam ;-cover the pot with rotten cow's dung to prevent the
earth from drying, whereby leſs water will be required, for too much
moiſture rots the tender roots.--A ſcarce and moſt beautiful fort of the
CLEMATIS is now in the Thirſk Stove, riſen from a cutting.
CLEOME.--Propagated by feed, which muſt be treated as the ſeeds of
other tender woody plants from the hot parts of the world. The
Author has ſeen ſeveral of theſe plants ;-apprehends they may be
grown by cuttings, but has not yet had opportunity of trying the ex-
periment.
CLERODENDRUM.--Propagation and treatment ſame as
as CITHA-
REXYLUM.
CLETHRA.-Propagated by feed and cuttings ;--is pretty hardy ;---plant
in light loam ;---water moderately.
CLIFFORTIA.--All propagated by cuttings in a ſhady border during
the ſummer months ;-water frequently.
CLINOPODIUM.--Propagated by ſeed and parting their roots ;-plant
and ſow them in light but rich loam, compoſed of the mixed light earth,
D 2
1
+
( 28 )
1
a ſmall proportion of the ſtrong manured ſoil, and a little rotten tan,
which is the beſt imitation of the rich low ſoils of South Carolina.
CLITORIA.„Propagation and culture ſame as the laſt, but omnit the
decayed tan.
>
CLUSIA.---Theſe plants abound with a milky juice, and require fame
treatment as EUPHORBIA,
CLUYTIA.--Propagation and culture ſame as the CLIFFORTIA.
CNEORUM.Propagation and culture fame as the Cistus.
COCCOLOBA.-Propagation and culture ſame as the ANNONA.
COCOS.-Theſe palms require the very ſame propagation and culture as
—
the CABBAGE-TREE (ſee ARECA.) - The Cocoa-Nuts ſhould be quite
ripe when gathered, which is ſeldom the caſe with thoſe brought,
over to England for uſe, and ſhould they ſprout in their voyage, fo
much the better.
COFFEA.--Propagated by fowing the ſeed freſh gathered from the tree;
many
of the berries will produce two plants, which ſoon entangle if
not tranſplanted quickly after they come up ;--uſe the light mixed
carth, for the COFFEE-TRE£ delights in it. If the berries are to be
ſent to a diſtance, make uſe of the wax preparation.--Water mode-
rately.
COIX.
$
( 29 )
COIX.-Propagated by feed and parting the roots ;--- make uſe of light
loamy foil, and moderate waterings.
G
COLCHICUM.--Propagation and culture fame as Coix, but is pretty
hardy.
COLLINSONIA.-Same propagation and culture as the laſt.
COLUMNEA.--Propagated by parting its roots about the latter end of
the month of January. The top of this plant dies down yearly, and
its roots in winter ſhould not have a drop of water, for they are then
in a dormant ſtate. ----About February, or early in the ſpring, renew
the earth by adding a little of the light mixed ſoil ;--with this treat-
ment the plants flower beautifully in the Thirſk Stove.-It will grow
alſo from cuttings of the ſtalks in ſummer, when ſmall ſcaly buds
appear at the ſetting on of the leaves.
COLUTEA.--All propagated by feed and cuttings, and the ſecond by
off-ſets or parting the roots ;-uſe loamy earth ;--water occaſionally.
COMMELINA..- Propagated by feed and parting the roots.—The ſeed
muſt have the fame treatment as other ſeeds of ſuch-like plants from
hot countries, and the off-ſets muſt be planted in loamy ſoil ;--Water
ſparingly in winter.
COMOCLADIA.- Propagated by ſeed, which muſt be ſown in light
earth ;-tranſplant into light loam ;-water freely in ſummer, but
be more ſparing in winter,
CO.
( 30 )
A
CONIUM.--Propagated by feed and cuttings taken in any of the ſummer
months ;-tranſplant into ſtrong earth ;-water occaſionally.
1
CONOCARPUS.-Same propagation as COMOCLADIA, but requires a
great deal more water.
CONVALLARIA.-This beautiful little plant is propagated by parting
the roots ;--plant in light loam, and give occaſional waterings.
CONVOLVULUS.-This family are all propagated by ſeed ſown in light
earth ;-the woody forts muſt be tranſplanted in lighter earth than
the herbaceous perennial kinds ;-the woody forts may alſo be pro-
pagated by cuttings in any of the ſummer months, and the herbaceous
perennials by off-ſets from the roots ;—water all occaſionally ;---
but the fleſhy-rooted ones very ſparingly.
CONYZA.-All the ſorts, ſave the laſt, may be propagated by ſeed and
cuttings, planted in the ſummer months in a ſhady border ;-
tranſplant into light loam ;--the laſt by feeds and off-ſets from the
roots, and requires a ſtrong rich earth ;--water occaſionally.
COPAIFERA.—This rare plant is very ſcarce in Europe, feeds having
been found difficult to be brought over good ;--they ſhould be packed
in wax ;-fow them and let them have the ſame culture as the Co-
MOCLADIA, but be more ſparing of water.
CORCHORUS,
( 31 )
1
CORCHORUS.--Same treatment as the laſt.
CORDIA.--This little family of elegant flowering-ſhrubs are propagated
by feed, which ſhould be brought over in wax from their native
countries ;--when they arrive here muſt be fown in pots of light
earth, and tranſplanted into the light mixed earth ;--the feeds will
apa
pear in about two months;—be very ſparing in water.--A ſmall piece
of the wood laid on a pan of lighted coals will perfume a large houſe.
COREOPSIS.- Propagated by off-ſets from the roots, planted in light
loam ;-water freely in ſummer.
CORNUTIA.-Same treatment as the CORDIA,
CORONILLA.-Propagated by fowing the feed in light earth, and alſo
by cuttings in any of the ſummer months ;-make uſe of the light
mixed earth in their future culture.
CORYPHA.--Same culture as the CABBAGE-Tree (ſee ARECA.)- It
may not be amiſs to introduce in this place a method by which (as I
have been told) both this, and many other of the rare palms, may be
propagated:-For although I am not prepared to warrant ſucceſs, yet
as ſeeds of thoſe wonderfully curious plants are difficult to obtain
from the diſtant regions of their native countries, it will be well
worth the trial of the curious who are in poffeffion of thoſe great ra-
rities.---- The method is as follows:--Certain knots that grow upon
the
( 32 )
the interior parts of the roots of thoſe palms, muſt be cut off with a
ſmall portion of the root at each end; then plant the cutting in light
earth in a ſmall pot, plunge it in a good heat, and give little or no
water.
COSTUS. ----Propagation and culture exactly the ſame as the GINGER (ſee
AMOMUM.)
COTULA.--Propagated by ſeed and cuttings ;-uſe the light mixed
earth ;-water occaſionally.
COTYLEDON.-Propagation and culture the ſame as CACALIÁ.-They
ſhould be kept in winter in a dry ſtove or airy glaſs-cafe, for the per-
ſpiration from green-houſe plants would be apt to ſpoil them, by
making their leaves fall off, if not quite kill the plants ;-give very
little water, but never let their leaves thrivel for want of moiſture,
that would be the other extreme.
CRAMBE.--Propagated by ſeed ſown upon a warm border ;-tranſplant
into pots of loamy earth ;-uſe water as occaſion requires.
CRASSULA.Many of this family are exceedingly curious, in the man-
ner of the growth of their leaves and ſtems.--They are all cultivated
in the fame manner as the COTYLEDON, but require, upon the
whole, more water.
CREPIS.
( 33 )
/
CREPIS.Propagation and culture ſame as COREOPSIS.
CRESCENTIA.-Propagated by feed and cuttings.--If by feed, they
muſt be brought over in the fruit, or packed up in wax, for they
foon loſe their growing quality ;--and both ſeeds and cuttings are to
be treated in the ſame manner as the CUSTARD-APPLE (ſee ANNONA.)
CRINUM.--Same propagation and culture as the AMARILLIS, only this
family (to keep them healthy in winter) require more water and rather
ſtronger foil.
CROTALARIA.-Propagated by feed fown in light earth, and trans-
planted into good loamy foil ; ---Water occaſionally.
CROTON.--Same propagation and culture as the CALABASH (ſee
CRESCENTIA.)
CRUCIANELLA.- Propagation and culture fame as the woody ſorts of
the CONYZA.
}
CUCUBALUS.--Propagation and culture ſame as the herbaceous perennial
CONYZA.
CỤPRESSUS.- Propagated by feed brought over in their cones from the
Cape ;--low them in light earth, and tranſplant into loamy earth ;-
water occaſionally ;-- this is a pretty hardy plant.
E
CURCUMA.
}
( 34 )
CURCUMA.--Propagation and culture fame as the GINGER (ſee AMO-
MUM.
CURTISIA.Same treatment as the CUPRESSUS.
CYANELLA.-Propagation and culture fame as the CRINUM, only re-
quire leſs water.
+
CYCAS.--Propagation and culture ſame as the Great Eaſt Indian Fan-
PALM (ſee CORYPHA.)-Both theſe plants are in the Thirſk Stove,
and the firſt (the true SAGO-PALM) was produced from a thick ſtem
or cutting, which was given to the Author, and, by it's
appearance,
ſeemed to have been cut from ſome part of the body of an old plant.
CYLCAMEN.-Are properly hardy plants, as ſuch their culture is im-
proper here ; but being rather of a tender nature, and beautiful when
in flower, I have mentioned them, and a few may be introduced into
the green-houſe.—(See CYCLAMEN, MILLER'S DICTIONARY.)
CYLISTA.-Propagation and culture ſame as CROTON.
CYNANCHUM.-All are propagated by ſeed, cuttings, and parting the
roots, ſave the ſecond, which muſt be by laying down the tender
branches in ſummer ;--uſe a fandy ſoil ;-manage the ſeed in the
fame way as thoſe which come from fame country, and water with
caution, according to the nature of the plants.
CYNOSURUS.
( 35 )
CYNOSURUS.-Propagated by ſeed and parting the roots ;-plant in
loamy earth, and give occaſional waterings.
CYPERUS.-All propagated and treated as the CYNOSURUS.
CYRILLA.--Propagation and culture ſame as laſt.
CYRTANTHUS.--Same propagation as the CYNOSURUS, but requires
leſs heat and ſtronger earth.
CYTISUS.--Propagated by feed and cuttings, in the ſame manner as the
CORONILLA.
DAIS. --Propagation and culture ſame as DALECHAMPIA, ſave that it
muſt have ſtronger earth and more water.
DALECHAMPIA.-Propagated by ſeed, off-ſets, or fuckers from the
roots ;--fow the ſeeds in pots of light earth as early in the ſpring as
poffible ;--tranſplant, when three inches high, into ſingle pots of the
light mixed earth, and give water occaſionally. It will not be im-
proper to caution the ladies from touching the leaves, as they ſting
immoderately.
DAPHNE.---Propagated by feed and cuttings, and its culture ſame as
DALECHAMPIA, but requires rather leſs water.
DATURA.
E 2
( 36 )
}
DATURA.- Propagation and culture fame as the laſt.
DECUMARIA.-Same propagation and culture as DALECHAMPIA.
3
h
DIANTHUS.--Propagated by feed and parting the roots ;-culture ſame
as Dais.
DICKSONIA.-Muſt have the ſame treatment as DAIS.
DIDELTA.-Propagation and culture ſame as the Dais.
DIGITALIS.-Same treatment as the laſt, fave that the feeds muſt be
ſown in autumn, or they will not riſe till the
year
following.
DIONÆA.-In its native country this is an abiding plant, but it has with
great difficulty been preſerved here.
For the ſatisfaction of the ingenious naturaliſt, I will here give a
deſcription of this extraordinary production at large ; although it be
a deviation from
my
fixed plan.
Every one ſkilled in natural hiſtory, knows that the Mimosa, or
SENSITVE PLANTS, cloſe their leaves and bend their joints upon the
leaſt touch: But no end or deſign of Nature has yet ſatisfactorily ap-
peared to us from theſe ſurpriſing motions; they, ſoon recover them-
felves again, and their leaves, are expanded as before. But the plant
which
1
( 37 )
which I am now going to deſcribe, ſhews that Nature may have ſome
view towards its nouriſhment, in the formation of the upper joint of
its leaf like a machine to catch food; upon the middle of this lies
the bait for the unhappy infect that becomes its prey.
}
Many minute red glands that cover its inner ſurface, and which
perhaps diſcharge ſweet liquor, tempt the poor animal to taſte them,
and the inſtant theſe tender parts are irritated by its feet, the two
lobes riſe up, graſp it faſt, lock the rows of fpines together, and
ſqueeze it to death. And further, left the îrong efforts for life, in
the creature thus taken, ſhould ſerve to diſengage it, three ſmall erect
ſpines are fixed near the middle of each lobe among the glands, that
effectually put an end to all its ſtruggles; nor do the lobes ever open
again while the dead animal continues there. But it is nevertheleſs
certain, that the plant cannot diſtinguiſh an animal from a vegetable
or mineral ſubſtance; for if we introduce a Atraw or a pin between the
lobes, it will graſp it full as faſt as if it was an infect.
*
Mr. WILLIAM YOUNG, a native of PHILADELPHIA, informs us
that they grow in ſhady wet places, and flower in July and Auguſt;
that the largeſt leaves which he has feen, were about three inches long,
and an inch and a half acroſs the lobes ; and obſerves that the glands
of thoſe that were expoſed to the ſun were of a beautiful red colour,
but thoſe in the ſhade were pale, and inclining to green. It is now
become an inhabitant of ſome gardens in this country, and merits
the attention of the curious.
This
( 38 )
-
This plant is herbaceous, and grows in the ſwamps of North-Ca-
rolina, near the confines of South-Carolina, about the latitude of
thirty-five degrees North ; where the winters are ſhort, and the ſum-
mers very hot.
hot. The roots are ſquamous, ſending forth but few fibres,
like thoſe of ſome Bulbs ; and are perennial. The leaves are many,
inclining to bend downwards, and are placed in a circular order ; they
are jointed and ſucculent; the lower joint, which is a kind of ſtalk,
is flat, longiſh, two-edged, and inclining to heart-ſhaped. In ſome
varieties they are ſerrated on the edges near the top. The upper joint
conſiſts of two lobes, each lobe is of a ſemi-oval form, with their
margins furniſhed with ſtiff hairs, like eye-brows, which embrace or
lock in each other when they clofe; this they do when they are in-
wardly irritated.
The upper ſurface of theſe lobes are covered with ſmall red glands,
each of which appears, when highly magnified, like a compreſſed
arbutus berry.
Among the glands, about the middle of each lobe, are three very
ſmall erect ſpines. When the lobes incloſe any ſubſtance, they never
open again while it continues there. If it can be ſhoved out fo as
not to ſtrain the lobes, they expand again; but if force is uſed to
open them, ſo ſtrong has nature formed the ſpring of their fibres,
that one of the lobes generally ſnaps off rather than yield.
The
( 39 )
The ſtalk is about fix inches high, round, ſmooth, and without
leaves, ending in a ſpike of flowers. The flowers are milk white,
and ſtand on foot-ſtalks, at the bottom of each of which is a little
painted bractea or flower-leaf.
2
Its ſenſitive quality will be found in proportion to the heat of the
weather, as well as the vigour of the plant.
Our ſummers are not warm enough to ripen the ſeed; or poſſibly
we are not yet ſufficiently acquainted with its culture.
In order to try farther experiments, to thew the ſenſitive powers
of this plant, ſome of them may be planted in pots of light moor
earth, preſerved in a good green-houſe in winter, and placed in pans
of water in the ſtove in ſummer, where the heat of ſuch a ſituation,
being like that of its native country, will make it ſurpriſingly active.
DIOSCORÆA..The firſt is propagated by laying down its branches in
the uſual way, and by feed, treated as other ſeeds of a ſimilar nature
from the ſame countries; and the Yam is cultivated by cutting and
planting its roots in pots of light loamy earth, in the ſame way as we
do POTATOES.
THOSMA.-All this family are propagated by cuttings, planted in the
ſummer months in ſmall pots filled with light loamy earth, plunged
in moderate heat, ſhaded in the day-time, and frequently ſprinkled
with
V
( 40 )
3
2
with water ;-when ſtruck, tranſplant and place them in a ſhady
ſpot till they have ſtruck root afreſh ;--preſerve them in a dry airy
green-houſe in winter, and ſet them abroad in ſummer.
DISANDRA.---Same propagation and culture as the DIANTHUS (ſave leſs
water and a light loamy ſoil.)
DODONÆA.--Same propagation and culture as DALECHAMPIA.
e
DOLICHOS.--All propagated by feeds ;--but it is the ſecond year
before
the plants will flower and produce pods ;-the fourth may alſo be
propagated by parting its roots;-uſe light loam, and water occa-
fionally.
DRACÆNA.- Propagation of this family of curioſities, as follows :--The
firſt and third the ſame as the CABBAGE-TREE (ſee ARECA ;)--the
ſecond by flips or cuttings from the ſides or top of the plant ;--and
the fourth by parting the roots ;-all thrive well in the Thirſk Stove,
planted in the light mixed earth ;--water very ſparingly.
1
$
DRACOCEPHALUM.-Propagated by ſeed and cuttings in the ſummer
months ;-water freely.
DRACONTIUM.--Propagated eaſily by cuttings planted in ſandy earth ;--
water occaſionally in ſummer, very ſparing in winter.
t
DURANTIA.
( 41 )
f
DURANTA.-Propagated by feed and cuttings, which require fame
management in general as other plants from hot parts of the world.
EBENUS.-Propagated by ſeed ;--fow in light loam, and preſerve the
plant in winter in an airy glaſs-caſe.
ECHIUM.—This family's propagation and culture is the ſame as the
EBENUS ;-but being ſucculent, they require very little water.
1
ECHITES.-Same propagation and treatment as the Ebenus.
EHRETIA.-Propagated by ſeed, which muſt be brought over in wax,
and fown as ſoon as they arrive, or they will loſe their growing qua-
lity ;---uſe a light loam.—They will alſo grow from layers and cut-
tings, but never make ſo handſome plants as from feed.
ELÆAGNUS. -The firſt is propagated by laying its ſhoots in autumn,
and the other by ſeed, which muſt be treated in the ſame way as feeds
of other tender plants from the ſame country,
ELÆODENDRUM.--Propagation and culture the ſame as the laſt.
ELATE.--Same propagation and culture as the EHRETIA.
--
F
ELEPHAN
( 42 )
ELEPHANTOPUS.- Propagation by feed fown in light earth, and alſo
by parting the roots ;-ſhould be well ſupplied with water in ſummer.
EMPETRUM.--Propagated by ſeed and cuttings ;-uſe light earth, and
water occaſionally.
EMPLEURUM.-Same propagation and culture as the laſt, but plant in
ſtronger earth, and uſe rather more water.
EPIDENDRUM.--All propagated and managed in the ſame way as the
Sword-leaved DRACÆNA (ſee DRACÆNA.)
ERICA.-Moſt of the ſpecies of this family may be propagated in the
fame way as the hardier kinds of MYRTLES, but require poorer earth,
(ſee MYRTUS.)—However, as I have not myſelf been very converſant
in their culture, I have endeavoured to procure proper information
upon the ſubject, and am happy to give my readers the following ac-
count of a peculiar method of propagating the HEATHS, which I re-
ceived from a gentleman on whoſe knowledge I can with ſafety depend.
“ Heaths are propagated by layers in pots of bog-earth, plunged
« in a North aſpected border ;-ſome forts ſtrike in one year, but
“ others require two before they emit roots.- In the latter caſe, re-
move the pots in winter into a ſhady part of a common green-
houſe, where no fire is uſed, and in April or May following (as
" the ſeaſon admits) place them in their former ſituation in the North
" border.-
( 43 )
6: border.-The HERBACEA, MEDITERANEA, AUSTRALIS, and
-66 TRIFLORA, do from cuttings.”
Note.-HERBACEA, MEDITERANEA, and AUSTRALIS, men-
tioned by my kind and reſpectable friend, being hardy plants, are
not introduced into our Catalogue.
ERIGERON. -Propagated by ſeed and parting the roots in the uſual
way ;-uſe loamy earth, and water occaſionally.
ERINUS.-Propagated by feed, and alſo by parting the roots in au-
tumn ;-muſt have a loamy ſoil without manure, for dung is apt to
rot the plants ;-—the ſtrong loam (without dung) with a proportion
of the light mixed earth, is the beſt compoſition ;-water occaſionally.
ERIOCEPHALUS.-Propagated by cuttings, planted in the early part of
ſummer in a ſhady border ;-remove the plants into the green-houſe
on the approach of winter ;-uſe good loam, and water occaſionally.
ERYNGIUM.-Propagation and culture ſame as ERINUS, ſave that it
has no objection to manure.
ERYTHRINA..All propagated and treated in the ſame way as the
EHRETIA, ſave the firſt, which may alſo be propagated by parting
its roots.
mere
F 2
EUCALYPTUS,
.
T
( 44 )
EUCALYPTUS. I cannot ſpeak with certainty as to the propagation of
this plant ;-but moſt of the South Sea woody plants will
cuttings, with the ſame treatment as cuttings from plants of ſimilar
latitudes in the other hemiſphere.
grow from
EUCLEA.--Propagation and culture ſame as ERIOCEPHALUS.
i
EUCOMIS.--Management fame in all reſpects as the ERINUS.
EUGENIA.---Propagated by the nuts brought over from their native
country in wax ;-low immediately in the light mixed earth ;-tranſ--
plant into loamy earth ;-uſe water pretty freely. In the Thirſk
Stove is a large and beautiful plant of the JAMBOS, from which cut-
tings have been taken, and managed in the uſual way) are now in
vigorous growth ;--they were ſtruck in light loam in the tan-bed of
the ſtove,
i
EUPATORIUM.-Propagated by feed, which muſt be ſown in light
earth, and treated in the ſame way as other ſeeds of tender plants
from the ſame country.
EUPHORBIA.-This family of wonderfully ſtrange plants are propa-
gated and managed in the ſame way as the CACALIA, ſave with this
difference, that if the cuttings are not taken off at a joint, they will
ſurely rot.-Some of the moſt ſucculent muſt lay one month to dry;-
they abound with a milky juice of a cauſtic nature, which, upon
being
1
}
( 45 )
being cut, flows out freely, but ſhould be ſtopped, by applying dry
ſand or earth to the wounded parts.
3
1
3
FAGARA.-All propagated by ſeed fown in ſmall pots of light earth
when the young plants are ready to tranſplant, place them in ſingle
pots of light loam ;--ſhade them till they have ſtruck root, and water
occaſionally.
2
FALKIA.-Propagated by ſeed, but generally by parting the roots ;---
uſe loamy earth, and water pretty freely in ſummer.
FERRARIA.-Propagated by ſeed and off-ſets ;--if by ſeeds, they ſhould
be fown in pots of light earth, and managed as the feeds of other
tender Exotics ;-if by off-ſets, they muſt be planted in good loamy
earth, and have occaſional waterings.--It is very ſingular in this
plant, that the roots only vegetate every other year, and ſometimes
every third year, remaining in the intermediate time very found and
good, though in a dormant ſtate.
FICUS.-The propagation and culture of theſe plants, which abound with
a milky juice, is nearly the ſame as the INDIAN-FIG (ſee Cactus)
only the cuttings muſt be laid in the ſhade two or three days to heal
their wounds ;-plant in fandy earth ;-too much moiſture will in-
fallibly deſtroy them.
&
FLACOURTIA.
1
( 46 )
FLACOURTIA.--Here I am alſo under the neceſſity of referring my
Reader to my remark upon the BRUCEA and CADIA.--I muſt own
it would give me ſecret pleaſure to behold and carefully cultivate this
plant, in honourable remembrance of the brave and celebrated FLA--
COURT,
FLAGELLARIA.--Same propagation and culture as the FAGARA.
FORSKOHLEA.--Same propagation and culture as the FALKIA.
-
FUCHSIA.-Propagated by ſeed, ſuckers, layers, and cuttings ;-it re-
quires no more attention than other plants in general from the fame
country.-It thrives ſo well in the Thirſk Stove in the light mixed
earth, that in the courſe of two years it has grown about eight feet
high.--Every perſon that can boaſt a ſtove ſhould have this beauty;
it flowers throughout ſummer ;-it is ſurpriſingly elegant in ſcarlet
and purple.
1
FUSANUS.-Propagation and management fame as the EUCLEA.
A
GALEGA.-All propagated by feed, to be fown in light earth, and when
fit, to be tranſplanted into loamy ſoil, and managed like other plants
from the ſame countries ;-and the laſt may alſo be increaſed by, part-
ing its roots ;--give water occaſionally,
GALENIA,
( 47 )
37
GALENIA.---Propagation fame as the laſt, that is, the ſhrubby forts.
GARDENIA.Theſe elegant ſhrubs, whoſe flowers highly perfume the
air, may be ſucceſsfully propagated by cuttings. The method that
has been uſed in the Thirſk Stove is this :--Take the cuttings from
the tender ſhoots, preſerving a ſmall part of riper wood (not hard) to
the end of each ;-plant them in ſmall pots of loamy earth, plunge
them in the tan-bed, cover them cloſe with a hand-glaſs, and ſhade
them till they have ſtruck root.
GENIPA.--Propagated by cuttings ;-plant in light loam when trans-
planted ;-uſe water in ſummer freely.
.
GENISTA.-Propagated by ſeed as other ſuch-like plants ; - are pretty
hardy.
c
GENTIANA.--Propagated by parting its roots in autumn ;--uſe light
loam, and water very ſeldom in winter.
GEOFFROYA.--Propagated by feed, and managed as others of the fame
nature from the ſame iſland.
-
1
GERANIUM.--All the family GERANIUM may be propagated in Bri-
tain by ſeed, cuttings, off-ſets, parting the roots, or by layers ;--for
the moſt ſucculent, uſe the light mixed earth, and for thoſe which
are of a more woody nature, plant them in light loam.--The limits
of
1
( 48 )
of this work will not admit of a more particular deſcription of their
propagation and treatment, but I muſt refer to MILLER'S GAR-
DENERS DICTIONARY for other information, under GERANIUM.
1
GESNERIA.-Propagated by ſeed, which muſt be managed in the ordi-
nary way, as others from the ſame countries of the ſame nature, only,
if poſſible, theſe ſeeds ſhould be ſown in the autumn, or they will re-
main long in the earth before they come up.
GETHYLLIS.--Propagated by parting the roots, which muſt be planted
in ſtrong loamy earth, and have water occaſionally,
GLADIOLUS.--All propagated and managed in the ſame manner as the
CAPE FERRARIA (ſee FERRARIA.)
bre
GLOBULARIA.--All propagated by feed managed in the uſual way,
and the laſt alſo by parting its roots ;-uſe the light mixed earth, and
water occaſionally.
1
GLORIOSA.- Propagated by parting the roots ;-plant them in pots,
ſuited to their ſize, in the mixed light earth, early in the ſpring ;-
place the root horizontally in the pot ;-give little or no water till
the ſhoot appears, then water moderately, and alſo whilſt they are in
leaf and flower.---The roots ſhould be kept perfectly dry in winter, or
they will rot.--The beſt method to preſerve the plants, is to take up
the
1
!
( 49 )
1
the roots when the plant has done growing in autumn, and preſerve
them in dry Calais-fand in the ſtove till you plant them in the ſpring.
GLOXINIA.-Propagation and culture exactly the ſame as the Co-
LUMNEA.---By that method this curious plant, whoſe flowers, when
blown in perfection, emit a high perfume, is in perfect beauty all the
ſummer in the Thirſk Stove.
{
1
GLYCINE.-Theſe plants are riſen from feed, and treated in the ſame
way as other plants of the like nature from the fame countries.
GNAPHALIUM.--This family of curious ſhrubs are all riſen from feed,
but more generally, and with greater expedition, by ſlips or cuttings
from the branches ;--they readily ſtrike root in moderate heat ;--give
a ſlight ſhade ;-uſe loamy earth, and water when required.
GNIDIA, -Their propagation and culture ſame as GlycINE.
GOMPHRENA.- Same treatment as the GETHILLIS, but requires light
earth,
GORDONIA.-Propagated by ſeed, which muſt be treated in the ſame
way as the ſeeds of other tender plants from that country.
}
GORTERIA.- Propagation and culture fame as the Arctotis, or by
ſtriping the ſmall heads from the ſtalks in the ſummer months,
G
pricked
$
1
( 50 )
pricked into pots filled with light loam, plunged into a moderate:
heat, and covered with a hand-glaſs.
GOSSYPIUM.- Propagated by feed fown in pots of light earth early in
the ſpring ;---tranſplant as ſoon as poſſible into light loam, and give
occaſional waterings.--They frequently will, in autumn followings-
bear flowers, and perfect their pods and ſeeds.--Keep them warm in
winter, or they will go
off.
GOUANIA.-Same propagation and culture as GESNERA.
GRATIOLA.-Propagated by parting its roots ;--plånt them in loamy
earth, and ſupply plentifully with water in ſummer.
GREWIA.-All may be
be propagated by layers, but by cuttings is far the
better method ;-take them in March ;-plant in pots filled with
loamy earth ;---ſhade them from the heat of the ſun in the middle
of the day ;---tranſplant them in March or autumn ; that is, never
diſturb them when in full leaf ;-give occaſional waterings.
but re-
GRONOVIA.-Propagation and culture ſame as GRATIOLA,
quires leſs water.
>
GUAJACUM.-Same propagation and culture as the GESNERA, but
ſeeds Thould be brought over in wax,
At
GUAREA
1
1
no
( 51 )
--
GUAREA.Same treatment as GOSSYPIUM.
I
GUILANDINA.-Propagated by feed ;--fow them in the light mixed
earth, but the two firſt will not grow for years without being ſteeped
in water :-The better method is to put them in the tan under the
bottom of the pot till they have fprouted, and then put the ſprouted
ſeed carefully into the earth in the pot ;--water in winter will cauſe
the plants to rot immediately, and in ſummer they muſt have it
ſparingly.
very
(
GUNNERA.--Same propagation and culture as the GRATIOLA.
HÆMANTHUS.--All propagated by off-ſets from the roots, but as they
do not produce many, they are more eaſily riſen from ſeed, which
they will produce in England ;-fow ſeed in light earth immediately
after it is ripe ;-as ſoon as the plants are ready, ſhift them into pots
of loamy earth ;-refreſh with water in ſummer, but be very ſparing
of it in winter.
HÆMATOXYLUM.—Propagated by feed, which is ſown and managed
in the uſual way as other ſeeds of tender plants from the hot regions.
1
HALERIA.-Propagated by cuttings taken in the ſpring months ;---plant
in pots of loamy earth, and immediately give a little water ;--they
will ſoon ſtrike root ;--when tranſplanted, water freely.
HALO
G2
( 52 )
HALORAGIS.-(See the remark at EUCALYPTUS.)
HAMELLIA.-Same propagation and culture as HÆMATOXYLUM.
HEBENSTRETIA...Same propagation and culture as GRATIOL A ;--but
uſe light loam.
+
1
HEDYSARUM.--All this family, are propagated by feed, which muſt be
RUM
ſown in light earth, and when fit to move, muſt be planted into the
light mixed earth.-The CHINESE MOVING PLANT has, by ſome
writers, been given as a biennial, by others as an abiding plant; in
this place I cannot determine that point, as the plant has not been
long enough in my poſſeſſion, but it appears in the Thirſk Stove 'as if
it would continue longer than two years, and I rather conceive
it to be perennial or abiding. I wiſh to inform my readers that
its motion is voluntary, and not occafioned by the ſame cauſes as
either the DIONÆA. or MIMOSA's.' In a calm afternoon after a hot
morning, when every thing is ſtill within the ſtove, and the internal
air not agitated, the ſmall leaves in different parts of the plant will
conſtantly keep riſing up and falling down.
HELICONIA:-The ſame propagation and culture as GRONOVIA.
?
HELICTERES_The propagation and culture are the ſame as other
woody plants from the ſame hot countries, namely, by feed and cut-
tings, managed in the uſual way.
HELIO,
}
( 53 )
A
HELIOCARPUS.---Same treatment as the laſt. --The feed of this plant
differs in its vegetative quality from moſt other feeds produced in the
hot regions, as they will, if laid in a dry airy place, keep good for
ten or twelve years.
i
HELIOPHILA.-All require the ſame treatment as the HALERIA.
HELIOTROPIUM.Propagated by ſeed ſown in light earth, and tranſ-
planted into the light mixed earth;-it is alſo eaſily raiſed by cuttings
in the ſummer months, but plants from ſeed are handſomeſt ;---water
freely.
1
HERITIERA.Same treatment as HELICTERES.
;
HERMANNIA.-Propagated generally by cuttings ;-take them in the
ſummer months ;-plant them in a "Thady border ;---water till they
have taken good root;---tranſplant into pots filled with loamy earth.
!
¿
+
HERNANDIA.---Propagated by feed, treated in the uſual way as the
feeds of other tender woody plants from the ſame country ;-uſe great
care to keep the ball of earth entire in ſhifting the plants-into larger
pots ;-water occaſionally.
7
HIBISCUS.-This elegant family of plants are eaſily propagated by feed,
treated in the ſame manner as: the HEDYS ARUM, : only let the earth
for theſe be rather more loamy: the woody forts, will grow very
freely
1
( 54 )
;
.
freely from cuttings taken in any of the ſu!nmer months, managed in
the uſual way.--I cannot help mentioning the ſurpriſing growth of a
one year old ſeedling plant of the MUTABILIS, raiſed in the Thirſk
Stove, from a feed given me by CORNELIUS SMELT, Eſq-This
ſeedling completely fills a pot of 20 inches diameter over the
is a ſufficient load for two ſtrong men'; the branches ſpread in a
beautiful and regular head, five feet; its trunk is five inches and a
half round, and two inches in diameter, and the plant from the ſur-
face of the pot to the top is eight feet high.
top, and
HIPPIA.-Same propagation and treatment as HERMANNIA.
HIPPOCREPIS.-Propagated by ſeed, fown and managed in the ſame
way as the HEDYSARUM, .
7
HIPPOMANE.--Propagated by feed, in the ſame way as the HER-
NANDIA.—This tree abounds with a milky juice (highly deleterious)
fo requires but little water in ſummer, and ſcarcely any in winter.
HIRTELLA.---Propagation and culture ſame as the laſt, but requires
more water,
HURA.-This fine plant, whoſe ample leaves retain a peculiar verdure all
the
year, is propagated by ſeed ſown in light earth, in the uſual
way ;-give it water freely in ſummer.-By the appearance of a plant
which I ſaw in Mr. WEDDELL's ſtove near RIPON, I have no doubt
but
}
1
3
( $5 )
But that the plant may be propagated by cuttings, properly managed
and taken in the ſummer months.
HYACINTHUS.-Propagated by parting its roots ; ---plant in loamy
earth, and water occaſionally.
HYDROCOTYLE.--Propagated by feed in the uſual way, alſo by part-
ing its roots ;-uſe the light mixed earth ;--- Water occaſionally.
HYMENÆA.---Propagated by feed ſown in light earth ;--only put one
ſeed in a pot.-They partake much of the nature of the CASHEW.
NUT-TREE (ſee ANACARDIUM.)
HYOSCYAMUS.-Propagated by cuttings in any of the ſummer months ;-
uſe the light mixed earth, and water occaſionally.--Is a tender plant,
and requires a good green-houſe in winter.
HYPERICUM.-All the ſhrubby forts may be propagated by feed, cut-
ings taken in the ſummer months, and by ſuckers from the roots ;--
the herbaceous perennial forts by feed and parting the roots ;~-the
Chineſe
may be propagated by ſlips from the roots, and laying the
branches in the ſpring;--uſe the light mixed earth;-give occaſional
waterings.
1
HYPOXIS.-All propagated and managed as the HYDROCOTYLE.
JACQUINIA,
( 56 )
JACQUINIA.-Propagated by ſeed, which muſt be fown and treated in
the uſual way as other feeds of ſuch-like plants from the ſame
countries.
JASMINUM.—This family of plants, of extraordinary, beauty and fra-
grance, may all be propagated by feed, and by laying down the
branches ;--but the method by which they have all been freely grown
in the Thirſk Stove, is by cuttings, cholen and managed in the ſame
way as the DOUBLE CAPE JASMINE (ſee GARDENIA.)-Indeed I
diſlike laying the branches of the Double ARABIAN JASMINE, for
I loſt a beautiful full-grown plant by that means.A ſmall layer or
two to be ſure ſtruck root, but that was a poor compenſation for
the loſs of a large mother plant.--It ſhould be remarked, that the
three laſt ſorts flower beſt by being placed in the ſtove in ſummer,
and preſerved in the green-houſe in winter.
JATROPHA.--The CASAVA is propagated by cutting its ſtalks into
lengths of fix or eight inches, which when planted ſoon ſtrike root;---
and all the others in the ſame manner as the MANCHINEEL-Tree (ſee
HIPPOMANE.)
>
ÍBERIS.--Propagated by cuttings, which muſt be i planted in ſandy
earth ;--when tranſplanted, give them moderate waterings.
$
1
2
ILEX.--Propagated by feed fown in the uſual manner.
1
I
ILLECEBRUM,
1
1
57)
ILLECEBRUM.--All propagated by feed ;--the ſhrubby fort alſo by
cuttings, and the herbaceous perennial kinds likewiſe by parting
the roots ;---the whole require the ſame treatinent as the different
forts of the HIBISCUS.
ILLICIUM.--Propagated by ſeed ſown and managed in the ſame manner
as the JACQUINIA ;---the young branches laid in ſoft loamy earth will
ſometimes ſtrike.-Two plants have at different times been grown
from cuttings in the Thirſk Stove.--Indeed it is a plant of dif-
ficult propagation and culture, which is the cauſe of its ſcarcity in
Europe.
INDIGOFERA.All managed in the ſame way as the ILLECEBRUM.
IPOMA.--The ſhrubby fort is propagated by feed ; ---the herbaceous
perennial by fuckers or off-ſets from the root;-_uſe loamy earth,
and water occaſionally.
IRIS.-All propagated by off-ſets from the roots, which ſhould be planted
in light loamy earth ;-give moderate waterings.
ITEA.-Propagated by ſeed and cuttings managed in the uſual way ;-
make uſe of the fame compoſition as that named for the CLINOPODIUM.
JUSSIEUA.--Propagated by feed, fown and managed in the ſame way as
others from the ſame hot country.
H
JUSTICIA,
!
( 58 )
I
JUSTICIA. All may be propagated by ſowing their feed in light earth.--
If the feeds do not riſe the firſt year, they muſt continue till the
next, for they frequently will not grow till the ſecond year ;---pro-
vided the ſeeds are not riſen, place the pots in any part of the ſtove
the firſt winter, and the ſecond ſpring give them freſh heat ;-but
moſt of theſe plants will grow freely from cuttings ; the laſt, or
MALABAR-Nur, is ſo free a grower, that it thrives beſt in the
green.
houſe, although a native of the hot climate of Malabar and Ceylon.
/
IXIA.-Propagation and culture of this family exactly the ſame as the
CAPE FERRARIA (ſee FERRARIA.)
IXORA.--Same propagation and culture as the JACQUINIA.
KÆMPFERIA.—Propagated by parting the roots ;-uſe the light mixed
earth ;-water ſparingly in winter, and treat it the ſame as the GIN-
GER (ſee AMOMUM.)
KIGGELARIA.-May be propagated by layers, but by cuttings is the
better method, for the layers are frequently three years in ſtriking,
and indeed the cuttings are very difficult to get to emit roots ;-uſe:
the fame method with the cuttings as directed for the GARDENIA,
and afterwards treat the plants in the ſame way as MYRTLES (ſee
MYRTUS.)
KYLLINGIA,
( 59 )
KYLLINGIA.-Same propagation and culture as the KÆMPFERIA.
LACHENALIA.-Propagation and culture exactly the ſame as the IXIA
and FERRARIA.
LACHNÆA.-Same management as KIGGELARIA.
LAGERSTREMIA.-Propagated by feed ſown in pots of light earth;
ſprinkle the earth with water occaſionally till the plants ariſe ;--when
fit to remove, plant them ſingly into pots of the light mixed earth ;-
give a little water, and ſhade them till they have again ſtruck root.
LANARIA.Same treatment as the LACHENALIA.
LANTANA.—All propagated by ſeed, which requires the ſame manage-
ment as the ſeeds of the LAGERSTRÆMIA;—but all this family are
eaſily raiſed from cuttings planted in light loam, and occaſionally
watered ;--yet the handſomeſt plants are by ſeed.
}
1
{
D
LAURUS.-The propagation and culture of this odoriferous and juſtly
celebrated family of plants are as follow:
-The firſt, ſecond, ſeventh,
eighth, and ninth, are by ſeed, which ſhould be gathered full ripe in
their native countries, and brought over in wax;-on their arrival
here, ſow them in pots of light earth, and when fit ſhift them into
pots of the light mixed earth, and treat them as other plants of the
like
Н 2
( 60 )
like nature from the fame hot countries.---The third, fourthi, fifth
and ſixth forts may eaſily be propagated by layers in the uſual me-
thod ;- but ſtill where berries even of theſe can be procured, they
make the handſomeſt plants, and therefore ſeed ſhould be preferred.---
Theſe latter forts love loamy earth, and all require occaſional water-
ings in ſummer, but very little in winter.
ز
LAVANDULA.--This family is pretty hardy, are all of them riſen from
ſeed, and alſo by cuttings, planted in any of the ſummer months in
a ſhady border ;--water them occaſionally ;- let them be tranſplanted:
into light. loamy, earth, and remain abroad till autumn.
LAVATERA.--Propagation and culture ſame as the laſt.
LAWSONIA.--All propagated and managed in the ſame way as the
COFFEE-TREE (ſee Corfra) but be rather more ſparing in water.-
The leaves of the firſt fort are uſed by the Egyptian ladies to colour
their nails yellow, which they eſteem very, ornamental.
LEEA.-The firſt fort is propagated by feed and cuttings in the uſual
way, and requires the light mixed earth ;--the other by off-ſets from
the roots, and requires ſtrong loam ;--water occaſionally,
1
the
LEONTICE.-Propagated by feed and off-ſets from the roots, fown and
planted in the uſual way ;-requires light loam, and a plentiful ſupply
of water.
LEPIDIUM.
!
G
(
6.1 :)
LEPIDIUM.--Propagated by ſeed and cuttings in the ſame way as LA-
VENDULA.
LEUCOJUM.-Propagated by off-ſets from the roots ;--requires ſtrong
loam, and water occaſionally.
LEYSERA._-Propagation and culture ſame as LAVENDULA.
LIGHTFOOTIA.-Same management as the LEEA.
>
LIMEUM.--Propagation and culture fame as the LEUCOJUM.
}
LIMODORUM.--Propagated by off-ſets from the roots, which ſhould
be parted when the plants are leaſt vigorous ;—plant them in ſoft
loamy earth, and water with caution. With this treatment they
flower well in the Thirik. Stove.
LIMONIA.--Propagation and culture ſame as LAVENDULA, fave that a
hot-bed muſt here be uſed inſtead of a common border.
-
LINUM.-Same management as the LEEA.
LIPARIA.--Same propagation and culture as the fhrubby forts of the
LEEA.
I
9
LITHOG
( 62 )
3
LITHOSPERMUM.--Propagated by feed.;---- ſow as ſoon as ripe ;-uſe
loamy earth ;-harden the plants in open air till autumn ;-water
occaſionally.
roll
.
1
LOBELIA.-All the ſhrubby kinds are riſen from ſeed, and like light
loamy earth ;---the herbaceous perennials by ſeed and parting the
roots ;-treat them ſeverally as other tender Exotics from the ſame
countries.
7
LOTUS.--Are propagated by feed, in the ſame manner as the ſeeds of
fimilar plants from the ſame countries.
1
1
LYCHNIS.-Propagation and culture the ſame as the herbaceous peren-
nials of the LOBELIA.
7
.
?
_
LYCIUM.-All propagated by ſeed, cuttings, and layers, treated in the
--make uſe of the light mixed earth, and give occaſional
waterings.
uſual way,
.
LYCOPODIUM.-Same propagation and treatment as the Lycinis,
.
x
MAHERNIA.Propagation and culture ſame as the Lotus,
MALPIGHIA.--The propagation and culture of this family exactly the
ſame as the BASTARD-CHERRY (ſee ETHRETIA.)
3
MALVA.
1
.
( 63 )
MALVA.-Propagated by ſeed, cuttings, layers, and parting the roots,
managed as other plants of the ſame nature, the productions of
the ſame countries. ,
MAMMEA.—This tree is propagated by feed. The ſeeds or nuts (which
are as hard as a marble) muſt be ſent over in wax to prevent the loſs
of their vegetative quality ;- require a moſt lively heat to make them
grow ;-but the beſt method is to put the ſtone under the bottom of
the pot in the tan, and when ſprouted, place it in the pot filled with
light loam.-In three months the roots will have filled the ſmall pot,
at which time you muſt ſearch the plant with care, and releaſe it from
the hard ſhell which will adhere to it;-this operation is neceſſary,
but muſt be done with light fingers ;--afterwards treat the plant in
the ſame manner as the COFFEE-Tree (ſee Coffea.)
MANGIFERA.- Propagated by feed, which are not ſo hard as the laſt,
but muſt be ſent over in wax ;-plant in pots of light earth, and treat
them in the fame manner as the MAMMEA.--Or the ſeeds
may,
in
their own country, be fown in boxes of light earth, pretty cloſe to-
gether, letting them remain there till the plants have acquired proper
fize and ſtrength to bear the voyage, in which they muſt be defended
from the ſpray of the ſea, and be now and then watered (but very
fparingly) when they enter the temperate climates.
1
*
MARANTA.-Propagated by parting their roots in March ;--plant in light
loam, and water ſparingly till the green leaves appear, but after their
appear-
1
$
( 64 )
appearance, give it freely all ſuminer :-In autumn their leaves de-
cay.---In winter plunge the pots in 'the tan-bed, and give very little
water, for they are then inactive, and water would rot them ;-the
tan keeps them moiſt enough.--The laſt fort, or TRUE INDIAN AR-
ROW-Root, is cultivated in the gardens of the Weſt Indies, being a
remedy for the ſting of waſps and other noxious infects. It extracts
the poiſon of the MANCHINEEL-TREE, and it is faid that the Indians
expel with it the poiſon of their arrows and darts, and by this me-
thod : They take up the root, cleanſe it from dirt, maſh it, and then
apply it as a poultice to the wounded part; it draws out the poiſon, and
heals the wound. It alſo ſtops a gangreen if applied before it is gone
too far. If endowed with theſe ſovereign qualities, it is a moſt in-
eſtimable plant.
Note. May it not be worth the attention of the faculty to try ſome
experiments with it in cancerous diſorders ?
MARRUBIUM.---All propagated by feed fown in the light mixed earth,
and managed in the uſual way ;- alſo by parting the roots of the
firſt ;--and the two others likewiſe by cuttings.
MARTYNIA.-(See Gloxinia.)
1
MASSONIA.- Propagation and culture ſame as the LEUCOJUM.
MEDEOLA-Propagated and managed ſame as the Lotus.
MEDICAGO.
( 65 )
MEDICAGO.-Propagated by feed managed in the uſual way.
MELALEUCA.-(See obſervation upon the EUCALYPTUS.)
{
MELANTHIUM.-Propagation and culture ſame as the LEUCOJUM.
MELIA.-Both propagated by lowing the ſeed or nuts as ſoon as poſſible
in pots of light earth ; ---treat them as others of the ſame nature
from the ſame countries. They are ſubject to the Red Spider; as
foon as a leaf turns yellow it is fure to be there, and demands im-
mediate attention.*It is ſaid the pulp which ſurrounds the nut is
of a poiſonous quality.- I give this hint as a caution.
MELIANTHUS.-Both propagated by ſide-ſhoots, and cuttings taken in
the ſpring ;-uſe the light mixed earth ;-water occaſionally.---The
plants are pretty hardy.
1
/
MELICOCCA.-Muſt be treated in the ſame way as the BeAD-TREE,
(ſee Melia.)
7
MELISSA.--Propagated by feed and cuttings, ſown and planted in the
ſpring in pots, and treated in the uſual
way.
* I am told that the beſt method of deſtroying this pernicious infect, is to put a proper
quantity of FLOUR OF SULPHUR into the waſh which is uſed for white-waſhing houſes, and
apply it with a bruſh to the hot parts of the flues in the ſtove. Good effect will ſoon appear
from its elluvia, and the diſagreeable ſmell will óe of no long continuance.
I
MELOCHIA,
( 66 )
MELOCHIA.Propagation and culture ſame as the COPAIFERA.
MELODINUS.-Same propagation and culture as MELALEUCA,
MENTHA. Same management as the MELISSA.
MENYANTHES. -Propagated by feed and parting the roots ;-uſe the
ſtrong loam, and water occaſionally.
MESEMBRYANTHEMUM. The whole of this numerous family re-
quire exactly the ſame propagation and culture as the CACALIA and
COTYLEDON.-I muſt not paſs over them without mentioning that
ſome of the forts produce moſt beautiful flowers, and are well worth
the peculiar care of the curious horticulturiſt.
A
MESSERSCHMIDIA.--Propagated by feed, fown and managed in the
uſual' way ;- alſo by cuttings taken in any of the ſummer months ;-
uſe loamy foil, and water occaſionally.
MICHELIA.-Propagated by cuttings in the early part of ſummer ;-uſe
light loam, and manage them in the uſual
way.
MIMOSA.---This family of delicate and muſt curious Exotics are all
raiſed from ſeed, uſually fown in the ſpring; but I thould wiſh them
to be fown as ſoon as ever the ſeeds are received, whether it hap-
pens in the ſpring or not, eſpecially if the feed has come from
abroad,
1
( 67 )
abroad, for I have found by experience that they will not long keep
good.--They have no different method of treatment from other ſeeds
of tender woody plants from the countries of which theſe plants are
native.--Uſe the light mixed earth, and water the plants occaſional-
ly. They ſhould not be ſuffered to root much through the bottom of
the pot into the tan, for in drawing up the pots the roots will be broke,
and thereby greatly injure the plant.--I have heard that no cattle will
browſe upon the SENSITIVE and humble plants in their native
countries, and that their leaves and branches contain a flow but ſure
poiſon, which the Indians can extract, and with it kill by de-
grees.--If theſe plants have ſo deſtructive a quality, how wonderfully
are they endowed with ſenſibility to caution the unwary againſt too
great freedom, and to thun the lurking danger.
MIRABILIS.--The firſt is propagated by ſeed, which requires to be fown
in light loam, and to have moderate waterings. The ſecond requires
the like treatment, and in Yorkſhire muſt have protection, though
in the vicinity of London it is ſaid to be a hardy plant.
MONETIA._--Propagated by ſeed, which muſt have ſimilar treatment as
other feeds which come from the ſame hot and diſtant regions.
MONSONIA._Theſe beautiful flowers are riſen from feed in the com-
mon way;-alſo by off-ſets or parting the roots ;--plant in loamy
earth, and give water occaſionally,
I 2
MONTINIA.
( 68 )
MONTINIA.-Propagated by feed and cuttings, both managed in the
common method ;-uſe loamy earth, and give moderate. waterings
occaſionally.
V
1
MORÆA.-All propagated by feed fown in pots of light loam, and
treated the fame as others from the ſame country.--The herbaceous
perennial forts may alſo be propagated by parting their roots or bulbs,
which ſhould be planted in good loam ;---they will by this method
flower much ſooner than if riſen by feed
MORUS.-This plant grows very freely from ſeed ; -fow in light earth;
when the plants are up and fit to remove, plant them into ſingle pots
filled with light loam, and water occaſionally..
MURRAYA.--Propagated in the ſame way as the MORUS:
$
MUSA. Theſe rare and wonderful plants, celebrated for their food and
ſhade, are propagated by ſuckers, which ſometimes ariſe even when
the plants are vigorous, but more plentifully when they are mif-
managed or ſtinted in their growth ;--plant them in any of the
ſummer months in pots of light earth ;—when they begin to grow
freely, ſhift them into larger pots filled with fine rich loam ;-give
them water in plenty in ſummer, and moderately in winter.-Con-
trary to the general rule let theſe plants have pots large in proportion
to their ſize
MYRICA,
-
( 69 )
MYRICA...All propagated by laying down their branches in the uſual
method, but they do not take root freely :--they will alſo grow (but
not well) from cuttings, managed in the ſame way as the DOUBLE
CAPE JASMINE (ſee GARDENIA.) - It is not unworthy of remark
here, that a large plant of the firſt fort has, in the Thirſk Garden,
put up a number of ſuckers, by which method it ſeems it may be alſo
increaſed
MYRSINE.-Propagation and culture ſame as the laſt.
1
MYRTUS.-The propagation and early culture of this beautiful family of
Evergreens are as follow :-Make choice of cuttings of all the hardy
ſorts in June or July, from the moſt vigorous young ſhoots, with a
little part of the wood that is beginning to harden, which is better
than if quite ripe, for if it is quite hardened, it would, before plant-
ing, require to be twiſted at the bottom ;-ſtrip off the leaves from
the bottom part of the cutting, cut the lower end of it hori-
zontally and quite ſmooth with a very ſharp pen-knife ;--plant the
cuttings in light rich loam, cloſe the earth well about them, and
water immediately;-place the pots under a common hot-bed frame in
exhauſted dung or tan, which will keep them in a moiſt ſtate;
fhade in the heat of the day ;--give air in proportion to the warmth
of the ſeaſon, and water gently every two or three days as the earth
in the pots require it ;-tranſplant into rich loam, compoſed of equal
parts of the ſtrong loam and the light mixed earth; when tranſ-
planted, keep them in a ſomewhat ſheltered ſituation till autumn,
when
ز
-
:
1
( 70 )
when they muſt be houſed;-water plentifully in ſummer, but mode-
rately in winter.-The tender forts may be propagated by ſeed, which
njuſt be brought over in wax, and ſown in pots of the ſame fort of
earth as the others, but muſt be plunged in the tan-bed of the ſtove,
and have a very vigorous heat.--I have been told that the ALLSPICE,
WOOLLY-LEAVED, and other tender MYRTLES, will grow by cuttings
in a moderate warmth, which I am the more apt to believe, as laſt
autumn ſome ALLSPICE cuttings ſeemed to have ſtruck root with me,
but the ſeverity of this early winter (1791) ſoon put an end to their
exiſtence.--However I have many times before tried to ſtrike the cut-
tings of the tender forts of this family, and always failed.
>
1
NEPETA.--Propagated by feed and parting its roots in the common
way ;--it is pretty hardy ;---uſe ſandy ſoil.
ز
NERIUM.-When in perfection there is not, I think, a more brilliant
plant in the creation than the DOUBLE OLEANDER.-.-The ſymmetry.
of its ſtem, the beautiful form and verdure of its leaves, added to the
profuſion of richly-variegated ſweet-ſcented flowers that crown the
plant, compels me here to proclaim it a favourite.
&
Theſe plants will grow either by cuttings or layers ;--the latter is
the furer method ;~-perform the work as you do for common CAR-
NATIONS';—uſe the ſame preparation of earth as for MYRTLES (ſee
MYRTUS ;) --water freely in ſummer, but in winter very ſparingly,
eſpecially
$
1
1
1
( 71 )
eſpecially the double forts, which do beſt when, during the winter,
kept in a very good green-houſe, and in the ſpring removed from
thence into the ſtove, to ſwell their buds and flower there.-With
this treatment the DOUBLE OLEANDER has been deſervedly admired
in the Thirſk Stove by many beholders.
NICOTIANA.-Propagated by feed fown and managed in the uſual way.
NISSOLIA.---Propagated by ſeed, and the culture the ſame as is uſual for
other plants from the ſame country.
+
3
NYCTANTHES.-Propagation by layers, in the very fame way as the
DOUBLE OLEANDER (ſee NERIUM ;) - alſo by cuttings, managed as
the Double Cape JASMINE (ſee GARDENIA.
NYMPHÆA.-This and many other kinds of WATER-PLANTS from
the hot countries cannot, without great difficulty and an expenſive
apparatus, be cultivated here with proprietey ; for unleſs there is a
proper contrivance to hold ſtanding water in the ſtove in which the
plants are to be planted or the ſeeds fown, they will not ſucceed.-
Such water will very ſoon ſtagnate, become offenſive, and by its
damp effluvia be pernicious to other plants ; ſo that a proper ſtove
apartment ſhould be contrived on purpoſe for their reception, for I
do not think them proper furniture for the general hot-houſe, nor
is it worth while for any but the ſcientific botaniſt to cultivate them
in the ſtove.
OCYMUM,
A
{
Y
--
( 72 )
OCYMUM.--Propagated by feed and cuttings in the uſual way.
NOTHERA.-Same propagation and culture as the laſt.
19
1
1
OLEA.--All propagated by laying down their tender branches in the
manner practiſed for other tender trees and ſhrubs ;--they are two
years in ſtriking ;-uſe the light mixed earth ;-Water ſparingly :-ſo
far the Britiſh culture..---Fine plants are annually brought over from
the South of Europe, which is the beſt way of obtaining the Euro-
PEAN OLIVE-TREES.--I have heard that the Chineſe, by a prepa-
ration of the flowers of the ſweet-ſcented OLIVE or QUAJ-FA, give
a ſcent to the fine Teas.To be ſure the ſmell of the flower of that
elegant Evergreen reſembles the perfume of the fine Teas, but it is
incomparably more fragrant.
A
med
!
OLYRA.--Propagation and culture ſame as the MONSONIA, but re-
quire lighter earth and leſs water.
1
$
OMPHALEA.Same treatment as the NISSOLIA.
!
..
ONONIS.-All propagated by ſeed, cuttings, and parting the roots in
;
1
the uſual way.
y
OPHIOXYLUM.-Same treatment as the NISSOLIA.
A
ORCHIS.--Propagated by off-ſets from the roots ;--uſe good loam, and
water occaſionally,
ORIGA-
( 73 )
ORIGANUM.--All propagated by feed, cuttings, and parting the roots ;
uſe ſandy earth ;-water occaſionally, .
1
ORNITHOGALUM.-Eaſily propagated by ſuckers or off-ſets from the
roots ;--thoſe of the Cape require ſtrong loam ;-the others lighter
earth, and more heat ;---water freely in ſummer, but more inoderately
in winter
3
3
ORONTIUM.-Same treatment as the tender herbaceous perennial Fig.
MARYGOLDS (ſee MESEMBRYANTHEMUM.)
OSTEOSPERMUM.--Same propagation and culture as the ONONIS.
-
1
OSYRIS.Same treatment as the laſt.
.
OTHONNA.-A11 propagated by ſeed, cuttings, and flips from the roots
in the uſual way; - are pretty hardy:-In ſummer the ſhrubby ſorts
require abundance of water ;--the herbaceous perennial kinds not ſo
much.
1
+
OXALIS.-All ſame treatment as the laſt ;--are pretty hardy.
5
1
PALMA.-MILLER'S PALMS. The different ſorts of theſe great curio-
fities will be found under their ſeveral heads, in various parts of the
CATALOGUE of ABIDING PLANTS, which amount to a far
greater
K
number
1
}
.
( 74 )
7
number than thoſe deſcribed by MILLER: However I thought it not
amiſs to place MILLER's List of PALMs, ſuch as they are, in a
body before my readers. But all the ſpecies that we can enume-
rate, feem only an epitome of the wonderful family of the PALM;
for in the natural hiſtory of the Illand of Luconia or Manilla, ,
we are informed that there are forty well-known and diſtinct ſpecies
of the Palm in the frequented parts of that Iſland, the principal of
which are the SAGO-TREES. I regret much to obſerve that the
PALM is not more freely introduced into the Britiſh conſervatories,
for there is not a more noble or curious fight in the vegetable world
than ſome of the FAN-PALMS, witneſs the two noble CORYPHA.
UMBRACULIFERA at Orford, Lancaſhire. They do honour to the
worthy gentleman who is their owner.
PALLASIA-Same propagation and culture as other woody plants from
that country.
PANAX.--Requires the ſame treatment as the laſt, but I believe it is
moſt readily propagated by cuttings, managed in the uſual way as the
cuttings of other thrubs from the ſame countries.--As I am told the
ſeeds will not even grow in China, it ſhould ſeem that this plant is a
native of the hot parts of America.
1
PANCRATIUM.-All propagated by ſuckers or off-ſets from the roots ;--
uſe light loam, and water occaſionally ;-give thoſe from the hot
countries more heat' than thoſe from the more temperate regions.
PANDANUS.
2
( 75 )
PANDANUS.---Propagated by feed fown in light loam, and treated in
the ſame way as other ſeeds of tender woody plants from the hot parts
of the earth.
?
PANICUM.-Same treatment as the PANDANUS.
E
PARKINSONIA.- Propagation and culture ſame as the laſt.
1
PARIETARIA.--Propagated eaſily from feed in the uſual way.
.
PASPALUM.--Propagation and culture ſame as the tender PANCRATIUMS.
1
PASSERINA.- Propagated by cuttings, in the fame way as the hardy
forts of MYRTLE, (ſee Myrtus) and alſo by feed in the uſual
method,
PASSIFLORA..The whole of this extraordinary beautiful and celebrated
family of plants are propagated by feed, but more ſpeedily, and with
much greater eaſe, by cuttings taken in any of the ſummer months;
plant five or fix of them together in a ſmall pot filled with light loam
preſſed cloſe, and then gently watered ; --when ſtruck root, plant them
into ſeparate pots filled with rich light loam ;--water pretty freely in
ſummer, but ſparingly in winter. The ſecond ſort, or GRANADILLA,
at Harewood-Houſe in Yorkſhire, under the management of Mr. Ro-
BERT CHAPMAN (Lord Harewood's Gardener) whoſe abilities and
profeſſional ſkill are of the firſt rate, ſeems perfectly at home, and to
enjoy
:
K 2
>>
( 76 )
enjoy as much health and vigour as if it were in the Iſland of Jan
maica.---The culture of the full-grown plant is as follows :-In De-
cember the plant (which ſhould be trained with one main ſtem till
it reaches the roof of the ſtove) is pruned, and only two or three
joints or eyes of the young wood from the ſtem left upon it;in that .
ſtate the plant remains (in the fame pot or tub) in the tan-bed of the
ſtove till February or March, when it uſually begins to make young .
íhoots ;--the roots or ball of earth is then cut intirely round within
fix inches of the ſtem (provided it is in a cubical pot or. tub of two.
feet ſquare) immediately adding freſh foil, and giving water to ſettle
the earth ;---keep the ſtove cloſe, and ſhade the plant till it has ſtruck
freſh roots, when it may have air and water ;--requires a great ſupply
of water whilſt in bloſſom, and the large fruit are ſwelling. The
poffeffor of a ſtove of any elegance, will be highly gratified with the
extraordinary beauty of the GRANADILLA and Water-Lemon, in
caſe he manages them as above directed ;, for they are ſplendid orna-
I
ments.
PAULLINIA.--Propagation and culture by feed and cuttings, fown and
managed as the ſeed of other tender woody plants from the fame
countries, but they have no beauty, whatever to recommend them.
more
PENÆA.-Same treatment as the PASSERINA.
PENTAPETES.-Propagation and culture fame as PANDANUS.
PERIPLOCA.
( 77 )
PERIPLOČA.--All propagated by cuttings, and alſo by ſeed in the ſame
way as the PARIETARIA.
PETIVERIA.--Are plants of no beauty, and have a rank ſmell ;-how-
ever they may be eaſily propagated by ſeed in the uſual way.
1
PHARNACEUM.--Same propagation and culture as the PETIVERIA.
PHASEOLUS.-Propagated by feed ſown in light earth in the uſual way.
PHILADELPHUS.-(See the remark .upon EUCALYPTUS.)
PHILLIS.--Culture and propagation fame as the PASSERINA.
PHLOMIS.---Propagated by feed and cuttings in the uſual way ;-are all
of them pretty hardy.
PHENIX.-Same culture and propagation as the GREAT FAN-PALM
and CABBAGE-TREE (ſee Areca.)
PHYLICA.-All propagated by cuttings, which may be taken and planted
either in the ſpring or in Auguſt ;--if in Auguſt, they will do in a
ſhady border without any artificial heat ;-but if in ſpring, they muſt
have a gentle heat.
}
.ܪ
PHYLALNTHUS,
3
( 78 )
1
1
PHYLLANTHUS.---Are propagated by feed, which thould be brought
over in wax, and ſown in light loam, be carefully tranſplanted, and
have gentle waterings.---The ſecond fort is a very curious. Thrub, the
leaves are of a ſhining green, and the flowers are produced upon the
edges of the leaves, which appear ſingularly beautiful.
PHYSALIS.-All propagated by ſeed, parting the roots, or by cuttings
in the uſual way, but thoſe from the hot countries require a greater
heat than the others.
1
>
PHYTEUMA..Propagated by feed fown in the uſual way, and alſo by
parting the roots ;--plant in the light mixed earth ;--water occa-
fionally,
/
PHYTOLACCA.--Propagation and culture ſame as PHYSALIS.
1
PIPER.-The firſt fort is propagated by feed ſown in light loam, and re-
quires moderate waterings. The other forts by parting their roots,
or by ſuckers, or off-ſets from them ;~-require fame earth, but very
little water. They will likewiſe grow by cuttings, which ſhould be
laid to dry a few days in the ſhade (eſpecially the blunt-leaved) before
they are planted, being of a ſucculent nature.
PISCIDIA.---Propagated by ſeed ;--- uſe light earth, and manage in the
uſual way.
}
PISONIA.
?
-
( 79 )
+
PISONIA.-Propagation and culture ſame as the PIPER.
l
PISTACIA.--Generally propagated in England by layers of the young
branches, for their feed often miſcarry if they happen not to have
been gathered from trees that grow near the male ;--uſe light loam;--
water moderately.
PITCAIRNIA.--All propagated and managed in the ſame way as the
PISCIDIA.
2
PITTOSPORUM.--Propagated by ſeed, and alſo by cuttings, fown and
planted in the uſual way in any of the ſummer months ;---uſe light
loam, and water occaſionally.
PLECTRANTHUS.-Same treatment as the laſt
PLINIA.-Propagation and culture ſame as PITCAIRNIA.
PLOCAMA.-Same propagation and treatment as PITTOSPORUM.
s
PLUMBAGO.--All propagated by feed, layers, cuttings, and ſometimes
by off-ſets from the roots ;--their treatment does not differ from other
ſuch-like tender plants from the ſame hot climates.--In the Thirik
Stove they are planted in earth compoſed of two parts of the light
mixed earth, and one part the ſtrong loam ;--they flower always ;-
water moderately ;-the roſe-coloured requires leſs water than the
others.
ma
( 80 )
PLUMERIA.-Theſe curious plants are all propagated by feed, and alſo
by cuttings ;--if by feed, low in light earth, and when fit, tranſplant
them into ſandy foil ;--if by cuttings, take them from the plants
early in the ſpring, for being extremely ſucculent, they muſt lay two
months upon the flues of the ſtove before they are planted, or they
will ſurely rot ;-plant them in ſandy earth, and afterwards treat
them as the EUPHORBIA.
1
POINCIANA.-There beautiful exotic Thrubs are riſen from feed fown in
light earth in February, or as ſoon in the year as poſſible, and watered
occaſionally ;-get them tranſplanted as ſoon as they are ready into the
light mixed earth, and uſe the utmoſt diligence to get the plants for-
ward in ſummer, in order to face the winter, for I have not been able
in the Thirſk Stove to carry a weak plant over winter. I muſt re-
mark, that Mr. STEWART, (a very ſkilful and ingenious man in his
profeffion) gardener to John BLACKBURNE, Eſq; M. P. grows theſe
plants from ſtrong cuttings, which I think is a very good method,
for thoſe ſtrong woody cuttings are far better able to face our winters
than weak and tender ſeedlings.
POLIANTHES.--Propagated by off-fets from the roots ;-plant in light
loam ;-water occaſionally ;--plunge them in the tan-bed of the ſtove,
and they will flower brilliantly.
POLYGALA.-All propagated by ſeed, which ſhould be fown in light
loamy earth, and when the plants are come up, they muſt be tranſ-
planted
(81)
planted and treated as ORANGes and MYRTLES (ſee Citrus and
MYRTUS.)
POLYPODIUM.-All propagated by parting their roots ;-uſe loamy
earth ;-water occaſionally.
PORTLANDIA.- This plant is raiſed from feed fown in light earth,
and managed in the ſame way as other woody plants from that iſland,
PORTULACA.---Propagated by cuttings ;--plant in light loam ;-being
rather ſucculent, water ſparingly.
PORTULACARIA.--Propagation and culture ſame as the laſt, but re-
quires niore water.
POTERIUM.--Same propagation and culture as the laſt.
POTHOS.- Propagated by parting its roots ;---plant in loam ;-water
occaſionally.
PRASIUM.--Same propagation and culture as PORTULACARIA
PRINOS. --Same management as the laſt.
PROTEA.-The whole of this family from the Cape of Good Hope
ſome of which are the greateſt ornaments of our green-houſes, are
L
pro-
t
(82)
propagated by feed, which muſt be ſown in light loam ;-in ſum-
mer uſe water with caution, in winter very ſparingly.--From their
appearance I have no doubt but that many of them may be grown by
cuttings, although I have not yet had an opportunity of making the
trial fairly.--The cuttings of the SILVER-TREE with me have failed,
but they were planted in September, which is far too late in the
year.
PRUNUS. ---Propagated by feed and cuttings in the uſual way.
PSIDIUM.--Propagated by ſeed, which ſhould either be brought over in
the fruit, or packed in wax, as directed for ſmall feeds in this work;
uſe rich light loam ;-water freely in ſummer, but moderately in
winter --There are now two fine plants in the Thirſk Hot-Houſe, only
three
years old, at leaſt ten feet high, one of which plants has, laſt
ſummer, produced near twenty fruit, ſome of which ripened, and
the
germ of the feed appears freſh and likely to ſucceed. The ſeeds
have been ſown in the Thirík. Stove, and grow extremely well.
N
PSORALEA.--All propagated by ſeed ;-uſe light loam, and treat them
ORAI
in the uſual way.
1
PSYCHOTRIA.--Propagated by ſeed, treated in the ſame way as the
ſeeds of other woody plants from the hot countries.
PTERIS.-Propagated by dividing their roots ;-plant in ſandy earth, and
uſe water ſparingly.
PTERO-
moet
3
!
( 83 )
PTEROCARPUS.--Propagation and culture ſame as the PSIDIUM.
PTERONIA.-All require the ſame treatment as the PSORALIA.
PUNICA.-Propagated by layers in the uſual method. In one year they
will be rooted ;--uſe ſtrong rich earth ;---water occaſionally, .
QUAJ-FA.-(See OLLA.)
QUASSIA.- Propagation and culture ſame as the GUAVA (ſee PsIDIUM.)
RAJANIA.-Propagated by feed and off-ſets, which muſt have the ſame
treatment as the PTERIS,
RANDIA.-Propagated by ſeed ;-fow in light earth ;--tranſplant into
light mixed earth.--This appears a very tender plant, and to make
little progreſs. This winter has carried many of thoſe plants off in
the Thirſk Stove, although they were two years old from feed, and
had
every proper indulgence.
RAUVOLFIA.-May be propagated both by ſeed and cuttings.---If by
feed, ſow and tranſplant in light earth ;-the ſhells being hard, re-
quire a continued ſtrong heat to make them ſprout. - If by cuttings,
L2
(being
( 84 )
T
(being a milky plant) let them lay a while in the ſhade to heal their
wounds ;---plant in ſandy earth, and give little water.
RELHANIA:--Propagated by feed and cuttings in the uſual way..
RESEDA.--Propagated by feed and parting the roots ;-plant in lighu
loam, and give occaſional waterings.
RHAMNUS.-All propagated by ſeed and cuttings, which muſt be
treated in the uſual way;---many of them are pretty hardy. The
tender forts muſt have greater heat than thoſe from more temperate
climates.
RHAPIS. -Theſe plants, which are of the family of the PALM, require
the faine management as the FAN-PALM (ſee CORYPHA.)
-
RHUS.-The firſt fort muſt be either propagated by layers in the uſual
way, or by taking cuttings from the roots ;- plant them in light
earth, and water very ſparingly.-All the reſt are eaſily propagated
both by ſeed and cuttings, ſown and planted in loamy earth, and
managed in the common way.
RIVINA.-All propagated eaſily by feed, and alſo by cuttings in the uſual
way:
1
ROBINIA.-Same treatment as the laſts.
ROELLA.
1
>
momento
( 85 )
--
ROELLA.. The firſt is propagated by feed and cuttings, the latter by
parting its roots, all managed in the uſual way ;-require loamy earth,
and occaſional waterings.-
RONDELETIA.--Are propagated by feed, and muſt have the ſame
treatment as other tender plants from the ſame countries.
ROSA.--Propagation and culture ſame as the woody ſorts of the HIBISCUS.
$
ROYENA.--All propagated by layers, but as they are long in putting out
.
roots, the better method is by cuttings, in the fame manner as hath
been directed for the DOUBLE CAPE. JASMINE (ſee GARDENIA.)
RUBIA.----Propagation and culture ſame as. ROELLA.
1
RUELLIA.--All propagated by ſeed, which if they are permitted to
ſcatter in the neighbouring pots in the ſtove, will grow without other
care ;-alſo by parting the roots ;---uſe light loam ;-water occa-
ſionally.
RUMEX.--Propagated by feed fown and managed in the uſual way.
RUSCUS.-Same treatment as the laſt:
RUTA.-Very eaſily propagated by feed and cuttings in the common
method.
SACCHARUM.
)
i
1
1
mar
( 86 )
SACCHARUM.--Propagated in England by taking flips from the old
plants in the ſpring months, which ſhould have roots or fibres to
them ;--plant in rich light loam, and if the plants are healthy, you
can ſcarely over-water them in ſummer ;-in winter they will require
to be often refreſhed.
SALICORNIA.---Propagation and culture fame as RONDELETIA.
SALSOLA.-Same treatment as the ROYENA.
SALVIA.--All propagated by cuttings, feed, and dividing the roots ;-
uſe the light mixed earth, and water freely in ſummer.
SAMARA.-Same propagation and culture as the hardier forts of the
SALVIA.
SAPINDUS-Propagated by feed, which muſt be managed in the uſual
way.--Although the feedling plants make great progreſs in the ſtove
in ſummer, they rarely ſurvive the winter, unleſs they are in the
ſummer months hardened a little by placing them in the open
air;---uſe the light mixed earth.
SATUREJA.-Propagated by feed and cuttings in the uſual way.
SAXIFRAGA._-Eaſily propagated by its wiry runners like the STRAW-
BERRY ;---uſe loam;-is pretty hardy.
SCABIOSA.
1
( 87 )
SCABIOSA.-Same culture and treatment as the SATUREJA.
SCHINUS.-Propagated by feed in the uſual way ;--uſe light loam.
!
SCHOTIA.-Same propagation as the laſt, but uſe ſtronger loam, and give
it leſs heat, being pretty hardy.
>
SCILLA.—All propagated by feed, but moſt expeditiouſly by off-ſets
from the roots ;-uſe light earth, and water occaſionally.
SCIRPUS.-Propagated by parting the roots ;---uſe loamy earth ;-water
freely.
SCROPHULARIA.--Propagated by feed and by parting the roots in the
common method.
SECURIDACA..-Propagated by ſeed ſown in light earth, and treated in
the uſual way as other plants from the ſame hot country.
SEDUM.-Propagated by cuttings of the ſtalks, parting the roots, or by
ſeed ;--they are pretty hardy ;-uſe ſandy earth, and water occaſionally.
SELAGO.--Propagated by ſeed, and alſo by cuttings, as other ſuch-like
plants from the ſame country ;--uſe loamy earth, and occaſional
waterings.
$
}
SEMPERVIVUM.
( 88 )
?
SEMPERVIVUM.-Propagated by cuttings, and by ſlips from the head
of the plant, which muſt be treated in the ſame way as the COTY-
LEDON, and the laſt by parting its roots.
SENECIO.--All the herbaceous perennial forts are propagated by parting
their roots, and the thrubby kinds by feed and cuttings ;--uſe loamy
earth for the herbaceous perennials, and the light mixed earth for the
others ;-after which give them all the uſual culture.
SEPTAS.--Same treatment as the SQUILL (fee SCILLA.)
SERAPIAS.-Is pretty hardy, and may be propagated by ſeed and parting
the roots ;---uſe light earth, and water occaſionally.
SERIPHIUM.-Propagated by feed and cuttings in the uſual way ;--uſe
loam ;-water occaſionally.
SERRATULA.—Propagated by feed fown in light loam, and managed
/
in the uſual
way.
SESUVIUM.--Propagated by parting the roots ;--uſe light loam, and
;
give little water.
SIDA.--All propagated by ſeed in the ſame manner as the SERRATULA.
SIDERITIS.--Are all pretty hardy ;--propagated by ſeed, which ſhould
be ſown in autumn ;-uſe light loam, and water occaſionally.
SIDE-
1
1
( 89 )
>
SIDEROXYLON.-May be all propagated by layers and cuttings, but
both are uncertain methods, and the plants never thrive when ſo
pro-
pagated.The beſt way to raiſe theſe plants is by feed ſown and
managed as the laſt.
SINAPIS.-Same propagation and culture as the laſt.
SISYMBRIUM.-Propagation and culture ſame as the SIDERITIS.
SISYRINCHIUM.-Same treatment as SESUVIUM.
"
SMILAX.--Propagated by ſeed in the uſual way, but are rambling trouble-
ſome plants of no beauty.
SOLANDRA.-Propagated by feed, which muſt be ſown in light earth,
and managed in the ſame way as other tree-ſeeds from that hot
iſland.—This handſome plant may alſo be propagated by cuttings ;-
there is one plant now in the Thirſk Stove grown from a cutting,
whoſe leaves are very ornamental.
SOLANUM.--All this family are propagated by feeds and cuttings, ma-
naged in the uſual way ;--uſe light loamy earth ;-water very freely
in ſummer, but more ſparingly in winter.
SONCHUS.--Propagated by feed in the uſual way ;--is pretty hardy.
।
M
SOPHORA
( 90 )
SOPHORA. ---All propagated by feed in the ſame way. as others of the
like nature from the ſame countries.
SPARTIUM.--All propagated by ſeed ſown in light earth ;--muſt have
the uſual management.
SPATHELIA.--Same propagation and culture as the SIDA.
SPERMACOCE.--Propagation and culture ſame as the SIDA.
SPHÆRANTHUS.-Same propagation and culture as the SESUVIUM.
SPONDIAS.-Propagated by feed and cuttings, treated in the ſame way
as other tender tree exotics.--If by feed, the nuts or ſtones ſhould
either be brought over in the fruit or in wax.
STACHYS.--Propagated by feed, dividing the roots, and alſo by cut-
tings;-uſe loamy earth, and manage in the uſual way.
STAPELIA.--All propagated and managed in the ſame way as the CA-
CALIA ;-obſerve that the cuttings ſhould be taken or ſliped off at a
joint, for if they are cut in the fleſhy parts, they are almoſt ſure to
rot, and before planting they muſt lay to heal a few days in a dry but
ſhady place.
5
STATICE.-All propagated by feed, lips, and cuttings in the uſual
way ; --uſe light earth, and give neceſſary waterings.
STER-
(91)
STERCULIA.—-Propagated by feed, and treated in the ſame way as the
SIDA.
STILAGO.--Same propagation and culture as the SIDA.
3
STILLINGIA:-Propagated by ſeed fown in loamy earth ;-give the
uſual management.
}
STOKESIA.-Propagation and culture ſame as the STACHYS.
STRELITZIA.-This rare plant is obtained with difficulty ;-it muſt be
riſen by feed got from its native country, which are not eaſily come
at ;--I am told it ſometimes throws up fuckers from the roots ;
I have not yet been able to obtain a plant, but I believe it is in
Yorkſhire, in the admirable collection of R. A. SALISBURY, Eſq.
STRUTHIOLA.-Same propagation and management as the STILLINGIA.
STRYCHNOS.- Propagation and culture ſame as the laſt.
A
STUARTIA.--Are propagated by cuttings, and alſo by feed ;-the
cuttings muſt be managed in the ſame way as the MYRTLES (ſee
MYRTUS,) but they frequently miſcarry ;--and good feeds are very
difficult to be obtained.
1
STYRAX.-This family are propagated by feed ſown and managed in
the uſual way.
I
M 2
SWIETENIA.
( 92
)
SWIETENIA.-Propagated by ſeed fown in light earth. The ſeeds
should be brought over in wax, if from Jamaica, or they will not
grow; but if they are from the Bahama Iſlands, they will ſucceed
without that precaution. Their management is in the uſual way.
TABERNÆMONTANA.-_Propagated by feed and cuttings ;--fow the
feed in the light earth, and tranſplant into the light mixed earth ;
the cuttings ſhould lay to heal a day or two in a dry ſhady place;
as they abound with a milky juice, give water ſparingly.
TAMARINDUS.-Propagated by feed ſown in light earth ;-when fit,
tranſplant them into pots of the light mixed earth, and water mo-
derately.
TAMUS.--Propagated by feed, and alſo by off-ſets from the roots ;-uſe
ſtrong loamy earth, and water occaſionally.
TANACETUM.-Propagated by feed and cuttings ;-is pretty hardy ;---
uſe the light loam, and manage in the uſual way.
1
TARCHONANTHUS.-Same propagation and culture as the laſt.
1
TAXUS.-Propagated by feed, and culture ſame as the TANACETUM.
TECTONA.--Propagation and culture ſame as TAMARINDUS.
STER
1
( 93 )
TERMINALIA.- Propagation by ſeed, and fame treatment as the laſt.
TETRAGONIA.The two firſt are propagated by cuttings, which ſhould
be taken in July, and plunged into a ſhady border of light earth,
but before planting, the cuttings 1hould be dried two or three days,
for they are full of moiſture ;---tranſplant into light fandy earth, and
give little water --The laſt by parting the roots ;--plant them in
ſtrong loamr;-water occaſionally.
3
TEUCRIUM.-All propagated either by parting the roots or by ſlips,
which muſt be taken off in the ſummer months ;--prick them out
into a border of light loam, cover them cloſe with a hand-glaſs, and
fhade them from the ſun till they have ſtruck root ;-tranſplant into
light loam, and water occaſionally.
ws
THEA.-This celebrated plant is propagated by ſeed, and very eaſily from
cuttings, in the uſual method, but the feed ſhould be brought over in
wax-The author is informed, that all the forts of TEA are gathered
from one and the fame plant, (ſee BELL'S TRAVELS) which in
England he adviſes to be treated as a green-houſe plant, and not as
a hardy plant.-It is poſſible there may be ſome little difference found
in the appearance of the leaves of the plants, but he does not think
himſelf fully authorized from thence to give (as he hath been ad-
viſed) two diſtinct ſpecies of the TEA-PLANT.
}
7
>>
THEOBROMA.__-Propagation and culture ſame as the MANGO-TREE,
BRO
(ſee MANGIFERA.)
THESIUM,
.
( 94
)
THESIUM-Same propagation and culture as the TETRAGONIA.
THRINAX.--Propagation and culture fame as CORYPHA ;-alfo by off-
fets or ſlips from the bottom of the plant, which frequently have
rooted fibres, by which latter method three plants have been propa-
gated in the Thirſk Stove.
THYMBRA.-Propagation and culture ſame as the TEUCRIUM.
THYMUS.-Same treatment as the laſt.
TILLANDSIA.-Propagation and culture ſame as the TAMARIND-TREE,
(ſee TAMARINDUS.)
TOURNEFORTIA.--All propagated by ſeed and cuttings managed in
the uſual way, but the ſeeds frequently do not grow the firſt year.
TRACHELIUM.--Same treatment as the TEUCRIUM.
TRADESCANTIA.-Propagated by ſeed, and alſo by fuckers from the
rout, which it puts out pretty freely ;--uſe light loam ; -water occa-
fionally in ſummer, but be very ſparing of it in winter. There is a
plant in the Thirſk Stove of the DISCOLOR, which has formed a
ſtem near eighteen inches high.
TRICHOMANES.~-Propagated by parting the roots ;-uſe light loam,
and water very feldom.
TRI-
-
1
( 95 )
TRIOPTERES.--Propagated by cuttings in the uſual way.
TRIUMFETTA.---All propagated by feed, and require the ſame treat-
ment as the TAMARIND-TREE (ſee TAMARINDUS.)
TROPÆOLUM.---Propagated by ſeed, alſo by parting the roots ;---
uſe the light mixed earth ;-water moderately.
TULBAGIA.-Propagated by feed, and alſo by parting the roots ;--re-
quires loamy earth, and gentle waterings.
TULIPA.--Same propagation and culture as the laſt
TURNERA.---Propagation and culture ſame as the GUAVA (ſee Psidium.)
URENA.-Culture and propagation ſame as the laſt.
URTICA.--Propagated by feed ;--fow in light earth ;--tranſplant into
the light mixed earth;-uſe water moderately.
VACCINIUM.--Propagated by feed and cuttings managed in the uſual
way.
VARRONIA.-Propagation and culture ſame as the URTICA.
VERBENA,
***
( 96 )
VERBENA.-The firſt is propagated by cuttings, the others by feed and
parting their roots ;--uſe the light mixed earth, and water occaſionally.
VERBESINA.-The firſt is propagated by ſeed, and the latter by feed
and cuttings, managed in the uſual way.
VERONICA.-Propagated by feed and cuttings, managed as MYRTLES,
(ſee Myrtus.)
VINCA..Theſe ſplendid Evergreens, which flower always, are eaſily
raiſed from ſuckers, layers, and cuttings, performed in the uſual
way ;-require good loam and plenty of water.
VIOLA._-Propagated by ſeed and cuttings in the common way.
VITEX.--Propagated by feed, layers, and cuttings.
>
VITIS.--The propagation and culture of this moſt valuable plant in
Britain, is beſt performed in the hot-houſe, where the fruit of every
fpecies and variety is brought to the higheſt perfection.---As many
known varieties are of a hardy nature, and adapted extremely well to
the green-houſe, a ſhort Liſt is ſubjoined, diſtinguiſhing thoſe 10
which the hot-houſe is neceſſary, and thoſe which may be ſervice-
ably cultivated in the green-houſe: At all events, it is hoped the
VINE-TREE will no longer be conſidered as an alien or out-caſt of
the Britiſh conſervatories.
As
( 97 )
1
As to the propagation, culture, and practical management of the
Vine within the ſtove and green-houſe, I ſhall beg leave to be filent,
and refer my readers to Mr. SpeechLy's late TREATISE upon the
CULTURE of that PLANT, where abundant matter and information
upon them points will be found.
A LIST OF VINES for the STOVE and GREEN-HOUSE.
FOR THE STOVE.
FOR THE GREEN-HOUSE.
1
I. St. Paul, or Real White Tokay. 15. Blue Frontinac.
2. Black Hambrough.
16. White Sweet Water.
3. White Muſcat of Alexandria. 17. Black Sweet Water.
4. Black Damaſcus.
18. White Muſcadine.
5. Red Syracuſe.
19. Miller's Burgundy.
6. Syrian.
20. Small Black Cluſter.
7. Black Tripoli.
21. Early Black July Grape.
8. White Frontinac.
22. St. Peter's Grape.
9. Grifly Frontinac.
23. Amber Grape.
10. Red Frontinac.
24. Red Hambrough.
II. Black Frontinac.
25. Black Muſcadine.
12. Flame Tokay.
13. Royal White Muſcadine.
14. Black Lombardy.
1
1
N
VOLKAMERIA.
( 98 )
VOLKAMERIA.Theſe elegant ſhrubs, are eaſily raiſed by cuttings in
any of the ſummer months ;-muſe the light loam ;-water freely in
ſummer ;----ſparingly in winter. ,
}
WACHENDORFIA.- Are eaſily increaſed by parting their roots ;-plant
them in loamy earth, and water occaſionally.--At beſt they are plants
of little beauty or worth.
5
WITHERINGIA.-The ſame propagation and culture as the laſt.
XANTHIUM. -Propagated by ſeed and cuttings in the uſual manner.
XEMENIA.--Propagated by fowing the nuts in light earth, and treating
them in the ſame way as others from the ſame country.
XERANTHEMUM.-Aļl propagated by cuttings, ſave the ſecond,
which is by parting the roots, and it requires ſtrong loam ;-the
others light loam ;-water moderately.
XYLOPHYLLA.-Propagated by feed, and treated as the laſt.
YUCCA.- Propagated by ſeed in the ſame way as the PALMs, but ge-
nerally by young heads, which the plants put out at the top
after
they
( 99 )
they have done flowering ;--ſometimes by fuckers from the roots,
but it is a bad method, for I planted a root-fucker in the Thirſk
Stove upwards of two years ago, which has not grown in fize at all,
though it ſtill looks quite freſh and healthy.
ZAMIA..Propagated and managed in the ſame manner as the PALMS
(See CORYPHA and alſo THRINAX.)
ZYGOPHYLLUM.--All propagated by feed and cuttings in the uſual
way ;-wrequire light loamy earth, and moderate waterings.
(
N2
ܠܪ
DI R E C Τ Ι ο Ν 5
FOR THE
PRESERVATION OF SEEDS, &c.
THE
HE beſt method to preſerve large feeds, nuts, and acorns for a
whole year or upwards unplanted in a ſtate of vegetation, with a
view to bring over the moſt valuable feeds from the Eaſt and Weſt Indies,
and other remote and hot parts of the globe.
Chooſe out the plumpeſt and moſt ripe ſeeds, nuts, or acorns, wipe
them very clean, then take melted bees wax, pour it over a China plate about
half an inch deep; as ſoon as the wax is cool, but ſtill pliable, cut out
with a pen-knife as much as will incloſe one ſeed, &c. wrap it round and
roll it between the hands till the edge of the wax is perfectly united, and
not the leaſt crack to be perceived, and ſo cover as many ſeeds, fingly, as
you mean to pack up. When they are quite cold and hard, prepare an
oval chip box of about ſeven inches long, four and a half broad, and three
and a half deep; into this pour melted bees wax to the depth of an inch
and a half, and when you can bear your finger in the wax without
any inconvenience, lay the covered feeds, &c. at the bottom in rows as
cloſe as you can together, afterwards other rows over them till the box is
full,
( 102 )
full, and when the firſt wax begins to cool, pour ſome more wax, that is
barely fluid, over the uppermoſt feeds till they are quite covered. In
order to cool the box as ſoon as poſſible, place it near a window in the
ſhade, where the fath is raiſed a little to let a ſtream of cold air upon it;
when the whole is almoſt cold, if the wax has ſhrunk a little here and
there and left ſome chinks, let them be immediately filled up with very
ſoft wax, preſſing it very cloſe and ſmooth. After the wax is quite cold
and hard, put on the cover of the box, and place it in the cooleſt and
dryeſt part of the ſhip, to prevent the bees wax from being affected with
the heat of the Eaſt and Weſt Indies, which far exceeds our hottest
ſummers.
No other ſubſtance or mixture whatever is comparable to bees wax ;
but the chief care in the proceſs, is to mind that the bees wax is not
applied too hot.
Small feeds in their pods may be preſerved by being placed thinly on
pieces of paper, cotton, or linen cloth, that have been dipped in wax,
then rolled up tight, and well ſecured from air by a further covering of
bees wax, and afterwards hung up in an airy and cool part of the ſhip’s
cabin.
1
F I N I S.
ERRATA,
2
In the ſubſcribers' names, inſtead of The Rev. D'Arcy Nelſon, read The Rev. Tho. D'Arcy Nelſon,
Inſtead of The Rev. Matthew Paine, read The Rev. Matthew Raine.
And in the firſt line, page 123 of the book, inſtead of the word Cultivation, read Conſtruction.
EXPLANATION of the PLAN of the GENERAL STOVE.
/
{
a a a a. Bark-Pits, and Area for Plants.
bbbb. The Flues.
CCCC. The Fire-Places.
d. The Diſtance from the Stem of the Vine in the Stove to the Fire-Flue.
ee. Water Ciſterns, over which the Steps go, at the Entrance into the Centre Part of the Stove
from the Wings.
f. Eaſt Wing, with a Bark-Pit, for the Reception of tall Exotics from the Centre Part of the
Stove.
Weſt Wing, or Green-Houſe Part.
h. Back-way into the Centre of the Stove.
i. Stove-Room.
k k. Coal-Houſes, or Cloſe Sheds.
LLLL111. The Walks.
m. Common Chimney for all the Flues.
nnn n. Angles at the Eaſt and Weſt Ends of the Bark-Pits in the Centre of the Stove, upona
Level with the Back Walk, upon which may be placed ſome Dry Stove Plants.
0. Section of the Centre Part of the Stove.
p. Section of the Wings.
9.
Level of the Border in the Front of the Stove.
7. Foundation of the Front Wall.
so Apertures in Foundation of Front Wall for the Vine Roots to run into the Border in Front
of Stove.
t. Lead Spout that catches the Water in Front of Stove.
v. Pipe that conveys the Water from one Half of the Roof to the Ciſtern in the Eaſt Wing.
w. Pipe that conveys the Water from the other Half of the Roof into the Ciſtern in the Weſt
Ving.
It ſhould be remarked, that Hot-Houſes erected within the laſt Half Century have, in general,
a Bark-Pit towards the Back Wall, for the Principal or Fruiting Pine-Apple Plants, and another
for the Succeſſion Plants, in the Front of the Fruiting-Pit; which requiring the Building to be of
wide Dimenſions of Neceſſity demands a ſtrong Body of Fire-Heat to ſufficiently warm the internal
Air of the Houſe in Winter : But Stoves of narrower Dimenſions, built after the Plan here given,
need but one Fire-Place (without Shutters or other Covering over the Roof-Glaſſes) to heat
fufficiently about forty Feet in Length of the Stove. Whereas to guard againſt the Effects of
exceſſive cold Weather, Double-pitted Stoves ought to have two Fire-Places for the above
Length of Building
t
}

PL.1.
m
THEMAT
MAR
H
THE
Plan und Olevation oja General Hove.
1
1
e
2
i
k
ԲալթազատիլսարաասլացանԱՏՎԱԿ:
a
3
h
1
Z
7
1
n
s
1
a
a
2
2
2.
&
g
f
a
s
8
S
3
S
n
Z
2,10
f.in
d
a
a
1
1
1
a
♡
I
1
Scale of
10
20
30
40
50 Feet.
The Atkinson Arch! York.
Record sculp:

mu
in
171 TITUITITIVITEZ
IT
THE APETIT
ILUM DITUNTUD TUHLFUUUUUUDIO
RUTURAUTO
MUZIK TURUTELHANTARAN
face
Plan und Elevation of a Wproen
House in the Sonic Order
e
h
g
g
d
d
k
k
a
k
k
ZA
l
I Recap
EXPLANATION of the PLAN of the GREEN-HOUSE in the
IONIC ORDER.
a. Circular Area in Front of the Plants.
bab b b. The Flues, over which are the Walks to view and attend the Plants.
C. Area for Plants.
d d. Aviary and Tea-Room,
e. Stairs to Roof
ff. Fire-Places.
& g. Coal-Houſes, or Cloſe Sheds.
h. Back Room.
ii. Water Ciſterns, to be fupplied from the Roof of the Building.
k k k k. Platform or Landing upon the Steps.
Ill. Steps at the Front and Ends of the Green-Houſe.
mm. Roof of the Green-Houſe, the upper Part of which in Front is Glaſs, and the lower Part,
with a circular Platform, Lead.
A ſufficient Number of Apertures in the Flag-Walks muſt be left, and covered with Brafs-
Grates, in order to admit the heated Air freely into the Body of the Green-Houſe.
The common Chimney, as in the Plan of Mr. SALISBURY's Green-Houſe, is here extremely
neceſſary to be adopted, in order to prevent the Smoak from diſcolouring the Outſide of the
Building, to hinder the Soot from falling upon the Plants, and to keep the Leaves clean and
لی
beautiful.
The Size of the Squares of Glaſs ſhould be about 8 Inches by 6 Inches, lap over about 3-8ths
of an Inch, and the Groove in the Wood-Work to receive them about an Inch deep; they will
then be feldom hurt even with the fevereſt Hail-Storm, provided they are not tacked down, or
ſtrained by the Glazier, which is often the Caſe, and is a very pernicious Cuſtom : That Point
ought to have proper Attention.
A Covering or Shutters to the Glaſs of the Green-Houſe, or Stove, in the coldeſt Seafon, is
not adviſed, being unneceſſary, and attended with great Inconvenience.
1
}
EXPLANATION of the PLAN of the GREEN-HOUSE, after the
Green-House of RICHARD-ANTHONY SALISBURY, Efq; at CHAPEL-
ALLERTON, near Leeds, in the County of YORK.
a a. Fire-Places,
b b. Back Wall, in which the Flue from the Weſt Fire-Place has two Returns,
Ca. Water Ciferns, one ſupplied with Water from the Front Roof, and the other from the
Back Roof of the Green Houſe.
dddddd. Flues, over which are the Walks to view and attend the Plants,
Apertures in the Walks, covered with Braſs Grates, to let the heated Air freely into the
Body of the Houſe.
el el. Area for Plants.
ff. Chimneys in the Back Wall of the Sheds, which are the Vents of the Flues *
g g. Coal-Houſes or Cloſe Sheds.
h. Back Room.
i. Section of the Green Houſe.
kk kk. Ends of the Flues in the Floor and Back Wall of the Green-Houſe.
1. Opening in the Ground for the Front Saſhes to go down into, by which Air is given, and
Free Paffages are made into the Green-Houſe in Front.
* A common Chimney, after Mr. SALISBURY's Plan, for the Vents of all the Flues, built at
a conſiderable Diſtance from the Green-Houſe, I am told, keeps the Plants clean, by preventing
the Soot from falling upon the Glaſs Roof, and entering the Body of the Houſe.
For the Size of the Glaſs Squares, ſee Explanation of the Plan of the Green-Houſe in the
Ionic Order.

Plan fajrun Honse after the Green Home of Behand Autheny s hibistwy obyered bhaped Atteston near Seda in the Countyfforts
c
it
d
o
k
50
2
2
3
5
G
60
3
3
5
3
$
e
d
.
s
$
S
6
$
G
20
s
19
.
S
S
3
bo
S
90
6
S
2)
o
d
O
O
d
5
k
6
9
G
G
0
87
S
s
45
WD
9
e
e
6
e
VE
D
@
V
W
Thor Atkuwon Fork delin.
Scale of
10
J.Record sculp!
20
50 Feet.
40
Pandicap
UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN
3 9015 07466 1425
O ONLY
។
USE ONLY